346 files changed, 13647 insertions, 9618 deletions

diff --git a/src/AllCommands.cxx b/src/AllCommands.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58dcf4dba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/AllCommands.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "AllCommands.hxx"
+#include "command.h"
+#include "QueueCommands.hxx"
+#include "PlayerCommands.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistCommands.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseCommands.hxx"
+#include "OutputCommands.hxx"
+#include "MessageCommands.hxx"
+#include "OtherCommands.hxx"
+#include "Permission.hxx"
+#include "tag.h"
+#include "protocol/Result.hxx"
+#include "Client.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "tokenizer.h"
+}
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_SQLITE
+#include "StickerCommands.hxx"
+#include "StickerDatabase.hxx"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+ * The most we ever use is for search/find, and that limits it to the
+ * number of tags we can have.  Add one for the command, and one extra
+ * to catch errors clients may send us
+ */
+#define COMMAND_ARGV_MAX	(2+(TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES*2))
+
+/* if min: -1 don't check args *
+ * if max: -1 no max args      */
+struct command {
+	const char *cmd;
+	unsigned permission;
+	int min;
+	int max;
+	enum command_return (*handler)(Client *client, int argc, char **argv);
+};
+
+/* don't be fooled, this is the command handler for "commands" command */
+static enum command_return
+handle_commands(Client *client,
+		G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[]);
+
+static enum command_return
+handle_not_commands(Client *client,
+		    G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[]);
+
+/**
+ * The command registry.
+ *
+ * This array must be sorted!
+ */
+static const struct command commands[] = {
+	{ "add", PERMISSION_ADD, 1, 1, handle_add },
+	{ "addid", PERMISSION_ADD, 1, 2, handle_addid },
+	{ "channels", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_channels },
+	{ "clear", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 0, handle_clear },
+	{ "clearerror", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 0, handle_clearerror },
+	{ "close", PERMISSION_NONE, -1, -1, handle_close },
+	{ "commands", PERMISSION_NONE, 0, 0, handle_commands },
+	{ "config", PERMISSION_ADMIN, 0, 0, handle_config },
+	{ "consume", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_consume },
+	{ "count", PERMISSION_READ, 2, -1, handle_count },
+	{ "crossfade", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_crossfade },
+	{ "currentsong", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_currentsong },
+	{ "decoders", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_decoders },
+	{ "delete", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_delete },
+	{ "deleteid", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_deleteid },
+	{ "disableoutput", PERMISSION_ADMIN, 1, 1, handle_disableoutput },
+	{ "enableoutput", PERMISSION_ADMIN, 1, 1, handle_enableoutput },
+	{ "find", PERMISSION_READ, 2, -1, handle_find },
+	{ "findadd", PERMISSION_READ, 2, -1, handle_findadd},
+	{ "idle", PERMISSION_READ, 0, -1, handle_idle },
+	{ "kill", PERMISSION_ADMIN, -1, -1, handle_kill },
+	{ "list", PERMISSION_READ, 1, -1, handle_list },
+	{ "listall", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 1, handle_listall },
+	{ "listallinfo", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 1, handle_listallinfo },
+	{ "listplaylist", PERMISSION_READ, 1, 1, handle_listplaylist },
+	{ "listplaylistinfo", PERMISSION_READ, 1, 1, handle_listplaylistinfo },
+	{ "listplaylists", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_listplaylists },
+	{ "load", PERMISSION_ADD, 1, 2, handle_load },
+	{ "lsinfo", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 1, handle_lsinfo },
+	{ "mixrampdb", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_mixrampdb },
+	{ "mixrampdelay", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_mixrampdelay },
+	{ "move", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_move },
+	{ "moveid", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_moveid },
+	{ "next", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 0, handle_next },
+	{ "notcommands", PERMISSION_NONE, 0, 0, handle_not_commands },
+	{ "outputs", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_devices },
+	{ "password", PERMISSION_NONE, 1, 1, handle_password },
+	{ "pause", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 1, handle_pause },
+	{ "ping", PERMISSION_NONE, 0, 0, handle_ping },
+	{ "play", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 1, handle_play },
+	{ "playid", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 1, handle_playid },
+	{ "playlist", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_playlist },
+	{ "playlistadd", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_playlistadd },
+	{ "playlistclear", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_playlistclear },
+	{ "playlistdelete", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_playlistdelete },
+	{ "playlistfind", PERMISSION_READ, 2, -1, handle_playlistfind },
+	{ "playlistid", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 1, handle_playlistid },
+	{ "playlistinfo", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 1, handle_playlistinfo },
+	{ "playlistmove", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 3, 3, handle_playlistmove },
+	{ "playlistsearch", PERMISSION_READ, 2, -1, handle_playlistsearch },
+	{ "plchanges", PERMISSION_READ, 1, 1, handle_plchanges },
+	{ "plchangesposid", PERMISSION_READ, 1, 1, handle_plchangesposid },
+	{ "previous", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 0, handle_previous },
+	{ "prio", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, -1, handle_prio },
+	{ "prioid", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, -1, handle_prioid },
+	{ "random", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_random },
+	{ "readmessages", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_read_messages },
+	{ "rename", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_rename },
+	{ "repeat", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_repeat },
+	{ "replay_gain_mode", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1,
+	  handle_replay_gain_mode },
+	{ "replay_gain_status", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0,
+	  handle_replay_gain_status },
+	{ "rescan", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 1, handle_rescan },
+	{ "rm", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_rm },
+	{ "save", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_save },
+	{ "search", PERMISSION_READ, 2, -1, handle_search },
+	{ "searchadd", PERMISSION_ADD, 2, -1, handle_searchadd },
+	{ "searchaddpl", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 3, -1, handle_searchaddpl },
+	{ "seek", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_seek },
+	{ "seekcur", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_seekcur },
+	{ "seekid", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_seekid },
+	{ "sendmessage", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_send_message },
+	{ "setvol", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_setvol },
+	{ "shuffle", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 1, handle_shuffle },
+	{ "single", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_single },
+	{ "stats", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_stats },
+	{ "status", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_status },
+#ifdef ENABLE_SQLITE
+	{ "sticker", PERMISSION_ADMIN, 3, -1, handle_sticker },
+#endif
+	{ "stop", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 0, handle_stop },
+	{ "subscribe", PERMISSION_READ, 1, 1, handle_subscribe },
+	{ "swap", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_swap },
+	{ "swapid", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_swapid },
+	{ "tagtypes", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_tagtypes },
+	{ "unsubscribe", PERMISSION_READ, 1, 1, handle_unsubscribe },
+	{ "update", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 1, handle_update },
+	{ "urlhandlers", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_urlhandlers },
+};
+
+static const unsigned num_commands = sizeof(commands) / sizeof(commands[0]);
+
+static bool
+command_available(G_GNUC_UNUSED const struct command *cmd)
+{
+#ifdef ENABLE_SQLITE
+	if (strcmp(cmd->cmd, "sticker") == 0)
+		return sticker_enabled();
+#endif
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/* don't be fooled, this is the command handler for "commands" command */
+static enum command_return
+handle_commands(Client *client,
+		G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	const unsigned permission = client_get_permission(client);
+	const struct command *cmd;
+
+	for (unsigned i = 0; i < num_commands; ++i) {
+		cmd = &commands[i];
+
+		if (cmd->permission == (permission & cmd->permission) &&
+		    command_available(cmd))
+			client_printf(client, "command: %s\n", cmd->cmd);
+	}
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+static enum command_return
+handle_not_commands(Client *client,
+		    G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	const unsigned permission = client_get_permission(client);
+	const struct command *cmd;
+
+	for (unsigned i = 0; i < num_commands; ++i) {
+		cmd = &commands[i];
+
+		if (cmd->permission != (permission & cmd->permission))
+			client_printf(client, "command: %s\n", cmd->cmd);
+	}
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+void command_init(void)
+{
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+	/* ensure that the command list is sorted */
+	for (unsigned i = 0; i < num_commands - 1; ++i)
+		assert(strcmp(commands[i].cmd, commands[i + 1].cmd) < 0);
+#endif
+}
+
+void command_finish(void)
+{
+}
+
+static const struct command *
+command_lookup(const char *name)
+{
+	unsigned a = 0, b = num_commands, i;
+	int cmp;
+
+	/* binary search */
+	do {
+		i = (a + b) / 2;
+
+		cmp = strcmp(name, commands[i].cmd);
+		if (cmp == 0)
+			return &commands[i];
+		else if (cmp < 0)
+			b = i;
+		else if (cmp > 0)
+			a = i + 1;
+	} while (a < b);
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static bool
+command_check_request(const struct command *cmd, Client *client,
+		      unsigned permission, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int min = cmd->min + 1;
+	int max = cmd->max + 1;
+
+	if (cmd->permission != (permission & cmd->permission)) {
+		if (client != NULL)
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_PERMISSION,
+				      "you don't have permission for \"%s\"",
+				      cmd->cmd);
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	if (min == 0)
+		return true;
+
+	if (min == max && max != argc) {
+		if (client != NULL)
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+				      "wrong number of arguments for \"%s\"",
+				      argv[0]);
+		return false;
+	} else if (argc < min) {
+		if (client != NULL)
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+				      "too few arguments for \"%s\"", argv[0]);
+		return false;
+	} else if (argc > max && max /* != 0 */ ) {
+		if (client != NULL)
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+				      "too many arguments for \"%s\"", argv[0]);
+		return false;
+	} else
+		return true;
+}
+
+static const struct command *
+command_checked_lookup(Client *client, unsigned permission,
+		       int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	const struct command *cmd;
+
+	current_command = "";
+
+	if (argc == 0)
+		return NULL;
+
+	cmd = command_lookup(argv[0]);
+	if (cmd == NULL) {
+		if (client != NULL)
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UNKNOWN,
+				      "unknown command \"%s\"", argv[0]);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	current_command = cmd->cmd;
+
+	if (!command_check_request(cmd, client, permission, argc, argv))
+		return NULL;
+
+	return cmd;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+command_process(Client *client, unsigned num, char *line)
+{
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	int argc;
+	char *argv[COMMAND_ARGV_MAX] = { NULL };
+	const struct command *cmd;
+	enum command_return ret = COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	command_list_num = num;
+
+	/* get the command name (first word on the line) */
+
+	argv[0] = tokenizer_next_word(&line, &error);
+	if (argv[0] == NULL) {
+		current_command = "";
+		if (*line == 0)
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UNKNOWN,
+				      "No command given");
+		else {
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UNKNOWN,
+				      "%s", error->message);
+			g_error_free(error);
+		}
+		current_command = NULL;
+
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	argc = 1;
+
+	/* now parse the arguments (quoted or unquoted) */
+
+	while (argc < (int)G_N_ELEMENTS(argv) &&
+	       (argv[argc] =
+		tokenizer_next_param(&line, &error)) != NULL)
+		++argc;
+
+	/* some error checks; we have to set current_command because
+	   command_error() expects it to be set */
+
+	current_command = argv[0];
+
+	if (argc >= (int)G_N_ELEMENTS(argv)) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "Too many arguments");
+		current_command = NULL;
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	if (*line != 0) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+			      "%s", error->message);
+		current_command = NULL;
+		g_error_free(error);
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	/* look up and invoke the command handler */
+
+	cmd = command_checked_lookup(client, client_get_permission(client),
+				     argc, argv);
+	if (cmd)
+		ret = cmd->handler(client, argc, argv);
+
+	current_command = NULL;
+	command_list_num = 0;
+
+	return ret;
+}
diff --git a/src/db_internal.h b/src/AllCommands.hxx
index a33351524..a55eb5a3b 100644
--- a/src/db_internal.h
+++ b/src/AllCommands.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,19 +17,18 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_DB_INTERNAL_H
-#define MPD_DB_INTERNAL_H
+#ifndef MPD_ALL_COMMANDS_HXX
+#define MPD_ALL_COMMANDS_HXX
 
-#include "db_plugin.h"
+#include "command.h"
 
-#include <assert.h>
+class Client;
 
-static inline void
-db_base_init(struct db *db, const struct db_plugin *plugin)
-{
-	assert(plugin != NULL);
+void command_init(void);
 
-	db->plugin = plugin;
-}
+void command_finish(void);
+
+enum command_return
+command_process(Client *client, unsigned num, char *line);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/client.c b/src/Client.cxx
index 3fa2c9be4..efb4125ac 100644
--- a/src/client.c
+++ b/src/Client.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,24 +18,24 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "client_internal.h"
+#include "ClientInternal.hxx"
 
-bool client_is_expired(const struct client *client)
+bool client_is_expired(const Client *client)
 {
 	return client->channel == NULL;
 }
 
-int client_get_uid(const struct client *client)
+int client_get_uid(const Client *client)
 {
 	return client->uid;
 }
 
-unsigned client_get_permission(const struct client *client)
+unsigned client_get_permission(const Client *client)
 {
 	return client->permission;
 }
 
-void client_set_permission(struct client *client, unsigned permission)
+void client_set_permission(Client *client, unsigned permission)
 {
 	client->permission = permission;
 }
diff --git a/src/client.h b/src/Client.hxx
index 0302a2e0a..d442d89b2 100644
--- a/src/client.h
+++ b/src/Client.hxx
@@ -20,60 +20,65 @@
 #ifndef MPD_CLIENT_H
 #define MPD_CLIENT_H
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
+
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stddef.h>
 #include <stdarg.h>
 
-struct client;
 struct sockaddr;
+struct playlist;
 struct player_control;
+class Client;
 
 void client_manager_init(void);
 void client_manager_deinit(void);
 
-void client_new(struct player_control *player_control,
-		int fd, const struct sockaddr *sa, size_t sa_length, int uid);
+void
+client_new(struct playlist &playlist, struct player_control *player_control,
+	   int fd, const struct sockaddr *sa, size_t sa_length, int uid);
 
-G_GNUC_PURE
-bool client_is_expired(const struct client *client);
+gcc_pure
+bool client_is_expired(const Client *client);
 
 /**
  * returns the uid of the client process, or a negative value if the
  * uid is unknown
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
-int client_get_uid(const struct client *client);
+gcc_pure
+int client_get_uid(const Client *client);
 
 /**
  * Is this client running on the same machine, connected with a local
  * (UNIX domain) socket?
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 static inline bool
-client_is_local(const struct client *client)
+client_is_local(const Client *client)
 {
 	return client_get_uid(client) > 0;
 }
 
-G_GNUC_PURE
-unsigned client_get_permission(const struct client *client);
+gcc_pure
+unsigned client_get_permission(const Client *client);
 
-void client_set_permission(struct client *client, unsigned permission);
+void client_set_permission(Client *client, unsigned permission);
 
 /**
  * Write a C string to the client.
  */
-void client_puts(struct client *client, const char *s);
+void client_puts(Client *client, const char *s);
 
 /**
  * Write a printf-like formatted string to the client.
  */
-void client_vprintf(struct client *client, const char *fmt, va_list args);
+void client_vprintf(Client *client, const char *fmt, va_list args);
 
 /**
  * Write a printf-like formatted string to the client.
  */
-G_GNUC_PRINTF(2, 3) void client_printf(struct client *client, const char *fmt, ...);
+gcc_fprintf
+void
+client_printf(Client *client, const char *fmt, ...);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/client_event.c b/src/ClientEvent.cxx
index 4f54ae0a7..aacd01cfe 100644
--- a/src/client_event.c
+++ b/src/ClientEvent.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,8 +18,8 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "client_internal.h"
-#include "main.h"
+#include "ClientInternal.hxx"
+#include "Main.hxx"
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ static gboolean
 client_out_event(G_GNUC_UNUSED GIOChannel *source, GIOCondition condition,
 		 gpointer data)
 {
-	struct client *client = data;
+	Client *client = (Client *)data;
 
 	assert(!client_is_expired(client));
 
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ client_out_event(G_GNUC_UNUSED GIOChannel *source, GIOCondition condition,
 		/* done sending deferred buffers exist: schedule
 		   read */
 		client->source_id = g_io_add_watch(client->channel,
-						   G_IO_IN|G_IO_ERR|G_IO_HUP,
+						   GIOCondition(G_IO_IN|G_IO_ERR|G_IO_HUP),
 						   client_in_event, client);
 		return false;
 	}
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ gboolean
 client_in_event(G_GNUC_UNUSED GIOChannel *source, GIOCondition condition,
 		gpointer data)
 {
-	struct client *client = data;
+	Client *client = (Client *)data;
 	enum command_return ret;
 
 	assert(!client_is_expired(client));
@@ -77,6 +77,7 @@ client_in_event(G_GNUC_UNUSED GIOChannel *source, GIOCondition condition,
 	ret = client_read(client);
 	switch (ret) {
 	case COMMAND_RETURN_OK:
+	case COMMAND_RETURN_IDLE:
 	case COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR:
 		break;
 
@@ -98,7 +99,7 @@ client_in_event(G_GNUC_UNUSED GIOChannel *source, GIOCondition condition,
 	if (!g_queue_is_empty(client->deferred_send)) {
 		/* deferred buffers exist: schedule write */
 		client->source_id = g_io_add_watch(client->channel,
-						   G_IO_OUT|G_IO_ERR|G_IO_HUP,
+						   GIOCondition(G_IO_OUT|G_IO_ERR|G_IO_HUP),
 						   client_out_event, client);
 		return false;
 	}
diff --git a/src/client_expire.c b/src/ClientExpire.cxx
index 1ca32ebcc..e24770ea1 100644
--- a/src/client_expire.c
+++ b/src/ClientExpire.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,12 +18,12 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "client_internal.h"
+#include "ClientInternal.hxx"
 
 static guint expire_source_id;
 
 void
-client_set_expired(struct client *client)
+client_set_expired(Client *client)
 {
 	if (!client_is_expired(client))
 		client_schedule_expire();
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ client_set_expired(struct client *client)
 static void
 client_check_expired_callback(gpointer data, G_GNUC_UNUSED gpointer user_data)
 {
-	struct client *client = data;
+	Client *client = (Client *)data;
 
 	if (client_is_expired(client)) {
 		g_debug("[%u] expired", client->num);
diff --git a/src/client_file.c b/src/ClientFile.cxx
index 2ee433308..ca5acb229 100644
--- a/src/client_file.c
+++ b/src/ClientFile.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,9 +17,10 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#include "client_file.h"
-#include "client.h"
+#include "ClientFile.hxx"
+#include "Client.hxx"
 #include "ack.h"
+#include "io_error.h"
 
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -27,7 +28,7 @@
 #include <unistd.h>
 
 bool
-client_allow_file(const struct client *client, const char *path_fs,
+client_allow_file(const Client *client, const char *path_fs,
 		  GError **error_r)
 {
 #ifdef WIN32
@@ -53,8 +54,7 @@ client_allow_file(const struct client *client, const char *path_fs,
 
 	struct stat st;
 	if (stat(path_fs, &st) < 0) {
-		g_set_error(error_r, g_file_error_quark(), errno,
-			    "%s", g_strerror(errno));
+		set_error_errno(error_r);
 		return false;
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/client_file.h b/src/ClientFile.hxx
index bc64bd041..48e00c44f 100644
--- a/src/client_file.h
+++ b/src/ClientFile.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,13 +17,14 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_CLIENT_FILE_H
-#define MPD_CLIENT_FILE_H
+#ifndef MPD_CLIENT_FILE_HXX
+#define MPD_CLIENT_FILE_HXX
+
+#include "gerror.h"
 
-#include <glib.h>
 #include <stdbool.h>
 
-struct client;
+class Client;
 
 /**
  * Is this client allowed to use the specified local file?
@@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ struct client;
  * @return true if access is allowed
  */
 bool
-client_allow_file(const struct client *client, const char *path_fs,
+client_allow_file(const Client *client, const char *path_fs,
 		  GError **error_r);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/client_global.c b/src/ClientGlobal.cxx
index adf3b2f9e..10c78f1f1 100644
--- a/src/client_global.c
+++ b/src/ClientGlobal.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,8 +18,11 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "client_internal.h"
+#include "ClientInternal.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "conf.h"
+}
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
@@ -55,7 +58,7 @@ void client_manager_init(void)
 static void client_close_all(void)
 {
 	while (!client_list_is_empty()) {
-		struct client *client = client_list_get_first();
+		Client *client = client_list_get_first();
 
 		client_close(client);
 	}
diff --git a/src/client_idle.c b/src/ClientIdle.cxx
index 930911d6e..c2fa5dde5 100644
--- a/src/client_idle.c
+++ b/src/ClientIdle.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,9 +18,12 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "client_idle.h"
-#include "client_internal.h"
+#include "ClientIdle.hxx"
+#include "ClientInternal.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "idle.h"
+}
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
@@ -28,7 +31,7 @@
  * Send "idle" response to this client.
  */
 static void
-client_idle_notify(struct client *client)
+client_idle_notify(Client *client)
 {
 	unsigned flags, i;
 	const char *const* idle_names;
@@ -52,7 +55,7 @@ client_idle_notify(struct client *client)
 }
 
 void
-client_idle_add(struct client *client, unsigned flags)
+client_idle_add(Client *client, unsigned flags)
 {
 	if (client_is_expired(client))
 		return;
@@ -68,7 +71,7 @@ client_idle_add(struct client *client, unsigned flags)
 static void
 client_idle_callback(gpointer data, gpointer user_data)
 {
-	struct client *client = data;
+	Client *client = (Client *)data;
 	unsigned flags = GPOINTER_TO_UINT(user_data);
 
 	client_idle_add(client, flags);
@@ -81,7 +84,7 @@ void client_manager_idle_add(unsigned flags)
 	client_list_foreach(client_idle_callback, GUINT_TO_POINTER(flags));
 }
 
-bool client_idle_wait(struct client *client, unsigned flags)
+bool client_idle_wait(Client *client, unsigned flags)
 {
 	assert(!client->idle_waiting);
 
diff --git a/src/client_idle.h b/src/ClientIdle.hxx
index c56fd014c..a8c08b7aa 100644
--- a/src/client_idle.h
+++ b/src/ClientIdle.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,15 +17,13 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_CLIENT_IDLE_H
-#define MPD_CLIENT_IDLE_H
+#ifndef MPD_CLIENT_IDLE_HXX
+#define MPD_CLIENT_IDLE_HXX
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-struct client;
+class Client;
 
 void
-client_idle_add(struct client *client, unsigned flags);
+client_idle_add(Client *client, unsigned flags);
 
 /**
  * Adds the specified idle flags to all clients and immediately sends
@@ -40,6 +38,6 @@ client_manager_idle_add(unsigned flags);
  * client into waiting mode and returns false.
  */
 bool
-client_idle_wait(struct client *client, unsigned flags);
+client_idle_wait(Client *client, unsigned flags);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/client_internal.h b/src/ClientInternal.hxx
index ba97e4b8f..6f3035671 100644
--- a/src/client_internal.h
+++ b/src/ClientInternal.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,13 +17,20 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_CLIENT_INTERNAL_H
-#define MPD_CLIENT_INTERNAL_H
+#ifndef MPD_CLIENT_INTERNAL_HXX
+#define MPD_CLIENT_INTERNAL_HXX
 
-#include "client.h"
-#include "client_message.h"
+#include "Client.hxx"
+#include "ClientMessage.hxx"
+#include "CommandListBuilder.hxx"
 #include "command.h"
 
+#include <set>
+#include <string>
+#include <list>
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
 #undef G_LOG_DOMAIN
 #define G_LOG_DOMAIN "client"
 
@@ -37,7 +44,9 @@ struct deferred_buffer {
 	char data[sizeof(long)];
 };
 
-struct client {
+class Client {
+public:
+	struct playlist &playlist;
 	struct player_control *player_control;
 
 	GIOChannel *channel;
@@ -56,9 +65,8 @@ struct client {
 	 */
 	GTimer *last_activity;
 
-	GSList *cmd_list;	/* for when in list mode */
-	int cmd_list_OK;	/* print OK after each command execution */
-	size_t cmd_list_size;	/* mem cmd_list consumes */
+	CommandListBuilder cmd_list;
+
 	GQueue *deferred_send;	/* for output if client is slow */
 	size_t deferred_bytes;	/* mem deferred_send consumes */
 	unsigned int num;	/* client number */
@@ -79,7 +87,7 @@ struct client {
 	/**
 	 * A list of channel names this client is subscribed to.
 	 */
-	GSList *subscriptions;
+	std::set<std::string> subscriptions;
 
 	/**
 	 * The number of subscriptions in #subscriptions.  Used to
@@ -88,15 +96,19 @@ struct client {
 	unsigned num_subscriptions;
 
 	/**
-	 * A list of messages this client has received in reverse
-	 * order (latest first).
+	 * A list of messages this client has received.
 	 */
-	GSList *messages;
+	std::list<ClientMessage> messages;
 
-	/**
-	 * The number of messages in #messages.
-	 */
-	unsigned num_messages;
+	Client(struct playlist &playlist,
+	       struct player_control *player_control,
+	       int fd, int uid, int num);
+	~Client();
+
+	gcc_pure
+	bool IsSubscribed(const char *channel_name) const {
+		return subscriptions.find(channel_name) != subscriptions.end();
+	}
 };
 
 extern unsigned int client_max_connections;
@@ -110,38 +122,23 @@ client_list_is_empty(void);
 bool
 client_list_is_full(void);
 
-struct client *
+Client *
 client_list_get_first(void);
 
 void
-client_list_add(struct client *client);
+client_list_add(Client *client);
 
 void
 client_list_foreach(GFunc func, gpointer user_data);
 
 void
-client_list_remove(struct client *client);
+client_list_remove(Client *client);
 
 void
-client_close(struct client *client);
-
-static inline void
-new_cmd_list_ptr(struct client *client, const char *s)
-{
-	client->cmd_list = g_slist_prepend(client->cmd_list, g_strdup(s));
-}
-
-static inline void
-free_cmd_list(GSList *list)
-{
-	for (GSList *tmp = list; tmp != NULL; tmp = g_slist_next(tmp))
-		g_free(tmp->data);
-
-	g_slist_free(list);
-}
+client_close(Client *client);
 
 void
-client_set_expired(struct client *client);
+client_set_expired(Client *client);
 
 /**
  * Schedule an "expired" check for all clients: permanently delete
@@ -157,16 +154,16 @@ void
 client_deinit_expire(void);
 
 enum command_return
-client_read(struct client *client);
+client_read(Client *client);
 
 enum command_return
-client_process_line(struct client *client, char *line);
+client_process_line(Client *client, char *line);
 
 void
-client_write_deferred(struct client *client);
+client_write_deferred(Client *client);
 
 void
-client_write_output(struct client *client);
+client_write_output(Client *client);
 
 gboolean
 client_in_event(GIOChannel *source, GIOCondition condition,
diff --git a/src/client_list.c b/src/ClientList.cxx
index 2c7f37aff..e0fa533d9 100644
--- a/src/client_list.c
+++ b/src/ClientList.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "client_internal.h"
+#include "ClientInternal.hxx"
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
@@ -37,16 +37,16 @@ client_list_is_full(void)
 	return num_clients >= client_max_connections;
 }
 
-struct client *
+Client *
 client_list_get_first(void)
 {
 	assert(clients != NULL);
 
-	return clients->data;
+	return (Client *)clients->data;
 }
 
 void
-client_list_add(struct client *client)
+client_list_add(Client *client)
 {
 	clients = g_list_prepend(clients, client);
 	++num_clients;
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ client_list_foreach(GFunc func, gpointer user_data)
 }
 
 void
-client_list_remove(struct client *client)
+client_list_remove(Client *client)
 {
 	assert(num_clients > 0);
 	assert(clients != NULL);
diff --git a/src/db/simple_db_plugin.h b/src/ClientMessage.cxx
index 511505846..6fbcf3371 100644
--- a/src/db/simple_db_plugin.h
+++ b/src/ClientMessage.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,26 +17,26 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_SIMPLE_DB_PLUGIN_H
-#define MPD_SIMPLE_DB_PLUGIN_H
+#include "ClientMessage.hxx"
 
+#include <assert.h>
 #include <glib.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <time.h>
-
-extern const struct db_plugin simple_db_plugin;
-
-struct db;
 
 G_GNUC_PURE
-struct directory *
-simple_db_get_root(struct db *db);
+static bool
+valid_channel_char(const char ch)
+{
+	return g_ascii_isalnum(ch) ||
+		ch == '_' || ch == '-' || ch == '.' || ch == ':';
+}
 
 bool
-simple_db_save(struct db *db, GError **error_r);
-
-G_GNUC_PURE
-time_t
-simple_db_get_mtime(const struct db *db);
-
-#endif
+client_message_valid_channel_name(const char *name)
+{
+	do {
+		if (!valid_channel_char(*name))
+			return false;
+	} while (*++name != 0);
+
+	return true;
+}
diff --git a/src/exclude.h b/src/ClientMessage.hxx
index 5b1229e29..2a929d445 100644
--- a/src/exclude.h
+++ b/src/ClientMessage.hxx
@@ -17,35 +17,36 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-/*
- * The .mpdignore backend code.
- *
- */
+#ifndef MPD_CLIENT_MESSAGE_H
+#define MPD_CLIENT_MESSAGE_H
 
-#ifndef MPD_EXCLUDE_H
-#define MPD_EXCLUDE_H
+#include "gcc.h"
 
-#include <glib.h>
-
-#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <string>
 
 /**
- * Loads and parses a .mpdignore file.
+ * A client-to-client message.
  */
-GSList *
-exclude_list_load(const char *path_fs);
+class ClientMessage {
+	std::string channel, message;
 
-/**
- * Frees a list returned by exclude_list_load().
- */
-void
-exclude_list_free(GSList *list);
+public:
+	template<typename T, typename U>
+	ClientMessage(T &&_channel, U &&_message)
+		:channel(std::forward<T>(_channel)),
+		 message(std::forward<U>(_message)) {}
 
-/**
- * Checks whether one of the patterns in the .mpdignore file matches
- * the specified file name.
- */
+	const char *GetChannel() const {
+		return channel.c_str();
+	}
+
+	const char *GetMessage() const {
+		return message.c_str();
+	}
+};
+
+gcc_pure
 bool
-exclude_list_check(GSList *list, const char *name_fs);
+client_message_valid_channel_name(const char *name);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/client_new.c b/src/ClientNew.cxx
index cf28c43c5..1579b9a53 100644
--- a/src/client_new.c
+++ b/src/ClientNew.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,11 +18,13 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "client_internal.h"
+#include "ClientInternal.hxx"
 #include "fd_util.h"
+extern "C" {
 #include "fifo_buffer.h"
 #include "resolver.h"
-#include "permission.h"
+}
+#include "Permission.hxx"
 #include "glib_socket.h"
 
 #include <assert.h>
@@ -43,12 +45,59 @@
 
 static const char GREETING[] = "OK MPD " PROTOCOL_VERSION "\n";
 
+Client::Client(struct playlist &_playlist,
+	       struct player_control *_player_control,
+	       int fd, int _uid, int _num)
+	:playlist(_playlist), player_control(_player_control),
+	 input(fifo_buffer_new(4096)),
+	 permission(getDefaultPermissions()),
+	 uid(_uid),
+	 last_activity(g_timer_new()),
+	 deferred_send(g_queue_new()), deferred_bytes(0),
+	 num(_num),
+	 send_buf_used(0),
+	 idle_waiting(false), idle_flags(0),
+	 num_subscriptions(0)
+{
+	assert(fd >= 0);
+
+	channel = g_io_channel_new_socket(fd);
+	/* GLib is responsible for closing the file descriptor */
+	g_io_channel_set_close_on_unref(channel, true);
+	/* NULL encoding means the stream is binary safe; the MPD
+	   protocol is UTF-8 only, but we are doing this call anyway
+	   to prevent GLib from messing around with the stream */
+	g_io_channel_set_encoding(channel, NULL, NULL);
+	/* we prefer to do buffering */
+	g_io_channel_set_buffered(channel, false);
+
+	source_id = g_io_add_watch(channel,
+				   GIOCondition(G_IO_IN|G_IO_ERR|G_IO_HUP),
+				   client_in_event, this);
+}
+
+static void
+deferred_buffer_free(gpointer data, G_GNUC_UNUSED gpointer user_data)
+{
+	struct deferred_buffer *buffer = (struct deferred_buffer *)data;
+	g_free(buffer);
+}
+
+Client::~Client()
+{
+	g_timer_destroy(last_activity);
+
+	g_queue_foreach(deferred_send, deferred_buffer_free, NULL);
+	g_queue_free(deferred_send);
+
+	fifo_buffer_free(input);
+}
+
 void
-client_new(struct player_control *player_control,
+client_new(struct playlist &playlist, struct player_control *player_control,
 	   int fd, const struct sockaddr *sa, size_t sa_length, int uid)
 {
 	static unsigned int next_client_num;
-	struct client *client;
 	char *remote;
 
 	assert(player_control != NULL);
@@ -85,43 +134,8 @@ client_new(struct player_control *player_control,
 		return;
 	}
 
-	client = g_new0(struct client, 1);
-	client->player_control = player_control;
-
-	client->channel = g_io_channel_new_socket(fd);
-	/* GLib is responsible for closing the file descriptor */
-	g_io_channel_set_close_on_unref(client->channel, true);
-	/* NULL encoding means the stream is binary safe; the MPD
-	   protocol is UTF-8 only, but we are doing this call anyway
-	   to prevent GLib from messing around with the stream */
-	g_io_channel_set_encoding(client->channel, NULL, NULL);
-	/* we prefer to do buffering */
-	g_io_channel_set_buffered(client->channel, false);
-
-	client->source_id = g_io_add_watch(client->channel,
-					   G_IO_IN|G_IO_ERR|G_IO_HUP,
-					   client_in_event, client);
-
-	client->input = fifo_buffer_new(4096);
-
-	client->permission = getDefaultPermissions();
-	client->uid = uid;
-
-	client->last_activity = g_timer_new();
-
-	client->cmd_list = NULL;
-	client->cmd_list_OK = -1;
-	client->cmd_list_size = 0;
-
-	client->deferred_send = g_queue_new();
-	client->deferred_bytes = 0;
-	client->num = next_client_num++;
-
-	client->send_buf_used = 0;
-
-	client->subscriptions = NULL;
-	client->messages = NULL;
-	client->num_messages = 0;
+	Client *client = new Client(playlist, player_control, fd, uid,
+				    next_client_num++);
 
 	(void)send(fd, GREETING, sizeof(GREETING) - 1, 0);
 
@@ -133,33 +147,14 @@ client_new(struct player_control *player_control,
 	g_free(remote);
 }
 
-static void
-deferred_buffer_free(gpointer data, G_GNUC_UNUSED gpointer user_data)
-{
-	struct deferred_buffer *buffer = data;
-	g_free(buffer);
-}
-
 void
-client_close(struct client *client)
+client_close(Client *client)
 {
 	client_list_remove(client);
 
 	client_set_expired(client);
 
-	g_timer_destroy(client->last_activity);
-
-	if (client->cmd_list) {
-		free_cmd_list(client->cmd_list);
-		client->cmd_list = NULL;
-	}
-
-	g_queue_foreach(client->deferred_send, deferred_buffer_free, NULL);
-	g_queue_free(client->deferred_send);
-
-	fifo_buffer_free(client->input);
-
 	g_log(G_LOG_DOMAIN, LOG_LEVEL_SECURE,
 	      "[%u] closed", client->num);
-	g_free(client);
+	delete client;
 }
diff --git a/src/client_process.c b/src/ClientProcess.cxx
index 57a8a7824..69b23e868 100644
--- a/src/client_process.c
+++ b/src/ClientProcess.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,7 +18,9 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "client_internal.h"
+#include "ClientInternal.hxx"
+#include "protocol/Result.hxx"
+#include "AllCommands.hxx"
 
 #include <string.h>
 
@@ -27,13 +29,14 @@
 #define CLIENT_LIST_MODE_END "command_list_end"
 
 static enum command_return
-client_process_command_list(struct client *client, bool list_ok, GSList *list)
+client_process_command_list(Client *client, bool list_ok,
+			    std::list<std::string> &&list)
 {
 	enum command_return ret = COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
 	unsigned num = 0;
 
-	for (GSList *cur = list; cur != NULL; cur = g_slist_next(cur)) {
-		char *cmd = cur->data;
+	for (auto &&i : list) {
+		char *cmd = &*i.begin();
 
 		g_debug("command_process_list: process command \"%s\"",
 			cmd);
@@ -49,7 +52,7 @@ client_process_command_list(struct client *client, bool list_ok, GSList *list)
 }
 
 enum command_return
-client_process_line(struct client *client, char *line)
+client_process_line(Client *client, char *line)
 {
 	enum command_return ret;
 
@@ -74,19 +77,16 @@ client_process_line(struct client *client, char *line)
 		return COMMAND_RETURN_CLOSE;
 	}
 
-	if (client->cmd_list_OK >= 0) {
+	if (client->cmd_list.IsActive()) {
 		if (strcmp(line, CLIENT_LIST_MODE_END) == 0) {
 			g_debug("[%u] process command list",
 				client->num);
 
-			/* for scalability reasons, we have prepended
-			   each new command; now we have to reverse it
-			   to restore the correct order */
-			client->cmd_list = g_slist_reverse(client->cmd_list);
+			auto &&cmd_list = client->cmd_list.Commit();
 
 			ret = client_process_command_list(client,
-							  client->cmd_list_OK,
-							  client->cmd_list);
+							  client->cmd_list.IsOKMode(),
+							  std::move(cmd_list));
 			g_debug("[%u] process command "
 				"list returned %i", client->num, ret);
 
@@ -98,31 +98,24 @@ client_process_line(struct client *client, char *line)
 				command_success(client);
 
 			client_write_output(client);
-			free_cmd_list(client->cmd_list);
-			client->cmd_list = NULL;
-			client->cmd_list_OK = -1;
+			client->cmd_list.Reset();
 		} else {
-			size_t len = strlen(line) + 1;
-			client->cmd_list_size += len;
-			if (client->cmd_list_size >
-			    client_max_command_list_size) {
-				g_warning("[%u] command list size (%lu) "
+			if (!client->cmd_list.Add(line)) {
+				g_warning("[%u] command list size "
 					  "is larger than the max (%lu)",
 					  client->num,
-					  (unsigned long)client->cmd_list_size,
 					  (unsigned long)client_max_command_list_size);
 				return COMMAND_RETURN_CLOSE;
 			}
 
-			new_cmd_list_ptr(client, line);
 			ret = COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
 		}
 	} else {
 		if (strcmp(line, CLIENT_LIST_MODE_BEGIN) == 0) {
-			client->cmd_list_OK = 0;
+			client->cmd_list.Begin(false);
 			ret = COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
 		} else if (strcmp(line, CLIENT_LIST_OK_MODE_BEGIN) == 0) {
-			client->cmd_list_OK = 1;
+			client->cmd_list.Begin(true);
 			ret = COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
 		} else {
 			g_debug("[%u] process command \"%s\"",
diff --git a/src/client_read.c b/src/ClientRead.cxx
index 26ade264e..aab4cae33 100644
--- a/src/client_read.c
+++ b/src/ClientRead.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,35 +18,35 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "client_internal.h"
+#include "ClientInternal.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "fifo_buffer.h"
+}
 
 #include <assert.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
 static char *
-client_read_line(struct client *client)
+client_read_line(Client *client)
 {
-	const char *p, *newline;
 	size_t length;
-	char *line;
-
-	p = fifo_buffer_read(client->input, &length);
+	const char *p = (const char *)fifo_buffer_read(client->input, &length);
 	if (p == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	newline = memchr(p, '\n', length);
+	const char *newline = (const char *)memchr(p, '\n', length);
 	if (newline == NULL)
 		return NULL;
 
-	line = g_strndup(p, newline - p);
+	char *line = g_strndup(p, newline - p);
 	fifo_buffer_consume(client->input, newline - p + 1);
 
 	return g_strchomp(line);
 }
 
 static enum command_return
-client_input_received(struct client *client, size_t bytesRead)
+client_input_received(Client *client, size_t bytesRead)
 {
 	char *line;
 
@@ -69,10 +69,8 @@ client_input_received(struct client *client, size_t bytesRead)
 }
 
 enum command_return
-client_read(struct client *client)
+client_read(Client *client)
 {
-	char *p;
-	size_t max_length;
 	GError *error = NULL;
 	GIOStatus status;
 	gsize bytes_read;
@@ -80,7 +78,8 @@ client_read(struct client *client)
 	assert(client != NULL);
 	assert(client->channel != NULL);
 
-	p = fifo_buffer_write(client->input, &max_length);
+	size_t max_length;
+	char *p = (char *)fifo_buffer_write(client->input, &max_length);
 	if (p == NULL) {
 		g_warning("[%u] buffer overflow", client->num);
 		return COMMAND_RETURN_CLOSE;
diff --git a/src/ClientSubscribe.cxx b/src/ClientSubscribe.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a1ad6e68e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/ClientSubscribe.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "ClientSubscribe.hxx"
+#include "ClientIdle.hxx"
+#include "ClientInternal.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "idle.h"
+}
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+enum client_subscribe_result
+client_subscribe(Client *client, const char *channel)
+{
+	assert(client != NULL);
+	assert(channel != NULL);
+
+	if (!client_message_valid_channel_name(channel))
+		return CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_INVALID;
+
+	if (client->num_subscriptions >= CLIENT_MAX_SUBSCRIPTIONS)
+		return CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_FULL;
+
+	auto r = client->subscriptions.insert(channel);
+	if (!r.second)
+		return CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_ALREADY;
+
+	++client->num_subscriptions;
+
+	idle_add(IDLE_SUBSCRIPTION);
+
+	return CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_OK;
+}
+
+bool
+client_unsubscribe(Client *client, const char *channel)
+{
+	const auto i = client->subscriptions.find(channel);
+	if (i == client->subscriptions.end())
+		return false;
+
+	assert(client->num_subscriptions > 0);
+
+	client->subscriptions.erase(i);
+	--client->num_subscriptions;
+
+	idle_add(IDLE_SUBSCRIPTION);
+
+	assert((client->num_subscriptions == 0) ==
+	       client->subscriptions.empty());
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+void
+client_unsubscribe_all(Client *client)
+{
+	client->subscriptions.clear();
+	client->num_subscriptions = 0;
+}
+
+bool
+client_push_message(Client *client, const ClientMessage &msg)
+{
+	assert(client != NULL);
+
+	if (client->messages.size() >= CLIENT_MAX_MESSAGES ||
+	    !client->IsSubscribed(msg.GetChannel()))
+		return false;
+
+	if (client->messages.empty())
+		client_idle_add(client, IDLE_MESSAGE);
+
+	client->messages.push_back(msg);
+	return true;
+}
diff --git a/src/client_subscribe.h b/src/ClientSubscribe.hxx
index 09f864417..e9d3b8a68 100644
--- a/src/client_subscribe.h
+++ b/src/ClientSubscribe.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,14 +17,14 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_H
-#define MPD_CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_H
+#ifndef MPD_CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_HXX
+#define MPD_CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_HXX
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
 
-struct client;
-struct client_message;
+typedef struct _GSList GSList;
+class Client;
+class ClientMessage;
 
 enum client_subscribe_result {
 	/** success */
@@ -41,19 +41,15 @@ enum client_subscribe_result {
 };
 
 enum client_subscribe_result
-client_subscribe(struct client *client, const char *channel);
+client_subscribe(Client *client, const char *channel);
 
 bool
-client_unsubscribe(struct client *client, const char *channel);
+client_unsubscribe(Client *client, const char *channel);
 
 void
-client_unsubscribe_all(struct client *client);
+client_unsubscribe_all(Client *client);
 
 bool
-client_push_message(struct client *client, const struct client_message *msg);
-
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
-GSList *
-client_read_messages(struct client *client);
+client_push_message(Client *client, const ClientMessage &msg);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/client_write.c b/src/ClientWrite.cxx
index 78cfca8a1..825029fb9 100644
--- a/src/client_write.c
+++ b/src/ClientWrite.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,14 +18,14 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "client_internal.h"
+#include "ClientInternal.hxx"
 
 #include <assert.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 static size_t
-client_write_deferred_buffer(struct client *client,
+client_write_deferred_buffer(Client *client,
 			     const struct deferred_buffer *buffer)
 {
 	GError *error = NULL;
@@ -67,12 +67,13 @@ client_write_deferred_buffer(struct client *client,
 }
 
 void
-client_write_deferred(struct client *client)
+client_write_deferred(Client *client)
 {
 	size_t ret;
 
 	while (!g_queue_is_empty(client->deferred_send)) {
 		struct deferred_buffer *buf =
+			(struct deferred_buffer *)
 			g_queue_peek_head(client->deferred_send);
 
 		assert(buf->size > 0);
@@ -108,8 +109,8 @@ client_write_deferred(struct client *client)
 	}
 }
 
-static void client_defer_output(struct client *client,
-				const void *data, size_t length)
+static void
+client_defer_output(Client *client, const void *data, size_t length)
 {
 	size_t alloc;
 	struct deferred_buffer *buf;
@@ -129,15 +130,15 @@ static void client_defer_output(struct client *client,
 		return;
 	}
 
-	buf = g_malloc(alloc);
+	buf = (struct deferred_buffer *)g_malloc(alloc);
 	buf->size = length;
 	memcpy(buf->data, data, length);
 
 	g_queue_push_tail(client->deferred_send, buf);
 }
 
-static void client_write_direct(struct client *client,
-				const char *data, size_t length)
+static void
+client_write_direct(Client *client, const char *data, size_t length)
 {
 	GError *error = NULL;
 	GIOStatus status;
@@ -181,7 +182,7 @@ static void client_write_direct(struct client *client,
 }
 
 void
-client_write_output(struct client *client)
+client_write_output(Client *client)
 {
 	if (client_is_expired(client) || !client->send_buf_used)
 		return;
@@ -211,7 +212,8 @@ client_write_output(struct client *client)
 /**
  * Write a block of data to the client.
  */
-static void client_write(struct client *client, const char *buffer, size_t buflen)
+static void
+client_write(Client *client, const char *buffer, size_t buflen)
 {
 	/* if the client is going to be closed, do nothing */
 	if (client_is_expired(client))
@@ -236,17 +238,18 @@ static void client_write(struct client *client, const char *buffer, size_t bufle
 	}
 }
 
-void client_puts(struct client *client, const char *s)
+void
+client_puts(Client *client, const char *s)
 {
 	client_write(client, s, strlen(s));
 }
 
-void client_vprintf(struct client *client, const char *fmt, va_list args)
+void
+client_vprintf(Client *client, const char *fmt, va_list args)
 {
 #ifndef G_OS_WIN32
 	va_list tmp;
 	int length;
-	char *buffer;
 
 	va_copy(tmp, args);
 	length = vsnprintf(NULL, 0, fmt, tmp);
@@ -256,7 +259,7 @@ void client_vprintf(struct client *client, const char *fmt, va_list args)
 		/* wtf.. */
 		return;
 
-	buffer = g_malloc(length + 1);
+	char *buffer = (char *)g_malloc(length + 1);
 	vsnprintf(buffer, length + 1, fmt, args);
 	client_write(client, buffer, length);
 	g_free(buffer);
@@ -274,7 +277,9 @@ void client_vprintf(struct client *client, const char *fmt, va_list args)
 #endif
 }
 
-G_GNUC_PRINTF(2, 3) void client_printf(struct client *client, const char *fmt, ...)
+G_GNUC_PRINTF(2, 3)
+void
+client_printf(Client *client, const char *fmt, ...)
 {
 	va_list args;
 
diff --git a/src/CommandError.cxx b/src/CommandError.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7e777d82a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/CommandError.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "CommandError.hxx"
+#include "db_error.h"
+#include "io_error.h"
+#include "protocol/Result.hxx"
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+enum command_return
+print_playlist_result(Client *client, enum playlist_result result)
+{
+	switch (result) {
+	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS:
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+
+	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_ERRNO:
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM, "%s",
+			      g_strerror(errno));
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_DENIED:
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_PERMISSION, "Access denied");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG:
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST, "No such song");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_LIST:
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST, "No such playlist");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_LIST_EXISTS:
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_EXIST,
+			      "Playlist already exists");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_NAME:
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+			      "playlist name is invalid: "
+			      "playlist names may not contain slashes,"
+			      " newlines or carriage returns");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_RANGE:
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "Bad song index");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_NOT_PLAYING:
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_PLAYER_SYNC, "Not playing");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_TOO_LARGE:
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_PLAYLIST_MAX,
+			      "playlist is at the max size");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_DISABLED:
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UNKNOWN,
+			      "stored playlist support is disabled");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	assert(0);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Send the GError to the client and free the GError.
+ */
+enum command_return
+print_error(Client *client, GError *error)
+{
+	assert(client != NULL);
+	assert(error != NULL);
+
+	g_warning("%s", error->message);
+
+	if (error->domain == playlist_quark()) {
+		enum playlist_result result = (playlist_result)error->code;
+		g_error_free(error);
+		return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+	} else if (error->domain == ack_quark()) {
+		command_error(client, (ack)error->code, "%s", error->message);
+		g_error_free(error);
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	} else if (error->domain == db_quark()) {
+		switch ((enum db_error)error->code) {
+		case DB_DISABLED:
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST, "%s",
+				      error->message);
+			g_error_free(error);
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+		case DB_NOT_FOUND:
+			g_error_free(error);
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST, "Not found");
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+		}
+	} else if (error->domain == errno_quark()) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM, "%s",
+			      g_strerror(error->code));
+		g_error_free(error);
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	} else if (error->domain == g_file_error_quark()) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM, "%s", error->message);
+		g_error_free(error);
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	g_error_free(error);
+	command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UNKNOWN, "error");
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+}
diff --git a/src/CommandError.hxx b/src/CommandError.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..739e982e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/CommandError.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_COMMAND_ERROR_HXX
+#define MPD_COMMAND_ERROR_HXX
+
+#include "command.h"
+#include "playlist_error.h"
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+class Client;
+
+enum command_return
+print_playlist_result(Client *client, enum playlist_result result);
+
+/**
+ * Send the GError to the client and free the GError.
+ */
+enum command_return
+print_error(Client *client, GError *error);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/cmdline.c b/src/CommandLine.cxx
index cb7eff36a..4d9d2ca9d 100644
--- a/src/cmdline.c
+++ b/src/CommandLine.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,19 +18,23 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "cmdline.h"
+#include "CommandLine.hxx"
 #include "path.h"
+#include "ls.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "log.h"
 #include "conf.h"
+}
+
 #include "decoder_list.h"
 #include "decoder_plugin.h"
-#include "output_list.h"
+#include "OutputList.hxx"
 #include "output_plugin.h"
 #include "input_registry.h"
 #include "input_plugin.h"
 #include "playlist_list.h"
 #include "playlist_plugin.h"
-#include "ls.h"
 #include "mpd_error.h"
 #include "glib_compat.h"
 
@@ -159,7 +163,7 @@ parse_cmdline(int argc, char **argv, struct options *options,
 		  "verbose logging", NULL },
 		{ "version", 'V', 0, G_OPTION_ARG_NONE, &option_version,
 		  "print version number", NULL },
-		{ .long_name = NULL }
+		{ nullptr, 0, 0, G_OPTION_ARG_NONE, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr }
 	};
 
 	options->kill = false;
diff --git a/src/cmdline.h b/src/CommandLine.hxx
index 68f625a6c..7a8731f82 100644
--- a/src/cmdline.h
+++ b/src/CommandLine.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,13 +17,11 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef CMDLINE_H
-#define CMDLINE_H
+#ifndef MPD_COMMAND_LINE_HXX
+#define MPD_COMMAND_LINE_HXX
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
 struct options {
 	gboolean kill;
 	gboolean daemon;
diff --git a/src/CommandListBuilder.cxx b/src/CommandListBuilder.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e58afccd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/CommandListBuilder.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "CommandListBuilder.hxx"
+#include "ClientInternal.hxx"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+void
+CommandListBuilder::Reset()
+{
+	list.clear();
+	mode = Mode::DISABLED;
+}
+
+bool
+CommandListBuilder::Add(const char *cmd)
+{
+	size_t len = strlen(cmd) + 1;
+	size += len;
+	if (size > client_max_command_list_size)
+		return false;
+
+	list.emplace_back(cmd);
+	return true;
+}
diff --git a/src/CommandListBuilder.hxx b/src/CommandListBuilder.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a112ac33b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/CommandListBuilder.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_COMMAND_LIST_BUILDER_HXX
+#define MPD_COMMAND_LIST_BUILDER_HXX
+
+#include <list>
+#include <string>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+class CommandListBuilder {
+	/**
+	 * print OK after each command execution
+	 */
+	enum class Mode {
+		/**
+		 * Not active.
+		 */
+		DISABLED = -1,
+
+		/**
+		 * Enabled in normal list mode.
+		 */
+		ENABLED = false,
+
+		/**
+		 * Enabled in "list_OK" mode.
+		 */
+		OK = true,
+	} mode;
+
+	/**
+	 * for when in list mode
+	 */
+	std::list<std::string> list;
+
+	/**
+	 * Memory consumed by the list.
+	 */
+	size_t size;
+
+public:
+	CommandListBuilder()
+		:mode(Mode::DISABLED), size(0) {}
+
+	/**
+	 * Is a command list currently being built?
+	 */
+	bool IsActive() const {
+		return mode != Mode::DISABLED;
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Is the object in "list_OK" mode?
+	 */
+	bool IsOKMode() const {
+		assert(IsActive());
+
+		return (bool)mode;
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Reset the object: delete the list and clear the mode.
+	 */
+	void Reset();
+
+	/**
+	 * Begin building a command list.
+	 */
+	void Begin(bool ok) {
+		assert(list.empty());
+		assert(mode == Mode::DISABLED);
+
+		mode = (Mode)ok;
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * @return false if the list is full
+	 */
+	bool Add(const char *cmd);
+
+	/**
+	 * Finishes the list and returns it.
+	 */
+	std::list<std::string> &&Commit() {
+		assert(IsActive());
+
+		return std::move(list);
+	}
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/crossfade.c b/src/CrossFade.cxx
index 46a0dff30..fe937e4ca 100644
--- a/src/crossfade.c
+++ b/src/CrossFade.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,8 +18,8 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "crossfade.h"
-#include "chunk.h"
+#include "CrossFade.hxx"
+#include "MusicChunk.hxx"
 #include "audio_format.h"
 #include "tag.h"
 
diff --git a/src/crossfade.h b/src/CrossFade.hxx
index d581dbfe0..1c4670758 100644
--- a/src/crossfade.h
+++ b/src/CrossFade.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_CROSSFADE_H
-#define MPD_CROSSFADE_H
+#ifndef MPD_CROSSFADE_HXX
+#define MPD_CROSSFADE_HXX
 
 struct audio_format;
 struct music_chunk;
diff --git a/src/DatabaseCommands.cxx b/src/DatabaseCommands.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b52d72f39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseCommands.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "DatabaseCommands.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseQueue.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlaylist.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePrint.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSelection.hxx"
+#include "CommandError.hxx"
+#include "ClientInternal.hxx"
+#include "tag.h"
+#include "uri.h"
+#include "SongFilter.hxx"
+#include "protocol/Result.hxx"
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+enum command_return
+handle_lsinfo2(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	const char *uri;
+
+	if (argc == 2)
+		uri = argv[1];
+	else
+		/* default is root directory */
+		uri = "";
+
+	const DatabaseSelection selection(uri, false);
+
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	if (!db_selection_print(client, selection, true, &error))
+		return print_error(client, error);
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+static enum command_return
+handle_match(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[], bool fold_case)
+{
+	SongFilter filter;
+	if (!filter.Parse(argc - 1, argv + 1, fold_case)) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	const DatabaseSelection selection("", true, &filter);
+
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	return db_selection_print(client, selection, true, &error)
+		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+		: print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_find(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	return handle_match(client, argc, argv, false);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_search(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	return handle_match(client, argc, argv, true);
+}
+
+static enum command_return
+handle_match_add(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[], bool fold_case)
+{
+	SongFilter filter;
+	if (!filter.Parse(argc - 1, argv + 1, fold_case)) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	return findAddIn(client->playlist, client->player_control,
+			 "", &filter, &error)
+		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+		: print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_findadd(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	return handle_match_add(client, argc, argv, false);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_searchadd(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	return handle_match_add(client, argc, argv, true);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_searchaddpl(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	const char *playlist = argv[1];
+
+	SongFilter filter;
+	if (!filter.Parse(argc - 2, argv + 2, true)) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	return search_add_to_playlist("", playlist, &filter, &error)
+		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+		: print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_count(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	SongFilter filter;
+	if (!filter.Parse(argc - 1, argv + 1, false)) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	return  searchStatsForSongsIn(client, "", &filter, &error)
+		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+		: print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listall(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	const char *directory = "";
+
+	if (argc == 2)
+		directory = argv[1];
+
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	return printAllIn(client, directory, &error)
+		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+		: print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_list(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned tagType = locate_parse_type(argv[1]);
+
+	if (tagType == TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "\"%s\" is not known", argv[1]);
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	if (tagType == LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+			      "\"any\" is not a valid return tag type");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	/* for compatibility with < 0.12.0 */
+	SongFilter *filter;
+	if (argc == 3) {
+		if (tagType != TAG_ALBUM) {
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+				      "should be \"%s\" for 3 arguments",
+				      tag_item_names[TAG_ALBUM]);
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+		}
+
+		filter = new SongFilter((unsigned)TAG_ARTIST, argv[2]);
+	} else if (argc > 2) {
+		filter = new SongFilter();
+		if (!filter->Parse(argc - 2, argv + 2, false)) {
+			delete filter;
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+				      "not able to parse args");
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+		}
+	} else
+		filter = nullptr;
+
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	enum command_return ret =
+		listAllUniqueTags(client, tagType, filter, &error)
+		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+		: print_error(client, error);
+
+	delete filter;
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listallinfo(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	const char *directory = "";
+
+	if (argc == 2)
+		directory = argv[1];
+
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	return printInfoForAllIn(client, directory, &error)
+		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+		: print_error(client, error);
+}
diff --git a/src/DatabaseCommands.hxx b/src/DatabaseCommands.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..335adc4d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseCommands.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_COMMANDS_HXX
+#define MPD_DATABASE_COMMANDS_HXX
+
+#include "command.h"
+
+class Client;
+
+enum command_return
+handle_lsinfo2(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_find(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_findadd(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_search(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_searchadd(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_searchaddpl(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_count(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listall(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_list(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listallinfo(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/database.c b/src/DatabaseGlue.cxx
index 8c903bb45..283ef9943 100644
--- a/src/database.c
+++ b/src/DatabaseGlue.cxx
@@ -18,17 +18,21 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "database.h"
+#include "DatabaseGlue.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSimple.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseRegistry.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSave.hxx"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "db_error.h"
-#include "db_save.h"
-#include "db_selection.h"
-#include "db_visitor.h"
-#include "db_plugin.h"
-#include "db/simple_db_plugin.h"
-#include "directory.h"
 #include "stats.h"
 #include "conf.h"
 #include "glib_compat.h"
+}
+
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.hxx"
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -42,97 +46,89 @@
 #undef G_LOG_DOMAIN
 #define G_LOG_DOMAIN "database"
 
-static struct db *db;
+static Database *db;
 static bool db_is_open;
+static bool is_simple;
 
 bool
-db_init(const struct config_param *path, GError **error_r)
+DatabaseGlobalInit(const config_param *param, GError **error_r)
 {
 	assert(db == NULL);
 	assert(!db_is_open);
 
-	if (path == NULL)
-		return true;
-
-	struct config_param *param = config_new_param("database", path->line);
-	config_add_block_param(param, "path", path->value, path->line);
-
-	db = db_plugin_new(&simple_db_plugin, param, error_r);
+	const char *plugin_name =
+		config_get_block_string(param, "plugin", "simple");
+	is_simple = strcmp(plugin_name, "simple") == 0;
 
-	config_param_free(param);
+	const DatabasePlugin *plugin = GetDatabasePluginByName(plugin_name);
+	if (plugin == NULL) {
+		g_set_error(error_r, db_quark(), 0,
+			    "No such database plugin: %s", plugin_name);
+		return false;
+	}
 
+	db = plugin->create(param, error_r);
 	return db != NULL;
 }
 
 void
-db_finish(void)
+DatabaseGlobalDeinit(void)
 {
 	if (db_is_open)
-		db_plugin_close(db);
+		db->Close();
 
 	if (db != NULL)
-		db_plugin_free(db);
+		delete db;
 }
 
-struct directory *
-db_get_root(void)
+const Database *
+GetDatabase()
 {
-	assert(db != NULL);
+	assert(db == NULL || db_is_open);
 
-	return simple_db_get_root(db);
+	return db;
 }
 
-struct directory *
-db_get_directory(const char *name)
+const Database *
+GetDatabase(GError **error_r)
 {
-	if (db == NULL)
-		return NULL;
+	assert(db == nullptr || db_is_open);
 
-	struct directory *music_root = db_get_root();
-	if (name == NULL)
-		return music_root;
+	if (db == nullptr)
+		g_set_error_literal(error_r, db_quark(), DB_DISABLED,
+				    "No database");
 
-	struct directory *directory =
-		directory_lookup_directory(music_root, name);
-	return directory;
+	return db;
 }
 
-struct song *
-db_get_song(const char *file)
+bool
+db_is_simple(void)
 {
-	assert(file != NULL);
-
-	g_debug("get song: %s", file);
+	assert(db == NULL || db_is_open);
 
-	if (db == NULL)
-		return NULL;
-
-	return db_plugin_get_song(db, file, NULL);
+	return is_simple;
 }
 
-bool
-db_visit(const struct db_selection *selection,
-	 const struct db_visitor *visitor, void *ctx,
-	 GError **error_r)
+Directory *
+db_get_root(void)
 {
-	if (db == NULL) {
-		g_set_error_literal(error_r, db_quark(), DB_DISABLED,
-				    "No database");
-		return false;
-	}
+	assert(db != NULL);
+	assert(db_is_simple());
 
-	return db_plugin_visit(db, selection, visitor, ctx, error_r);
+	return ((SimpleDatabase *)db)->GetRoot();
 }
 
-bool
-db_walk(const char *uri,
-	const struct db_visitor *visitor, void *ctx,
-	GError **error_r)
+Directory *
+db_get_directory(const char *name)
 {
-	struct db_selection selection;
-	db_selection_init(&selection, uri, true);
+	if (db == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
+	Directory *music_root = db_get_root();
+	if (name == NULL)
+		return music_root;
 
-	return db_visit(&selection, visitor, ctx, error_r);
+	return music_root->LookupDirectory(name);
 }
 
 bool
@@ -140,17 +136,18 @@ db_save(GError **error_r)
 {
 	assert(db != NULL);
 	assert(db_is_open);
+	assert(db_is_simple());
 
-	return simple_db_save(db, error_r);
+	return ((SimpleDatabase *)db)->Save(error_r);
 }
 
 bool
-db_load(GError **error)
+DatabaseGlobalOpen(GError **error)
 {
 	assert(db != NULL);
 	assert(!db_is_open);
 
-	if (!db_plugin_open(db, error))
+	if (!db->Open(error))
 		return false;
 
 	db_is_open = true;
@@ -165,6 +162,7 @@ db_get_mtime(void)
 {
 	assert(db != NULL);
 	assert(db_is_open);
+	assert(db_is_simple());
 
-	return simple_db_get_mtime(db);
+	return ((SimpleDatabase *)db)->GetLastModified();
 }
diff --git a/src/DatabaseGlue.hxx b/src/DatabaseGlue.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ea26f3242
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseGlue.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_GLUE_HXX
+#define MPD_DATABASE_GLUE_HXX
+
+#include "gcc.h"
+#include "gerror.h"
+
+struct config_param;
+class Database;
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the database library.
+ *
+ * @param param the database configuration block
+ */
+bool
+DatabaseGlobalInit(const config_param *param, GError **error_r);
+
+void
+DatabaseGlobalDeinit(void);
+
+bool
+DatabaseGlobalOpen(GError **error);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the global #Database instance.  May return NULL if this MPD
+ * configuration has no database (no music_directory was configured).
+ */
+gcc_pure
+const Database *
+GetDatabase();
+
+/**
+ * Returns the global #Database instance.  May return NULL if this MPD
+ * configuration has no database (no music_directory was configured).
+ */
+gcc_pure
+const Database *
+GetDatabase(GError **error_r);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/DatabaseHelpers.cxx b/src/DatabaseHelpers.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dc31a4bc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseHelpers.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "DatabaseHelpers.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "song.h"
+#include "tag.h"
+
+#include <functional>
+#include <set>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+struct StringLess {
+	gcc_pure
+	bool operator()(const char *a, const char *b) const {
+		return strcmp(a, b) < 0;
+	}
+};
+
+typedef std::set<const char *, StringLess> StringSet;
+
+static bool
+CollectTags(StringSet &set, enum tag_type tag_type, song &song)
+{
+	struct tag *tag = song.tag;
+	if (tag == nullptr)
+		return true;
+
+	bool found = false;
+	for (unsigned i = 0; i < tag->num_items; ++i) {
+		if (tag->items[i]->type == tag_type) {
+			set.insert(tag->items[i]->value);
+			found = true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (!found)
+		set.insert("");
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool
+VisitUniqueTags(const Database &db, const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+		enum tag_type tag_type,
+		VisitString visit_string,
+		GError **error_r)
+{
+	StringSet set;
+
+	using namespace std::placeholders;
+	const auto f = std::bind(CollectTags, std::ref(set), tag_type, _1);
+	if (!db.Visit(selection, f, error_r))
+		return false;
+
+	for (auto value : set)
+		if (!visit_string(value, error_r))
+			return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+static void
+StatsVisitTag(DatabaseStats &stats, StringSet &artists, StringSet &albums,
+	      const struct tag &tag)
+{
+	if (tag.time > 0)
+		stats.total_duration += tag.time;
+
+	for (unsigned i = 0; i < tag.num_items; ++i) {
+		const struct tag_item &item = *tag.items[i];
+
+		switch (item.type) {
+		case TAG_ARTIST:
+			artists.insert(item.value);
+			break;
+
+		case TAG_ALBUM:
+			albums.insert(item.value);
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static bool
+StatsVisitSong(DatabaseStats &stats, StringSet &artists, StringSet &albums,
+	       song &song)
+{
+	++stats.song_count;
+
+	if (song.tag != nullptr)
+		StatsVisitTag(stats, artists, albums, *song.tag);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool
+GetStats(const Database &db, const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+	 DatabaseStats &stats, GError **error_r)
+{
+	stats.Clear();
+
+	StringSet artists, albums;
+	using namespace std::placeholders;
+	const auto f = std::bind(StatsVisitSong,
+				 std::ref(stats), std::ref(artists),
+				 std::ref(albums), _1);
+	if (!db.Visit(selection, f, error_r))
+		return false;
+
+	stats.artist_count = artists.size();
+	stats.album_count = albums.size();
+	return true;
+}
diff --git a/src/DatabaseHelpers.hxx b/src/DatabaseHelpers.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cfcc94ac7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseHelpers.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_MEMORY_DATABASE_PLUGIN_HXX
+#define MPD_MEMORY_DATABASE_PLUGIN_HXX
+
+#include "DatabaseVisitor.hxx"
+#include "tag.h"
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+class Database;
+struct DatabaseSelection;
+struct DatabaseStats;
+
+bool
+VisitUniqueTags(const Database &db, const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+		enum tag_type tag_type,
+		VisitString visit_string,
+		GError **error_r);
+
+bool
+GetStats(const Database &db, const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+	 DatabaseStats &stats, GError **error_r);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/db_lock.c b/src/DatabaseLock.cxx
index 53759673d..872b9bfd3 100644
--- a/src/db_lock.c
+++ b/src/DatabaseLock.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "db_lock.h"
+#include "DatabaseLock.hxx"
 #include "gcc.h"
 
 #if GCC_CHECK_VERSION(4, 2)
diff --git a/src/db_lock.h b/src/DatabaseLock.hxx
index 4640502f3..6646fb43d 100644
--- a/src/db_lock.h
+++ b/src/DatabaseLock.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -23,14 +23,13 @@
  * multi-threading.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_DB_LOCK_H
-#define MPD_DB_LOCK_H
+#ifndef MPD_DB_LOCK_HXX
+#define MPD_DB_LOCK_HXX
 
 #include "check.h"
 
 #include <glib.h>
 #include <assert.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
 
 extern GStaticMutex db_mutex;
 
@@ -81,4 +80,19 @@ db_unlock(void)
 	g_static_mutex_unlock(&db_mutex);
 }
 
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+class ScopeDatabaseLock {
+public:
+	ScopeDatabaseLock() {
+		db_lock();
+	}
+
+	~ScopeDatabaseLock() {
+		db_unlock();
+	}
+};
+
+#endif
+
 #endif
diff --git a/src/DatabasePlaylist.cxx b/src/DatabasePlaylist.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fb477e83b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabasePlaylist.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "DatabasePlaylist.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSelection.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistFile.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseGlue.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+
+#include <functional>
+
+static bool
+AddSong(const char *playlist_path_utf8,
+	song &song, GError **error_r)
+{
+	return spl_append_song(playlist_path_utf8, &song, error_r);
+}
+
+bool
+search_add_to_playlist(const char *uri, const char *playlist_path_utf8,
+		       const SongFilter *filter,
+		       GError **error_r)
+{
+	const Database *db = GetDatabase(error_r);
+	if (db == nullptr)
+		return false;
+
+	const DatabaseSelection selection(uri, true, filter);
+
+	using namespace std::placeholders;
+	const auto f = std::bind(AddSong, playlist_path_utf8, _1, _2);
+	return db->Visit(selection, f, error_r);
+}
diff --git a/src/db_save.h b/src/DatabasePlaylist.hxx
index e760ec881..7c6952ffa 100644
--- a/src/db_save.h
+++ b/src/DatabasePlaylist.hxx
@@ -17,19 +17,18 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_DB_SAVE_H
-#define MPD_DB_SAVE_H
+#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_PLAYLIST_HXX
+#define MPD_DATABASE_PLAYLIST_HXX
 
-#include <glib.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
+#include "gerror.h"
 
-struct directory;
-
-void
-db_save_internal(FILE *file, const struct directory *root);
+class SongFilter;
 
+gcc_nonnull(1,2)
 bool
-db_load_internal(FILE *file, struct directory *root, GError **error);
+search_add_to_playlist(const char *uri, const char *path_utf8,
+		       const SongFilter *filter,
+		       GError **error_r);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/DatabasePlugin.hxx b/src/DatabasePlugin.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a175b3cd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabasePlugin.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This header declares the db_plugin class.  It describes a
+ * plugin API for databases of song metadata.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_PLUGIN_HXX
+#define MPD_DATABASE_PLUGIN_HXX
+
+#include "DatabaseVisitor.hxx"
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "tag.h"
+}
+
+struct config_param;
+struct DatabaseSelection;
+struct db_visitor;
+
+struct DatabaseStats {
+	/**
+	 * Number of songs.
+	 */
+	unsigned song_count;
+
+	/**
+	 * Total duration of all songs (in seconds).
+	 */
+	unsigned long total_duration;
+
+	/**
+	 * Number of distinct artist names.
+	 */
+	unsigned artist_count;
+
+	/**
+	 * Number of distinct album names.
+	 */
+	unsigned album_count;
+
+	void Clear() {
+		song_count = 0;
+		total_duration = 0;
+		artist_count = album_count = 0;
+	}
+};
+
+class Database {
+public:
+	/**
+	 * Free instance data.
+         */
+	virtual ~Database() {}
+
+	/**
+         * Open the database.  Read it into memory if applicable.
+	 */
+	virtual bool Open(gcc_unused GError **error_r) {
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	/**
+         * Close the database, free allocated memory.
+	 */
+	virtual void Close() {}
+
+	/**
+         * Look up a song (including tag data) in the database.  When
+         * you don't need this anymore, call ReturnSong().
+	 *
+	 * @param uri_utf8 the URI of the song within the music
+	 * directory (UTF-8)
+	 */
+	virtual struct song *GetSong(const char *uri_utf8,
+				     GError **error_r) const = 0;
+
+	/**
+	 * Mark the song object as "unused".  Call this on objects
+	 * returned by GetSong().
+	 */
+	virtual void ReturnSong(struct song *song) const = 0;
+
+	/**
+	 * Visit the selected entities.
+	 */
+	virtual bool Visit(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+			   VisitDirectory visit_directory,
+			   VisitSong visit_song,
+			   VisitPlaylist visit_playlist,
+			   GError **error_r) const = 0;
+
+	bool Visit(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+		   VisitDirectory visit_directory,
+		   VisitSong visit_song,
+		   GError **error_r) const {
+		return Visit(selection, visit_directory, visit_song,
+			     VisitPlaylist(), error_r);
+	}
+
+	bool Visit(const DatabaseSelection &selection, VisitSong visit_song,
+		   GError **error_r) const {
+		return Visit(selection, VisitDirectory(), visit_song, error_r);
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Visit all unique tag values.
+	 */
+	virtual bool VisitUniqueTags(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+				     enum tag_type tag_type,
+				     VisitString visit_string,
+				     GError **error_r) const = 0;
+
+	virtual bool GetStats(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+			      DatabaseStats &stats,
+			      GError **error_r) const = 0;
+};
+
+struct DatabasePlugin {
+	const char *name;
+
+	/**
+	 * Allocates and configures a database.
+	 */
+	Database *(*create)(const struct config_param *param,
+			    GError **error_r);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/DatabasePrint.cxx b/src/DatabasePrint.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2c3fcc9f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabasePrint.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "DatabasePrint.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSelection.hxx"
+#include "SongFilter.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistVector.hxx"
+#include "SongPrint.hxx"
+#include "TimePrint.hxx"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
+#include "Client.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "song.h"
+#include "tag.h"
+}
+
+#include "DatabaseGlue.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+
+#include <functional>
+
+static bool
+PrintDirectory(Client *client, const Directory &directory)
+{
+	if (!directory.IsRoot())
+		client_printf(client, "directory: %s\n", directory.GetPath());
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+static void
+print_playlist_in_directory(Client *client,
+			    const Directory &directory,
+			    const char *name_utf8)
+{
+	if (directory.IsRoot())
+		client_printf(client, "playlist: %s\n", name_utf8);
+	else
+		client_printf(client, "playlist: %s/%s\n",
+			      directory.GetPath(), name_utf8);
+}
+
+static bool
+PrintSongBrief(Client *client, song &song)
+{
+	assert(song.parent != NULL);
+
+	song_print_uri(client, &song);
+
+	if (song.tag != NULL && song.tag->has_playlist)
+		/* this song file has an embedded CUE sheet */
+		print_playlist_in_directory(client, *song.parent, song.uri);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+PrintSongFull(Client *client, song &song)
+{
+	assert(song.parent != NULL);
+
+	song_print_info(client, &song);
+
+	if (song.tag != NULL && song.tag->has_playlist)
+		/* this song file has an embedded CUE sheet */
+		print_playlist_in_directory(client, *song.parent, song.uri);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+PrintPlaylistBrief(Client *client,
+		   const PlaylistInfo &playlist,
+		   const Directory &directory)
+{
+	print_playlist_in_directory(client, directory, playlist.name.c_str());
+	return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+PrintPlaylistFull(Client *client,
+		  const PlaylistInfo &playlist,
+		  const Directory &directory)
+{
+	print_playlist_in_directory(client, directory, playlist.name.c_str());
+
+	if (playlist.mtime > 0)
+		time_print(client, "Last-Modified", playlist.mtime);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool
+db_selection_print(Client *client, const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+		   bool full, GError **error_r)
+{
+	const Database *db = GetDatabase(error_r);
+	if (db == nullptr)
+		return false;
+
+	using namespace std::placeholders;
+	const auto d = selection.filter == nullptr
+		? std::bind(PrintDirectory, client, _1)
+		: VisitDirectory();
+	const auto s = std::bind(full ? PrintSongFull : PrintSongBrief,
+				 client, _1);
+	const auto p = selection.filter == nullptr
+		? std::bind(full ? PrintPlaylistFull : PrintPlaylistBrief,
+			    client, _1, _2)
+		: VisitPlaylist();
+
+	return db->Visit(selection, d, s, p, error_r);
+}
+
+struct SearchStats {
+	int numberOfSongs;
+	unsigned long playTime;
+};
+
+static void printSearchStats(Client *client, SearchStats *stats)
+{
+	client_printf(client, "songs: %i\n", stats->numberOfSongs);
+	client_printf(client, "playtime: %li\n", stats->playTime);
+}
+
+static bool
+stats_visitor_song(SearchStats &stats, song &song)
+{
+	stats.numberOfSongs++;
+	stats.playTime += song_get_duration(&song);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool
+searchStatsForSongsIn(Client *client, const char *name,
+		      const SongFilter *filter,
+		      GError **error_r)
+{
+	const Database *db = GetDatabase(error_r);
+	if (db == nullptr)
+		return false;
+
+	const DatabaseSelection selection(name, true, filter);
+
+	SearchStats stats;
+	stats.numberOfSongs = 0;
+	stats.playTime = 0;
+
+	using namespace std::placeholders;
+	const auto f = std::bind(stats_visitor_song, std::ref(stats),
+				 _1);
+	if (!db->Visit(selection, f, error_r))
+		return false;
+
+	printSearchStats(client, &stats);
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool
+printAllIn(Client *client, const char *uri_utf8, GError **error_r)
+{
+	const DatabaseSelection selection(uri_utf8, true);
+	return db_selection_print(client, selection, false, error_r);
+}
+
+bool
+printInfoForAllIn(Client *client, const char *uri_utf8,
+		  GError **error_r)
+{
+	const DatabaseSelection selection(uri_utf8, true);
+	return db_selection_print(client, selection, true, error_r);
+}
+
+static bool
+PrintSongURIVisitor(Client *client, song &song)
+{
+	song_print_uri(client, &song);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+PrintUniqueTag(Client *client, enum tag_type tag_type,
+	       const char *value)
+{
+	client_printf(client, "%s: %s\n", tag_item_names[tag_type], value);
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool
+listAllUniqueTags(Client *client, int type,
+		  const SongFilter *filter,
+		  GError **error_r)
+{
+	const Database *db = GetDatabase(error_r);
+	if (db == nullptr)
+		return false;
+
+	const DatabaseSelection selection("", true, filter);
+
+	if (type == LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE) {
+		using namespace std::placeholders;
+		const auto f = std::bind(PrintSongURIVisitor, client, _1);
+		return db->Visit(selection, f, error_r);
+	} else {
+		using namespace std::placeholders;
+		const auto f = std::bind(PrintUniqueTag, client,
+					 (enum tag_type)type, _1);
+		return db->VisitUniqueTags(selection, (enum tag_type)type,
+					   f, error_r);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/src/db_print.h b/src/DatabasePrint.hxx
index 1b957da18..68551b63c 100644
--- a/src/db_print.h
+++ b/src/DatabasePrint.hxx
@@ -21,51 +21,37 @@
 #define MPD_DB_PRINT_H
 
 #include "gcc.h"
+#include "gerror.h"
 
-#include <glib.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-struct client;
-struct locate_item_list;
-struct db_selection;
+class SongFilter;
+struct DatabaseSelection;
 struct db_visitor;
+class Client;
 
-gcc_nonnull(1,2)
+gcc_nonnull(1)
 bool
-db_selection_print(struct client *client, const struct db_selection *selection,
+db_selection_print(Client *client, const DatabaseSelection &selection,
 		   bool full, GError **error_r);
 
 gcc_nonnull(1,2)
 bool
-printAllIn(struct client *client, const char *uri_utf8, GError **error_r);
+printAllIn(Client *client, const char *uri_utf8, GError **error_r);
 
 gcc_nonnull(1,2)
 bool
-printInfoForAllIn(struct client *client, const char *uri_utf8,
+printInfoForAllIn(Client *client, const char *uri_utf8,
 		  GError **error_r);
 
-gcc_nonnull(1,2,3)
-bool
-searchForSongsIn(struct client *client, const char *name,
-		 const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
-		 GError **error_r);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2,3)
-bool
-findSongsIn(struct client *client, const char *name,
-	    const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
-	    GError **error_r);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2,3)
+gcc_nonnull(1,2)
 bool
-searchStatsForSongsIn(struct client *client, const char *name,
-		      const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
+searchStatsForSongsIn(Client *client, const char *name,
+		      const SongFilter *filter,
 		      GError **error_r);
 
-gcc_nonnull(1,3)
+gcc_nonnull(1)
 bool
-listAllUniqueTags(struct client *client, int type,
-		  const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
+listAllUniqueTags(Client *client, int type,
+		  const SongFilter *filter,
 		  GError **error_r);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/DatabaseQueue.cxx b/src/DatabaseQueue.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21103fe37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseQueue.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "DatabaseQueue.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSelection.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseGlue.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "Playlist.hxx"
+
+#include <functional>
+
+static bool
+AddToQueue(struct playlist &playlist, struct player_control *pc,
+	   song &song, GError **error_r)
+{
+	enum playlist_result result =
+		playlist_append_song(&playlist, pc, &song, NULL);
+	if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS) {
+		g_set_error(error_r, playlist_quark(), result,
+			    "Playlist error");
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool
+findAddIn(struct playlist &playlist, struct player_control *pc,
+	  const char *uri,
+	  const SongFilter *filter, GError **error_r)
+{
+	const Database *db = GetDatabase(error_r);
+	if (db == nullptr)
+		return false;
+
+	const DatabaseSelection selection(uri, true, filter);
+
+	using namespace std::placeholders;
+	const auto f = std::bind(AddToQueue, std::ref(playlist), pc, _1, _2);
+	return db->Visit(selection, f, error_r);
+}
diff --git a/src/directory_save.h b/src/DatabaseQueue.hxx
index 2d0056830..50ed7d03a 100644
--- a/src/directory_save.h
+++ b/src/DatabaseQueue.hxx
@@ -17,21 +17,20 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_DIRECTORY_SAVE_H
-#define MPD_DIRECTORY_SAVE_H
+#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_QUEUE_HXX
+#define MPD_DATABASE_QUEUE_HXX
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
+#include "gerror.h"
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-struct directory;
-
-void
-directory_save(FILE *fp, const struct directory *directory);
+class SongFilter;
+struct playlist;
+struct player_control;
 
+gcc_nonnull(2,3)
 bool
-directory_load(FILE *fp, struct directory *directory,
-	       GString *buffer, GError **error);
+findAddIn(struct playlist &playlist, struct player_control *pc,
+	  const char *name,
+	  const SongFilter *filter, GError **error_r);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/DatabaseRegistry.cxx b/src/DatabaseRegistry.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf01decdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseRegistry.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "DatabaseRegistry.hxx"
+#include "db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "db/ProxyDatabasePlugin.hxx"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+const DatabasePlugin *const database_plugins[] = {
+	&simple_db_plugin,
+#ifdef HAVE_LIBMPDCLIENT
+	&proxy_db_plugin,
+#endif
+	NULL
+};
+
+const DatabasePlugin *
+GetDatabasePluginByName(const char *name)
+{
+	for (auto i = database_plugins; *i != nullptr; ++i)
+		if (strcmp((*i)->name, name) == 0)
+			return *i;
+
+	return nullptr;
+}
diff --git a/src/DatabaseRegistry.hxx b/src/DatabaseRegistry.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4be581573
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseRegistry.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_REGISTRY_HXX
+#define MPD_DATABASE_REGISTRY_HXX
+
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+struct DatabasePlugin;
+
+/**
+ * NULL terminated list of all database plugins which were enabled at
+ * compile time.
+ */
+extern const DatabasePlugin *const database_plugins[];
+
+gcc_pure
+const DatabasePlugin *
+GetDatabasePluginByName(const char *name);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/db_save.c b/src/DatabaseSave.cxx
index 4af9d58b8..78a2c4939 100644
--- a/src/db_save.c
+++ b/src/DatabaseSave.cxx
@@ -18,15 +18,18 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "db_save.h"
-#include "db_lock.h"
-#include "directory.h"
-#include "directory_save.h"
+#include "DatabaseSave.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseLock.hxx"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
+#include "DirectorySave.hxx"
 #include "song.h"
+#include "TextFile.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "path.h"
-#include "text_file.h"
 #include "tag.h"
 #include "tag_internal.h"
+}
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -55,7 +58,7 @@ db_quark(void)
 }
 
 void
-db_save_internal(FILE *fp, const struct directory *music_root)
+db_save_internal(FILE *fp, const Directory *music_root)
 {
 	assert(music_root != NULL);
 
@@ -74,9 +77,8 @@ db_save_internal(FILE *fp, const struct directory *music_root)
 }
 
 bool
-db_load_internal(FILE *fp, struct directory *music_root, GError **error)
+db_load_internal(TextFile &file, Directory *music_root, GError **error)
 {
-	GString *buffer = g_string_sized_new(1024);
 	char *line;
 	int format = 0;
 	bool found_charset = false, found_version = false;
@@ -86,16 +88,15 @@ db_load_internal(FILE *fp, struct directory *music_root, GError **error)
 	assert(music_root != NULL);
 
 	/* get initial info */
-	line = read_text_line(fp, buffer);
+	line = file.ReadLine();
 	if (line == NULL || strcmp(DIRECTORY_INFO_BEGIN, line) != 0) {
 		g_set_error(error, db_quark(), 0, "Database corrupted");
-		g_string_free(buffer, true);
 		return false;
 	}
 
 	memset(tags, false, sizeof(tags));
 
-	while ((line = read_text_line(fp, buffer)) != NULL &&
+	while ((line = file.ReadLine()) != NULL &&
 	       strcmp(line, DIRECTORY_INFO_END) != 0) {
 		if (g_str_has_prefix(line, DB_FORMAT_PREFIX)) {
 			format = atoi(line + sizeof(DB_FORMAT_PREFIX) - 1);
@@ -103,7 +104,6 @@ db_load_internal(FILE *fp, struct directory *music_root, GError **error)
 			if (found_version) {
 				g_set_error(error, db_quark(), 0,
 					    "Duplicate version line");
-				g_string_free(buffer, true);
 				return false;
 			}
 
@@ -114,7 +114,6 @@ db_load_internal(FILE *fp, struct directory *music_root, GError **error)
 			if (found_charset) {
 				g_set_error(error, db_quark(), 0,
 					    "Duplicate charset line");
-				g_string_free(buffer, true);
 				return false;
 			}
 
@@ -129,7 +128,6 @@ db_load_internal(FILE *fp, struct directory *music_root, GError **error)
 					    "\"%s\" instead of \"%s\"; "
 					    "discarding database file",
 					    new_charset, old_charset);
-				g_string_free(buffer, true);
 				return false;
 			}
 		} else if (g_str_has_prefix(line, DB_TAG_PREFIX)) {
@@ -147,7 +145,6 @@ db_load_internal(FILE *fp, struct directory *music_root, GError **error)
 		} else {
 			g_set_error(error, db_quark(), 0,
 				    "Malformed line: %s", line);
-			g_string_free(buffer, true);
 			return false;
 		}
 	}
@@ -171,9 +168,8 @@ db_load_internal(FILE *fp, struct directory *music_root, GError **error)
 	g_debug("reading DB");
 
 	db_lock();
-	success = directory_load(fp, music_root, buffer, error);
+	success = directory_load(file, music_root, error);
 	db_unlock();
-	g_string_free(buffer, true);
 
 	return success;
 }
diff --git a/src/DatabaseSave.hxx b/src/DatabaseSave.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..40048f261
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseSave.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_SAVE_HXX
+#define MPD_DATABASE_SAVE_HXX
+
+#include "gerror.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+struct Directory;
+class TextFile;
+
+void
+db_save_internal(FILE *file, const Directory *root);
+
+bool
+db_load_internal(TextFile &file, Directory *root, GError **error);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/DatabaseSelection.cxx b/src/DatabaseSelection.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd756f5f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseSelection.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "DatabaseSelection.hxx"
+#include "SongFilter.hxx"
+
+bool
+DatabaseSelection::Match(const song &song) const
+{
+	return filter == nullptr || filter->Match(song);
+}
diff --git a/src/db_selection.h b/src/DatabaseSelection.hxx
index 2cebb4907..3a81c01ec 100644
--- a/src/db_selection.h
+++ b/src/DatabaseSelection.hxx
@@ -17,17 +17,18 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_DB_SELECTION_H
-#define MPD_DB_SELECTION_H
+#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_SELECTION_HXX
+#define MPD_DATABASE_SELECTION_HXX
 
 #include "gcc.h"
 
 #include <assert.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
 
-struct directory;
+class SongFilter;
 struct song;
 
-struct db_selection {
+struct DatabaseSelection {
 	/**
 	 * The base URI of the search (UTF-8).  Must not begin or end
 	 * with a slash.  NULL or an empty string searches the whole
@@ -39,18 +40,17 @@ struct db_selection {
 	 * Recursively search all sub directories?
 	 */
 	bool recursive;
-};
 
-gcc_nonnull(1,2)
-static inline void
-db_selection_init(struct db_selection *selection,
-		  const char *uri, bool recursive)
-{
-	assert(selection != NULL);
-	assert(uri != NULL);
-
-	selection->uri = uri;
-	selection->recursive = recursive;
-}
+	const SongFilter *filter;
+
+	DatabaseSelection(const char *_uri, bool _recursive,
+			  const SongFilter *_filter=nullptr)
+		:uri(_uri), recursive(_recursive), filter(_filter) {
+		assert(uri != NULL);
+	}
+
+	gcc_pure
+	bool Match(const song &song) const;
+};
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/database.h b/src/DatabaseSimple.hxx
index f877b74d3..e57ae41bf 100644
--- a/src/database.h
+++ b/src/DatabaseSimple.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_H
-#define MPD_DATABASE_H
+#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_SIMPLE_HXX
+#define MPD_DATABASE_SIMPLE_HXX
 
 #include "gcc.h"
 
@@ -28,68 +28,55 @@
 #include <stdbool.h>
 
 struct config_param;
-struct directory;
+struct Directory;
 struct db_selection;
 struct db_visitor;
 
 /**
- * Initialize the database library.
- *
- * @param path the absolute path of the database file
+ * Check whether the default #SimpleDatabasePlugin is used.  This
+ * allows using db_get_root(), db_save(), db_get_mtime() and
+ * db_exists().
  */
 bool
-db_init(const struct config_param *path, GError **error_r);
-
-void
-db_finish(void);
+db_is_simple(void);
 
 /**
  * Returns the root directory object.  Returns NULL if there is no
  * configured music directory.
+ *
+ * May only be used if db_is_simple() returns true.
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
-struct directory *
+gcc_pure
+Directory *
 db_get_root(void);
 
 /**
  * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
  */
 gcc_nonnull(1)
-G_GNUC_PURE
-struct directory *
+gcc_pure
+Directory *
 db_get_directory(const char *name);
 
-gcc_nonnull(1)
-G_GNUC_PURE
-struct song *
-db_get_song(const char *file);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2)
-bool
-db_visit(const struct db_selection *selection,
-	 const struct db_visitor *visitor, void *ctx,
-	 GError **error_r);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2)
-bool
-db_walk(const char *uri,
-	const struct db_visitor *visitor, void *ctx,
-	GError **error_r);
-
+/**
+ * May only be used if db_is_simple() returns true.
+ */
 bool
 db_save(GError **error_r);
 
-bool
-db_load(GError **error);
-
-G_GNUC_PURE
+/**
+ * May only be used if db_is_simple() returns true.
+ */
+gcc_pure
 time_t
 db_get_mtime(void);
 
 /**
  * Returns true if there is a valid database file on the disk.
+ *
+ * May only be used if db_is_simple() returns true.
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 static inline bool
 db_exists(void)
 {
diff --git a/src/song_print.h b/src/DatabaseVisitor.hxx
index 8f1f0cc65..c90441415 100644
--- a/src/song_print.h
+++ b/src/DatabaseVisitor.hxx
@@ -17,17 +17,22 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_SONG_PRINT_H
-#define MPD_SONG_PRINT_H
+#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_VISITOR_HXX
+#define MPD_DATABASE_VISITOR_HXX
 
-struct client;
+#include "gerror.h"
+
+#include <functional>
+
+struct Directory;
 struct song;
-struct songvec;
+struct PlaylistInfo;
 
-void
-song_print_info(struct client *client, struct song *song);
+typedef std::function<bool(const Directory &, GError **)> VisitDirectory;
+typedef std::function<bool(struct song &, GError **)> VisitSong;
+typedef std::function<bool(const PlaylistInfo &, const Directory &,
+			   GError **)> VisitPlaylist;
 
-void
-song_print_uri(struct client *client, struct song *song);
+typedef std::function<bool(const char *, GError **)> VisitString;
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/decoder_api.c b/src/DecoderAPI.cxx
index a45d0f1e6..6e0460a8c 100644
--- a/src/decoder_api.c
+++ b/src/DecoderAPI.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,15 +18,19 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "decoder_api.h"
-#include "decoder_internal.h"
-#include "decoder_control.h"
 #include "audio_config.h"
-#include "song.h"
-#include "buffer.h"
-#include "pipe.h"
-#include "chunk.h"
 #include "replay_gain_config.h"
+}
+
+#include "MusicChunk.hxx"
+#include "MusicBuffer.hxx"
+#include "MusicPipe.hxx"
+#include "DecoderControl.hxx"
+#include "DecoderInternal.hxx"
+#include "song.h"
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -362,11 +366,10 @@ update_stream_tag(struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *is)
 enum decoder_command
 decoder_data(struct decoder *decoder,
 	     struct input_stream *is,
-	     const void *_data, size_t length,
+	     const void *data, size_t length,
 	     uint16_t kbit_rate)
 {
 	struct decoder_control *dc = decoder->dc;
-	const char *data = _data;
 	GError *error = NULL;
 	enum decoder_command cmd;
 
@@ -417,7 +420,6 @@ decoder_data(struct decoder *decoder,
 
 	while (length > 0) {
 		struct music_chunk *chunk;
-		char *dest;
 		size_t nbytes;
 		bool full;
 
@@ -427,10 +429,10 @@ decoder_data(struct decoder *decoder,
 			return dc->command;
 		}
 
-		dest = music_chunk_write(chunk, &dc->out_audio_format,
-					 decoder->timestamp -
-					 dc->song->start_ms / 1000.0,
-					 kbit_rate, &nbytes);
+		void *dest = chunk->Write(dc->out_audio_format,
+					  decoder->timestamp -
+					  dc->song->start_ms / 1000.0,
+					  kbit_rate, &nbytes);
 		if (dest == NULL) {
 			/* the chunk is full, flush it */
 			decoder_flush_chunk(decoder);
@@ -449,14 +451,14 @@ decoder_data(struct decoder *decoder,
 
 		/* expand the music pipe chunk */
 
-		full = music_chunk_expand(chunk, &dc->out_audio_format, nbytes);
+		full = chunk->Expand(dc->out_audio_format, nbytes);
 		if (full) {
 			/* the chunk is full, flush it */
 			decoder_flush_chunk(decoder);
 			g_cond_signal(dc->client_cond);
 		}
 
-		data += nbytes;
+		data = (const uint8_t *)data + nbytes;
 		length -= nbytes;
 
 		decoder->timestamp += (double)nbytes /
@@ -517,11 +519,10 @@ decoder_tag(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *is,
 	return cmd;
 }
 
-float
+void
 decoder_replay_gain(struct decoder *decoder,
 		    const struct replay_gain_info *replay_gain_info)
 {
-	float return_db = 0;
 	assert(decoder != NULL);
 
 	if (replay_gain_info != NULL) {
@@ -530,9 +531,13 @@ decoder_replay_gain(struct decoder *decoder,
 			serial = 1;
 
 		if (REPLAY_GAIN_OFF != replay_gain_mode) {
-			return_db = 20.0 * log10f(
+			enum replay_gain_mode rgm = replay_gain_mode;
+			if (rgm != REPLAY_GAIN_ALBUM)
+				rgm = REPLAY_GAIN_TRACK;
+
+			decoder->dc->replay_gain_db = 20.0 * log10f(
 				replay_gain_tuple_scale(
-					&replay_gain_info->tuples[replay_gain_get_real_mode()],
+					&replay_gain_info->tuples[rgm],
 					replay_gain_preamp, replay_gain_missing_preamp,
 					replay_gain_limit));
 		}
@@ -549,19 +554,16 @@ decoder_replay_gain(struct decoder *decoder,
 		}
 	} else
 		decoder->replay_gain_serial = 0;
-
-	return return_db;
 }
 
 void
-decoder_mixramp(struct decoder *decoder, float replay_gain_db,
+decoder_mixramp(struct decoder *decoder,
 		char *mixramp_start, char *mixramp_end)
 {
 	assert(decoder != NULL);
 	struct decoder_control *dc = decoder->dc;
 	assert(dc != NULL);
 
-	dc->replay_gain_db = replay_gain_db;
 	dc_mixramp_start(dc, mixramp_start);
 	dc_mixramp_end(dc, mixramp_end);
 }
diff --git a/src/decoder_control.c b/src/DecoderControl.cxx
index 2ce03b666..58d109483 100644
--- a/src/decoder_control.c
+++ b/src/DecoderControl.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,8 +18,9 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "decoder_control.h"
-#include "pipe.h"
+#include "DecoderControl.hxx"
+#include "MusicPipe.hxx"
+#include "song.h"
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
@@ -40,6 +41,8 @@ dc_new(GCond *client_cond)
 	dc->state = DECODE_STATE_STOP;
 	dc->command = DECODE_COMMAND_NONE;
 
+	dc->song = NULL;
+
 	dc->replay_gain_db = 0;
 	dc->replay_gain_prev_db = 0;
 	dc->mixramp_start = NULL;
@@ -52,6 +55,11 @@ dc_new(GCond *client_cond)
 void
 dc_free(struct decoder_control *dc)
 {
+	dc_clear_error(dc);
+
+	if (dc->song != NULL)
+		song_free(dc->song);
+
 	g_cond_free(dc->cond);
 	g_mutex_free(dc->mutex);
 	g_free(dc->mixramp_start);
@@ -79,6 +87,7 @@ static void
 dc_command(struct decoder_control *dc, enum decoder_command cmd)
 {
 	decoder_lock(dc);
+	dc_clear_error(dc);
 	dc_command_locked(dc, cmd);
 	decoder_unlock(dc);
 }
@@ -94,6 +103,27 @@ dc_command_async(struct decoder_control *dc, enum decoder_command cmd)
 	decoder_unlock(dc);
 }
 
+bool
+decoder_is_current_song(const struct decoder_control *dc,
+			const struct song *song)
+{
+	assert(dc != NULL);
+	assert(song != NULL);
+
+	switch (dc->state) {
+	case DECODE_STATE_STOP:
+	case DECODE_STATE_ERROR:
+		return false;
+
+	case DECODE_STATE_START:
+	case DECODE_STATE_DECODE:
+		return song_equals(dc->song, song);
+	}
+
+	assert(false);
+	return false;
+}
+
 void
 dc_start(struct decoder_control *dc, struct song *song,
 	 unsigned start_ms, unsigned end_ms,
@@ -104,6 +134,9 @@ dc_start(struct decoder_control *dc, struct song *song,
 	assert(pipe != NULL);
 	assert(music_pipe_empty(pipe));
 
+	if (dc->song != NULL)
+		song_free(dc->song);
+
 	dc->song = song;
 	dc->start_ms = start_ms;
 	dc->end_ms = end_ms;
diff --git a/src/decoder_control.h b/src/DecoderControl.hxx
index 566b153ee..f98a604fa 100644
--- a/src/decoder_control.h
+++ b/src/DecoderControl.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_DECODER_CONTROL_H
-#define MPD_DECODER_CONTROL_H
+#ifndef MPD_DECODER_CONTROL_HXX
+#define MPD_DECODER_CONTROL_HXX
 
 #include "decoder_command.h"
 #include "audio_format.h"
@@ -67,6 +67,14 @@ struct decoder_control {
 	enum decoder_state state;
 	enum decoder_command command;
 
+	/**
+	 * The error that occurred in the decoder thread.  This
+	 * attribute is only valid if #state is #DECODE_STATE_ERROR.
+	 * The object must be freed when this object transitions to
+	 * any other state (usually #DECODE_STATE_START).
+	 */
+	GError *error;
+
 	bool quit;
 	bool seek_error;
 	bool seekable;
@@ -82,8 +90,11 @@ struct decoder_control {
 	 * The song currently being decoded.  This attribute is set by
 	 * the player thread, when it sends the #DECODE_COMMAND_START
 	 * command.
+	 *
+	 * This is a duplicate, and must be freed when this attribute
+	 * is cleared.
 	 */
-	const struct song *song;
+	struct song *song;
 
 	/**
 	 * The initial seek position (in milliseconds), e.g. to the
@@ -188,6 +199,50 @@ decoder_has_failed(const struct decoder_control *dc)
 	return dc->state == DECODE_STATE_ERROR;
 }
 
+/**
+ * Checks whether an error has occurred, and if so, returns a newly
+ * allocated copy of the #GError object.
+ *
+ * Caller must lock the object.
+ */
+static inline GError *
+dc_get_error(const struct decoder_control *dc)
+{
+	assert(dc != NULL);
+	assert(dc->command == DECODE_COMMAND_NONE);
+	assert(dc->state != DECODE_STATE_ERROR || dc->error != NULL);
+
+	return dc->state == DECODE_STATE_ERROR
+		? g_error_copy(dc->error)
+		: NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Like dc_get_error(), but locks and unlocks the object.
+ */
+static inline GError *
+dc_lock_get_error(struct decoder_control *dc)
+{
+	decoder_lock(dc);
+	GError *error = dc_get_error(dc);
+	decoder_unlock(dc);
+	return error;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clear the error condition and free the #GError object (if any).
+ *
+ * Caller must lock the object.
+ */
+static inline void
+dc_clear_error(struct decoder_control *dc)
+{
+	if (dc->state == DECODE_STATE_ERROR) {
+		g_error_free(dc->error);
+		dc->state = DECODE_STATE_STOP;
+	}
+}
+
 static inline bool
 decoder_lock_is_idle(struct decoder_control *dc)
 {
@@ -224,28 +279,35 @@ decoder_lock_has_failed(struct decoder_control *dc)
 	return ret;
 }
 
-static inline const struct song *
-decoder_current_song(const struct decoder_control *dc)
-{
-	switch (dc->state) {
-	case DECODE_STATE_STOP:
-	case DECODE_STATE_ERROR:
-		return NULL;
-
-	case DECODE_STATE_START:
-	case DECODE_STATE_DECODE:
-		return dc->song;
-	}
+/**
+ * Check if the specified song is currently being decoded.  If the
+ * decoder is not running currently (or being started), then this
+ * function returns false in any case.
+ *
+ * Caller must lock the object.
+ */
+gcc_pure
+bool
+decoder_is_current_song(const struct decoder_control *dc,
+			const struct song *song);
 
-	assert(false);
-	return NULL;
+gcc_pure
+static inline bool
+decoder_lock_is_current_song(struct decoder_control *dc,
+			     const struct song *song)
+{
+	decoder_lock(dc);
+	const bool result = decoder_is_current_song(dc, song);
+	decoder_unlock(dc);
+	return result;
 }
 
 /**
  * Start the decoder.
  *
  * @param the decoder
- * @param song the song to be decoded
+ * @param song the song to be decoded; the given instance will be
+ * owned and freed by the decoder
  * @param start_ms see #decoder_control
  * @param end_ms see #decoder_control
  * @param pipe the pipe which receives the decoded chunks (owned by
diff --git a/src/decoder_internal.c b/src/DecoderInternal.cxx
index bc349f2ff..c5884d357 100644
--- a/src/decoder_internal.c
+++ b/src/DecoderInternal.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,15 +18,37 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "decoder_internal.h"
-#include "decoder_control.h"
-#include "pipe.h"
+#include "DecoderInternal.hxx"
+#include "DecoderControl.hxx"
+#include "MusicPipe.hxx"
+#include "MusicBuffer.hxx"
+#include "MusicChunk.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "tag.h"
+}
+
 #include "input_stream.h"
-#include "buffer.h"
-#include "chunk.h"
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
+decoder::~decoder()
+{
+	/* caller must flush the chunk */
+	assert(chunk == nullptr);
+
+	if (song_tag != nullptr)
+		tag_free(song_tag);
+
+	if (stream_tag != nullptr)
+		tag_free(stream_tag);
+
+	if (decoder_tag != nullptr)
+		tag_free(decoder_tag);
+
+	pcm_convert_deinit(&conv_state);
+}
+
 /**
  * All chunks are full of decoded data; wait for the player to free
  * one.
@@ -87,7 +109,7 @@ decoder_flush_chunk(struct decoder *decoder)
 	assert(decoder != NULL);
 	assert(decoder->chunk != NULL);
 
-	if (music_chunk_is_empty(decoder->chunk))
+	if (decoder->chunk->IsEmpty())
 		music_buffer_return(dc->buffer, decoder->chunk);
 	else
 		music_pipe_push(dc->pipe, decoder->chunk);
diff --git a/src/decoder_internal.h b/src/DecoderInternal.hxx
index d89e68cfc..ae50a62e2 100644
--- a/src/decoder_internal.h
+++ b/src/DecoderInternal.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_DECODER_INTERNAL_H
-#define MPD_DECODER_INTERNAL_H
+#ifndef MPD_DECODER_INTERNAL_HXX
+#define MPD_DECODER_INTERNAL_HXX
 
 #include "decoder_command.h"
 #include "pcm_convert.h"
@@ -80,6 +80,21 @@ struct decoder {
 	 * has changed since the last check.
 	 */
 	unsigned replay_gain_serial;
+
+	decoder(decoder_control *_dc, bool _initial_seek_pending,
+		struct tag *_tag)
+		:dc(_dc),
+		 timestamp(0),
+		 initial_seek_pending(_initial_seek_pending),
+		 initial_seek_running(false),
+		 seeking(false),
+		 song_tag(_tag), stream_tag(nullptr), decoder_tag(nullptr),
+		 chunk(nullptr),
+		 replay_gain_serial(0) {
+		pcm_convert_init(&conv_state);
+	}
+
+	~decoder();
 };
 
 /**
diff --git a/src/decoder_print.c b/src/DecoderPrint.cxx
index e14477ed8..70c713e9c 100644
--- a/src/decoder_print.c
+++ b/src/DecoderPrint.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,15 +18,15 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "decoder_print.h"
+#include "DecoderPrint.hxx"
 #include "decoder_list.h"
 #include "decoder_plugin.h"
-#include "client.h"
+#include "Client.hxx"
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
 static void
-decoder_plugin_print(struct client *client,
+decoder_plugin_print(Client *client,
 		     const struct decoder_plugin *plugin)
 {
 	const char *const*p;
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ decoder_plugin_print(struct client *client,
 }
 
 void
-decoder_list_print(struct client *client)
+decoder_list_print(Client *client)
 {
 	decoder_plugins_for_each_enabled(plugin)
 		decoder_plugin_print(client, plugin);
diff --git a/src/DecoderPrint.hxx b/src/DecoderPrint.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d94ba2cef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DecoderPrint.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DECODER_PRINT_HXX
+#define MPD_DECODER_PRINT_HXX
+
+class Client;
+
+void
+decoder_list_print(Client *client);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder_thread.c b/src/DecoderThread.cxx
index af80ed45b..18228f381 100644
--- a/src/decoder_thread.c
+++ b/src/DecoderThread.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,21 +18,23 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "decoder_thread.h"
-#include "decoder_control.h"
-#include "decoder_internal.h"
-#include "decoder_list.h"
+#include "DecoderThread.hxx"
+#include "DecoderControl.hxx"
+#include "DecoderInternal.hxx"
+#include "decoder_error.h"
 #include "decoder_plugin.h"
+#include "song.h"
+#include "mpd_error.h"
+#include "Mapper.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "decoder_list.h"
 #include "decoder_api.h"
 #include "replay_gain_ape.h"
 #include "input_stream.h"
-#include "pipe.h"
-#include "song.h"
 #include "tag.h"
-#include "mapper.h"
-#include "path.h"
 #include "uri.h"
-#include "mpd_error.h"
+}
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -182,12 +184,7 @@ decoder_file_decode(const struct decoder_plugin *plugin,
 static inline gpointer
 deconst_plugin(const struct decoder_plugin *plugin)
 {
-	union {
-		const struct decoder_plugin *in;
-		gpointer out;
-	} u = { .in = plugin };
-
-	return u.out;
+	return const_cast<struct decoder_plugin *>(plugin);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -383,57 +380,49 @@ static void
 decoder_run_song(struct decoder_control *dc,
 		 const struct song *song, const char *uri)
 {
-	struct decoder decoder = {
-		.dc = dc,
-		.initial_seek_pending = dc->start_ms > 0,
-		.initial_seek_running = false,
-	};
+	decoder decoder(dc, dc->start_ms > 0,
+			song->tag != NULL && song_is_file(song)
+			? tag_dup(song->tag) : nullptr);
 	int ret;
 
-	decoder.timestamp = 0.0;
-	decoder.seeking = false;
-	decoder.song_tag = song->tag != NULL && song_is_file(song)
-		? tag_dup(song->tag) : NULL;
-	decoder.stream_tag = NULL;
-	decoder.decoder_tag = NULL;
-	decoder.chunk = NULL;
-
 	dc->state = DECODE_STATE_START;
 
 	decoder_command_finished_locked(dc);
 
-	pcm_convert_init(&decoder.conv_state);
-
 	ret = song_is_file(song)
 		? decoder_run_file(&decoder, uri)
 		: decoder_run_stream(&decoder, uri);
 
 	decoder_unlock(dc);
 
-	pcm_convert_deinit(&decoder.conv_state);
-
 	/* flush the last chunk */
 
 	if (decoder.chunk != NULL)
 		decoder_flush_chunk(&decoder);
 
-	if (decoder.song_tag != NULL)
-		tag_free(decoder.song_tag);
+	decoder_lock(dc);
 
-	if (decoder.stream_tag != NULL)
-		tag_free(decoder.stream_tag);
+	if (ret)
+		dc->state = DECODE_STATE_STOP;
+	else {
+		dc->state = DECODE_STATE_ERROR;
 
-	if (decoder.decoder_tag != NULL)
-		tag_free(decoder.decoder_tag);
+		const char *error_uri = song->uri;
+		char *allocated = uri_remove_auth(error_uri);
+		if (allocated != NULL)
+			error_uri = allocated;
 
-	decoder_lock(dc);
-
-	dc->state = ret ? DECODE_STATE_STOP : DECODE_STATE_ERROR;
+		dc->error = g_error_new(decoder_quark(), 0,
+					"Failed to decode %s", error_uri);
+		g_free(allocated);
+	}
 }
 
 static void
 decoder_run(struct decoder_control *dc)
 {
+	dc_clear_error(dc);
+
 	const struct song *song = dc->song;
 	char *uri;
 
@@ -446,6 +435,9 @@ decoder_run(struct decoder_control *dc)
 
 	if (uri == NULL) {
 		dc->state = DECODE_STATE_ERROR;
+		dc->error = g_error_new(decoder_quark(), 0,
+					"Failed to map song");
+
 		decoder_command_finished_locked(dc);
 		return;
 	}
@@ -458,7 +450,7 @@ decoder_run(struct decoder_control *dc)
 static gpointer
 decoder_task(gpointer arg)
 {
-	struct decoder_control *dc = arg;
+	struct decoder_control *dc = (struct decoder_control *)arg;
 
 	decoder_lock(dc);
 
diff --git a/src/decoder_thread.h b/src/DecoderThread.hxx
index 78f12a54a..8efaa2fca 100644
--- a/src/decoder_thread.h
+++ b/src/DecoderThread.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_DECODER_THREAD_H
-#define MPD_DECODER_THREAD_H
+#ifndef MPD_DECODER_THREAD_HXX
+#define MPD_DECODER_THREAD_HXX
 
 struct decoder_control;
 
diff --git a/src/Directory.cxx b/src/Directory.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f27b3d474
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/Directory.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
+#include "SongFilter.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistVector.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseLock.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "song.h"
+#include "song_sort.h"
+#include "path.h"
+#include "util/list_sort.h"
+}
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+inline Directory *
+Directory::Allocate(const char *path)
+{
+	assert(path != NULL);
+
+	const size_t path_size = strlen(path) + 1;
+	Directory *directory =
+		(Directory *)g_malloc0(sizeof(*directory)
+				       - sizeof(directory->path)
+				       + path_size);
+	new(directory) Directory(path);
+
+	return directory;
+}
+
+Directory::Directory()
+{
+	INIT_LIST_HEAD(&children);
+	INIT_LIST_HEAD(&songs);
+
+	path[0] = 0;
+}
+
+Directory::Directory(const char *_path)
+{
+	INIT_LIST_HEAD(&children);
+	INIT_LIST_HEAD(&songs);
+
+	strcpy(path, _path);
+}
+
+Directory::~Directory()
+{
+	struct song *song, *ns;
+	directory_for_each_song_safe(song, ns, this)
+		song_free(song);
+
+	Directory *child, *n;
+	directory_for_each_child_safe(child, n, this)
+		child->Free();
+}
+
+Directory *
+Directory::NewGeneric(const char *path, Directory *parent)
+{
+	assert(path != NULL);
+	assert((*path == 0) == (parent == NULL));
+
+	Directory *directory = Allocate(path);
+
+	directory->parent = parent;
+
+	return directory;
+}
+
+void
+Directory::Free()
+{
+	this->Directory::~Directory();
+	g_free(this);
+}
+
+void
+Directory::Delete()
+{
+	assert(holding_db_lock());
+	assert(parent != nullptr);
+
+	list_del(&siblings);
+	Free();
+}
+
+const char *
+Directory::GetName() const
+{
+	assert(!IsRoot());
+	assert(path != nullptr);
+
+	const char *slash = strrchr(path, '/');
+	assert((slash == nullptr) == parent->IsRoot());
+
+	return slash != NULL
+		? slash + 1
+		: path;
+}
+
+Directory *
+Directory::CreateChild(const char *name_utf8)
+{
+	assert(holding_db_lock());
+	assert(name_utf8 != NULL);
+	assert(*name_utf8 != 0);
+
+	char *allocated;
+	const char *path_utf8;
+	if (IsRoot()) {
+		allocated = NULL;
+		path_utf8 = name_utf8;
+	} else {
+		allocated = g_strconcat(GetPath(),
+					"/", name_utf8, NULL);
+		path_utf8 = allocated;
+	}
+
+	Directory *child = NewGeneric(path_utf8, this);
+	g_free(allocated);
+
+	list_add_tail(&child->siblings, &children);
+	return child;
+}
+
+const Directory *
+Directory::FindChild(const char *name) const
+{
+	assert(holding_db_lock());
+
+	const Directory *child;
+	directory_for_each_child(child, this)
+		if (strcmp(child->GetName(), name) == 0)
+			return child;
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+void
+Directory::PruneEmpty()
+{
+	assert(holding_db_lock());
+
+	Directory *child, *n;
+	directory_for_each_child_safe(child, n, this) {
+		child->PruneEmpty();
+
+		if (child->IsEmpty())
+			child->Delete();
+	}
+}
+
+Directory *
+Directory::LookupDirectory(const char *uri)
+{
+	assert(holding_db_lock());
+	assert(uri != NULL);
+
+	if (isRootDirectory(uri))
+		return this;
+
+	char *duplicated = g_strdup(uri), *name = duplicated;
+
+	Directory *d = this;
+	while (1) {
+		char *slash = strchr(name, '/');
+		if (slash == name) {
+			d = NULL;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (slash != NULL)
+			*slash = '\0';
+
+		d = d->FindChild(name);
+		if (d == NULL || slash == NULL)
+			break;
+
+		name = slash + 1;
+	}
+
+	g_free(duplicated);
+
+	return d;
+}
+
+void
+Directory::AddSong(struct song *song)
+{
+	assert(holding_db_lock());
+	assert(song != NULL);
+	assert(song->parent == this);
+
+	list_add_tail(&song->siblings, &songs);
+}
+
+void
+Directory::RemoveSong(struct song *song)
+{
+	assert(holding_db_lock());
+	assert(song != NULL);
+	assert(song->parent == this);
+
+	list_del(&song->siblings);
+}
+
+const song *
+Directory::FindSong(const char *name_utf8) const
+{
+	assert(holding_db_lock());
+	assert(name_utf8 != NULL);
+
+	struct song *song;
+	directory_for_each_song(song, this) {
+		assert(song->parent == this);
+
+		if (strcmp(song->uri, name_utf8) == 0)
+			return song;
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+struct song *
+Directory::LookupSong(const char *uri)
+{
+	char *duplicated, *base;
+
+	assert(holding_db_lock());
+	assert(uri != NULL);
+
+	duplicated = g_strdup(uri);
+	base = strrchr(duplicated, '/');
+
+	Directory *d = this;
+	if (base != NULL) {
+		*base++ = 0;
+		d = d->LookupDirectory(duplicated);
+		if (d == nullptr) {
+			g_free(duplicated);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+	} else
+		base = duplicated;
+
+	struct song *song = d->FindSong(base);
+	assert(song == NULL || song->parent == d);
+
+	g_free(duplicated);
+	return song;
+
+}
+
+static int
+directory_cmp(G_GNUC_UNUSED void *priv,
+	      struct list_head *_a, struct list_head *_b)
+{
+	const Directory *a = (const Directory *)_a;
+	const Directory *b = (const Directory *)_b;
+	return g_utf8_collate(a->path, b->path);
+}
+
+void
+Directory::Sort()
+{
+	assert(holding_db_lock());
+
+	list_sort(NULL, &children, directory_cmp);
+	song_list_sort(&songs);
+
+	Directory *child;
+	directory_for_each_child(child, this)
+		child->Sort();
+}
+
+bool
+Directory::Walk(bool recursive, const SongFilter *filter,
+		VisitDirectory visit_directory, VisitSong visit_song,
+		VisitPlaylist visit_playlist,
+		GError **error_r) const
+{
+	assert(error_r == NULL || *error_r == NULL);
+
+	if (visit_song) {
+		struct song *song;
+		directory_for_each_song(song, this)
+			if ((filter == nullptr || filter->Match(*song)) &&
+			    !visit_song(*song, error_r))
+				return false;
+	}
+
+	if (visit_playlist) {
+		for (const PlaylistInfo &p : playlists)
+			if (!visit_playlist(p, *this, error_r))
+				return false;
+	}
+
+	Directory *child;
+	directory_for_each_child(child, this) {
+		if (visit_directory &&
+		    !visit_directory(*child, error_r))
+			return false;
+
+		if (recursive &&
+		    !child->Walk(recursive, filter,
+				 visit_directory, visit_song, visit_playlist,
+				 error_r))
+			return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
diff --git a/src/Directory.hxx b/src/Directory.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..710f47921
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/Directory.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DIRECTORY_HXX
+#define MPD_DIRECTORY_HXX
+
+#include "check.h"
+#include "util/list.h"
+#include "gcc.h"
+#include "DatabaseVisitor.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistVector.hxx"
+
+#include <glib.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#define DEVICE_INARCHIVE (dev_t)(-1)
+#define DEVICE_CONTAINER (dev_t)(-2)
+
+#define directory_for_each_child(pos, directory) \
+	list_for_each_entry(pos, &directory->children, siblings)
+
+#define directory_for_each_child_safe(pos, n, directory) \
+	list_for_each_entry_safe(pos, n, &directory->children, siblings)
+
+#define directory_for_each_song(pos, directory) \
+	list_for_each_entry(pos, &directory->songs, siblings)
+
+#define directory_for_each_song_safe(pos, n, directory) \
+	list_for_each_entry_safe(pos, n, &directory->songs, siblings)
+
+struct song;
+struct db_visitor;
+class SongFilter;
+
+struct Directory {
+	/**
+	 * Pointers to the siblings of this directory within the
+	 * parent directory.  It is unused (undefined) in the root
+	 * directory.
+	 *
+	 * This attribute is protected with the global #db_mutex.
+	 * Read access in the update thread does not need protection.
+	 */
+	struct list_head siblings;
+
+	/**
+	 * A doubly linked list of child directories.
+	 *
+	 * This attribute is protected with the global #db_mutex.
+	 * Read access in the update thread does not need protection.
+	 */
+	struct list_head children;
+
+	/**
+	 * A doubly linked list of songs within this directory.
+	 *
+	 * This attribute is protected with the global #db_mutex.
+	 * Read access in the update thread does not need protection.
+	 */
+	struct list_head songs;
+
+	PlaylistVector playlists;
+
+	Directory *parent;
+	time_t mtime;
+	ino_t inode;
+	dev_t device;
+	bool have_stat; /* not needed if ino_t == dev_t == 0 is impossible */
+	char path[sizeof(long)];
+
+protected:
+	Directory(const char *path);
+
+	gcc_malloc gcc_nonnull_all
+	static Directory *Allocate(const char *path);
+
+public:
+	/**
+	 * Default constructor, needed for #detached_root.
+	 */
+	Directory();
+	~Directory();
+
+	/**
+	 * Generic constructor for #Directory object.
+	 */
+	gcc_malloc
+	static Directory *NewGeneric(const char *path_utf8, Directory *parent);
+
+	/**
+	 * Create a new root #Directory object.
+	 */
+	gcc_malloc
+	static Directory *NewRoot() {
+		return NewGeneric("", nullptr);
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Free this #Directory object (and the whole object tree within it),
+	 * assuming it was already removed from the parent.
+	 */
+	void Free();
+
+	/**
+	 * Remove this #Directory object from its parent and free it.  This
+	 * must not be called with the root Directory.
+	 *
+	 * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
+	 */
+	void Delete();
+
+	/**
+	 * Create a new #Directory object as a child of the given one.
+	 *
+	 * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
+	 *
+	 * @param name_utf8 the UTF-8 encoded name of the new sub directory
+	 */
+	gcc_malloc
+	Directory *CreateChild(const char *name_utf8);
+
+	/**
+	 * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
+	 */
+	gcc_pure
+	const Directory *FindChild(const char *name) const;
+
+	gcc_pure
+	Directory *FindChild(const char *name) {
+		const Directory *cthis = this;
+		return const_cast<Directory *>(cthis->FindChild(name));
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Look up a sub directory, and create the object if it does not
+	 * exist.
+	 *
+	 * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
+	 */
+	Directory *MakeChild(const char *name_utf8) {
+		Directory *child = FindChild(name_utf8);
+		if (child == nullptr)
+			child = CreateChild(name_utf8);
+		return child;
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Looks up a directory by its relative URI.
+	 *
+	 * @param uri the relative URI
+	 * @return the Directory, or NULL if none was found
+	 */
+	gcc_pure
+	Directory *LookupDirectory(const char *uri);
+
+	gcc_pure
+	bool IsEmpty() const {
+		return list_empty(&children) &&
+			list_empty(&songs) &&
+			playlists.empty();
+	}
+
+	gcc_pure
+	const char *GetPath() const {
+		return path;
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Returns the base name of the directory.
+	 */
+	gcc_pure
+	const char *GetName() const;
+
+	/**
+	 * Is this the root directory of the music database?
+	 */
+	gcc_pure
+	bool IsRoot() const {
+		return parent == NULL;
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Look up a song in this directory by its name.
+	 *
+	 * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
+	 */
+	gcc_pure
+	const song *FindSong(const char *name_utf8) const;
+
+	gcc_pure
+	song *FindSong(const char *name_utf8) {
+		const Directory *cthis = this;
+		return const_cast<song *>(cthis->FindSong(name_utf8));
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Looks up a song by its relative URI.
+	 *
+	 * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
+	 *
+	 * @param uri the relative URI
+	 * @return the song, or NULL if none was found
+	 */
+	gcc_pure
+	song *LookupSong(const char *uri);
+
+	/**
+	 * Add a song object to this directory.  Its "parent" attribute must
+	 * be set already.
+	 */
+	void AddSong(song *song);
+
+	/**
+	 * Remove a song object from this directory (which effectively
+	 * invalidates the song object, because the "parent" attribute becomes
+	 * stale), but does not free it.
+	 */
+	void RemoveSong(song *song);
+
+	/**
+	 * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
+	 */
+	void PruneEmpty();
+
+	/**
+	 * Sort all directory entries recursively.
+	 *
+	 * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
+	 */
+	void Sort();
+
+	/**
+	 * Caller must lock #db_mutex.
+	 */
+	bool Walk(bool recursive, const SongFilter *match,
+		  VisitDirectory visit_directory, VisitSong visit_song,
+		  VisitPlaylist visit_playlist,
+		  GError **error_r) const;
+};
+
+static inline bool
+isRootDirectory(const char *name)
+{
+	return name[0] == 0 || (name[0] == '/' && name[1] == 0);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/directory_save.c b/src/DirectorySave.cxx
index de1df050a..6a5efb058 100644
--- a/src/directory_save.c
+++ b/src/DirectorySave.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,12 +18,12 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "directory_save.h"
-#include "directory.h"
+#include "DirectorySave.hxx"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
 #include "song.h"
-#include "text_file.h"
-#include "song_save.h"
-#include "playlist_database.h"
+#include "SongSave.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistDatabase.hxx"
+#include "TextFile.hxx"
 
 #include <assert.h>
 #include <string.h>
@@ -43,17 +43,16 @@ directory_quark(void)
 }
 
 void
-directory_save(FILE *fp, const struct directory *directory)
+directory_save(FILE *fp, const Directory *directory)
 {
-	if (!directory_is_root(directory)) {
+	if (!directory->IsRoot()) {
 		fprintf(fp, DIRECTORY_MTIME "%lu\n",
 			(unsigned long)directory->mtime);
 
-		fprintf(fp, "%s%s\n", DIRECTORY_BEGIN,
-			directory_get_path(directory));
+		fprintf(fp, "%s%s\n", DIRECTORY_BEGIN, directory->GetPath());
 	}
 
-	struct directory *cur;
+	Directory *cur;
 	directory_for_each_child(cur, directory) {
 		char *base = g_path_get_basename(cur->path);
 
@@ -70,33 +69,31 @@ directory_save(FILE *fp, const struct directory *directory)
 	directory_for_each_song(song, directory)
 		song_save(fp, song);
 
-	playlist_vector_save(fp, &directory->playlists);
+	playlist_vector_save(fp, directory->playlists);
 
-	if (!directory_is_root(directory))
-		fprintf(fp, DIRECTORY_END "%s\n",
-			directory_get_path(directory));
+	if (!directory->IsRoot())
+		fprintf(fp, DIRECTORY_END "%s\n", directory->GetPath());
 }
 
-static struct directory *
-directory_load_subdir(FILE *fp, struct directory *parent, const char *name,
-		      GString *buffer, GError **error_r)
+static Directory *
+directory_load_subdir(TextFile &file, Directory *parent, const char *name,
+		      GError **error_r)
 {
-	const char *line;
 	bool success;
 
-	if (directory_get_child(parent, name) != NULL) {
+	if (parent->FindChild(name) != nullptr) {
 		g_set_error(error_r, directory_quark(), 0,
 			    "Duplicate subdirectory '%s'", name);
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	struct directory *directory = directory_new_child(parent, name);
+	Directory *directory = parent->CreateChild(name);
 
-	line = read_text_line(fp, buffer);
+	const char *line = file.ReadLine();
 	if (line == NULL) {
 		g_set_error(error_r, directory_quark(), 0,
 			    "Unexpected end of file");
-		directory_delete(directory);
+		directory->Delete();
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -105,11 +102,11 @@ directory_load_subdir(FILE *fp, struct directory *parent, const char *name,
 			g_ascii_strtoull(line + sizeof(DIRECTORY_MTIME) - 1,
 					 NULL, 10);
 
-		line = read_text_line(fp, buffer);
+		line = file.ReadLine();
 		if (line == NULL) {
 			g_set_error(error_r, directory_quark(), 0,
 				    "Unexpected end of file");
-			directory_delete(directory);
+			directory->Delete();
 			return NULL;
 		}
 	}
@@ -117,13 +114,13 @@ directory_load_subdir(FILE *fp, struct directory *parent, const char *name,
 	if (!g_str_has_prefix(line, DIRECTORY_BEGIN)) {
 		g_set_error(error_r, directory_quark(), 0,
 			    "Malformed line: %s", line);
-		directory_delete(directory);
+		directory->Delete();
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	success = directory_load(fp, directory, buffer, error_r);
+	success = directory_load(file, directory, error_r);
 	if (!success) {
-		directory_delete(directory);
+		directory->Delete();
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -131,44 +128,42 @@ directory_load_subdir(FILE *fp, struct directory *parent, const char *name,
 }
 
 bool
-directory_load(FILE *fp, struct directory *directory,
-	       GString *buffer, GError **error)
+directory_load(TextFile &file, Directory *directory, GError **error)
 {
 	const char *line;
 
-	while ((line = read_text_line(fp, buffer)) != NULL &&
+	while ((line = file.ReadLine()) != NULL &&
 	       !g_str_has_prefix(line, DIRECTORY_END)) {
 		if (g_str_has_prefix(line, DIRECTORY_DIR)) {
-			struct directory *subdir =
-				directory_load_subdir(fp, directory,
+			Directory *subdir =
+				directory_load_subdir(file, directory,
 						      line + sizeof(DIRECTORY_DIR) - 1,
-						      buffer, error);
+						      error);
 			if (subdir == NULL)
 				return false;
 		} else if (g_str_has_prefix(line, SONG_BEGIN)) {
 			const char *name = line + sizeof(SONG_BEGIN) - 1;
 			struct song *song;
 
-			if (directory_get_song(directory, name) != NULL) {
+			if (directory->FindSong(name) != nullptr) {
 				g_set_error(error, directory_quark(), 0,
 					    "Duplicate song '%s'", name);
-				return NULL;
+				return false;
 			}
 
-			song = song_load(fp, directory, name,
-					 buffer, error);
+			song = song_load(file, directory, name, error);
 			if (song == NULL)
 				return false;
 
-			directory_add_song(directory, song);
+			directory->AddSong(song);
 		} else if (g_str_has_prefix(line, PLAYLIST_META_BEGIN)) {
 			/* duplicate the name, because
 			   playlist_metadata_load() will overwrite the
 			   buffer */
 			char *name = g_strdup(line + sizeof(PLAYLIST_META_BEGIN) - 1);
 
-			if (!playlist_metadata_load(fp, &directory->playlists,
-						    name, buffer, error)) {
+			if (!playlist_metadata_load(file, directory->playlists,
+						    name, error)) {
 				g_free(name);
 				return false;
 			}
diff --git a/src/DirectorySave.hxx b/src/DirectorySave.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a7f3034a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DirectorySave.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DIRECTORY_SAVE_HXX
+#define MPD_DIRECTORY_SAVE_HXX
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+struct Directory;
+class TextFile;
+
+void
+directory_save(FILE *fp, const Directory *directory);
+
+bool
+directory_load(TextFile &file, Directory *directory, GError **error);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/exclude.c b/src/ExcludeList.cxx
index 438039d30..4beb7afc3 100644
--- a/src/exclude.c
+++ b/src/ExcludeList.cxx
@@ -23,24 +23,23 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "exclude.h"
+#include "ExcludeList.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "path.h"
+}
 
 #include <assert.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <errno.h>
 
-GSList *
-exclude_list_load(const char *path_fs)
+bool
+ExcludeList::LoadFile(const char *path_fs)
 {
-	FILE *file;
-	char line[1024];
-	GSList *list = NULL;
-
 	assert(path_fs != NULL);
 
-	file = fopen(path_fs, "r");
+	FILE *file = fopen(path_fs, "r");
 	if (file == NULL) {
 		if (errno != ENOENT) {
 			char *path_utf8 = fs_charset_to_utf8(path_fs);
@@ -49,9 +48,10 @@ exclude_list_load(const char *path_fs)
 			g_free(path_utf8);
 		}
 
-		return NULL;
+		return false;
 	}
 
+	char line[1024];
 	while (fgets(line, sizeof(line), file) != NULL) {
 		char *p = strchr(line, '#');
 		if (p != NULL)
@@ -59,37 +59,24 @@ exclude_list_load(const char *path_fs)
 
 		p = g_strstrip(line);
 		if (*p != 0)
-			list = g_slist_prepend(list, g_pattern_spec_new(p));
+			patterns.emplace_front(p);
 	}
 
 	fclose(file);
 
-	return list;
-}
-
-void
-exclude_list_free(GSList *list)
-{
-	while (list != NULL) {
-		GPatternSpec *pattern = list->data;
-		g_pattern_spec_free(pattern);
-		list = g_slist_remove(list, list->data);
-	}
+	return true;
 }
 
 bool
-exclude_list_check(GSList *list, const char *name_fs)
+ExcludeList::Check(const char *name_fs) const
 {
 	assert(name_fs != NULL);
 
 	/* XXX include full path name in check */
 
-	for (; list != NULL; list = list->next) {
-		GPatternSpec *pattern = list->data;
-
-		if (g_pattern_match_string(pattern, name_fs))
+	for (const auto &i : patterns)
+		if (i.Check(name_fs))
 			return true;
-	}
 
 	return false;
 }
diff --git a/src/ExcludeList.hxx b/src/ExcludeList.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d678b085
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/ExcludeList.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The .mpdignore backend code.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_EXCLUDE_H
+#define MPD_EXCLUDE_H
+
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+#include <forward_list>
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+class ExcludeList {
+	class Pattern {
+		GPatternSpec *pattern;
+
+	public:
+		Pattern(const char *_pattern)
+			:pattern(g_pattern_spec_new(_pattern)) {}
+
+		Pattern(Pattern &&other)
+			:pattern(other.pattern) {
+			other.pattern = nullptr;
+		}
+
+		~Pattern() {
+			g_pattern_spec_free(pattern);
+		}
+
+		gcc_pure
+		bool Check(const char *name_fs) const {
+			return g_pattern_match_string(pattern, name_fs);
+		}
+	};
+
+	std::forward_list<Pattern> patterns;
+
+public:
+	gcc_pure
+	bool IsEmpty() const {
+		return patterns.empty();
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Loads and parses a .mpdignore file.
+	 */
+	bool LoadFile(const char *path_fs);
+
+	/**
+	 * Checks whether one of the patterns in the .mpdignore file matches
+	 * the specified file name.
+	 */
+	bool Check(const char *name_fs) const;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/inotify_queue.c b/src/InotifyQueue.cxx
index d5e2228c3..0d19ff083 100644
--- a/src/inotify_queue.c
+++ b/src/InotifyQueue.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,8 +18,11 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "inotify_queue.h"
-#include "update.h"
+#include "InotifyQueue.hxx"
+#include "UpdateGlue.hxx"
+
+#include <list>
+#include <string>
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -37,7 +40,7 @@ enum {
 	INOTIFY_UPDATE_DELAY_S = 5,
 };
 
-static GSList *inotify_queue;
+static std::list<std::string> inotify_queue;
 static guint queue_source_id;
 
 void
@@ -45,20 +48,11 @@ mpd_inotify_queue_init(void)
 {
 }
 
-static void
-free_callback(gpointer data, G_GNUC_UNUSED gpointer user_data)
-{
-	g_free(data);
-}
-
 void
 mpd_inotify_queue_finish(void)
 {
 	if (queue_source_id != 0)
 		g_source_remove(queue_source_id);
-
-	g_slist_foreach(inotify_queue, free_callback, NULL);
-	g_slist_free(inotify_queue);
 }
 
 static gboolean
@@ -66,8 +60,8 @@ mpd_inotify_run_update(G_GNUC_UNUSED gpointer data)
 {
 	unsigned id;
 
-	while (inotify_queue != NULL) {
-		char *uri_utf8 = inotify_queue->data;
+	while (!inotify_queue.empty()) {
+		const char *uri_utf8 = inotify_queue.front().c_str();
 
 		id = update_enqueue(uri_utf8, false);
 		if (id == 0)
@@ -76,9 +70,7 @@ mpd_inotify_run_update(G_GNUC_UNUSED gpointer data)
 
 		g_debug("updating '%s' job=%u", uri_utf8, id);
 
-		g_free(uri_utf8);
-		inotify_queue = g_slist_delete_link(inotify_queue,
-						    inotify_queue);
+		inotify_queue.pop_front();
 	}
 
 	/* done, remove the timer event by returning false */
@@ -97,39 +89,29 @@ path_in(const char *path, const char *possible_parent)
 }
 
 void
-mpd_inotify_enqueue(char *uri_utf8)
+mpd_inotify_enqueue(const char *uri_utf8)
 {
-	GSList *old_queue = inotify_queue;
-
 	if (queue_source_id != 0)
 		g_source_remove(queue_source_id);
 	queue_source_id = g_timeout_add_seconds(INOTIFY_UPDATE_DELAY_S,
 					mpd_inotify_run_update, NULL);
 
-	inotify_queue = NULL;
-	while (old_queue != NULL) {
-		char *current_uri = old_queue->data;
+	for (auto i = inotify_queue.begin(), end = inotify_queue.end();
+	     i != end;) {
+		const char *current_uri = i->c_str();
 
-		if (path_in(uri_utf8, current_uri)) {
+		if (path_in(uri_utf8, current_uri))
 			/* already enqueued */
-			g_free(uri_utf8);
-			inotify_queue = g_slist_concat(inotify_queue,
-						       old_queue);
 			return;
-		}
-
-		old_queue = g_slist_delete_link(old_queue, old_queue);
 
 		if (path_in(current_uri, uri_utf8))
 			/* existing path is a sub-path of the new
 			   path; we can dequeue the existing path and
 			   update the new path instead */
-			g_free(current_uri);
+			i = inotify_queue.erase(i);
 		else
-			/* move the existing path to the new queue */
-			inotify_queue = g_slist_prepend(inotify_queue,
-							current_uri);
+			++i;
 	}
 
-	inotify_queue = g_slist_prepend(inotify_queue, uri_utf8);
+	inotify_queue.emplace_back(uri_utf8);
 }
diff --git a/src/inotify_queue.h b/src/InotifyQueue.hxx
index cfc28ebfe..158a5dbb5 100644
--- a/src/inotify_queue.h
+++ b/src/InotifyQueue.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_INOTIFY_QUEUE_H
-#define MPD_INOTIFY_QUEUE_H
+#ifndef MPD_INOTIFY_QUEUE_HXX
+#define MPD_INOTIFY_QUEUE_HXX
 
 void
 mpd_inotify_queue_init(void);
@@ -27,6 +27,6 @@ void
 mpd_inotify_queue_finish(void);
 
 void
-mpd_inotify_enqueue(char *uri_utf8);
+mpd_inotify_enqueue(const char *uri_utf8);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/inotify_source.c b/src/InotifySource.cxx
index e415f5e72..16fd62511 100644
--- a/src/inotify_source.c
+++ b/src/InotifySource.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,15 +18,20 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "inotify_source.h"
+#include "InotifySource.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "fifo_buffer.h"
+}
+
 #include "fd_util.h"
 #include "mpd_error.h"
 
+#include <glib.h>
+
 #include <sys/inotify.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include <errno.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
 
 #undef G_LOG_DOMAIN
 #define G_LOG_DOMAIN "inotify"
@@ -61,11 +66,10 @@ mpd_inotify_in_event(G_GNUC_UNUSED GIOChannel *_source,
 		     G_GNUC_UNUSED GIOCondition condition,
 		     gpointer data)
 {
-	struct mpd_inotify_source *source = data;
+	struct mpd_inotify_source *source = (struct mpd_inotify_source *)data;
 	void *dest;
 	size_t length;
 	ssize_t nbytes;
-	const struct inotify_event *event;
 
 	dest = fifo_buffer_write(source->buffer, &length);
 	if (dest == NULL)
@@ -83,7 +87,9 @@ mpd_inotify_in_event(G_GNUC_UNUSED GIOChannel *_source,
 	while (true) {
 		const char *name;
 
-		event = fifo_buffer_read(source->buffer, &length);
+		const struct inotify_event *event =
+			(const struct inotify_event *)
+			fifo_buffer_read(source->buffer, &length);
 		if (event == NULL || length < sizeof(*event) ||
 		    length < sizeof(*event) + event->len)
 			break;
diff --git a/src/inotify_source.h b/src/InotifySource.hxx
index f92e18e39..cde2bc269 100644
--- a/src/inotify_source.h
+++ b/src/InotifySource.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_INOTIFY_SOURCE_H
-#define MPD_INOTIFY_SOURCE_H
+#ifndef MPD_INOTIFY_SOURCE_HXX
+#define MPD_INOTIFY_SOURCE_HXX
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
 
 typedef void (*mpd_inotify_callback_t)(int wd, unsigned mask,
 				       const char *name, void *ctx);
diff --git a/src/inotify_update.c b/src/InotifyUpdate.cxx
index 3f4a8c0c4..b7bb3af2b 100644
--- a/src/inotify_update.c
+++ b/src/InotifyUpdate.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,17 +18,19 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h" /* must be first for large file support */
-#include "inotify_update.h"
-#include "inotify_source.h"
-#include "inotify_queue.h"
-#include "database.h"
-#include "mapper.h"
+#include "InotifyUpdate.hxx"
+#include "InotifySource.hxx"
+#include "InotifyQueue.hxx"
+#include "Mapper.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "path.h"
+}
 
+#include <glib.h>
 #include <assert.h>
 #include <sys/inotify.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <dirent.h>
 #include <errno.h>
@@ -90,7 +92,8 @@ tree_remove_watch_directory(struct watch_directory *directory)
 static struct watch_directory *
 tree_find_watch_directory(int wd)
 {
-	return g_tree_lookup(inotify_directories, GINT_TO_POINTER(wd));
+	return (struct watch_directory *)
+		g_tree_lookup(inotify_directories, GINT_TO_POINTER(wd));
 }
 
 static void
@@ -109,7 +112,7 @@ remove_watch_directory(struct watch_directory *directory)
 	tree_remove_watch_directory(directory);
 
 	while (directory->children != NULL)
-		remove_watch_directory(directory->children->data);
+		remove_watch_directory((struct watch_directory *)directory->children->data);
 
 	directory->parent->children =
 		g_list_remove(directory->parent->children, directory);
@@ -292,10 +295,10 @@ mpd_inotify_callback(int wd, unsigned mask,
 			? fs_charset_to_utf8(uri_fs)
 			: g_strdup("");
 
-		if (uri_utf8 != NULL)
-			/* this function will take care of freeing
-			   uri_utf8 */
+		if (uri_utf8 != NULL) {
 			mpd_inotify_enqueue(uri_utf8);
+			g_free(uri_utf8);
+		}
 	}
 
 	g_free(uri_fs);
@@ -349,7 +352,7 @@ static gboolean
 free_watch_directory(G_GNUC_UNUSED gpointer key, gpointer value,
 		     G_GNUC_UNUSED gpointer data)
 {
-	struct watch_directory *directory = value;
+	struct watch_directory *directory = (struct watch_directory *)value;
 
 	g_free(directory->name);
 	g_list_free(directory->children);
diff --git a/src/inotify_update.h b/src/InotifyUpdate.hxx
index ca75c0f45..ceb421553 100644
--- a/src/inotify_update.h
+++ b/src/InotifyUpdate.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_INOTIFY_UPDATE_H
-#define MPD_INOTIFY_UPDATE_H
+#ifndef MPD_INOTIFY_UPDATE_HXX
+#define MPD_INOTIFY_UPDATE_HXX
 
 #include "check.h"
 
diff --git a/src/listen.c b/src/Listen.cxx
index 90e13b9c1..3ea9bae9a 100644
--- a/src/listen.c
+++ b/src/Listen.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,11 +18,15 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "listen.h"
+#include "Listen.hxx"
+#include "Main.hxx"
+#include "Partition.hxx"
+#include "Client.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "server_socket.h"
-#include "client.h"
 #include "conf.h"
-#include "main.h"
+}
 
 #include <string.h>
 #include <assert.h>
@@ -43,7 +47,8 @@ static void
 listen_callback(int fd, const struct sockaddr *address,
 		size_t address_length, int uid, G_GNUC_UNUSED void *ctx)
 {
-	client_new(global_player_control, fd, address, address_length, uid);
+	client_new(global_partition->playlist, &global_partition->pc,
+		   fd, address, address_length, uid);
 }
 
 static bool
diff --git a/src/listen.h b/src/Listen.hxx
index 246e83706..fd553477b 100644
--- a/src/listen.h
+++ b/src/Listen.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_LISTEN_H
-#define MPD_LISTEN_H
+#ifndef MPD_LISTEN_HXX
+#define MPD_LISTEN_HXX
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
 
diff --git a/src/main.c b/src/Main.cxx
index 12f8d86f6..371602247 100644
--- a/src/main.c
+++ b/src/Main.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,56 +18,60 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "main.h"
+#include "Main.hxx"
+#include "CommandLine.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistFile.hxx"
+#include "UpdateGlue.hxx"
+#include "MusicChunk.hxx"
+#include "StateFile.hxx"
+#include "PlayerThread.hxx"
+#include "Mapper.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseGlue.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSimple.hxx"
+#include "Permission.hxx"
+#include "Listen.hxx"
+#include "ClientIdle.hxx"
+#include "Client.hxx"
+#include "AllCommands.hxx"
+#include "Partition.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "daemon.h"
 #include "io_thread.h"
-#include "client.h"
-#include "client_idle.h"
 #include "idle.h"
-#include "command.h"
-#include "playlist.h"
-#include "stored_playlist.h"
-#include "database.h"
-#include "update.h"
-#include "player_thread.h"
-#include "listen.h"
-#include "cmdline.h"
 #include "conf.h"
 #include "path.h"
-#include "mapper.h"
-#include "chunk.h"
-#include "player_control.h"
 #include "stats.h"
 #include "sig_handlers.h"
 #include "audio_config.h"
 #include "output_all.h"
 #include "volume.h"
 #include "log.h"
-#include "permission.h"
 #include "pcm_resample.h"
 #include "replay_gain_config.h"
 #include "decoder_list.h"
 #include "input_init.h"
 #include "playlist_list.h"
-#include "state_file.h"
 #include "tag.h"
-#include "dbUtils.h"
 #include "zeroconf.h"
 #include "event_pipe.h"
-#include "tag_pool.h"
+}
+
 #include "mpd_error.h"
 
 #ifdef ENABLE_INOTIFY
-#include "inotify_update.h"
+#include "InotifyUpdate.hxx"
 #endif
 
 #ifdef ENABLE_SQLITE
-#include "sticker.h"
+#include "StickerDatabase.hxx"
 #endif
 
+extern "C" {
 #ifdef ENABLE_ARCHIVE
 #include "archive_list.h"
 #endif
+}
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -95,7 +99,7 @@ GMainLoop *main_loop;
 
 GCond *main_cond;
 
-struct player_control *global_player_control;
+Partition *global_partition;
 
 static bool
 glue_daemonize_init(const struct options *options, GError **error_r)
@@ -153,31 +157,47 @@ glue_mapper_init(GError **error_r)
 static bool
 glue_db_init_and_load(void)
 {
+	const struct config_param *param = config_get_param("database");
 	const struct config_param *path = config_get_param(CONF_DB_FILE);
 
+	if (param != NULL && path != NULL)
+		g_message("Found both 'database' and '" CONF_DB_FILE
+			  "' setting - ignoring the latter");
+
 	GError *error = NULL;
 	bool ret;
 
 	if (!mapper_has_music_directory()) {
+		if (param != NULL)
+			g_message("Found database setting without "
+				  CONF_MUSIC_DIR " - disabling database");
 		if (path != NULL)
 			g_message("Found " CONF_DB_FILE " setting without "
 				  CONF_MUSIC_DIR " - disabling database");
-		db_init(NULL, NULL);
 		return true;
 	}
 
-	if (path == NULL)
-		MPD_ERROR(CONF_DB_FILE " setting missing");
+	struct config_param *allocated = NULL;
 
-	if (!db_init(path, &error))
+	if (param == NULL && path != NULL) {
+		allocated = config_new_param("database", path->line);
+		config_add_block_param(allocated, "path",
+				       path->value, path->line);
+		param = allocated;
+	}
+
+	if (!DatabaseGlobalInit(param, &error))
 		MPD_ERROR("%s", error->message);
 
-	ret = db_load(&error);
+	if (allocated != NULL)
+		config_param_free(allocated);
+
+	ret = DatabaseGlobalOpen(&error);
 	if (!ret)
 		MPD_ERROR("%s", error->message);
 
 	/* run database update after daemonization? */
-	return db_exists();
+	return !db_is_simple() || db_exists();
 }
 
 /**
@@ -210,7 +230,7 @@ glue_state_file_init(GError **error_r)
 		return false;
 	}
 
-	state_file_init(path, global_player_control);
+	state_file_init(path, *global_partition);
 	g_free(path);
 
 	return true;
@@ -285,7 +305,13 @@ initialize_decoder_and_player(void)
 	if (buffered_before_play > buffered_chunks)
 		buffered_before_play = buffered_chunks;
 
-	global_player_control = pc_new(buffered_chunks, buffered_before_play);
+	const unsigned max_length =
+		config_get_positive(CONF_MAX_PLAYLIST_LENGTH,
+				    DEFAULT_PLAYLIST_MAX_LENGTH);
+
+	global_partition = new Partition(max_length,
+					 buffered_chunks,
+					 buffered_before_play);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -342,7 +368,6 @@ int mpd_main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	io_thread_init();
 	winsock_init();
 	idle_init();
-	tag_pool_init();
 	config_global_init();
 
 	success = parse_cmdline(argc, argv, &options, &error);
@@ -416,7 +441,7 @@ int mpd_main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	initialize_decoder_and_player();
 	volume_init();
 	initAudioConfig();
-	audio_output_all_init(global_player_control);
+	audio_output_all_init(&global_partition->pc);
 	client_manager_init();
 	replay_gain_global_init();
 
@@ -442,7 +467,7 @@ int mpd_main(int argc, char *argv[])
 
 	initZeroconf();
 
-	player_create(global_player_control);
+	player_create(&global_partition->pc);
 
 	if (create_db) {
 		/* the database failed to load: recreate the
@@ -458,6 +483,8 @@ int mpd_main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		return EXIT_FAILURE;
 	}
 
+	audio_output_all_set_replay_gain_mode(replay_gain_get_real_mode(global_partition->playlist.queue.random));
+
 	success = config_get_bool(CONF_AUTO_UPDATE, false);
 #ifdef ENABLE_INOTIFY
 	if (success && mapper_has_music_directory())
@@ -472,7 +499,7 @@ int mpd_main(int argc, char *argv[])
 
 	/* enable all audio outputs (if not already done by
 	   playlist_state_restore() */
-	pc_update_audio(global_player_control);
+	pc_update_audio(&global_partition->pc);
 
 #ifdef WIN32
 	win32_app_started();
@@ -493,15 +520,14 @@ int mpd_main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	mpd_inotify_finish();
 #endif
 
-	state_file_finish(global_player_control);
-	pc_kill(global_player_control);
+	state_file_finish(*global_partition);
+	pc_kill(&global_partition->pc);
 	finishZeroconf();
 	client_manager_deinit();
 	listen_global_finish();
-	playlist_global_finish();
 
 	start = clock();
-	db_finish();
+	DatabaseGlobalDeinit();
 	g_debug("db_finish took %f seconds",
 		((float)(clock()-start))/CLOCKS_PER_SEC);
 
@@ -518,8 +544,7 @@ int mpd_main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	volume_finish();
 	mapper_finish();
 	path_global_finish();
-	finishPermissions();
-	pc_free(global_player_control);
+	delete global_partition;
 	command_finish();
 	update_global_finish();
 	decoder_plugin_deinit_all();
@@ -527,7 +552,6 @@ int mpd_main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	archive_plugin_deinit_all();
 #endif
 	config_global_finish();
-	tag_pool_deinit();
 	idle_deinit();
 	stats_global_finish();
 	io_thread_deinit();
diff --git a/src/main.h b/src/Main.hxx
index 2a7d75910..6d61843a8 100644
--- a/src/main.h
+++ b/src/Main.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MAIN_H
-#define MAIN_H
+#ifndef MPD_MAIN_HXX
+#define MPD_MAIN_HXX
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ extern GMainLoop *main_loop;
 
 extern GCond *main_cond;
 
-extern struct player_control *global_player_control;
+extern struct Partition *global_partition;
 
 /**
  * A entry point for application.
diff --git a/src/mapper.c b/src/Mapper.cxx
index 7db74b1af..4d863418b 100644
--- a/src/mapper.c
+++ b/src/Mapper.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -22,10 +22,13 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "mapper.h"
-#include "directory.h"
+#include "Mapper.hxx"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
 #include "song.h"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "path.h"
+}
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -178,19 +181,19 @@ map_uri_fs(const char *uri)
 }
 
 char *
-map_directory_fs(const struct directory *directory)
+map_directory_fs(const Directory *directory)
 {
 	assert(music_dir_utf8 != NULL);
 	assert(music_dir_fs != NULL);
 
-	if (directory_is_root(directory))
+	if (directory->IsRoot())
 		return g_strdup(music_dir_fs);
 
-	return map_uri_fs(directory_get_path(directory));
+	return map_uri_fs(directory->GetPath());
 }
 
 char *
-map_directory_child_fs(const struct directory *directory, const char *name)
+map_directory_child_fs(const Directory *directory, const char *name)
 {
 	assert(music_dir_utf8 != NULL);
 	assert(music_dir_fs != NULL);
@@ -219,13 +222,32 @@ map_directory_child_fs(const struct directory *directory, const char *name)
 	return path;
 }
 
+/**
+ * Map a song object that was created by song_dup_detached().  It does
+ * not have a real parent directory, only the dummy object
+ * #detached_root.
+ */
+static char *
+map_detached_song_fs(const char *uri_utf8)
+{
+	char *uri_fs = utf8_to_fs_charset(uri_utf8);
+	if (uri_fs == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
+	char *path = g_build_filename(music_dir_fs, uri_fs, NULL);
+	g_free(uri_fs);
+	return path;
+}
+
 char *
 map_song_fs(const struct song *song)
 {
 	assert(song_is_file(song));
 
 	if (song_in_database(song))
-		return map_directory_child_fs(song->parent, song->uri);
+		return song_is_detached(song)
+			? map_detached_song_fs(song->uri)
+			: map_directory_child_fs(song->parent, song->uri);
 	else
 		return utf8_to_fs_charset(song->uri);
 }
diff --git a/src/mapper.h b/src/Mapper.hxx
index d6184a175..2ced38a10 100644
--- a/src/mapper.h
+++ b/src/Mapper.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -21,15 +21,15 @@
  * Maps directory and song objects to file system paths.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_MAPPER_H
-#define MPD_MAPPER_H
+#ifndef MPD_MAPPER_HXX
+#define MPD_MAPPER_HXX
 
-#include <glib.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
+#include "gerror.h"
 
 #define PLAYLIST_FILE_SUFFIX ".m3u"
 
-struct directory;
+struct Directory;
 struct song;
 
 void mapper_init(const char *_music_dir, const char *_playlist_dir);
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ void mapper_finish(void);
 /**
  * Return the absolute path of the music directory encoded in UTF-8.
  */
-G_GNUC_CONST
+gcc_const
 const char *
 mapper_get_music_directory_utf8(void);
 
@@ -47,18 +47,18 @@ mapper_get_music_directory_utf8(void);
  * Return the absolute path of the music directory encoded in the
  * filesystem character set.
  */
-G_GNUC_CONST
+gcc_const
 const char *
 mapper_get_music_directory_fs(void);
 
 /**
  * Returns true if a music directory was configured.
  */
-G_GNUC_CONST
+gcc_const
 static inline bool
 mapper_has_music_directory(void)
 {
-	return mapper_get_music_directory_utf8() != NULL;
+	return mapper_get_music_directory_utf8() != nullptr;
 }
 
 /**
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ mapper_has_music_directory(void)
  * this function converts it to a relative path.  If not, it returns
  * the unmodified string pointer.
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 const char *
 map_to_relative_path(const char *path_utf8);
 
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ map_to_relative_path(const char *path_utf8);
  * is basically done by converting the URI to the file system charset
  * and prepending the music directory.
  */
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
 char *
 map_uri_fs(const char *uri);
 
@@ -83,11 +83,11 @@ map_uri_fs(const char *uri);
  * Determines the file system path of a directory object.
  *
  * @param directory the directory object
- * @return the path in file system encoding, or NULL if mapping failed
+ * @return the path in file system encoding, or nullptr if mapping failed
  */
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
 char *
-map_directory_fs(const struct directory *directory);
+map_directory_fs(const Directory *directory);
 
 /**
  * Determines the file system path of a directory's child (may be a
@@ -95,20 +95,20 @@ map_directory_fs(const struct directory *directory);
  *
  * @param directory the parent directory object
  * @param name the child's name in UTF-8
- * @return the path in file system encoding, or NULL if mapping failed
+ * @return the path in file system encoding, or nullptr if mapping failed
  */
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
 char *
-map_directory_child_fs(const struct directory *directory, const char *name);
+map_directory_child_fs(const Directory *directory, const char *name);
 
 /**
  * Determines the file system path of a song.  This must not be a
  * remote song.
  *
  * @param song the song object
- * @return the path in file system encoding, or NULL if mapping failed
+ * @return the path in file system encoding, or nullptr if mapping failed
  */
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
 char *
 map_song_fs(const struct song *song);
 
@@ -117,16 +117,16 @@ map_song_fs(const struct song *song);
  * absolute) to a relative path in UTF-8 encoding.
  *
  * @param path_fs a path in file system encoding
- * @return the relative path in UTF-8, or NULL if mapping failed
+ * @return the relative path in UTF-8, or nullptr if mapping failed
  */
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
 char *
 map_fs_to_utf8(const char *path_fs);
 
 /**
  * Returns the playlist directory.
  */
-G_GNUC_CONST
+gcc_const
 const char *
 map_spl_path(void);
 
@@ -135,9 +135,9 @@ map_spl_path(void);
  * path.  The return value is allocated on the heap and must be freed
  * with g_free().
  *
- * @return the path in file system encoding, or NULL if mapping failed
+ * @return the path in file system encoding, or nullptr if mapping failed
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 char *
 map_spl_utf8_to_fs(const char *name);
 
diff --git a/src/MessageCommands.cxx b/src/MessageCommands.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c5f4d79b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MessageCommands.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "MessageCommands.hxx"
+#include "ClientSubscribe.hxx"
+#include "ClientInternal.hxx"
+#include "protocol/Result.hxx"
+#include "protocol/ArgParser.hxx"
+
+#include <set>
+#include <string>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+enum command_return
+handle_subscribe(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	assert(argc == 2);
+
+	switch (client_subscribe(client, argv[1])) {
+	case CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_OK:
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+
+	case CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_INVALID:
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+			      "invalid channel name");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	case CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_ALREADY:
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_EXIST,
+			      "already subscribed to this channel");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	case CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_FULL:
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_EXIST,
+			      "subscription list is full");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	/* unreachable */
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_unsubscribe(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	assert(argc == 2);
+
+	if (client_unsubscribe(client, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+	else {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+			      "not subscribed to this channel");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+}
+
+struct channels_context {
+	std::set<std::string> channels;
+};
+
+static void
+collect_channels(gpointer data, gpointer user_data)
+{
+	struct channels_context *context =
+		(struct channels_context *)user_data;
+	const Client *client = (const Client *)data;
+
+	context->channels.insert(client->subscriptions.begin(),
+				 client->subscriptions.end());
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_channels(Client *client,
+		G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	assert(argc == 1);
+
+	struct channels_context context;
+
+	client_list_foreach(collect_channels, &context);
+
+	for (const auto &channel : context.channels)
+		client_printf(client, "channel: %s\n", channel.c_str());
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_read_messages(Client *client,
+		     G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	assert(argc == 1);
+
+	while (!client->messages.empty()) {
+		const ClientMessage &msg = client->messages.front();
+
+		client_printf(client, "channel: %s\nmessage: %s\n",
+			      msg.GetChannel(), msg.GetMessage());
+		client->messages.pop_front();
+	}
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+struct send_message_context {
+	ClientMessage msg;
+
+	bool sent;
+
+	template<typename T, typename U>
+	send_message_context(T &&_channel, U &&_message)
+		:msg(std::forward<T>(_channel), std::forward<U>(_message)),
+		 sent(false) {}
+};
+
+static void
+send_message(gpointer data, gpointer user_data)
+{
+	struct send_message_context *context =
+		(struct send_message_context *)user_data;
+	Client *client = (Client *)data;
+
+	if (client_push_message(client, context->msg))
+		context->sent = true;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_send_message(Client *client,
+		    G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	assert(argc == 3);
+
+	if (!client_message_valid_channel_name(argv[1])) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+			      "invalid channel name");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	struct send_message_context context(argv[1], argv[2]);
+
+	client_list_foreach(send_message, &context);
+
+	if (context.sent)
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+	else {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+			      "nobody is subscribed to this channel");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/src/MessageCommands.hxx b/src/MessageCommands.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b10f3d8e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MessageCommands.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_MESSAGE_COMMANDS_HXX
+#define MPD_MESSAGE_COMMANDS_HXX
+
+#include "command.h"
+
+class Client;
+
+enum command_return
+handle_subscribe(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_unsubscribe(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_channels(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_read_messages(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_send_message(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/MusicBuffer.cxx b/src/MusicBuffer.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ea03fc0b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MusicBuffer.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "MusicBuffer.hxx"
+#include "MusicChunk.hxx"
+#include "thread/Mutex.hxx"
+#include "util/SliceBuffer.hxx"
+#include "mpd_error.h"
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+struct music_buffer : public SliceBuffer<music_chunk>  {
+	/** a mutex which protects #available */
+	Mutex mutex;
+
+	music_buffer(unsigned num_chunks)
+		:SliceBuffer(num_chunks) {
+		if (IsOOM())
+			MPD_ERROR("Failed to allocate buffer");
+	}
+};
+
+struct music_buffer *
+music_buffer_new(unsigned num_chunks)
+{
+	return new music_buffer(num_chunks);
+}
+
+void
+music_buffer_free(struct music_buffer *buffer)
+{
+	delete buffer;
+}
+
+unsigned
+music_buffer_size(const struct music_buffer *buffer)
+{
+	return buffer->GetCapacity();
+}
+
+struct music_chunk *
+music_buffer_allocate(struct music_buffer *buffer)
+{
+	const ScopeLock protect(buffer->mutex);
+	return buffer->Allocate();
+}
+
+void
+music_buffer_return(struct music_buffer *buffer, struct music_chunk *chunk)
+{
+	assert(buffer != NULL);
+	assert(chunk != NULL);
+
+	const ScopeLock protect(buffer->mutex);
+
+	if (chunk->other != nullptr) {
+		assert(chunk->other->other == nullptr);
+		buffer->Free(chunk->other);
+	}
+
+	buffer->Free(chunk);
+}
diff --git a/src/buffer.h b/src/MusicBuffer.hxx
index f860231e7..cc03dfcb3 100644
--- a/src/buffer.h
+++ b/src/MusicBuffer.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_MUSIC_BUFFER_H
-#define MPD_MUSIC_BUFFER_H
+#ifndef MPD_MUSIC_BUFFER_HXX
+#define MPD_MUSIC_BUFFER_HXX
 
 /**
  * An allocator for #music_chunk objects.
diff --git a/src/MusicChunk.cxx b/src/MusicChunk.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e79cc3ee9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MusicChunk.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "MusicChunk.hxx"
+#include "audio_format.h"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "tag.h"
+}
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+music_chunk::~music_chunk()
+{
+	if (tag != NULL)
+		tag_free(tag);
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+bool
+music_chunk::CheckFormat(const struct audio_format &other_format) const
+{
+	assert(audio_format_valid(&other_format));
+
+	return length == 0 ||
+		audio_format_equals(&audio_format, &other_format);
+}
+#endif
+
+void *
+music_chunk::Write(const struct audio_format &af,
+		   float data_time, uint16_t _bit_rate,
+		   size_t *max_length_r)
+{
+	assert(CheckFormat(af));
+	assert(length == 0 || audio_format_valid(&audio_format));
+
+	if (length == 0) {
+		/* if the chunk is empty, nobody has set bitRate and
+		   times yet */
+
+		bit_rate = _bit_rate;
+		times = data_time;
+	}
+
+	const size_t frame_size = audio_format_frame_size(&af);
+	size_t num_frames = (sizeof(data) - length) / frame_size;
+	if (num_frames == 0)
+		return NULL;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+	audio_format = af;
+#endif
+
+	*max_length_r = num_frames * frame_size;
+	return data + length;
+}
+
+bool
+music_chunk::Expand(const struct audio_format &af, size_t _length)
+{
+	const size_t frame_size = audio_format_frame_size(&af);
+
+	assert(length + _length <= sizeof(data));
+	assert(audio_format_equals(&audio_format, &af));
+
+	length += _length;
+
+	return length + frame_size > sizeof(data);
+}
diff --git a/src/chunk.h b/src/MusicChunk.hxx
index a06a203eb..c03e45517 100644
--- a/src/chunk.h
+++ b/src/MusicChunk.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_CHUNK_H
-#define MPD_CHUNK_H
+#ifndef MPD_MUSIC_CHUNK_HXX
+#define MPD_MUSIC_CHUNK_HXX
 
 #include "replay_gain_info.h"
 
@@ -26,7 +26,6 @@
 #include "audio_format.h"
 #endif
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stddef.h>
 
@@ -92,60 +91,63 @@ struct music_chunk {
 #ifndef NDEBUG
 	struct audio_format audio_format;
 #endif
-};
 
-void
-music_chunk_init(struct music_chunk *chunk);
+	music_chunk()
+		:other(nullptr),
+		 length(0),
+		 tag(nullptr),
+		 replay_gain_serial(0) {}
 
-void
-music_chunk_free(struct music_chunk *chunk);
+	~music_chunk();
 
-static inline bool
-music_chunk_is_empty(const struct music_chunk *chunk)
-{
-	return chunk->length == 0 && chunk->tag == NULL;
-}
+	bool IsEmpty() const {
+		return length == 0 && tag == nullptr;
+	}
 
 #ifndef NDEBUG
-/**
- * Checks if the audio format if the chunk is equal to the specified
- * audio_format.
- */
-bool
-music_chunk_check_format(const struct music_chunk *chunk,
-			 const struct audio_format *audio_format);
+	/**
+	 * Checks if the audio format if the chunk is equal to the
+	 * specified audio_format.
+	 */
+	gcc_pure
+	bool CheckFormat(const struct audio_format &audio_format) const;
 #endif
 
-/**
- * Prepares appending to the music chunk.  Returns a buffer where you
- * may write into.  After you are finished, call music_chunk_expand().
- *
- * @param chunk the music_chunk object
- * @param audio_format the audio format for the appended data; must
- * stay the same for the life cycle of this chunk
- * @param data_time the time within the song
- * @param bit_rate the current bit rate of the source file
- * @param max_length_r the maximum write length is returned here
- * @return a writable buffer, or NULL if the chunk is full
- */
-void *
-music_chunk_write(struct music_chunk *chunk,
-		  const struct audio_format *audio_format,
-		  float data_time, uint16_t bit_rate,
-		  size_t *max_length_r);
+	/**
+	 * Prepares appending to the music chunk.  Returns a buffer
+	 * where you may write into.  After you are finished, call
+	 * music_chunk_expand().
+	 *
+	 * @param chunk the music_chunk object
+	 * @param audio_format the audio format for the appended data;
+	 * must stay the same for the life cycle of this chunk
+	 * @param data_time the time within the song
+	 * @param bit_rate the current bit rate of the source file
+	 * @param max_length_r the maximum write length is returned
+	 * here
+	 * @return a writable buffer, or NULL if the chunk is full
+	 */
+	void *Write(const struct audio_format &af,
+		    float data_time, uint16_t bit_rate,
+		    size_t *max_length_r);
 
-/**
- * Increases the length of the chunk after the caller has written to
- * the buffer returned by music_chunk_write().
- *
- * @param chunk the music_chunk object
- * @param audio_format the audio format for the appended data; must
- * stay the same for the life cycle of this chunk
- * @param length the number of bytes which were appended
- * @return true if the chunk is full
- */
-bool
-music_chunk_expand(struct music_chunk *chunk,
-		   const struct audio_format *audio_format, size_t length);
+	/**
+	 * Increases the length of the chunk after the caller has written to
+	 * the buffer returned by music_chunk_write().
+	 *
+	 * @param chunk the music_chunk object
+	 * @param audio_format the audio format for the appended data; must
+	 * stay the same for the life cycle of this chunk
+	 * @param length the number of bytes which were appended
+	 * @return true if the chunk is full
+	 */
+	bool Expand(const struct audio_format &af, size_t length);
+};
+
+void
+music_chunk_init(struct music_chunk *chunk);
+
+void
+music_chunk_free(struct music_chunk *chunk);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/pipe.c b/src/MusicPipe.cxx
index d8131432f..6f25eff82 100644
--- a/src/pipe.c
+++ b/src/MusicPipe.cxx
@@ -18,9 +18,10 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "pipe.h"
-#include "buffer.h"
-#include "chunk.h"
+#include "MusicPipe.hxx"
+#include "MusicBuffer.hxx"
+#include "MusicChunk.hxx"
+#include "thread/Mutex.hxx"
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -37,38 +38,35 @@ struct music_pipe {
 	unsigned size;
 
 	/** a mutex which protects #head and #tail_r */
-	GMutex *mutex;
+	mutable Mutex mutex;
 
 #ifndef NDEBUG
 	struct audio_format audio_format;
 #endif
+
+	music_pipe()
+		:head(nullptr), tail_r(&head), size(0) {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+		audio_format_clear(&audio_format);
+#endif
+	}
+
+	~music_pipe() {
+		assert(head == nullptr);
+		assert(tail_r == &head);
+	}
 };
 
 struct music_pipe *
 music_pipe_new(void)
 {
-	struct music_pipe *mp = g_new(struct music_pipe, 1);
-
-	mp->head = NULL;
-	mp->tail_r = &mp->head;
-	mp->size = 0;
-	mp->mutex = g_mutex_new();
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-	audio_format_clear(&mp->audio_format);
-#endif
-
-	return mp;
+	return new music_pipe();
 }
 
 void
 music_pipe_free(struct music_pipe *mp)
 {
-	assert(mp->head == NULL);
-	assert(mp->tail_r == &mp->head);
-
-	g_mutex_free(mp->mutex);
-	g_free(mp);
+	delete mp;
 }
 
 #ifndef NDEBUG
@@ -88,17 +86,12 @@ bool
 music_pipe_contains(const struct music_pipe *mp,
 		    const struct music_chunk *chunk)
 {
-	g_mutex_lock(mp->mutex);
+	const ScopeLock protect(mp->mutex);
 
 	for (const struct music_chunk *i = mp->head;
-	     i != NULL; i = i->next) {
-		if (i == chunk) {
-			g_mutex_unlock(mp->mutex);
+	     i != NULL; i = i->next)
+		if (i == chunk)
 			return true;
-		}
-	}
-
-	g_mutex_unlock(mp->mutex);
 
 	return false;
 }
@@ -114,13 +107,11 @@ music_pipe_peek(const struct music_pipe *mp)
 struct music_chunk *
 music_pipe_shift(struct music_pipe *mp)
 {
-	struct music_chunk *chunk;
-
-	g_mutex_lock(mp->mutex);
+	const ScopeLock protect(mp->mutex);
 
-	chunk = mp->head;
+	struct music_chunk *chunk = mp->head;
 	if (chunk != NULL) {
-		assert(!music_chunk_is_empty(chunk));
+		assert(!chunk->IsEmpty());
 
 		mp->head = chunk->next;
 		--mp->size;
@@ -137,15 +128,13 @@ music_pipe_shift(struct music_pipe *mp)
 
 #ifndef NDEBUG
 		/* poison the "next" reference */
-		chunk->next = (void*)0x01010101;
+		chunk->next = (struct music_chunk *)(void *)0x01010101;
 
 		if (mp->size == 0)
 			audio_format_clear(&mp->audio_format);
 #endif
 	}
 
-	g_mutex_unlock(mp->mutex);
-
 	return chunk;
 }
 
@@ -161,14 +150,14 @@ music_pipe_clear(struct music_pipe *mp, struct music_buffer *buffer)
 void
 music_pipe_push(struct music_pipe *mp, struct music_chunk *chunk)
 {
-	assert(!music_chunk_is_empty(chunk));
+	assert(!chunk->IsEmpty());
 	assert(chunk->length == 0 || audio_format_valid(&chunk->audio_format));
 
-	g_mutex_lock(mp->mutex);
+	const ScopeLock protect(mp->mutex);
 
 	assert(mp->size > 0 || !audio_format_defined(&mp->audio_format));
 	assert(!audio_format_defined(&mp->audio_format) ||
-	       music_chunk_check_format(chunk, &mp->audio_format));
+	       chunk->CheckFormat(mp->audio_format));
 
 #ifndef NDEBUG
 	if (!audio_format_defined(&mp->audio_format) && chunk->length > 0)
@@ -180,15 +169,11 @@ music_pipe_push(struct music_pipe *mp, struct music_chunk *chunk)
 	mp->tail_r = &chunk->next;
 
 	++mp->size;
-
-	g_mutex_unlock(mp->mutex);
 }
 
 unsigned
 music_pipe_size(const struct music_pipe *mp)
 {
-	g_mutex_lock(mp->mutex);
-	unsigned size = mp->size;
-	g_mutex_unlock(mp->mutex);
-	return size;
+	const ScopeLock protect(mp->mutex);
+	return mp->size;
 }
diff --git a/src/pipe.h b/src/MusicPipe.hxx
index 84b9869e0..99561ca62 100644
--- a/src/pipe.h
+++ b/src/MusicPipe.hxx
@@ -20,8 +20,7 @@
 #ifndef MPD_PIPE_H
 #define MPD_PIPE_H
 
-#include <glib.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
 
 #ifndef NDEBUG
 struct audio_format;
@@ -39,7 +38,7 @@ struct music_pipe;
 /**
  * Creates a new #music_pipe object.  It is empty.
  */
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
 struct music_pipe *
 music_pipe_new(void);
 
@@ -72,7 +71,7 @@ music_pipe_contains(const struct music_pipe *mp,
  * Returns the first #music_chunk from the pipe.  Returns NULL if the
  * pipe is empty.
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 const struct music_chunk *
 music_pipe_peek(const struct music_pipe *mp);
 
@@ -99,11 +98,11 @@ music_pipe_push(struct music_pipe *mp, struct music_chunk *chunk);
 /**
  * Returns the number of chunks currently in this pipe.
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 unsigned
 music_pipe_size(const struct music_pipe *mp);
 
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 static inline bool
 music_pipe_empty(const struct music_pipe *mp)
 {
diff --git a/src/OtherCommands.cxx b/src/OtherCommands.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9de616759
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/OtherCommands.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "OtherCommands.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseCommands.hxx"
+#include "CommandError.hxx"
+#include "UpdateGlue.hxx"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
+#include "song.h"
+#include "SongPrint.hxx"
+#include "TagPrint.hxx"
+#include "TimePrint.hxx"
+#include "Mapper.hxx"
+#include "DecoderPrint.hxx"
+#include "protocol/ArgParser.hxx"
+#include "protocol/Result.hxx"
+#include "ls.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "uri.h"
+#include "volume.h"
+#include "stats.h"
+}
+
+#include "Permission.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistFile.hxx"
+#include "ClientIdle.hxx"
+#include "ClientFile.hxx"
+#include "Client.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "idle.h"
+}
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_SQLITE
+#include "StickerDatabase.hxx"
+#endif
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+static void
+print_spl_list(Client *client, const PlaylistVector &list)
+{
+	for (const auto &i : list) {
+		client_printf(client, "playlist: %s\n", i.name.c_str());
+
+		if (i.mtime > 0)
+			time_print(client, "Last-Modified", i.mtime);
+	}
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_urlhandlers(Client *client,
+		   G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	if (client_is_local(client))
+		client_puts(client, "handler: file://\n");
+	print_supported_uri_schemes(client);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_decoders(Client *client,
+		G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	decoder_list_print(client);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_tagtypes(Client *client,
+		G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	tag_print_types(client);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_kill(G_GNUC_UNUSED Client *client,
+	    G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_KILL;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_close(G_GNUC_UNUSED Client *client,
+	     G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_CLOSE;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_lsinfo(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	const char *uri;
+
+	if (argc == 2)
+		uri = argv[1];
+	else
+		/* default is root directory */
+		uri = "";
+
+	if (strncmp(uri, "file:///", 8) == 0) {
+		/* print information about an arbitrary local file */
+		const char *path = uri + 7;
+
+		GError *error = NULL;
+		if (!client_allow_file(client, path, &error))
+			return print_error(client, error);
+
+		struct song *song = song_file_load(path, NULL);
+		if (song == NULL) {
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+				      "No such file");
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+		}
+
+		song_print_info(client, song);
+		song_free(song);
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+	}
+
+	enum command_return result = handle_lsinfo2(client, argc, argv);
+	if (result != COMMAND_RETURN_OK)
+		return result;
+
+	if (isRootDirectory(uri)) {
+		const auto &list = ListPlaylistFiles(NULL);
+		print_spl_list(client, list);
+	}
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_update(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	const char *path = NULL;
+	unsigned ret;
+
+	assert(argc <= 2);
+	if (argc == 2) {
+		path = argv[1];
+
+		if (*path == 0 || strcmp(path, "/") == 0)
+			/* backwards compatibility with MPD 0.15 */
+			path = NULL;
+		else if (!uri_safe_local(path)) {
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+				      "Malformed path");
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+		}
+	}
+
+	ret = update_enqueue(path, false);
+	if (ret > 0) {
+		client_printf(client, "updating_db: %i\n", ret);
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+	} else {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UPDATE_ALREADY,
+			      "already updating");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_rescan(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	const char *path = NULL;
+	unsigned ret;
+
+	assert(argc <= 2);
+	if (argc == 2) {
+		path = argv[1];
+
+		if (!uri_safe_local(path)) {
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+				      "Malformed path");
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+		}
+	}
+
+	ret = update_enqueue(path, true);
+	if (ret > 0) {
+		client_printf(client, "updating_db: %i\n", ret);
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+	} else {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UPDATE_ALREADY,
+			      "already updating");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_setvol(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned level;
+	bool success;
+
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &level, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	if (level > 100) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "Invalid volume value");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	success = volume_level_change(level);
+	if (!success) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM,
+			      "problems setting volume");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_stats(Client *client,
+	     G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	stats_print(client);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_ping(G_GNUC_UNUSED Client *client,
+	    G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_password(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned permission = 0;
+
+	if (getPermissionFromPassword(argv[1], &permission) < 0) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_PASSWORD, "incorrect password");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	client_set_permission(client, permission);
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_config(Client *client,
+	      G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	if (!client_is_local(client)) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_PERMISSION,
+			      "Command only permitted to local clients");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	const char *path = mapper_get_music_directory_utf8();
+	if (path != NULL)
+		client_printf(client, "music_directory: %s\n", path);
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_idle(Client *client,
+	    G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned flags = 0, j;
+	int i;
+	const char *const* idle_names;
+
+	idle_names = idle_get_names();
+	for (i = 1; i < argc; ++i) {
+		if (!argv[i])
+			continue;
+
+		for (j = 0; idle_names[j]; ++j) {
+			if (!g_ascii_strcasecmp(argv[i], idle_names[j])) {
+				flags |= (1 << j);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* No argument means that the client wants to receive everything */
+	if (flags == 0)
+		flags = ~0;
+
+	/* enable "idle" mode on this client */
+	client_idle_wait(client, flags);
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_IDLE;
+}
diff --git a/src/OtherCommands.hxx b/src/OtherCommands.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..564ad38e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/OtherCommands.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_OTHER_COMMANDS_HXX
+#define MPD_OTHER_COMMANDS_HXX
+
+#include "command.h"
+
+class Client;
+
+enum command_return
+handle_urlhandlers(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_decoders(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_tagtypes(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_kill(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_close(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_lsinfo(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_update(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_rescan(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_setvol(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_stats(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_ping(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_password(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_config(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_idle(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/output_all.c b/src/OutputAll.cxx
index f56cd04ee..9c65ddcae 100644
--- a/src/output_all.c
+++ b/src/OutputAll.cxx
@@ -18,20 +18,24 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "output_all.h"
 #include "output_internal.h"
-#include "output_control.h"
-#include "chunk.h"
-#include "conf.h"
-#include "pipe.h"
-#include "buffer.h"
-#include "player_control.h"
+}
+
+#include "PlayerControl.hxx"
+#include "OutputControl.hxx"
+#include "OutputError.hxx"
+#include "MusicBuffer.hxx"
+#include "MusicPipe.hxx"
+#include "MusicChunk.hxx"
 #include "mpd_error.h"
-#include "notify.h"
 
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-#include "chunk.h"
-#endif
+extern "C" {
+#include "conf.h"
+#include "notify.h"
+}
 
 #include <assert.h>
 #include <string.h>
@@ -269,8 +273,15 @@ audio_output_all_update(void)
 	return ret;
 }
 
+void
+audio_output_all_set_replay_gain_mode(enum replay_gain_mode mode)
+{
+	for (unsigned i = 0; i < num_audio_outputs; ++i)
+		audio_output_set_replay_gain_mode(audio_outputs[i], mode);
+}
+
 bool
-audio_output_all_play(struct music_chunk *chunk)
+audio_output_all_play(struct music_chunk *chunk, GError **error_r)
 {
 	bool ret;
 	unsigned int i;
@@ -278,11 +289,15 @@ audio_output_all_play(struct music_chunk *chunk)
 	assert(g_music_buffer != NULL);
 	assert(g_mp != NULL);
 	assert(chunk != NULL);
-	assert(music_chunk_check_format(chunk, &input_audio_format));
+	assert(chunk->CheckFormat(input_audio_format));
 
 	ret = audio_output_all_update();
-	if (!ret)
+	if (!ret) {
+		/* TODO: obtain real error */
+		g_set_error(error_r, output_quark(), 0,
+			    "Failed to open audio output");
 		return false;
+	}
 
 	music_pipe_push(g_mp, chunk);
 
@@ -294,7 +309,8 @@ audio_output_all_play(struct music_chunk *chunk)
 
 bool
 audio_output_all_open(const struct audio_format *audio_format,
-		      struct music_buffer *buffer)
+		      struct music_buffer *buffer,
+		      GError **error_r)
 {
 	bool ret = false, enabled = false;
 	unsigned int i;
@@ -334,7 +350,12 @@ audio_output_all_open(const struct audio_format *audio_format,
 	}
 
 	if (!enabled)
-		g_warning("All audio outputs are disabled");
+		g_set_error(error_r, output_quark(), 0,
+			    "All audio outputs are disabled");
+	else if (!ret)
+		/* TODO: obtain real error */
+		g_set_error(error_r, output_quark(), 0,
+			    "Failed to open audio output");
 
 	if (!ret)
 		/* close all devices if there was an error */
diff --git a/src/output_command.c b/src/OutputCommand.cxx
index 3988f350a..cce1a5b04 100644
--- a/src/output_command.c
+++ b/src/OutputCommand.cxx
@@ -25,13 +25,16 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "output_command.h"
+#include "OutputCommand.hxx"
+#include "PlayerControl.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "output_all.h"
 #include "output_internal.h"
 #include "output_plugin.h"
 #include "mixer_control.h"
-#include "player_control.h"
 #include "idle.h"
+}
 
 extern unsigned audio_output_state_version;
 
diff --git a/src/output_command.h b/src/OutputCommand.hxx
index eda30acc8..74eaf8f1c 100644
--- a/src/output_command.h
+++ b/src/OutputCommand.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -24,10 +24,8 @@
  *
  */
 
-#ifndef OUTPUT_COMMAND_H
-#define OUTPUT_COMMAND_H
-
-#include <stdbool.h>
+#ifndef MPD_OUTPUT_COMMAND_HXX
+#define MPD_OUTPUT_COMMAND_HXX
 
 /**
  * Enables an audio output.  Returns false if the specified output
diff --git a/src/OutputCommands.cxx b/src/OutputCommands.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7d626477a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/OutputCommands.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "OutputCommands.hxx"
+#include "OutputPrint.hxx"
+#include "OutputCommand.hxx"
+#include "protocol/Result.hxx"
+#include "protocol/ArgParser.hxx"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+enum command_return
+handle_enableoutput(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned device;
+	bool ret;
+
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &device, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	ret = audio_output_enable_index(device);
+	if (!ret) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+			      "No such audio output");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_disableoutput(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned device;
+	bool ret;
+
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &device, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	ret = audio_output_disable_index(device);
+	if (!ret) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+			      "No such audio output");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_devices(Client *client,
+	       G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	printAudioDevices(client);
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
diff --git a/src/OutputCommands.hxx b/src/OutputCommands.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4f7082bfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/OutputCommands.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_OUTPUT_COMMANDS_HXX
+#define MPD_OUTPUT_COMMANDS_HXX
+
+#include "command.h"
+
+class Client;
+
+enum command_return
+handle_enableoutput(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_disableoutput(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_devices(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/output_control.c b/src/OutputControl.cxx
index 7b95be49b..7cc2814de 100644
--- a/src/output_control.c
+++ b/src/OutputControl.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,14 +18,19 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "output_control.h"
+#include "OutputControl.hxx"
+#include "OutputThread.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "output_api.h"
 #include "output_internal.h"
-#include "output_thread.h"
 #include "mixer_control.h"
 #include "mixer_plugin.h"
-#include "filter_plugin.h"
 #include "notify.h"
+#include "filter/replay_gain_filter_plugin.h"
+}
+
+#include "filter_plugin.h"
 
 #include <assert.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -92,6 +97,14 @@ ao_lock_command(struct audio_output *ao, enum audio_output_command cmd)
 }
 
 void
+audio_output_set_replay_gain_mode(struct audio_output *ao,
+				  enum replay_gain_mode mode)
+{
+	if (ao->replay_gain_filter != NULL)
+		replay_gain_filter_set_mode(ao->replay_gain_filter, mode);
+}
+
+void
 audio_output_enable(struct audio_output *ao)
 {
 	if (ao->thread == NULL) {
diff --git a/src/output_control.h b/src/OutputControl.hxx
index 874a53518..cf906d2f0 100644
--- a/src/output_control.h
+++ b/src/OutputControl.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,13 +17,14 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_OUTPUT_CONTROL_H
-#define MPD_OUTPUT_CONTROL_H
+#ifndef MPD_OUTPUT_CONTROL_HXX
+#define MPD_OUTPUT_CONTROL_HXX
+
+#include "replay_gain_info.h"
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
 #include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
 
 struct audio_output;
 struct audio_format;
@@ -37,6 +38,10 @@ audio_output_quark(void)
 	return g_quark_from_static_string("audio_output");
 }
 
+void
+audio_output_set_replay_gain_mode(struct audio_output *ao,
+				  enum replay_gain_mode mode);
+
 /**
  * Enables the device.
  */
diff --git a/src/OutputError.hxx b/src/OutputError.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..451df9857
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/OutputError.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_OUTPUT_ERROR_HXX
+#define MPD_OUTPUT_ERROR_HXX
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+/**
+ * Quark for GError.domain.
+ */
+G_GNUC_CONST
+static inline GQuark
+output_quark(void)
+{
+	return g_quark_from_static_string("output");
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/output_finish.c b/src/OutputFinish.cxx
index e11b43675..ac6ad6977 100644
--- a/src/output_finish.c
+++ b/src/OutputFinish.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,10 +18,13 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "output_internal.h"
 #include "output_plugin.h"
 #include "mixer_control.h"
 #include "filter_plugin.h"
+}
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
diff --git a/src/output_init.c b/src/OutputInit.cxx
index c3b808e94..5fc800d19 100644
--- a/src/output_init.c
+++ b/src/OutputInit.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,10 +18,12 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "output_control.h"
+#include "OutputControl.hxx"
+#include "OutputList.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "output_api.h"
 #include "output_internal.h"
-#include "output_list.h"
 #include "audio_parser.h"
 #include "mixer_control.h"
 #include "mixer_type.h"
@@ -33,6 +35,7 @@
 #include "filter/chain_filter_plugin.h"
 #include "filter/autoconvert_filter_plugin.h"
 #include "filter/replay_gain_filter_plugin.h"
+}
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -165,6 +168,7 @@ ao_base_init(struct audio_output *ao,
 	}
 
 	ao->plugin = plugin;
+	ao->tags = config_get_block_bool(param, "tags", true);
 	ao->always_on = config_get_block_bool(param, "always_on", false);
 	ao->enabled = config_get_block_bool(param, "enabled", true);
 	ao->really_enabled = false;
@@ -297,14 +301,14 @@ audio_output_new(const struct config_param *param,
 		if (p == NULL) {
 			g_set_error(error_r, audio_output_quark(), 0,
 				    "Missing \"type\" configuration");
-			return false;
+			return nullptr;
 		}
 
 		plugin = audio_output_plugin_get(p);
 		if (plugin == NULL) {
 			g_set_error(error_r, audio_output_quark(), 0,
 				    "No such audio output plugin: %s", p);
-			return false;
+			return nullptr;
 		}
 	} else {
 		g_warning("No \"%s\" defined in config file\n",
@@ -312,7 +316,7 @@ audio_output_new(const struct config_param *param,
 
 		plugin = audio_output_detect(error_r);
 		if (plugin == NULL)
-			return false;
+			return nullptr;
 
 		g_message("Successfully detected a %s audio device",
 			  plugin->name);
diff --git a/src/output_list.c b/src/OutputList.cxx
index 835c02bba..3e469385f 100644
--- a/src/output_list.c
+++ b/src/OutputList.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "output_list.h"
+#include "OutputList.hxx"
 #include "output_api.h"
 #include "output/alsa_output_plugin.h"
 #include "output/ao_output_plugin.h"
diff --git a/src/output_list.h b/src/OutputList.hxx
index 185ada716..b7716c67e 100644
--- a/src/output_list.h
+++ b/src/OutputList.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_OUTPUT_LIST_H
-#define MPD_OUTPUT_LIST_H
+#ifndef MPD_OUTPUT_LIST_HXX
+#define MPD_OUTPUT_LIST_HXX
 
 extern const struct audio_output_plugin *const audio_output_plugins[];
 
diff --git a/src/output_plugin.c b/src/OutputPlugin.cxx
index 221570c1c..9aa0f7792 100644
--- a/src/output_plugin.c
+++ b/src/OutputPlugin.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,7 +18,11 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "output_plugin.h"
+}
+
 #include "output_internal.h"
 
 struct audio_output *
diff --git a/src/output_print.c b/src/OutputPrint.cxx
index 483648ca2..ed4391547 100644
--- a/src/output_print.c
+++ b/src/OutputPrint.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -23,15 +23,18 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "output_print.h"
+#include "OutputPrint.hxx"
 #include "output_internal.h"
+#include "Client.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "output_all.h"
-#include "client.h"
+}
 
 void
-printAudioDevices(struct client *client)
+printAudioDevices(Client *client)
 {
-	unsigned n = audio_output_count();
+	const unsigned n = audio_output_count();
 
 	for (unsigned i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
 		const struct audio_output *ao = audio_output_get(i);
diff --git a/src/output_print.h b/src/OutputPrint.hxx
index e02f4e9f5..78717d0af 100644
--- a/src/output_print.h
+++ b/src/OutputPrint.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -22,12 +22,12 @@
  *
  */
 
-#ifndef OUTPUT_PRINT_H
-#define OUTPUT_PRINT_H
+#ifndef MPD_OUTPUT_PRINT_HXX
+#define MPD_OUTPUT_PRINT_HXX
 
-struct client;
+class Client;
 
 void
-printAudioDevices(struct client *client);
+printAudioDevices(Client *client);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/output_state.c b/src/OutputState.cxx
index 7bcafb36b..95aeacbca 100644
--- a/src/output_state.c
+++ b/src/OutputState.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -23,9 +23,12 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "output_state.h"
+#include "OutputState.hxx"
 #include "output_internal.h"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "output_all.h"
+}
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
diff --git a/src/output_state.h b/src/OutputState.hxx
index 320a3520a..5ab765ba8 100644
--- a/src/output_state.h
+++ b/src/OutputState.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -22,10 +22,9 @@
  *
  */
 
-#ifndef OUTPUT_STATE_H
-#define OUTPUT_STATE_H
+#ifndef MPD_OUTPUT_STATE_HXX
+#define MPD_OUTPUT_STATE_HXX
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 bool
diff --git a/src/output_thread.c b/src/OutputThread.cxx
index 4eef2ccdd..3d0d96f7a 100644
--- a/src/output_thread.c
+++ b/src/OutputThread.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,18 +18,23 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "output_thread.h"
+#include "OutputThread.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "output_api.h"
 #include "output_internal.h"
-#include "chunk.h"
-#include "pipe.h"
-#include "player_control.h"
 #include "pcm_mix.h"
 #include "filter_plugin.h"
 #include "filter/convert_filter_plugin.h"
 #include "filter/replay_gain_filter_plugin.h"
-#include "mpd_error.h"
 #include "notify.h"
+}
+
+#include "PlayerControl.hxx"
+#include "MusicPipe.hxx"
+#include "MusicChunk.hxx"
+
+#include "mpd_error.h"
 #include "gcc.h"
 
 #include <glib.h>
@@ -315,17 +320,17 @@ ao_wait(struct audio_output *ao)
 	}
 }
 
-static const char *
+static const void *
 ao_chunk_data(struct audio_output *ao, const struct music_chunk *chunk,
 	      struct filter *replay_gain_filter,
 	      unsigned *replay_gain_serial_p,
 	      size_t *length_r)
 {
 	assert(chunk != NULL);
-	assert(!music_chunk_is_empty(chunk));
-	assert(music_chunk_check_format(chunk, &ao->in_audio_format));
+	assert(!chunk->IsEmpty());
+	assert(chunk->CheckFormat(ao->in_audio_format));
 
-	const char *data = chunk->data;
+	const void *data = chunk->data;
 	size_t length = chunk->length;
 
 	(void)ao;
@@ -356,14 +361,14 @@ ao_chunk_data(struct audio_output *ao, const struct music_chunk *chunk,
 	return data;
 }
 
-static const char *
+static const void *
 ao_filter_chunk(struct audio_output *ao, const struct music_chunk *chunk,
 		size_t *length_r)
 {
 	GError *error = NULL;
 
 	size_t length;
-	const char *data = ao_chunk_data(ao, chunk, ao->replay_gain_filter,
+	const void *data = ao_chunk_data(ao, chunk, ao->replay_gain_filter,
 					 &ao->replay_gain_serial, &length);
 	if (data == NULL)
 		return NULL;
@@ -378,7 +383,7 @@ ao_filter_chunk(struct audio_output *ao, const struct music_chunk *chunk,
 
 	if (chunk->other != NULL) {
 		size_t other_length;
-		const char *other_data =
+		const void *other_data =
 			ao_chunk_data(ao, chunk->other,
 				      ao->other_replay_gain_filter,
 				      &ao->other_replay_gain_serial,
@@ -399,13 +404,14 @@ ao_filter_chunk(struct audio_output *ao, const struct music_chunk *chunk,
 		if (length > other_length)
 			length = other_length;
 
-		char *dest = pcm_buffer_get(&ao->cross_fade_buffer,
+		void *dest = pcm_buffer_get(&ao->cross_fade_buffer,
 					    other_length);
 		memcpy(dest, other_data, other_length);
-		if (!pcm_mix(dest, data, length, ao->in_audio_format.format,
+		if (!pcm_mix(dest, data, length,
+			     sample_format(ao->in_audio_format.format),
 			     1.0 - chunk->mix_ratio)) {
 			g_warning("Cannot cross-fade format %s",
-				  sample_format_to_string(ao->in_audio_format.format));
+				  sample_format_to_string(sample_format(ao->in_audio_format.format)));
 			return NULL;
 		}
 
@@ -435,7 +441,7 @@ ao_play_chunk(struct audio_output *ao, const struct music_chunk *chunk)
 	assert(ao != NULL);
 	assert(ao->filter != NULL);
 
-	if (chunk->tag != NULL) {
+	if (ao->tags && gcc_unlikely(chunk->tag != NULL)) {
 		g_mutex_unlock(ao->mutex);
 		ao_plugin_send_tag(ao, chunk->tag);
 		g_mutex_lock(ao->mutex);
@@ -446,7 +452,7 @@ ao_play_chunk(struct audio_output *ao, const struct music_chunk *chunk)
 	/* workaround -Wmaybe-uninitialized false positive */
 	size = 0;
 #endif
-	const char *data = ao_filter_chunk(ao, chunk, &size);
+	const char *data = (const char *)ao_filter_chunk(ao, chunk, &size);
 	if (data == NULL) {
 		ao_close(ao, false);
 
@@ -578,7 +584,7 @@ static void ao_pause(struct audio_output *ao)
 
 static gpointer audio_output_task(gpointer arg)
 {
-	struct audio_output *ao = arg;
+	struct audio_output *ao = (struct audio_output *)arg;
 
 	g_mutex_lock(ao->mutex);
 
diff --git a/src/output_thread.h b/src/OutputThread.hxx
index 5ad9a7527..1a7932162 100644
--- a/src/output_thread.h
+++ b/src/OutputThread.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_OUTPUT_THREAD_H
-#define MPD_OUTPUT_THREAD_H
+#ifndef MPD_OUTPUT_THREAD_HXX
+#define MPD_OUTPUT_THREAD_HXX
 
 struct audio_output;
 
diff --git a/src/Partition.hxx b/src/Partition.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a3b9e4625
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/Partition.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_PARTITION_HXX
+#define MPD_PARTITION_HXX
+
+#include "Playlist.hxx"
+#include "PlayerControl.hxx"
+
+/**
+ * A partition of the Music Player Daemon.  It is a separate unit with
+ * a playlist, a player, outputs etc.
+ */
+struct Partition {
+	struct playlist playlist;
+
+	player_control pc;
+
+	Partition(unsigned max_length,
+		  unsigned buffer_chunks,
+		  unsigned buffered_before_play)
+		:playlist(max_length),
+		 pc(buffer_chunks, buffered_before_play) {
+	}
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/permission.c b/src/Permission.cxx
index cd52b9c86..0b76e3364 100644
--- a/src/permission.c
+++ b/src/Permission.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,10 +18,16 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "permission.h"
-#include "conf.h"
+#include "Permission.hxx"
 #include "mpd_error.h"
 
+extern "C" {
+#include "conf.h"
+}
+
+#include <map>
+#include <string>
+
 #include <glib.h>
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
@@ -35,7 +41,7 @@
 #define PERMISSION_CONTROL_STRING	"control"
 #define PERMISSION_ADMIN_STRING		"admin"
 
-static GHashTable *permission_passwords;
+static std::map<std::string, unsigned> permission_passwords;
 
 static unsigned permission_default;
 
@@ -75,9 +81,6 @@ void initPermissions(void)
 	unsigned permission;
 	const struct config_param *param;
 
-	permission_passwords = g_hash_table_new_full(g_str_hash, g_str_equal,
-						     g_free, NULL);
-
 	permission_default = PERMISSION_READ | PERMISSION_ADD |
 	    PERMISSION_CONTROL | PERMISSION_ADMIN;
 
@@ -101,9 +104,8 @@ void initPermissions(void)
 
 			permission = parsePermissions(separator + 1);
 
-			g_hash_table_replace(permission_passwords,
-					     password,
-					     GINT_TO_POINTER(permission));
+			permission_passwords.insert(std::make_pair(password,
+								   permission));
 		} while ((param = config_get_next_param(CONF_PASSWORD, param)));
 	}
 
@@ -115,23 +117,14 @@ void initPermissions(void)
 
 int getPermissionFromPassword(char const* password, unsigned* permission)
 {
-	bool found;
-	gpointer key, value;
-
-	found = g_hash_table_lookup_extended(permission_passwords,
-					     password, &key, &value);
-	if (!found)
+	auto i = permission_passwords.find(password);
+	if (i == permission_passwords.end())
 		return -1;
 
-	*permission = GPOINTER_TO_INT(value);
+	*permission = i->second;
 	return 0;
 }
 
-void finishPermissions(void)
-{
-	g_hash_table_destroy(permission_passwords);
-}
-
 unsigned getDefaultPermissions(void)
 {
 	return permission_default;
diff --git a/src/permission.h b/src/Permission.hxx
index 6c3771362..4ff3850e0 100644
--- a/src/permission.h
+++ b/src/Permission.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_PERMISSION_H
-#define MPD_PERMISSION_H
+#ifndef MPD_PERMISSION_HXX
+#define MPD_PERMISSION_HXX
 
 #define PERMISSION_NONE    0
 #define PERMISSION_READ    1
@@ -29,8 +29,6 @@
 
 int getPermissionFromPassword(char const* password, unsigned* permission);
 
-void finishPermissions(void);
-
 unsigned getDefaultPermissions(void);
 
 void initPermissions(void);
diff --git a/src/PlayerCommands.cxx b/src/PlayerCommands.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2bd6fc4e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/PlayerCommands.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "PlayerCommands.hxx"
+#include "CommandError.hxx"
+#include "Playlist.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistPrint.hxx"
+#include "UpdateGlue.hxx"
+#include "ClientInternal.hxx"
+#include "protocol/Result.hxx"
+#include "protocol/ArgParser.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "audio_format.h"
+#include "volume.h"
+#include "replay_gain_config.h"
+#include "output_all.h"
+}
+
+#include "PlayerControl.hxx"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_STATE            "state"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_REPEAT           "repeat"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_SINGLE           "single"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_CONSUME          "consume"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_RANDOM           "random"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_PLAYLIST         "playlist"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_PLAYLIST_LENGTH  "playlistlength"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_SONG             "song"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_SONGID           "songid"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_NEXTSONG         "nextsong"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_NEXTSONGID       "nextsongid"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_TIME             "time"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_BITRATE          "bitrate"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR            "error"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_CROSSFADE	"xfade"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_MIXRAMPDB	"mixrampdb"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_MIXRAMPDELAY	"mixrampdelay"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_AUDIO		"audio"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_UPDATING_DB	"updating_db"
+
+enum command_return
+handle_play(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int song = -1;
+	enum playlist_result result;
+
+	if (argc == 2 && !check_int(client, &song, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	result = playlist_play(&client->playlist, client->player_control,
+			       song);
+	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playid(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	int id = -1;
+	enum playlist_result result;
+
+	if (argc == 2 && !check_int(client, &id, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	result = playlist_play_id(&client->playlist, client->player_control,
+				  id);
+	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_stop(Client *client,
+	    G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	playlist_stop(&client->playlist, client->player_control);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_currentsong(Client *client,
+		   G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	playlist_print_current(client, &client->playlist);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_pause(Client *client,
+	     int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	if (argc == 2) {
+		bool pause_flag;
+		if (!check_bool(client, &pause_flag, argv[1]))
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+		pc_set_pause(client->player_control, pause_flag);
+	} else
+		pc_pause(client->player_control);
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_status(Client *client,
+	      G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	const char *state = NULL;
+	struct player_status player_status;
+	int updateJobId;
+	char *error;
+	int song;
+
+	pc_get_status(client->player_control, &player_status);
+
+	switch (player_status.state) {
+	case PLAYER_STATE_STOP:
+		state = "stop";
+		break;
+	case PLAYER_STATE_PAUSE:
+		state = "pause";
+		break;
+	case PLAYER_STATE_PLAY:
+		state = "play";
+		break;
+	}
+
+	const playlist &playlist = client->playlist;
+	client_printf(client,
+		      "volume: %i\n"
+		      COMMAND_STATUS_REPEAT ": %i\n"
+		      COMMAND_STATUS_RANDOM ": %i\n"
+		      COMMAND_STATUS_SINGLE ": %i\n"
+		      COMMAND_STATUS_CONSUME ": %i\n"
+		      COMMAND_STATUS_PLAYLIST ": %li\n"
+		      COMMAND_STATUS_PLAYLIST_LENGTH ": %i\n"
+		      COMMAND_STATUS_CROSSFADE ": %i\n"
+		      COMMAND_STATUS_MIXRAMPDB ": %f\n"
+		      COMMAND_STATUS_MIXRAMPDELAY ": %f\n"
+		      COMMAND_STATUS_STATE ": %s\n",
+		      volume_level_get(),
+		      playlist_get_repeat(&playlist),
+		      playlist_get_random(&playlist),
+		      playlist_get_single(&playlist),
+		      playlist_get_consume(&playlist),
+		      playlist_get_version(&playlist),
+		      playlist_get_length(&playlist),
+		      (int)(pc_get_cross_fade(client->player_control) + 0.5),
+		      pc_get_mixramp_db(client->player_control),
+		      pc_get_mixramp_delay(client->player_control),
+		      state);
+
+	song = playlist_get_current_song(&playlist);
+	if (song >= 0) {
+		client_printf(client,
+			      COMMAND_STATUS_SONG ": %i\n"
+			      COMMAND_STATUS_SONGID ": %u\n",
+			      song, playlist_get_song_id(&playlist, song));
+	}
+
+	if (player_status.state != PLAYER_STATE_STOP) {
+		struct audio_format_string af_string;
+
+		client_printf(client,
+			      COMMAND_STATUS_TIME ": %i:%i\n"
+			      "elapsed: %1.3f\n"
+			      COMMAND_STATUS_BITRATE ": %u\n"
+			      COMMAND_STATUS_AUDIO ": %s\n",
+			      (int)(player_status.elapsed_time + 0.5),
+			      (int)(player_status.total_time + 0.5),
+			      player_status.elapsed_time,
+			      player_status.bit_rate,
+			      audio_format_to_string(&player_status.audio_format,
+						     &af_string));
+	}
+
+	if ((updateJobId = isUpdatingDB())) {
+		client_printf(client,
+			      COMMAND_STATUS_UPDATING_DB ": %i\n",
+			      updateJobId);
+	}
+
+	error = pc_get_error_message(client->player_control);
+	if (error != NULL) {
+		client_printf(client,
+			      COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR ": %s\n",
+			      error);
+		g_free(error);
+	}
+
+	song = playlist_get_next_song(&playlist);
+	if (song >= 0) {
+		client_printf(client,
+			      COMMAND_STATUS_NEXTSONG ": %i\n"
+			      COMMAND_STATUS_NEXTSONGID ": %u\n",
+			      song, playlist_get_song_id(&playlist, song));
+	}
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_next(Client *client,
+	    G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	playlist &playlist = client->playlist;
+
+	/* single mode is not considered when this is user who
+	 * wants to change song. */
+	const bool single = playlist.queue.single;
+	playlist.queue.single = false;
+
+	playlist_next(&playlist, client->player_control);
+
+	playlist.queue.single = single;
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_previous(Client *client,
+		G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	playlist_previous(&client->playlist, client->player_control);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_repeat(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	bool status;
+	if (!check_bool(client, &status, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	playlist_set_repeat(&client->playlist, client->player_control, status);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_single(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	bool status;
+	if (!check_bool(client, &status, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	playlist_set_single(&client->playlist, client->player_control, status);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_consume(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	bool status;
+	if (!check_bool(client, &status, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	playlist_set_consume(&client->playlist, status);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_random(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	bool status;
+	if (!check_bool(client, &status, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	playlist_set_random(&client->playlist, client->player_control, status);
+	audio_output_all_set_replay_gain_mode(replay_gain_get_real_mode(client->playlist.queue.random));
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_clearerror(G_GNUC_UNUSED Client *client,
+		  G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	pc_clear_error(client->player_control);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_seek(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned song, seek_time;
+	enum playlist_result result;
+
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &song, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &seek_time, argv[2]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	result = playlist_seek_song(&client->playlist, client->player_control,
+				    song, seek_time);
+	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_seekid(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned id, seek_time;
+	enum playlist_result result;
+
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &id, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &seek_time, argv[2]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	result = playlist_seek_song_id(&client->playlist,
+				       client->player_control,
+				       id, seek_time);
+	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_seekcur(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	const char *p = argv[1];
+	bool relative = *p == '+' || *p == '-';
+	int seek_time;
+	if (!check_int(client, &seek_time, p))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	enum playlist_result result =
+		playlist_seek_current(&client->playlist,
+				      client->player_control,
+				      seek_time, relative);
+	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_crossfade(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned xfade_time;
+
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &xfade_time, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	pc_set_cross_fade(client->player_control, xfade_time);
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_mixrampdb(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	float db;
+
+	if (!check_float(client, &db, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	pc_set_mixramp_db(client->player_control, db);
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_mixrampdelay(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	float delay_secs;
+
+	if (!check_float(client, &delay_secs, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	pc_set_mixramp_delay(client->player_control, delay_secs);
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_replay_gain_mode(Client *client,
+			G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	if (!replay_gain_set_mode_string(argv[1])) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+			      "Unrecognized replay gain mode");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	audio_output_all_set_replay_gain_mode(replay_gain_get_real_mode(client->playlist.queue.random));
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_replay_gain_status(Client *client,
+			  G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	client_printf(client, "replay_gain_mode: %s\n",
+		      replay_gain_get_mode_string());
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
diff --git a/src/PlayerCommands.hxx b/src/PlayerCommands.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a2fed5853
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/PlayerCommands.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_PLAYER_COMMANDS_HXX
+#define MPD_PLAYER_COMMANDS_HXX
+
+#include "command.h"
+
+class Client;
+
+enum command_return
+handle_play(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playid(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_stop(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_currentsong(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_pause(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_status(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_next(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_previous(Client *client, int argc, char *avg[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_repeat(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_single(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_consume(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_random(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_clearerror(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_seek(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_seekid(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_seekcur(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_crossfade(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_mixrampdb(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_mixrampdelay(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_replay_gain_mode(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_replay_gain_status(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/player_control.c b/src/PlayerControl.cxx
index 90f616d77..275556fe8 100644
--- a/src/player_control.c
+++ b/src/PlayerControl.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,15 +18,15 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "player_control.h"
-#include "decoder_control.h"
-#include "path.h"
-#include "log.h"
-#include "tag.h"
-#include "song.h"
+#include "PlayerControl.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "idle.h"
-#include "pcm_volume.h"
-#include "main.h"
+}
+
+#include "song.h"
+#include "DecoderControl.hxx"
+#include "Main.hxx"
 
 #include <assert.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -35,33 +35,32 @@
 static void
 pc_enqueue_song_locked(struct player_control *pc, struct song *song);
 
-struct player_control *
-pc_new(unsigned buffer_chunks, unsigned int buffered_before_play)
+player_control::player_control(unsigned _buffer_chunks,
+			       unsigned _buffered_before_play)
+	:buffer_chunks(_buffer_chunks),
+	 buffered_before_play(_buffered_before_play),
+	 thread(nullptr),
+	 mutex(g_mutex_new()),
+	 cond(g_cond_new()),
+	 command(PLAYER_COMMAND_NONE),
+	 state(PLAYER_STATE_STOP),
+	 error_type(PLAYER_ERROR_NONE),
+	 error(nullptr),
+	 next_song(nullptr),
+	 cross_fade_seconds(0),
+	 mixramp_db(0),
+	 mixramp_delay_seconds(nanf("")),
+	 total_play_time(0)
 {
-	struct player_control *pc = g_new0(struct player_control, 1);
-
-	pc->buffer_chunks = buffer_chunks;
-	pc->buffered_before_play = buffered_before_play;
-
-	pc->mutex = g_mutex_new();
-	pc->cond = g_cond_new();
-
-	pc->command = PLAYER_COMMAND_NONE;
-	pc->error = PLAYER_ERROR_NOERROR;
-	pc->state = PLAYER_STATE_STOP;
-	pc->cross_fade_seconds = 0;
-	pc->mixramp_db = 0;
-	pc->mixramp_delay_seconds = nanf("");
-
-	return pc;
 }
 
-void
-pc_free(struct player_control *pc)
+player_control::~player_control()
 {
-	g_cond_free(pc->cond);
-	g_mutex_free(pc->mutex);
-	g_free(pc);
+	if (next_song != nullptr)
+		song_free(next_song);
+
+	g_cond_free(cond);
+	g_mutex_free(mutex);
 }
 
 void
@@ -76,15 +75,6 @@ player_wait_decoder(struct player_control *pc, struct decoder_control *dc)
 	g_cond_wait(pc->cond, dc->mutex);
 }
 
-void
-pc_song_deleted(struct player_control *pc, const struct song *song)
-{
-	if (pc->errored_song == song) {
-		pc->error = PLAYER_ERROR_NOERROR;
-		pc->errored_song = NULL;
-	}
-}
-
 static void
 player_command_wait_locked(struct player_control *pc)
 {
@@ -236,70 +226,43 @@ pc_get_status(struct player_control *pc, struct player_status *status)
 	player_unlock(pc);
 }
 
-enum player_state
-pc_get_state(struct player_control *pc)
+void
+pc_set_error(struct player_control *pc, enum player_error type,
+	     GError *error)
 {
-	return pc->state;
+	assert(pc != NULL);
+	assert(type != PLAYER_ERROR_NONE);
+	assert(error != NULL);
+
+	if (pc->error_type != PLAYER_ERROR_NONE)
+	    g_error_free(pc->error);
+
+	pc->error_type = type;
+	pc->error = error;
 }
 
 void
 pc_clear_error(struct player_control *pc)
 {
 	player_lock(pc);
-	pc->error = PLAYER_ERROR_NOERROR;
-	pc->errored_song = NULL;
-	player_unlock(pc);
-}
 
-enum player_error
-pc_get_error(struct player_control *pc)
-{
-	return pc->error;
-}
+	if (pc->error_type != PLAYER_ERROR_NONE) {
+	    pc->error_type = PLAYER_ERROR_NONE;
+	    g_error_free(pc->error);
+	}
 
-static char *
-pc_errored_song_uri(struct player_control *pc)
-{
-	return song_get_uri(pc->errored_song);
+	player_unlock(pc);
 }
 
 char *
 pc_get_error_message(struct player_control *pc)
 {
-	char *error;
-	char *uri;
-
-	switch (pc->error) {
-	case PLAYER_ERROR_NOERROR:
-		return NULL;
-
-	case PLAYER_ERROR_FILENOTFOUND:
-		uri = pc_errored_song_uri(pc);
-		error = g_strdup_printf("file \"%s\" does not exist or is inaccessible", uri);
-		g_free(uri);
-		return error;
-
-	case PLAYER_ERROR_FILE:
-		uri = pc_errored_song_uri(pc);
-		error = g_strdup_printf("problems decoding \"%s\"", uri);
-		g_free(uri);
-		return error;
-
-	case PLAYER_ERROR_AUDIO:
-		return g_strdup("problems opening audio device");
-
-	case PLAYER_ERROR_SYSTEM:
-		return g_strdup("system error occurred");
-
-	case PLAYER_ERROR_UNKTYPE:
-		uri = pc_errored_song_uri(pc);
-		error = g_strdup_printf("file type of \"%s\" is unknown", uri);
-		g_free(uri);
-		return error;
-	}
-
-	assert(false);
-	return NULL;
+	player_lock(pc);
+	char *message = pc->error_type != PLAYER_ERROR_NONE
+		? g_strdup(pc->error->message)
+		: NULL;
+	player_unlock(pc);
+	return message;
 }
 
 static void
@@ -328,6 +291,10 @@ pc_seek(struct player_control *pc, struct song *song, float seek_time)
 	assert(song != NULL);
 
 	player_lock(pc);
+
+	if (pc->next_song != NULL)
+		song_free(pc->next_song);
+
 	pc->next_song = song;
 	pc->seek_where = seek_time;
 	player_command_locked(pc, PLAYER_COMMAND_SEEK);
@@ -356,12 +323,6 @@ pc_set_cross_fade(struct player_control *pc, float cross_fade_seconds)
 	idle_add(IDLE_OPTIONS);
 }
 
-float
-pc_get_mixramp_db(const struct player_control *pc)
-{
-	return pc->mixramp_db;
-}
-
 void
 pc_set_mixramp_db(struct player_control *pc, float mixramp_db)
 {
@@ -370,12 +331,6 @@ pc_set_mixramp_db(struct player_control *pc, float mixramp_db)
 	idle_add(IDLE_OPTIONS);
 }
 
-float
-pc_get_mixramp_delay(const struct player_control *pc)
-{
-	return pc->mixramp_delay_seconds;
-}
-
 void
 pc_set_mixramp_delay(struct player_control *pc, float mixramp_delay_seconds)
 {
@@ -383,9 +338,3 @@ pc_set_mixramp_delay(struct player_control *pc, float mixramp_delay_seconds)
 
 	idle_add(IDLE_OPTIONS);
 }
-
-double
-pc_get_total_play_time(const struct player_control *pc)
-{
-	return pc->total_play_time;
-}
diff --git a/src/player_control.h b/src/PlayerControl.hxx
index a77d31ec5..1a0503209 100644
--- a/src/player_control.h
+++ b/src/PlayerControl.hxx
@@ -66,12 +66,17 @@ enum player_command {
 };
 
 enum player_error {
-	PLAYER_ERROR_NOERROR = 0,
-	PLAYER_ERROR_FILE,
-	PLAYER_ERROR_AUDIO,
-	PLAYER_ERROR_SYSTEM,
-	PLAYER_ERROR_UNKTYPE,
-	PLAYER_ERROR_FILENOTFOUND,
+	PLAYER_ERROR_NONE = 0,
+
+	/**
+	 * The decoder has failed to decode the song.
+	 */
+	PLAYER_ERROR_DECODER,
+
+	/**
+	 * The audio output has failed.
+	 */
+	PLAYER_ERROR_OUTPUT,
 };
 
 struct player_status {
@@ -103,13 +108,30 @@ struct player_control {
 
 	enum player_command command;
 	enum player_state state;
-	enum player_error error;
+
+	enum player_error error_type;
+
+	/**
+	 * The error that occurred in the player thread.  This
+	 * attribute is only valid if #error is not
+	 * #PLAYER_ERROR_NONE.  The object must be freed when this
+	 * object transitions back to #PLAYER_ERROR_NONE.
+	 */
+	GError *error;
+
 	uint16_t bit_rate;
 	struct audio_format audio_format;
 	float total_time;
 	float elapsed_time;
+
+	/**
+	 * The next queued song.
+	 *
+	 * This is a duplicate, and must be freed when this attribute
+	 * is cleared.
+	 */
 	struct song *next_song;
-	const struct song *errored_song;
+
 	double seek_where;
 	float cross_fade_seconds;
 	float mixramp_db;
@@ -124,13 +146,11 @@ struct player_control {
 	 * time.
 	 */
 	bool border_pause;
-};
-
-struct player_control *
-pc_new(unsigned buffer_chunks, unsigned buffered_before_play);
 
-void
-pc_free(struct player_control *pc);
+	player_control(unsigned buffer_chunks,
+		       unsigned buffered_before_play);
+	~player_control();
+};
 
 /**
  * Locks the #player_control object.
@@ -194,14 +214,10 @@ player_lock_signal(struct player_control *pc)
 }
 
 /**
- * Call this function when the specified song pointer is about to be
- * invalidated.  This makes sure that player_control.errored_song does
- * not point to an invalid pointer.
+ * @param song the song to be queued; the given instance will be owned
+ * and freed by the player
  */
 void
-pc_song_deleted(struct player_control *pc, const struct song *song);
-
-void
 pc_play(struct player_control *pc, struct song *song);
 
 /**
@@ -228,8 +244,24 @@ pc_kill(struct player_control *pc);
 void
 pc_get_status(struct player_control *pc, struct player_status *status);
 
-enum player_state
-pc_get_state(struct player_control *pc);
+static inline enum player_state
+pc_get_state(struct player_control *pc)
+{
+	return pc->state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the error.  Discards any previous error condition.
+ *
+ * Caller must lock the object.
+ *
+ * @param type the error type; must not be #PLAYER_ERROR_NONE
+ * @param error detailed error information; must not be NULL; the
+ * #player_control takes over ownership of this #GError instance
+ */
+void
+pc_set_error(struct player_control *pc, enum player_error type,
+	     GError *error);
 
 void
 pc_clear_error(struct player_control *pc);
@@ -242,8 +274,11 @@ pc_clear_error(struct player_control *pc);
 char *
 pc_get_error_message(struct player_control *pc);
 
-enum player_error
-pc_get_error(struct player_control *pc);
+static inline enum player_error
+pc_get_error_type(struct player_control *pc)
+{
+	return pc->error_type;
+}
 
 void
 pc_stop(struct player_control *pc);
@@ -251,12 +286,18 @@ pc_stop(struct player_control *pc);
 void
 pc_update_audio(struct player_control *pc);
 
+/**
+ * @param song the song to be queued; the given instance will be owned
+ * and freed by the player
+ */
 void
 pc_enqueue_song(struct player_control *pc, struct song *song);
 
 /**
  * Makes the player thread seek the specified song to a position.
  *
+ * @param song the song to be queued; the given instance will be owned
+ * and freed by the player
  * @return true on success, false on failure (e.g. if MPD isn't
  * playing currently)
  */
@@ -272,16 +313,25 @@ pc_get_cross_fade(const struct player_control *pc);
 void
 pc_set_mixramp_db(struct player_control *pc, float mixramp_db);
 
-float
-pc_get_mixramp_db(const struct player_control *pc);
+static inline float
+pc_get_mixramp_db(const struct player_control *pc)
+{
+	return pc->mixramp_db;
+}
 
 void
 pc_set_mixramp_delay(struct player_control *pc, float mixramp_delay_seconds);
 
-float
-pc_get_mixramp_delay(const struct player_control *pc);
+static inline float
+pc_get_mixramp_delay(const struct player_control *pc)
+{
+	return pc->mixramp_delay_seconds;
+}
 
-double
-pc_get_total_play_time(const struct player_control *pc);
+static inline double
+pc_get_total_play_time(const struct player_control *pc)
+{
+	return pc->total_play_time;
+}
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/player_thread.c b/src/PlayerThread.cxx
index 707fb27ae..0343b9fcd 100644
--- a/src/player_thread.c
+++ b/src/PlayerThread.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,23 +18,24 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "player_thread.h"
-#include "player_control.h"
-#include "decoder_control.h"
-#include "decoder_thread.h"
+#include "PlayerThread.hxx"
+#include "DecoderThread.hxx"
+#include "DecoderControl.hxx"
+#include "MusicPipe.hxx"
+#include "MusicBuffer.hxx"
+#include "MusicChunk.hxx"
+#include "song.h"
+#include "Main.hxx"
+#include "mpd_error.h"
+#include "CrossFade.hxx"
+#include "PlayerControl.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "output_all.h"
-#include "pcm_volume.h"
-#include "path.h"
 #include "event_pipe.h"
-#include "crossfade.h"
-#include "song.h"
 #include "tag.h"
-#include "pipe.h"
-#include "chunk.h"
 #include "idle.h"
-#include "main.h"
-#include "buffer.h"
-#include "mpd_error.h"
+}
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -123,6 +124,20 @@ struct player {
 	 * precisely.
 	 */
 	float elapsed_time;
+
+	player(player_control *_pc, decoder_control *_dc)
+		:pc(_pc), dc(_dc),
+		 buffering(false),
+		 decoder_starting(false),
+		 paused(false),
+		 queued(true),
+		 output_open(false),
+		 song(NULL),
+		 xfade(XFADE_UNKNOWN),
+		 cross_fading(false),
+		 cross_fade_chunks(0),
+		 cross_fade_tag(NULL),
+		 elapsed_time(0.0) {}
 };
 
 static struct music_buffer *player_buffer;
@@ -162,7 +177,7 @@ player_dc_start(struct player *player, struct music_pipe *pipe)
 	if (pc->command == PLAYER_COMMAND_SEEK)
 		start_ms += (unsigned)(pc->seek_where * 1000);
 
-	dc_start(dc, pc->next_song,
+	dc_start(dc, song_dup_detached(pc->next_song),
 		 start_ms, pc->next_song->end_ms,
 		 player_buffer, pipe);
 }
@@ -235,16 +250,22 @@ player_wait_for_decoder(struct player *player)
 
 	player->queued = false;
 
-	if (decoder_lock_has_failed(dc)) {
+	GError *error = dc_lock_get_error(dc);
+	if (error != NULL) {
 		player_lock(pc);
-		pc->errored_song = dc->song;
-		pc->error = PLAYER_ERROR_FILE;
+		pc_set_error(pc, PLAYER_ERROR_DECODER, error);
+
+		song_free(pc->next_song);
 		pc->next_song = NULL;
+
 		player_unlock(pc);
 
 		return false;
 	}
 
+	if (player->song != NULL)
+		song_free(player->song);
+
 	player->song = pc->next_song;
 	player->elapsed_time = 0.0;
 
@@ -305,7 +326,9 @@ player_open_output(struct player *player)
 	assert(pc->state == PLAYER_STATE_PLAY ||
 	       pc->state == PLAYER_STATE_PAUSE);
 
-	if (audio_output_all_open(&player->play_audio_format, player_buffer)) {
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	if (audio_output_all_open(&player->play_audio_format, player_buffer,
+				  &error)) {
 		player->output_open = true;
 		player->paused = false;
 
@@ -315,6 +338,8 @@ player_open_output(struct player *player)
 
 		return true;
 	} else {
+		g_warning("%s", error->message);
+
 		player->output_open = false;
 
 		/* pause: the user may resume playback as soon as an
@@ -322,7 +347,7 @@ player_open_output(struct player *player)
 		player->paused = true;
 
 		player_lock(pc);
-		pc->error = PLAYER_ERROR_AUDIO;
+		pc_set_error(pc, PLAYER_ERROR_OUTPUT, error);
 		pc->state = PLAYER_STATE_PAUSE;
 		player_unlock(pc);
 
@@ -347,13 +372,13 @@ player_check_decoder_startup(struct player *player)
 
 	decoder_lock(dc);
 
-	if (decoder_has_failed(dc)) {
+	GError *error = dc_get_error(dc);
+	if (error != NULL) {
 		/* the decoder failed */
 		decoder_unlock(dc);
 
 		player_lock(pc);
-		pc->errored_song = dc->song;
-		pc->error = PLAYER_ERROR_FILE;
+		pc_set_error(pc, PLAYER_ERROR_DECODER, error);
 		player_unlock(pc);
 
 		return false;
@@ -429,7 +454,11 @@ player_send_silence(struct player *player)
 	chunk->length = num_frames * frame_size;
 	memset(chunk->data, 0, chunk->length);
 
-	if (!audio_output_all_play(chunk)) {
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	if (!audio_output_all_play(chunk, &error)) {
+		g_warning("%s", error->message);
+		g_error_free(error);
+
 		music_buffer_return(player_buffer, chunk);
 		return false;
 	}
@@ -452,7 +481,7 @@ static bool player_seek_decoder(struct player *player)
 
 	const unsigned start_ms = song->start_ms;
 
-	if (decoder_current_song(dc) != song) {
+	if (!decoder_lock_is_current_song(dc, song)) {
 		/* the decoder is already decoding the "next" song -
 		   stop it and start the previous song again */
 
@@ -478,6 +507,7 @@ static bool player_seek_decoder(struct player *player)
 			player->pipe = dc->pipe;
 		}
 
+		song_free(pc->next_song);
 		pc->next_song = NULL;
 		player->queued = false;
 	}
@@ -598,6 +628,7 @@ static void player_process_command(struct player *player)
 			player_lock(pc);
 		}
 
+		song_free(pc->next_song);
 		pc->next_song = NULL;
 		player->queued = false;
 		player_command_finished_locked(pc);
@@ -652,9 +683,10 @@ update_song_tag(struct song *song, const struct tag *new_tag)
 static bool
 play_chunk(struct player_control *pc,
 	   struct song *song, struct music_chunk *chunk,
-	   const struct audio_format *format)
+	   const struct audio_format *format,
+	   GError **error_r)
 {
-	assert(music_chunk_check_format(chunk, format));
+	assert(chunk->CheckFormat(*format));
 
 	if (chunk->tag != NULL)
 		update_song_tag(song, chunk->tag);
@@ -670,7 +702,7 @@ play_chunk(struct player_control *pc,
 
 	/* send the chunk to the audio outputs */
 
-	if (!audio_output_all_play(chunk))
+	if (!audio_output_all_play(chunk, error_r))
 		return false;
 
 	pc->total_play_time += (double)chunk->length /
@@ -734,7 +766,7 @@ play_next_chunk(struct player *player)
 				chunk->mix_ratio = nan("");
 			}
 
-			if (music_chunk_is_empty(other_chunk)) {
+			if (other_chunk->IsEmpty()) {
 				/* the "other" chunk was a music_chunk
 				   which had only a tag, but no music
 				   data - we cannot cross-fade that;
@@ -785,13 +817,16 @@ play_next_chunk(struct player *player)
 
 	/* play the current chunk */
 
+	GError *error = NULL;
 	if (!play_chunk(player->pc, player->song, chunk,
-			&player->play_audio_format)) {
+			&player->play_audio_format, &error)) {
+		g_warning("%s", error->message);
+
 		music_buffer_return(player_buffer, chunk);
 
 		player_lock(pc);
 
-		pc->error = PLAYER_ERROR_AUDIO;
+		pc_set_error(pc, PLAYER_ERROR_OUTPUT, error);
 
 		/* pause: the user may resume playback as soon as an
 		   audio output becomes available */
@@ -862,21 +897,7 @@ player_song_border(struct player *player)
  */
 static void do_play(struct player_control *pc, struct decoder_control *dc)
 {
-	struct player player = {
-		.pc = pc,
-		.dc = dc,
-		.buffering = true,
-		.decoder_starting = false,
-		.paused = false,
-		.queued = true,
-		.output_open = false,
-		.song = NULL,
-		.xfade = XFADE_UNKNOWN,
-		.cross_fading = false,
-		.cross_fade_chunks = 0,
-		.cross_fade_tag = NULL,
-		.elapsed_time = 0.0,
-	};
+	player player(pc, dc);
 
 	player_unlock(pc);
 
@@ -884,6 +905,8 @@ static void do_play(struct player_control *pc, struct decoder_control *dc)
 
 	player_dc_start(&player, player.pipe);
 	if (!player_wait_for_decoder(&player)) {
+		assert(player.song == NULL);
+
 		player_dc_stop(&player);
 		player_command_finished(pc);
 		music_pipe_free(player.pipe);
@@ -1049,10 +1072,14 @@ static void do_play(struct player_control *pc, struct decoder_control *dc)
 	if (player.cross_fade_tag != NULL)
 		tag_free(player.cross_fade_tag);
 
+	if (player.song != NULL)
+		song_free(player.song);
+
 	player_lock(pc);
 
 	if (player.queued) {
 		assert(pc->next_song != NULL);
+		song_free(pc->next_song);
 		pc->next_song = NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -1068,7 +1095,7 @@ static void do_play(struct player_control *pc, struct decoder_control *dc)
 static gpointer
 player_task(gpointer arg)
 {
-	struct player_control *pc = arg;
+	struct player_control *pc = (struct player_control *)arg;
 
 	struct decoder_control *dc = dc_new(pc->cond);
 	decoder_thread_start(dc);
@@ -1094,7 +1121,11 @@ player_task(gpointer arg)
 			/* fall through */
 
 		case PLAYER_COMMAND_PAUSE:
-			pc->next_song = NULL;
+			if (pc->next_song != NULL) {
+				song_free(pc->next_song);
+				pc->next_song = NULL;
+			}
+
 			player_command_finished_locked(pc);
 			break;
 
@@ -1135,7 +1166,11 @@ player_task(gpointer arg)
 			return NULL;
 
 		case PLAYER_COMMAND_CANCEL:
-			pc->next_song = NULL;
+			if (pc->next_song != NULL) {
+				song_free(pc->next_song);
+				pc->next_song = NULL;
+			}
+
 			player_command_finished_locked(pc);
 			break;
 
diff --git a/src/player_thread.h b/src/PlayerThread.hxx
index 7373eb438..197669cd6 100644
--- a/src/player_thread.h
+++ b/src/PlayerThread.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
  * #music_chunk instances around in #music_pipe objects.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_PLAYER_THREAD_H
-#define MPD_PLAYER_THREAD_H
+#ifndef MPD_PLAYER_THREAD_HXX
+#define MPD_PLAYER_THREAD_HXX
 
 struct player_control;
 
diff --git a/src/playlist.c b/src/Playlist.cxx
index dc6d8c340..7f89e4ea9 100644
--- a/src/playlist.c
+++ b/src/Playlist.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,15 +18,13 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "playlist_internal.h"
-#include "playlist_save.h"
-#include "player_control.h"
-#include "command.h"
-#include "tag.h"
+#include "PlaylistInternal.hxx"
+#include "PlayerControl.hxx"
 #include "song.h"
-#include "conf.h"
-#include "stored_playlist.h"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "idle.h"
+}
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -38,7 +36,7 @@
 void
 playlist_increment_version_all(struct playlist *playlist)
 {
-	queue_modify_all(&playlist->queue);
+	playlist->queue.ModifyAll();
 	idle_add(IDLE_PLAYLIST);
 }
 
@@ -50,27 +48,10 @@ playlist_tag_changed(struct playlist *playlist)
 
 	assert(playlist->current >= 0);
 
-	queue_modify(&playlist->queue, playlist->current);
+	playlist->queue.ModifyAtOrder(playlist->current);
 	idle_add(IDLE_PLAYLIST);
 }
 
-void
-playlist_init(struct playlist *playlist)
-{
-	queue_init(&playlist->queue,
-		   config_get_positive(CONF_MAX_PLAYLIST_LENGTH,
-				       DEFAULT_PLAYLIST_MAX_LENGTH));
-
-	playlist->queued = -1;
-	playlist->current = -1;
-}
-
-void
-playlist_finish(struct playlist *playlist)
-{
-	queue_finish(&playlist->queue);
-}
-
 /**
  * Queue a song, addressed by its order number.
  */
@@ -78,14 +59,15 @@ static void
 playlist_queue_song_order(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 			  unsigned order)
 {
-	struct song *song;
 	char *uri;
 
-	assert(queue_valid_order(&playlist->queue, order));
+	assert(playlist->queue.IsValidOrder(order));
 
 	playlist->queued = order;
 
-	song = queue_get_order(&playlist->queue, order);
+	struct song *song =
+		song_dup_detached(playlist->queue.GetOrder(order));
+
 	uri = song_get_uri(song);
 	g_debug("queue song %i:\"%s\"", playlist->queued, uri);
 	g_free(uri);
@@ -111,8 +93,7 @@ playlist_song_started(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc)
 
 	if(playlist->queue.consume)
 		playlist_delete(playlist, pc,
-				queue_order_to_position(&playlist->queue,
-							current));
+				playlist->queue.OrderToPosition(current));
 
 	idle_add(IDLE_PLAYER);
 }
@@ -123,7 +104,7 @@ playlist_get_queued_song(struct playlist *playlist)
 	if (!playlist->playing || playlist->queued < 0)
 		return NULL;
 
-	return queue_get_order(&playlist->queue, playlist->queued);
+	return playlist->queue.GetOrder(playlist->queued);
 }
 
 void
@@ -137,11 +118,11 @@ playlist_update_queued_song(struct playlist *playlist,
 	if (!playlist->playing)
 		return;
 
-	assert(!queue_is_empty(&playlist->queue));
+	assert(!playlist->queue.IsEmpty());
 	assert((playlist->queued < 0) == (prev == NULL));
 
 	next_order = playlist->current >= 0
-		? queue_next_order(&playlist->queue, playlist->current)
+		? playlist->queue.GetNextOrder(playlist->current)
 		: 0;
 
 	if (next_order == 0 && playlist->queue.random &&
@@ -150,21 +131,19 @@ playlist_update_queued_song(struct playlist *playlist,
 		   order each time the playlist is played
 		   completely */
 		unsigned current_position =
-			queue_order_to_position(&playlist->queue,
-						playlist->current);
+			playlist->queue.OrderToPosition(playlist->current);
 
-		queue_shuffle_order(&playlist->queue);
+		playlist->queue.ShuffleOrder();
 
 		/* make sure that the playlist->current still points to
 		   the current song, after the song order has been
 		   shuffled */
 		playlist->current =
-			queue_position_to_order(&playlist->queue,
-						current_position);
+			playlist->queue.PositionToOrder(current_position);
 	}
 
 	if (next_order >= 0)
-		next_song = queue_get_order(&playlist->queue, next_order);
+		next_song = playlist->queue.GetOrder(next_order);
 	else
 		next_song = NULL;
 
@@ -186,13 +165,13 @@ void
 playlist_play_order(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 		    int orderNum)
 {
-	struct song *song;
 	char *uri;
 
 	playlist->playing = true;
 	playlist->queued = -1;
 
-	song = queue_get_order(&playlist->queue, orderNum);
+	struct song *song =
+		song_dup_detached(playlist->queue.GetOrder(orderNum));
 
 	uri = song_get_uri(song);
 	g_debug("play %i:\"%s\"", orderNum, uri);
@@ -257,15 +236,15 @@ playlist_resume_playback(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc)
 	assert(playlist->playing);
 	assert(pc_get_state(pc) == PLAYER_STATE_STOP);
 
-	error = pc_get_error(pc);
-	if (error == PLAYER_ERROR_NOERROR)
+	error = pc_get_error_type(pc);
+	if (error == PLAYER_ERROR_NONE)
 		playlist->error_count = 0;
 	else
 		++playlist->error_count;
 
-	if ((playlist->stop_on_error && error != PLAYER_ERROR_NOERROR) ||
-	    error == PLAYER_ERROR_AUDIO || error == PLAYER_ERROR_SYSTEM ||
-	    playlist->error_count >= queue_length(&playlist->queue))
+	if ((playlist->stop_on_error && error != PLAYER_ERROR_NONE) ||
+	    error == PLAYER_ERROR_OUTPUT ||
+	    playlist->error_count >= playlist->queue.GetLength())
 		/* too many errors, or critical error: stop
 		   playback */
 		playlist_stop(playlist, pc);
@@ -324,10 +303,9 @@ playlist_order(struct playlist *playlist)
 {
 	if (playlist->current >= 0)
 		/* update playlist.current, order==position now */
-		playlist->current = queue_order_to_position(&playlist->queue,
-							    playlist->current);
+		playlist->current = playlist->queue.OrderToPosition(playlist->current);
 
-	queue_restore_order(&playlist->queue);
+	playlist->queue.RestoreOrder();
 }
 
 void
@@ -380,20 +358,18 @@ playlist_set_random(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 
 		int current_position =
 			playlist->playing && playlist->current >= 0
-			? (int)queue_order_to_position(&playlist->queue,
-						       playlist->current)
+			? (int)playlist->queue.OrderToPosition(playlist->current)
 			: -1;
 
-		queue_shuffle_order(&playlist->queue);
+		playlist->queue.ShuffleOrder();
 
 		if (current_position >= 0) {
 			/* make sure the current song is the first in
 			   the order list, so the whole rest of the
 			   playlist is played after that */
 			unsigned current_order =
-				queue_position_to_order(&playlist->queue,
-							current_position);
-			queue_swap_order(&playlist->queue, 0, current_order);
+				playlist->queue.PositionToOrder(current_position);
+			playlist->queue.SwapOrders(0, current_order);
 			playlist->current = 0;
 		} else
 			playlist->current = -1;
@@ -409,8 +385,7 @@ int
 playlist_get_current_song(const struct playlist *playlist)
 {
 	if (playlist->current >= 0)
-		return queue_order_to_position(&playlist->queue,
-					       playlist->current);
+		return playlist->queue.OrderToPosition(playlist->current);
 
 	return -1;
 }
@@ -421,13 +396,11 @@ playlist_get_next_song(const struct playlist *playlist)
 	if (playlist->current >= 0)
 	{
 		if (playlist->queue.single == 1 && playlist->queue.repeat == 1)
-			return queue_order_to_position(&playlist->queue,
-			                               playlist->current);
-		else if (playlist->current + 1 < (int)queue_length(&playlist->queue))
-			return queue_order_to_position(&playlist->queue,
-					       playlist->current + 1);
+			return playlist->queue.OrderToPosition(playlist->current);
+		else if (playlist->current + 1 < (int)playlist->queue.GetLength())
+			return playlist->queue.OrderToPosition(playlist->current + 1);
 		else if (playlist->queue.repeat == 1)
-			return queue_order_to_position(&playlist->queue, 0);
+			return playlist->queue.OrderToPosition(0);
 	}
 
 	return -1;
@@ -442,11 +415,11 @@ playlist_get_version(const struct playlist *playlist)
 int
 playlist_get_length(const struct playlist *playlist)
 {
-	return queue_length(&playlist->queue);
+	return playlist->queue.GetLength();
 }
 
 unsigned
 playlist_get_song_id(const struct playlist *playlist, unsigned song)
 {
-	return queue_position_to_id(&playlist->queue, song);
+	return playlist->queue.PositionToId(song);
 }
diff --git a/src/playlist.h b/src/Playlist.hxx
index a21bdf24a..a93c88f05 100644
--- a/src/playlist.h
+++ b/src/Playlist.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_H
-#define MPD_PLAYLIST_H
+#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_HXX
+#define MPD_PLAYLIST_HXX
 
-#include "queue.h"
+#include "Queue.hxx"
 #include "playlist_error.h"
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
@@ -68,22 +68,17 @@ struct playlist {
 	 * This variable is only valid if #playing is true.
 	 */
 	int queued;
-};
-
-/** the global playlist object */
-extern struct playlist g_playlist;
 
-void
-playlist_global_init(void);
+	playlist(unsigned max_length)
+		:queue(max_length), current(-1), queued(-1) {
+	}
 
-void
-playlist_global_finish(void);
-
-void
-playlist_init(struct playlist *playlist);
+	~playlist() {
+	}
+};
 
 void
-playlist_finish(struct playlist *playlist);
+playlist_global_init();
 
 void
 playlist_tag_changed(struct playlist *playlist);
diff --git a/src/playlist_any.c b/src/PlaylistAny.cxx
index 450ca5932..efa975a1f 100644
--- a/src/playlist_any.c
+++ b/src/PlaylistAny.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,11 +18,14 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "playlist_any.h"
+#include "PlaylistAny.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistMapper.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "playlist_list.h"
-#include "playlist_mapper.h"
 #include "uri.h"
 #include "input_stream.h"
+}
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
diff --git a/src/playlist_any.h b/src/PlaylistAny.hxx
index 310913de9..fbc325420 100644
--- a/src/playlist_any.h
+++ b/src/PlaylistAny.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_ANY_H
-#define MPD_PLAYLIST_ANY_H
+#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_ANY_HXX
+#define MPD_PLAYLIST_ANY_HXX
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
diff --git a/src/PlaylistCommands.cxx b/src/PlaylistCommands.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dc3b3e0de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/PlaylistCommands.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "PlaylistCommands.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlaylist.hxx"
+#include "CommandError.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistPrint.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistSave.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistFile.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistVector.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistQueue.hxx"
+#include "TimePrint.hxx"
+#include "ClientInternal.hxx"
+#include "protocol/ArgParser.hxx"
+#include "protocol/Result.hxx"
+#include "ls.hxx"
+#include "Playlist.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "uri.h"
+}
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+static void
+print_spl_list(Client *client, const PlaylistVector &list)
+{
+	for (const auto &i : list) {
+		client_printf(client, "playlist: %s\n", i.name.c_str());
+
+		if (i.mtime > 0)
+			time_print(client, "Last-Modified", i.mtime);
+	}
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_save(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	enum playlist_result result;
+
+	result = spl_save_playlist(argv[1], &client->playlist);
+	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_load(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned start_index, end_index;
+
+	if (argc < 3) {
+		start_index = 0;
+		end_index = G_MAXUINT;
+	} else if (!check_range(client, &start_index, &end_index, argv[2]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	enum playlist_result result;
+
+	result = playlist_open_into_queue(argv[1],
+					  start_index, end_index,
+					  &client->playlist,
+					  client->player_control, true);
+	if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_LIST)
+		return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	if (playlist_load_spl(&client->playlist, client->player_control,
+			      argv[1], start_index, end_index,
+			      &error))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+
+	if (error->domain == playlist_quark() &&
+	    error->code == PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_NAME)
+		/* the message for BAD_NAME is confusing when the
+		   client wants to load a playlist file from the music
+		   directory; patch the GError object to show "no such
+		   playlist" instead */
+		error->code = PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_LIST;
+
+	return print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listplaylist(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	if (playlist_file_print(client, argv[1], false))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	return spl_print(client, argv[1], false, &error)
+		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+		: print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listplaylistinfo(Client *client,
+			G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	if (playlist_file_print(client, argv[1], true))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	return spl_print(client, argv[1], true, &error)
+		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+		: print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_rm(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	return spl_delete(argv[1], &error)
+		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+		: print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_rename(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	return spl_rename(argv[1], argv[2], &error)
+		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+		: print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistdelete(Client *client,
+		      G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[]) {
+	char *playlist = argv[1];
+	unsigned from;
+
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &from, argv[2]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	return spl_remove_index(playlist, from, &error)
+		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+		: print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistmove(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	char *playlist = argv[1];
+	unsigned from, to;
+
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &from, argv[2]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &to, argv[3]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	return spl_move_index(playlist, from, to, &error)
+		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+		: print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistclear(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	return spl_clear(argv[1], &error)
+		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+		: print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistadd(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	char *playlist = argv[1];
+	char *uri = argv[2];
+
+	bool success;
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	if (uri_has_scheme(uri)) {
+		if (!uri_supported_scheme(uri)) {
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+				      "unsupported URI scheme");
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+		}
+
+		success = spl_append_uri(argv[1], playlist, &error);
+	} else
+		success = search_add_to_playlist(uri, playlist, nullptr,
+						 &error);
+
+	if (!success && error == NULL) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+			      "directory or file not found");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	return success ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK : print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listplaylists(Client *client,
+		     G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	const auto list = ListPlaylistFiles(&error);
+	if (list.empty() && error != NULL)
+		return print_error(client, error);
+
+	print_spl_list(client, list);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
diff --git a/src/PlaylistCommands.hxx b/src/PlaylistCommands.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..067f428b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/PlaylistCommands.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_COMMANDS_HXX
+#define MPD_PLAYLIST_COMMANDS_HXX
+
+#include "command.h"
+
+class Client;
+
+enum command_return
+handle_save(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_load(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listplaylist(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listplaylistinfo(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_rm(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_rename(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistdelete(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistmove(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistclear(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistadd(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listplaylists(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/playlist_control.c b/src/PlaylistControl.cxx
index 0dea7676a..e4c3298fe 100644
--- a/src/playlist_control.c
+++ b/src/PlaylistControl.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -23,9 +23,9 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "playlist_internal.h"
-#include "player_control.h"
-#include "idle.h"
+#include "PlaylistInternal.hxx"
+#include "PlayerControl.hxx"
+#include "song.h"
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -50,16 +50,14 @@ playlist_stop(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc)
 		   result in a new random order */
 
 		unsigned current_position =
-			queue_order_to_position(&playlist->queue,
-						playlist->current);
+			playlist->queue.OrderToPosition(playlist->current);
 
-		queue_shuffle_order(&playlist->queue);
+		playlist->queue.ShuffleOrder();
 
 		/* make sure that "current" stays valid, and the next
 		   "play" command plays the same song again */
 		playlist->current =
-			queue_position_to_order(&playlist->queue,
-						current_position);
+			playlist->queue.PositionToOrder(current_position);
 	}
 }
 
@@ -74,7 +72,7 @@ playlist_play(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 	if (song == -1) {
 		/* play any song ("current" song, or the first song */
 
-		if (queue_is_empty(&playlist->queue))
+		if (playlist->queue.IsEmpty())
 			return PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS;
 
 		if (playlist->playing) {
@@ -88,7 +86,7 @@ playlist_play(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 		i = playlist->current >= 0
 			? playlist->current
 			: 0;
-	} else if (!queue_valid_position(&playlist->queue, song))
+	} else if (!playlist->queue.IsValidPosition(song))
 		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_RANGE;
 
 	if (playlist->queue.random) {
@@ -97,15 +95,14 @@ playlist_play(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 			   would be equal to the order number in
 			   no-random mode); convert it to a order
 			   number, because random mode is enabled */
-			i = queue_position_to_order(&playlist->queue, song);
+			i = playlist->queue.PositionToOrder(song);
 
 		if (!playlist->playing)
 			playlist->current = 0;
 
 		/* swap the new song with the previous "current" one,
 		   so playback continues as planned */
-		queue_swap_order(&playlist->queue,
-				 i, playlist->current);
+		playlist->queue.SwapOrders(i, playlist->current);
 		i = playlist->current;
 	}
 
@@ -126,7 +123,7 @@ playlist_play_id(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 		return playlist_play(playlist, pc, id);
 	}
 
-	song = queue_id_to_position(&playlist->queue, id);
+	song = playlist->queue.IdToPosition(id);
 	if (song < 0)
 		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG;
 
@@ -142,15 +139,15 @@ playlist_next(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc)
 	if (!playlist->playing)
 		return;
 
-	assert(!queue_is_empty(&playlist->queue));
-	assert(queue_valid_order(&playlist->queue, playlist->current));
+	assert(!playlist->queue.IsEmpty());
+	assert(playlist->queue.IsValidOrder(playlist->current));
 
 	current = playlist->current;
 	playlist->stop_on_error = false;
 
 	/* determine the next song from the queue's order list */
 
-	next_order = queue_next_order(&playlist->queue, playlist->current);
+	next_order = playlist->queue.GetNextOrder(playlist->current);
 	if (next_order < 0) {
 		/* no song after this one: stop playback */
 		playlist_stop(playlist, pc);
@@ -167,7 +164,7 @@ playlist_next(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc)
 			   songs in a different than before */
 			assert(playlist->queue.repeat);
 
-			queue_shuffle_order(&playlist->queue);
+			playlist->queue.ShuffleOrder();
 
 			/* note that playlist->current and playlist->queued are
 			   now invalid, but playlist_play_order() will
@@ -180,8 +177,7 @@ playlist_next(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc)
 	/* Consume mode removes each played songs. */
 	if(playlist->queue.consume)
 		playlist_delete(playlist, pc,
-				queue_order_to_position(&playlist->queue,
-							current));
+				playlist->queue.OrderToPosition(current));
 }
 
 void
@@ -190,7 +186,7 @@ playlist_previous(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc)
 	if (!playlist->playing)
 		return;
 
-	assert(queue_length(&playlist->queue) > 0);
+	assert(playlist->queue.GetLength() > 0);
 
 	if (playlist->current > 0) {
 		/* play the preceding song */
@@ -199,7 +195,7 @@ playlist_previous(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc)
 	} else if (playlist->queue.repeat) {
 		/* play the last song in "repeat" mode */
 		playlist_play_order(playlist, pc,
-				    queue_length(&playlist->queue) - 1);
+				    playlist->queue.GetLength() - 1);
 	} else {
 		/* re-start playing the current song if it's
 		   the first one */
@@ -215,13 +211,13 @@ playlist_seek_song(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 	unsigned i;
 	bool success;
 
-	if (!queue_valid_position(&playlist->queue, song))
+	if (!playlist->queue.IsValidPosition(song))
 		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_RANGE;
 
 	queued = playlist_get_queued_song(playlist);
 
 	if (playlist->queue.random)
-		i = queue_position_to_order(&playlist->queue, song);
+		i = playlist->queue.PositionToOrder(song);
 	else
 		i = song;
 
@@ -239,7 +235,9 @@ playlist_seek_song(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 		queued = NULL;
 	}
 
-	success = pc_seek(pc, queue_get_order(&playlist->queue, i), seek_time);
+	struct song *the_song =
+		song_dup_detached(playlist->queue.GetOrder(i));
+	success = pc_seek(pc, the_song, seek_time);
 	if (!success) {
 		playlist_update_queued_song(playlist, pc, queued);
 
@@ -256,7 +254,7 @@ enum playlist_result
 playlist_seek_song_id(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 		      unsigned id, float seek_time)
 {
-	int song = queue_id_to_position(&playlist->queue, id);
+	int song = playlist->queue.IdToPosition(id);
 	if (song < 0)
 		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG;
 
diff --git a/src/playlist_database.c b/src/PlaylistDatabase.cxx
index 6b9d87155..edc6a2815 100644
--- a/src/playlist_database.c
+++ b/src/PlaylistDatabase.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,10 +18,13 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "playlist_database.h"
-#include "playlist_vector.h"
-#include "text_file.h"
+#include "PlaylistDatabase.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistVector.hxx"
+#include "TextFile.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "string_util.h"
+}
 
 #include <string.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -33,27 +36,25 @@ playlist_database_quark(void)
 }
 
 void
-playlist_vector_save(FILE *fp, const struct list_head *pv)
+playlist_vector_save(FILE *fp, const PlaylistVector &pv)
 {
-	struct playlist_metadata *pm;
-	playlist_vector_for_each(pm, pv)
+	for (const PlaylistInfo &pi : pv)
 		fprintf(fp, PLAYLIST_META_BEGIN "%s\n"
 			"mtime: %li\n"
 			"playlist_end\n",
-			pm->name, (long)pm->mtime);
+			pi.name.c_str(), (long)pi.mtime);
 }
 
 bool
-playlist_metadata_load(FILE *fp, struct list_head *pv, const char *name,
-		       GString *buffer, GError **error_r)
+playlist_metadata_load(TextFile &file, PlaylistVector &pv, const char *name,
+		       GError **error_r)
 {
-	struct playlist_metadata pm = {
-		.mtime = 0,
-	};
+	PlaylistInfo pm(name, 0);
+
 	char *line, *colon;
 	const char *value;
 
-	while ((line = read_text_line(fp, buffer)) != NULL &&
+	while ((line = file.ReadLine()) != NULL &&
 	       strcmp(line, "playlist_end") != 0) {
 		colon = strchr(line, ':');
 		if (colon == NULL || colon == line) {
@@ -74,6 +75,6 @@ playlist_metadata_load(FILE *fp, struct list_head *pv, const char *name,
 		}
 	}
 
-	playlist_vector_update_or_add(pv, name, pm.mtime);
+	pv.UpdateOrInsert(std::move(pm));
 	return true;
 }
diff --git a/src/playlist_database.h b/src/PlaylistDatabase.hxx
index 3238fa06b..f5f039267 100644
--- a/src/playlist_database.h
+++ b/src/PlaylistDatabase.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,24 +17,24 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_DATABASE_H
-#define MPD_PLAYLIST_DATABASE_H
+#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_DATABASE_HXX
+#define MPD_PLAYLIST_DATABASE_HXX
 
 #include "check.h"
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <glib.h>
 
 #define PLAYLIST_META_BEGIN "playlist_begin: "
 
-struct list_head;
+class PlaylistVector;
+class TextFile;
 
 void
-playlist_vector_save(FILE *fp, const struct list_head *pv);
+playlist_vector_save(FILE *fp, const PlaylistVector &pv);
 
 bool
-playlist_metadata_load(FILE *fp, struct list_head *pv, const char *name,
-		       GString *buffer, GError **error_r);
+playlist_metadata_load(TextFile &file, PlaylistVector &pv, const char *name,
+		       GError **error_r);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/playlist_edit.c b/src/PlaylistEdit.cxx
index d10f49451..e9e085897 100644
--- a/src/playlist_edit.c
+++ b/src/PlaylistEdit.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -24,18 +24,23 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "playlist_internal.h"
-#include "player_control.h"
-#include "database.h"
+#include "PlaylistInternal.hxx"
+#include "PlayerControl.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "uri.h"
 #include "song.h"
 #include "idle.h"
+}
+
+#include "DatabaseGlue.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 static void playlist_increment_version(struct playlist *playlist)
 {
-	queue_increment_version(&playlist->queue);
+	playlist->queue.IncrementVersion();
 
 	idle_add(IDLE_PLAYLIST);
 }
@@ -45,15 +50,7 @@ playlist_clear(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc)
 {
 	playlist_stop(playlist, pc);
 
-	/* make sure there are no references to allocated songs
-	   anymore */
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue_length(&playlist->queue); i++) {
-		const struct song *song = queue_get(&playlist->queue, i);
-		if (!song_in_database(song))
-			pc_song_deleted(pc, song);
-	}
-
-	queue_clear(&playlist->queue);
+	playlist->queue.Clear();
 
 	playlist->current = -1;
 
@@ -78,12 +75,12 @@ playlist_append_song(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 	const struct song *queued;
 	unsigned id;
 
-	if (queue_is_full(&playlist->queue))
+	if (playlist->queue.IsFull())
 		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_TOO_LARGE;
 
 	queued = playlist_get_queued_song(playlist);
 
-	id = queue_append(&playlist->queue, song, 0);
+	id = playlist->queue.Append(song, 0);
 
 	if (playlist->queue.random) {
 		/* shuffle the new song into the list of remaining
@@ -94,9 +91,9 @@ playlist_append_song(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 			start = playlist->queued + 1;
 		else
 			start = playlist->current + 1;
-		if (start < queue_length(&playlist->queue))
-			queue_shuffle_order_last(&playlist->queue, start,
-						 queue_length(&playlist->queue));
+		if (start < playlist->queue.GetLength())
+			playlist->queue.ShuffleOrderLast(start,
+							 playlist->queue.GetLength());
 	}
 
 	playlist_increment_version(playlist);
@@ -109,34 +106,32 @@ playlist_append_song(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 	return PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS;
 }
 
-static struct song *
-song_by_uri(const char *uri)
-{
-	struct song *song;
-
-	song = db_get_song(uri);
-	if (song != NULL)
-		return song;
-
-	if (uri_has_scheme(uri))
-		return song_remote_new(uri);
-
-	return NULL;
-}
-
 enum playlist_result
 playlist_append_uri(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 		    const char *uri, unsigned *added_id)
 {
+	g_debug("add to playlist: %s", uri);
+
+	const Database *db = nullptr;
 	struct song *song;
+	if (uri_has_scheme(uri)) {
+		song = song_remote_new(uri);
+	} else {
+		db = GetDatabase(nullptr);
+		if (db == nullptr)
+			return PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG;
 
-	g_debug("add to playlist: %s", uri);
+		song = db->GetSong(uri, nullptr);
+		if (song == nullptr)
+			return PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG;
+	}
 
-	song = song_by_uri(uri);
-	if (song == NULL)
-		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG;
+	enum playlist_result result =
+		playlist_append_song(playlist, pc, song, added_id);
+	if (db != nullptr)
+		db->ReturnSong(song);
 
-	return playlist_append_song(playlist, pc, song, added_id);
+	return result;
 }
 
 enum playlist_result
@@ -145,23 +140,20 @@ playlist_swap_songs(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 {
 	const struct song *queued;
 
-	if (!queue_valid_position(&playlist->queue, song1) ||
-	    !queue_valid_position(&playlist->queue, song2))
+	if (!playlist->queue.IsValidPosition(song1) ||
+	    !playlist->queue.IsValidPosition(song2))
 		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_RANGE;
 
 	queued = playlist_get_queued_song(playlist);
 
-	queue_swap(&playlist->queue, song1, song2);
+	playlist->queue.SwapPositions(song1, song2);
 
 	if (playlist->queue.random) {
 		/* update the queue order, so that playlist->current
 		   still points to the current song order */
 
-		queue_swap_order(&playlist->queue,
-				 queue_position_to_order(&playlist->queue,
-							 song1),
-				 queue_position_to_order(&playlist->queue,
-							 song2));
+		playlist->queue.SwapOrders(playlist->queue.PositionToOrder(song1),
+					   playlist->queue.PositionToOrder(song2));
 	} else {
 		/* correct the "current" song order */
 
@@ -182,8 +174,8 @@ enum playlist_result
 playlist_swap_songs_id(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 		       unsigned id1, unsigned id2)
 {
-	int song1 = queue_id_to_position(&playlist->queue, id1);
-	int song2 = queue_id_to_position(&playlist->queue, id2);
+	int song1 = playlist->queue.IdToPosition(id1);
+	int song2 = playlist->queue.IdToPosition(id2);
 
 	if (song1 < 0 || song2 < 0)
 		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG;
@@ -196,11 +188,11 @@ playlist_set_priority(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 		      unsigned start, unsigned end,
 		      uint8_t priority)
 {
-	if (start >= queue_length(&playlist->queue))
+	if (start >= playlist->queue.GetLength())
 		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_RANGE;
 
-	if (end > queue_length(&playlist->queue))
-		end = queue_length(&playlist->queue);
+	if (end > playlist->queue.GetLength())
+		end = playlist->queue.GetLength();
 
 	if (start >= end)
 		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS;
@@ -208,24 +200,22 @@ playlist_set_priority(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 	/* remember "current" and "queued" */
 
 	int current_position = playlist->current >= 0
-		? (int)queue_order_to_position(&playlist->queue,
-					       playlist->current)
+		? (int)playlist->queue.OrderToPosition(playlist->current)
 		: -1;
 
 	const struct song *queued = playlist_get_queued_song(playlist);
 
 	/* apply the priority changes */
 
-	queue_set_priority_range(&playlist->queue, start, end, priority,
-				 playlist->current);
+	playlist->queue.SetPriorityRange(start, end, priority,
+					 playlist->current);
 
 	playlist_increment_version(playlist);
 
 	/* restore "current" and choose a new "queued" */
 
 	if (current_position >= 0)
-		playlist->current = queue_position_to_order(&playlist->queue,
-							    current_position);
+		playlist->current = playlist->queue.PositionToOrder(current_position);
 
 	playlist_update_queued_song(playlist, pc, queued);
 
@@ -236,7 +226,7 @@ enum playlist_result
 playlist_set_priority_id(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 			 unsigned song_id, uint8_t priority)
 {
-	int song_position = queue_id_to_position(&playlist->queue, song_id);
+	int song_position = playlist->queue.IdToPosition(song_id);
 	if (song_position < 0)
 		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG;
 
@@ -252,9 +242,9 @@ playlist_delete_internal(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 {
 	unsigned songOrder;
 
-	assert(song < queue_length(&playlist->queue));
+	assert(song < playlist->queue.GetLength());
 
-	songOrder = queue_position_to_order(&playlist->queue, song);
+	songOrder = playlist->queue.PositionToOrder(song);
 
 	if (playlist->playing && playlist->current == (int)songOrder) {
 		bool paused = pc_get_state(pc) == PLAYER_STATE_PAUSE;
@@ -266,8 +256,7 @@ playlist_delete_internal(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 
 		/* see which song is going to be played instead */
 
-		playlist->current = queue_next_order(&playlist->queue,
-						     playlist->current);
+		playlist->current = playlist->queue.GetNextOrder(playlist->current);
 		if (playlist->current == (int)songOrder)
 			playlist->current = -1;
 
@@ -287,10 +276,7 @@ playlist_delete_internal(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 
 	/* now do it: remove the song */
 
-	if (!song_in_database(queue_get(&playlist->queue, song)))
-		pc_song_deleted(pc, queue_get(&playlist->queue, song));
-
-	queue_delete(&playlist->queue, song);
+	playlist->queue.DeletePosition(song);
 
 	/* update the "current" and "queued" variables */
 
@@ -305,7 +291,7 @@ playlist_delete(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 {
 	const struct song *queued;
 
-	if (song >= queue_length(&playlist->queue))
+	if (song >= playlist->queue.GetLength())
 		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_RANGE;
 
 	queued = playlist_get_queued_song(playlist);
@@ -324,11 +310,11 @@ playlist_delete_range(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 {
 	const struct song *queued;
 
-	if (start >= queue_length(&playlist->queue))
+	if (start >= playlist->queue.GetLength())
 		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_RANGE;
 
-	if (end > queue_length(&playlist->queue))
-		end = queue_length(&playlist->queue);
+	if (end > playlist->queue.GetLength())
+		end = playlist->queue.GetLength();
 
 	if (start >= end)
 		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS;
@@ -349,7 +335,7 @@ enum playlist_result
 playlist_delete_id(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 		   unsigned id)
 {
-	int song = queue_id_to_position(&playlist->queue, id);
+	int song = playlist->queue.IdToPosition(id);
 	if (song < 0)
 		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG;
 
@@ -360,11 +346,9 @@ void
 playlist_delete_song(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 		     const struct song *song)
 {
-	for (int i = queue_length(&playlist->queue) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
-		if (song == queue_get(&playlist->queue, i))
+	for (int i = playlist->queue.GetLength() - 1; i >= 0; --i)
+		if (song == playlist->queue.Get(i))
 			playlist_delete(playlist, pc, i);
-
-	pc_song_deleted(pc, song);
 }
 
 enum playlist_result
@@ -374,12 +358,12 @@ playlist_move_range(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 	const struct song *queued;
 	int currentSong;
 
-	if (!queue_valid_position(&playlist->queue, start) ||
-		!queue_valid_position(&playlist->queue, end - 1))
+	if (!playlist->queue.IsValidPosition(start) ||
+	    !playlist->queue.IsValidPosition(end - 1))
 		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_RANGE;
 
-	if ((to >= 0 && to + end - start - 1 >= queue_length(&playlist->queue)) ||
-	    (to < 0 && abs(to) > (int)queue_length(&playlist->queue)))
+	if ((to >= 0 && to + end - start - 1 >= playlist->queue.GetLength()) ||
+	    (to < 0 && abs(to) > (int)playlist->queue.GetLength()))
 		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_RANGE;
 
 	if ((int)start == to)
@@ -393,19 +377,18 @@ playlist_move_range(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 	 * (-playlist.length == to) => move to position BEFORE current song
 	 */
 	currentSong = playlist->current >= 0
-		? (int)queue_order_to_position(&playlist->queue,
-					      playlist->current)
+		? (int)playlist->queue.OrderToPosition(playlist->current)
 		: -1;
 	if (to < 0 && playlist->current >= 0) {
 		if (start <= (unsigned)currentSong && (unsigned)currentSong < end)
 			/* no-op, can't be moved to offset of itself */
 			return PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS;
-		to = (currentSong + abs(to)) % queue_length(&playlist->queue);
+		to = (currentSong + abs(to)) % playlist->queue.GetLength();
 		if (start < (unsigned)to)
 			to--;
 	}
 
-	queue_move_range(&playlist->queue, start, end, to);
+	playlist->queue.MoveRange(start, end, to);
 
 	if (!playlist->queue.random) {
 		/* update current/queued */
@@ -432,7 +415,7 @@ enum playlist_result
 playlist_move_id(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 		 unsigned id1, int to)
 {
-	int song = queue_id_to_position(&playlist->queue, id1);
+	int song = playlist->queue.IdToPosition(id1);
 	if (song < 0)
 		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG;
 
@@ -445,9 +428,9 @@ playlist_shuffle(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 {
 	const struct song *queued;
 
-	if (end > queue_length(&playlist->queue))
+	if (end > playlist->queue.GetLength())
 		/* correct the "end" offset */
-		end = queue_length(&playlist->queue);
+		end = playlist->queue.GetLength();
 
 	if ((start+1) >= end)
 		/* needs at least two entries. */
@@ -456,17 +439,16 @@ playlist_shuffle(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 	queued = playlist_get_queued_song(playlist);
 	if (playlist->playing && playlist->current >= 0) {
 		unsigned current_position;
-		current_position = queue_order_to_position(&playlist->queue,
-	                                                   playlist->current);
+		current_position = playlist->queue.OrderToPosition(playlist->current);
 
 		if (current_position >= start && current_position < end)
 		{
 			/* put current playing song first */
-			queue_swap(&playlist->queue, start, current_position);
+			playlist->queue.SwapPositions(start, current_position);
 
 			if (playlist->queue.random) {
 				playlist->current =
-					queue_position_to_order(&playlist->queue, start);
+					playlist->queue.PositionToOrder(start);
 			} else
 				playlist->current = start;
 
@@ -479,7 +461,7 @@ playlist_shuffle(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 		playlist->current = -1;
 	}
 
-	queue_shuffle_range(&playlist->queue, start, end);
+	playlist->queue.ShuffleRange(start, end);
 
 	playlist_increment_version(playlist);
 
diff --git a/src/stored_playlist.c b/src/PlaylistFile.cxx
index 39ba2bac1..de12518d9 100644
--- a/src/stored_playlist.c
+++ b/src/PlaylistFile.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,16 +18,24 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "stored_playlist.h"
-#include "playlist_save.h"
-#include "text_file.h"
+#include "PlaylistFile.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistSave.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistInfo.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistVector.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseGlue.hxx"
 #include "song.h"
-#include "mapper.h"
+#include "io_error.h"
+#include "Mapper.hxx"
+#include "TextFile.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "path.h"
 #include "uri.h"
-#include "database.h"
 #include "idle.h"
 #include "conf.h"
+}
+
 #include "glib_compat.h"
 
 #include <assert.h>
@@ -128,96 +136,74 @@ playlist_errno(GError **error_r)
 		break;
 
 	default:
-		g_set_error_literal(error_r, g_file_error_quark(), errno,
-				    g_strerror(errno));
+		set_error_errno(error_r);
 		break;
 	}
 }
 
-static struct stored_playlist_info *
-load_playlist_info(const char *parent_path_fs, const char *name_fs)
+static bool
+LoadPlaylistFileInfo(PlaylistInfo &info,
+		     const char *parent_path_fs, const char *name_fs)
 {
 	size_t name_length = strlen(name_fs);
-	char *path_fs, *name, *name_utf8;
-	int ret;
-	struct stat st;
-	struct stored_playlist_info *playlist;
 
 	if (name_length < sizeof(PLAYLIST_FILE_SUFFIX) ||
 	    memchr(name_fs, '\n', name_length) != NULL)
-		return NULL;
+		return false;
 
 	if (!g_str_has_suffix(name_fs, PLAYLIST_FILE_SUFFIX))
-		return NULL;
+		return false;
 
-	path_fs = g_build_filename(parent_path_fs, name_fs, NULL);
-	ret = stat(path_fs, &st);
+	char *path_fs = g_build_filename(parent_path_fs, name_fs, NULL);
+	struct stat st;
+	int ret = stat(path_fs, &st);
 	g_free(path_fs);
 	if (ret < 0 || !S_ISREG(st.st_mode))
-		return NULL;
+		return false;
 
-	name = g_strndup(name_fs,
-			 name_length + 1 - sizeof(PLAYLIST_FILE_SUFFIX));
-	name_utf8 = fs_charset_to_utf8(name);
+	char *name = g_strndup(name_fs,
+			       name_length + 1 - sizeof(PLAYLIST_FILE_SUFFIX));
+	char *name_utf8 = fs_charset_to_utf8(name);
 	g_free(name);
 	if (name_utf8 == NULL)
-		return NULL;
+		return false;
 
-	playlist = g_new(struct stored_playlist_info, 1);
-	playlist->name = name_utf8;
-	playlist->mtime = st.st_mtime;
-	return playlist;
+	info.name = name_utf8;
+	g_free(name_utf8);
+	info.mtime = st.st_mtime;
+	return true;
 }
 
-GPtrArray *
-spl_list(GError **error_r)
+PlaylistVector
+ListPlaylistFiles(GError **error_r)
 {
-	const char *parent_path_fs = spl_map(error_r);
-	DIR *dir;
-	struct dirent *ent;
-	GPtrArray *list;
-	struct stored_playlist_info *playlist;
+	PlaylistVector list;
 
+	const char *parent_path_fs = spl_map(error_r);
 	if (parent_path_fs == NULL)
-		return NULL;
+		return list;
 
-	dir = opendir(parent_path_fs);
+	DIR *dir = opendir(parent_path_fs);
 	if (dir == NULL) {
-		g_set_error_literal(error_r, g_file_error_quark(), errno,
-				    g_strerror(errno));
-		return NULL;
+		set_error_errno(error_r);
+		return list;
 	}
 
-	list = g_ptr_array_new();
-
+	PlaylistInfo info;
+	struct dirent *ent;
 	while ((ent = readdir(dir)) != NULL) {
-		playlist = load_playlist_info(parent_path_fs, ent->d_name);
-		if (playlist != NULL)
-			g_ptr_array_add(list, playlist);
+		if (LoadPlaylistFileInfo(info, parent_path_fs, ent->d_name))
+			list.push_back(std::move(info));
 	}
 
 	closedir(dir);
 	return list;
 }
 
-void
-spl_list_free(GPtrArray *list)
-{
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < list->len; ++i) {
-		struct stored_playlist_info *playlist =
-			g_ptr_array_index(list, i);
-		g_free(playlist->name);
-		g_free(playlist);
-	}
-
-	g_ptr_array_free(list, true);
-}
-
 static bool
-spl_save(GPtrArray *list, const char *utf8path, GError **error_r)
+SavePlaylistFile(const PlaylistFileContents &contents, const char *utf8path,
+		 GError **error_r)
 {
-	FILE *file;
-
 	assert(utf8path != NULL);
 
 	if (spl_map(error_r) == NULL)
@@ -227,48 +213,40 @@ spl_save(GPtrArray *list, const char *utf8path, GError **error_r)
 	if (path_fs == NULL)
 		return false;
 
-	file = fopen(path_fs, "w");
+	FILE *file = fopen(path_fs, "w");
 	g_free(path_fs);
 	if (file == NULL) {
 		playlist_errno(error_r);
 		return false;
 	}
 
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < list->len; ++i) {
-		const char *uri = g_ptr_array_index(list, i);
-		playlist_print_uri(file, uri);
-	}
+	for (const auto &uri_utf8 : contents)
+		playlist_print_uri(file, uri_utf8.c_str());
 
 	fclose(file);
 	return true;
 }
 
-GPtrArray *
-spl_load(const char *utf8path, GError **error_r)
+PlaylistFileContents
+LoadPlaylistFile(const char *utf8path, GError **error_r)
 {
-	FILE *file;
-	GPtrArray *list;
-	char *path_fs;
+	PlaylistFileContents contents;
 
 	if (spl_map(error_r) == NULL)
-		return NULL;
+		return contents;
 
-	path_fs = spl_map_to_fs(utf8path, error_r);
+	char *path_fs = spl_map_to_fs(utf8path, error_r);
 	if (path_fs == NULL)
-		return NULL;
+		return contents;
 
-	file = fopen(path_fs, "r");
-	g_free(path_fs);
-	if (file == NULL) {
+	TextFile file(path_fs);
+	if (file.HasFailed()) {
 		playlist_errno(error_r);
-		return NULL;
+		return contents;
 	}
 
-	list = g_ptr_array_new();
-
-	GString *buffer = g_string_sized_new(1024);
 	char *s;
-	while ((s = read_text_line(file, buffer)) != NULL) {
+	while ((s = file.ReadLine()) != NULL) {
 		if (*s == 0 || *s == PLAYLIST_COMMENT)
 			continue;
 
@@ -283,80 +261,45 @@ spl_load(const char *utf8path, GError **error_r)
 		} else
 			s = g_strdup(s);
 
-		g_ptr_array_add(list, s);
-
-		if (list->len >= playlist_max_length)
+		contents.emplace_back(s);
+		if (contents.size() >= playlist_max_length)
 			break;
 	}
 
-	fclose(file);
-	return list;
-}
-
-void
-spl_free(GPtrArray *list)
-{
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < list->len; ++i) {
-		char *uri = g_ptr_array_index(list, i);
-		g_free(uri);
-	}
-
-	g_ptr_array_free(list, true);
-}
-
-static char *
-spl_remove_index_internal(GPtrArray *list, unsigned idx)
-{
-	char *uri;
-
-	assert(idx < list->len);
-
-	uri = g_ptr_array_remove_index(list, idx);
-	assert(uri != NULL);
-	return uri;
-}
-
-static void
-spl_insert_index_internal(GPtrArray *list, unsigned idx, char *uri)
-{
-	assert(idx <= list->len);
-
-	g_ptr_array_add(list, uri);
-
-	memmove(list->pdata + idx + 1, list->pdata + idx,
-		(list->len - idx - 1) * sizeof(list->pdata[0]));
-	g_ptr_array_index(list, idx) = uri;
+	return contents;
 }
 
 bool
 spl_move_index(const char *utf8path, unsigned src, unsigned dest,
 	       GError **error_r)
 {
-	char *uri;
-
 	if (src == dest)
 		/* this doesn't check whether the playlist exists, but
 		   what the hell.. */
 		return true;
 
-	GPtrArray *list = spl_load(utf8path, error_r);
-	if (list == NULL)
+	GError *error = nullptr;
+	auto contents = LoadPlaylistFile(utf8path, &error);
+	if (contents.empty() && error != nullptr) {
+		g_propagate_error(error_r, error);
 		return false;
+	}
 
-	if (src >= list->len || dest >= list->len) {
-		spl_free(list);
+	if (src >= contents.size() || dest >= contents.size()) {
 		g_set_error_literal(error_r, playlist_quark(),
 				    PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_RANGE,
 				    "Bad range");
 		return false;
 	}
 
-	uri = spl_remove_index_internal(list, src);
-	spl_insert_index_internal(list, dest, uri);
+	const auto src_i = std::next(contents.begin(), src);
+	auto value = std::move(*src_i);
+	contents.erase(src_i);
 
-	bool result = spl_save(list, utf8path, error_r);
+	const auto dest_i = std::next(contents.begin(), dest);
+	contents.insert(dest_i, std::move(value));
 
-	spl_free(list);
+	bool result = SavePlaylistFile(contents, utf8path, error_r);
 
 	idle_add(IDLE_STORED_PLAYLIST);
 	return result;
@@ -390,14 +333,11 @@ spl_clear(const char *utf8path, GError **error_r)
 bool
 spl_delete(const char *name_utf8, GError **error_r)
 {
-	char *path_fs;
-	int ret;
-
-	path_fs = spl_map_to_fs(name_utf8, error_r);
+	char *path_fs = spl_map_to_fs(name_utf8, error_r);
 	if (path_fs == NULL)
 		return false;
 
-	ret = unlink(path_fs);
+	int ret = unlink(path_fs);
 	g_free(path_fs);
 	if (ret < 0) {
 		playlist_errno(error_r);
@@ -411,25 +351,23 @@ spl_delete(const char *name_utf8, GError **error_r)
 bool
 spl_remove_index(const char *utf8path, unsigned pos, GError **error_r)
 {
-	char *uri;
-
-	GPtrArray *list = spl_load(utf8path, error_r);
-	if (list == NULL)
+	GError *error = nullptr;
+	auto contents = LoadPlaylistFile(utf8path, &error);
+	if (contents.empty() && error != nullptr) {
+		g_propagate_error(error_r, error);
 		return false;
+	}
 
-	if (pos >= list->len) {
-		spl_free(list);
+	if (pos >= contents.size()) {
 		g_set_error_literal(error_r, playlist_quark(),
 				    PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_RANGE,
 				    "Bad range");
 		return false;
 	}
 
-	uri = spl_remove_index_internal(list, pos);
-	g_free(uri);
-	bool result = spl_save(list, utf8path, error_r);
+	contents.erase(std::next(contents.begin(), pos));
 
-	spl_free(list);
+	bool result = SavePlaylistFile(contents, utf8path, error_r);
 
 	idle_add(IDLE_STORED_PLAYLIST);
 	return result;
@@ -439,7 +377,6 @@ bool
 spl_append_song(const char *utf8path, struct song *song, GError **error_r)
 {
 	FILE *file;
-	struct stat st;
 
 	if (spl_map(error_r) == NULL)
 		return false;
@@ -455,6 +392,7 @@ spl_append_song(const char *utf8path, struct song *song, GError **error_r)
 		return false;
 	}
 
+	struct stat st;
 	if (fstat(fileno(file), &st) < 0) {
 		playlist_errno(error_r);
 		fclose(file);
@@ -480,23 +418,23 @@ spl_append_song(const char *utf8path, struct song *song, GError **error_r)
 bool
 spl_append_uri(const char *url, const char *utf8file, GError **error_r)
 {
-	struct song *song;
-
 	if (uri_has_scheme(url)) {
-		song = song_remote_new(url);
+		struct song *song = song_remote_new(url);
 		bool success = spl_append_song(utf8file, song, error_r);
 		song_free(song);
 		return success;
 	} else {
-		song = db_get_song(url);
-		if (song == NULL) {
-			g_set_error_literal(error_r, playlist_quark(),
-					    PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG,
-					    "No such song");
+		const Database *db = GetDatabase(error_r);
+		if (db == nullptr)
 			return false;
-		}
 
-		return spl_append_song(utf8file, song, error_r);
+		song *song = db->GetSong(url, error_r);
+		if (song == nullptr)
+			return false;
+
+		bool success = spl_append_song(utf8file, song, error_r);
+		db->ReturnSong(song);
+		return success;
 	}
 }
 
diff --git a/src/stored_playlist.h b/src/PlaylistFile.hxx
index cfe49633c..3f63253ad 100644
--- a/src/stored_playlist.h
+++ b/src/PlaylistFile.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,20 +17,20 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_STORED_PLAYLIST_H
-#define MPD_STORED_PLAYLIST_H
+#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_FILE_HXX
+#define MPD_PLAYLIST_FILE_HXX
+
+#include <vector>
+#include <string>
 
 #include <glib.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
 #include <time.h>
 
 struct song;
+struct PlaylistInfo;
+class PlaylistVector;
 
-struct stored_playlist_info {
-	char *name;
-
-	time_t mtime;
-};
+typedef std::vector<std::string> PlaylistFileContents;
 
 extern bool playlist_saveAbsolutePaths;
 
@@ -40,6 +40,8 @@ extern bool playlist_saveAbsolutePaths;
 void
 spl_global_init(void);
 
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
 /**
  * Determines whether the specified string is a valid name for a
  * stored playlist.
@@ -51,17 +53,11 @@ spl_valid_name(const char *name_utf8);
  * Returns a list of stored_playlist_info struct pointers.  Returns
  * NULL if an error occurred.
  */
-GPtrArray *
-spl_list(GError **error_r);
-
-void
-spl_list_free(GPtrArray *list);
+PlaylistVector
+ListPlaylistFiles(GError **error_r);
 
-GPtrArray *
-spl_load(const char *utf8path, GError **error_r);
-
-void
-spl_free(GPtrArray *list);
+PlaylistFileContents
+LoadPlaylistFile(const char *utf8path, GError **error_r);
 
 bool
 spl_move_index(const char *utf8path, unsigned src, unsigned dest,
@@ -86,3 +82,5 @@ bool
 spl_rename(const char *utf8from, const char *utf8to, GError **error_r);
 
 #endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/playlist_global.c b/src/PlaylistGlobal.cxx
index 650b88bb8..92572cde9 100644
--- a/src/playlist_global.c
+++ b/src/PlaylistGlobal.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -23,36 +23,30 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "playlist.h"
-#include "playlist_state.h"
-#include "event_pipe.h"
-#include "main.h"
+#include "Playlist.hxx"
+#include "Main.hxx"
+#include "Partition.hxx"
 
-struct playlist g_playlist;
+extern "C" {
+#include "event_pipe.h"
+}
 
 static void
 playlist_tag_event(void)
 {
-	playlist_tag_changed(&g_playlist);
+	playlist_tag_changed(&global_partition->playlist);
 }
 
 static void
 playlist_event(void)
 {
-	playlist_sync(&g_playlist, global_player_control);
+	playlist_sync(&global_partition->playlist,
+		      &global_partition->pc);
 }
 
 void
-playlist_global_init(void)
+playlist_global_init()
 {
-	playlist_init(&g_playlist);
-
 	event_pipe_register(PIPE_EVENT_TAG, playlist_tag_event);
 	event_pipe_register(PIPE_EVENT_PLAYLIST, playlist_event);
 }
-
-void
-playlist_global_finish(void)
-{
-	playlist_finish(&g_playlist);
-}
diff --git a/src/PlaylistInfo.hxx b/src/PlaylistInfo.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..96e4f6db9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/PlaylistInfo.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_INFO_HXX
+#define MPD_PLAYLIST_INFO_HXX
+
+#include "check.h"
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+#include <string>
+
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+/**
+ * A directory entry pointing to a playlist file.
+ */
+struct PlaylistInfo {
+	/**
+	 * The UTF-8 encoded name of the playlist file.
+	 */
+	std::string name;
+
+	time_t mtime;
+
+	class CompareName {
+		const char *const name;
+
+	public:
+		constexpr CompareName(const char *_name):name(_name) {}
+
+		gcc_pure
+		bool operator()(const PlaylistInfo &pi) const {
+			return pi.name.compare(name) == 0;
+		}
+	};
+
+	PlaylistInfo() = default;
+
+	template<typename N>
+	PlaylistInfo(N &&_name, time_t _mtime)
+		:name(std::forward<N>(_name)), mtime(_mtime) {}
+
+	PlaylistInfo(const PlaylistInfo &other) = delete;
+	PlaylistInfo(PlaylistInfo &&) = default;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/playlist_internal.h b/src/PlaylistInternal.hxx
index 81b175176..f0cad8e68 100644
--- a/src/playlist_internal.h
+++ b/src/PlaylistInternal.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -22,10 +22,10 @@
  *
  */
 
-#ifndef PLAYLIST_INTERNAL_H
-#define PLAYLIST_INTERNAL_H
+#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_INTERNAL_HXX
+#define MPD_PLAYLIST_INTERNAL_HXX
 
-#include "playlist.h"
+#include "Playlist.hxx"
 
 struct player_control;
 
diff --git a/src/playlist_mapper.c b/src/PlaylistMapper.cxx
index 13adb80d0..01b8f7dd8 100644
--- a/src/playlist_mapper.c
+++ b/src/PlaylistMapper.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,11 +18,14 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "playlist_mapper.h"
+#include "PlaylistMapper.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistFile.hxx"
+#include "Mapper.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "playlist_list.h"
-#include "stored_playlist.h"
-#include "mapper.h"
 #include "uri.h"
+}
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
diff --git a/src/playlist_mapper.h b/src/PlaylistMapper.hxx
index 9a7187d93..dc4e5cce8 100644
--- a/src/playlist_mapper.h
+++ b/src/PlaylistMapper.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_MAPPER_H
-#define MPD_PLAYLIST_MAPPER_H
+#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_MAPPER_HXX
+#define MPD_PLAYLIST_MAPPER_HXX
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
diff --git a/src/playlist_print.c b/src/PlaylistPrint.cxx
index 59c42f969..7df7a9c39 100644
--- a/src/playlist_print.c
+++ b/src/PlaylistPrint.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,37 +18,41 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "playlist_print.h"
+#include "PlaylistPrint.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistFile.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistAny.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistSong.hxx"
+#include "Playlist.hxx"
+#include "QueuePrint.hxx"
+#include "SongPrint.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseGlue.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "Client.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "playlist_list.h"
 #include "playlist_plugin.h"
-#include "playlist_any.h"
-#include "playlist_song.h"
-#include "playlist.h"
-#include "queue_print.h"
-#include "stored_playlist.h"
-#include "song_print.h"
 #include "song.h"
-#include "database.h"
-#include "client.h"
 #include "input_stream.h"
+}
 
 void
-playlist_print_uris(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist)
+playlist_print_uris(Client *client, const struct playlist *playlist)
 {
 	const struct queue *queue = &playlist->queue;
 
-	queue_print_uris(client, queue, 0, queue_length(queue));
+	queue_print_uris(client, queue, 0, queue->GetLength());
 }
 
 bool
-playlist_print_info(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
+playlist_print_info(Client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
 		    unsigned start, unsigned end)
 {
 	const struct queue *queue = &playlist->queue;
 
-	if (end > queue_length(queue))
+	if (end > queue->GetLength())
 		/* correct the "end" offset */
-		end = queue_length(queue);
+		end = queue->GetLength();
 
 	if (start > end)
 		/* an invalid "start" offset is fatal */
@@ -59,13 +63,13 @@ playlist_print_info(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
 }
 
 bool
-playlist_print_id(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
+playlist_print_id(Client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
 		  unsigned id)
 {
 	const struct queue *queue = &playlist->queue;
 	int position;
 
-	position = queue_id_to_position(queue, id);
+	position = queue->IdToPosition(id);
 	if (position < 0)
 		/* no such song */
 		return false;
@@ -74,7 +78,7 @@ playlist_print_id(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
 }
 
 bool
-playlist_print_current(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist)
+playlist_print_current(Client *client, const struct playlist *playlist)
 {
 	int current_position = playlist_get_current_song(playlist);
 
@@ -87,21 +91,14 @@ playlist_print_current(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist)
 }
 
 void
-playlist_print_find(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
-		    const struct locate_item_list *list)
-{
-	queue_find(client, &playlist->queue, list);
-}
-
-void
-playlist_print_search(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
-		      const struct locate_item_list *list)
+playlist_print_find(Client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
+		    const SongFilter &filter)
 {
-	queue_search(client, &playlist->queue, list);
+	queue_find(client, &playlist->queue, filter);
 }
 
 void
-playlist_print_changes_info(struct client *client,
+playlist_print_changes_info(Client *client,
 			    const struct playlist *playlist,
 			    uint32_t version)
 {
@@ -109,46 +106,51 @@ playlist_print_changes_info(struct client *client,
 }
 
 void
-playlist_print_changes_position(struct client *client,
+playlist_print_changes_position(Client *client,
 				const struct playlist *playlist,
 				uint32_t version)
 {
 	queue_print_changes_position(client, &playlist->queue, version);
 }
 
+static bool
+PrintSongDetails(Client *client, const char *uri_utf8)
+{
+	const Database *db = GetDatabase(nullptr);
+	if (db == nullptr)
+		return false;
+
+	song *song = db->GetSong(uri_utf8, nullptr);
+	if (song == nullptr)
+		return false;
+
+	song_print_info(client, song);
+	db->ReturnSong(song);
+	return true;
+}
+
 bool
-spl_print(struct client *client, const char *name_utf8, bool detail,
+spl_print(Client *client, const char *name_utf8, bool detail,
 	  GError **error_r)
 {
-	GPtrArray *list;
-
-	list = spl_load(name_utf8, error_r);
-	if (list == NULL)
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	PlaylistFileContents contents = LoadPlaylistFile(name_utf8, &error);
+	if (contents.empty() && error != nullptr) {
+		g_propagate_error(error_r, error);
 		return false;
+	}
 
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < list->len; ++i) {
-		const char *temp = g_ptr_array_index(list, i);
-		bool wrote = false;
-
-		if (detail) {
-			struct song *song = db_get_song(temp);
-			if (song) {
-				song_print_info(client, song);
-				wrote = true;
-			}
-		}
-
-		if (!wrote) {
-			client_printf(client, SONG_FILE "%s\n", temp);
-		}
+	for (const auto &uri_utf8 : contents) {
+		if (!detail || !PrintSongDetails(client, uri_utf8.c_str()))
+			client_printf(client, SONG_FILE "%s\n",
+				      uri_utf8.c_str());
 	}
 
-	spl_free(list);
 	return true;
 }
 
 static void
-playlist_provider_print(struct client *client, const char *uri,
+playlist_provider_print(Client *client, const char *uri,
 			struct playlist_provider *playlist, bool detail)
 {
 	struct song *song;
@@ -164,15 +166,14 @@ playlist_provider_print(struct client *client, const char *uri,
 		else
 			song_print_uri(client, song);
 
-		if (!song_in_database(song))
-			song_free(song);
+		song_free(song);
 	}
 
 	g_free(base_uri);
 }
 
 bool
-playlist_file_print(struct client *client, const char *uri, bool detail)
+playlist_file_print(Client *client, const char *uri, bool detail)
 {
 	GMutex *mutex = g_mutex_new();
 	GCond *cond = g_cond_new();
diff --git a/src/playlist_print.h b/src/PlaylistPrint.hxx
index d4f1911d2..588aeca85 100644
--- a/src/playlist_print.h
+++ b/src/PlaylistPrint.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,22 +17,21 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef PLAYLIST_PRINT_H
-#define PLAYLIST_PRINT_H
+#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_PRINT_HXX
+#define MPD_PLAYLIST_PRINT_HXX
 
 #include <glib.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stdint.h>
 
-struct client;
 struct playlist;
-struct locate_item_list;
+class SongFilter;
+class Client;
 
 /**
  * Sends the whole playlist to the client, song URIs only.
  */
 void
-playlist_print_uris(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist);
+playlist_print_uris(Client *client, const struct playlist *playlist);
 
 /**
  * Sends a range of the playlist to the client, including all known
@@ -41,7 +40,7 @@ playlist_print_uris(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist);
  * This function however fails when the start offset is invalid.
  */
 bool
-playlist_print_info(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
+playlist_print_info(Client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
 		    unsigned start, unsigned end);
 
 /**
@@ -50,7 +49,7 @@ playlist_print_info(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
  * @return true on suite, false if there is no such song
  */
 bool
-playlist_print_id(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
+playlist_print_id(Client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
 		  unsigned id);
 
 /**
@@ -59,27 +58,20 @@ playlist_print_id(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
  * @return true on success, false if there is no current song
  */
 bool
-playlist_print_current(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist);
+playlist_print_current(Client *client, const struct playlist *playlist);
 
 /**
  * Find songs in the playlist.
  */
 void
-playlist_print_find(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
-		    const struct locate_item_list *list);
-
-/**
- * Search for songs in the playlist.
- */
-void
-playlist_print_search(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
-		      const struct locate_item_list *list);
+playlist_print_find(Client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
+		    const SongFilter &filter);
 
 /**
  * Print detailed changes since the specified playlist version.
  */
 void
-playlist_print_changes_info(struct client *client,
+playlist_print_changes_info(Client *client,
 			    const struct playlist *playlist,
 			    uint32_t version);
 
@@ -87,7 +79,7 @@ playlist_print_changes_info(struct client *client,
  * Print changes since the specified playlist version, position only.
  */
 void
-playlist_print_changes_position(struct client *client,
+playlist_print_changes_position(Client *client,
 				const struct playlist *playlist,
 				uint32_t version);
 
@@ -100,7 +92,7 @@ playlist_print_changes_position(struct client *client,
  * @return true on success, false if the playlist does not exist
  */
 bool
-spl_print(struct client *client, const char *name_utf8, bool detail,
+spl_print(Client *client, const char *name_utf8, bool detail,
 	  GError **error_r);
 
 /**
@@ -112,6 +104,6 @@ spl_print(struct client *client, const char *name_utf8, bool detail,
  * @return true on success, false if the playlist does not exist
  */
 bool
-playlist_file_print(struct client *client, const char *uri, bool detail);
+playlist_file_print(Client *client, const char *uri, bool detail);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/playlist_queue.c b/src/PlaylistQueue.cxx
index aada94984..e75720315 100644
--- a/src/playlist_queue.c
+++ b/src/PlaylistQueue.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,13 +18,16 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "playlist_queue.h"
+#include "PlaylistQueue.hxx"
 #include "playlist_plugin.h"
-#include "playlist_any.h"
-#include "playlist_song.h"
-#include "playlist.h"
+#include "PlaylistAny.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistSong.hxx"
+#include "Playlist.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "song.h"
 #include "input_stream.h"
+}
 
 enum playlist_result
 playlist_load_into_queue(const char *uri, struct playlist_provider *source,
@@ -41,8 +44,7 @@ playlist_load_into_queue(const char *uri, struct playlist_provider *source,
 	     ++i) {
 		if (i < start_index) {
 			/* skip songs before the start index */
-			if (!song_in_database(song))
-				song_free(song);
+			song_free(song);
 			continue;
 		}
 
@@ -51,9 +53,8 @@ playlist_load_into_queue(const char *uri, struct playlist_provider *source,
 			continue;
 
 		result = playlist_append_song(dest, pc, song, NULL);
+		song_free(song);
 		if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS) {
-			if (!song_in_database(song))
-				song_free(song);
 			g_free(base_uri);
 			return result;
 		}
diff --git a/src/playlist_queue.h b/src/PlaylistQueue.hxx
index 24a851aab..cda77c818 100644
--- a/src/playlist_queue.h
+++ b/src/PlaylistQueue.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -21,13 +21,11 @@
  * \brief Glue between playlist plugin and the play queue
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_QUEUE_H
-#define MPD_PLAYLIST_QUEUE_H
+#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_QUEUE_HXX
+#define MPD_PLAYLIST_QUEUE_HXX
 
 #include "playlist_error.h"
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
 struct playlist_provider;
 struct playlist;
 struct player_control;
diff --git a/src/playlist_save.c b/src/PlaylistSave.cxx
index 334159e0d..4d537accf 100644
--- a/src/playlist_save.c
+++ b/src/PlaylistSave.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,16 +18,18 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "playlist_save.h"
-#include "playlist.h"
-#include "stored_playlist.h"
-#include "queue.h"
+#include "PlaylistSave.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistFile.hxx"
+#include "Playlist.hxx"
 #include "song.h"
-#include "mapper.h"
+#include "Mapper.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "path.h"
 #include "uri.h"
-#include "database.h"
 #include "idle.h"
+}
+
 #include "glib_compat.h"
 
 #include <glib.h>
@@ -96,8 +98,8 @@ spl_save_queue(const char *name_utf8, const struct queue *queue)
 	if (file == NULL)
 		return PLAYLIST_RESULT_ERRNO;
 
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue_length(queue); i++)
-		playlist_print_song(file, queue_get(queue, i));
+	for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue->GetLength(); i++)
+		playlist_print_song(file, queue->Get(i));
 
 	fclose(file);
 
@@ -117,34 +119,35 @@ playlist_load_spl(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
 		  unsigned start_index, unsigned end_index,
 		  GError **error_r)
 {
-	GPtrArray *list;
-
-	list = spl_load(name_utf8, error_r);
-	if (list == NULL)
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	PlaylistFileContents contents = LoadPlaylistFile(name_utf8, &error);
+	if (contents.empty() && error != nullptr) {
+		g_propagate_error(error_r, error);
 		return false;
+	}
 
-	if (list->len < end_index)
-		end_index = list->len;
+	if (end_index > contents.size())
+		end_index = contents.size();
 
 	for (unsigned i = start_index; i < end_index; ++i) {
-		const char *temp = g_ptr_array_index(list, i);
-		if ((playlist_append_uri(playlist, pc, temp, NULL)) != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS) {
+		const auto &uri_utf8 = contents[i];
+
+		if ((playlist_append_uri(playlist, pc, uri_utf8.c_str(),
+					 nullptr)) != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS) {
 			/* for windows compatibility, convert slashes */
-			char *temp2 = g_strdup(temp);
+			char *temp2 = g_strdup(uri_utf8.c_str());
 			char *p = temp2;
 			while (*p) {
 				if (*p == '\\')
 					*p = '/';
 				p++;
 			}
-			if ((playlist_append_uri(playlist, pc, temp2,
-						 NULL)) != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS) {
+			if ((playlist_append_uri(playlist, pc, temp2, NULL)) != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS) {
 				g_warning("can't add file \"%s\"", temp2);
 			}
 			g_free(temp2);
 		}
 	}
 
-	spl_free(list);
 	return true;
 }
diff --git a/src/playlist_save.h b/src/PlaylistSave.hxx
index a6c31a9a6..ff5f0c494 100644
--- a/src/playlist_save.h
+++ b/src/PlaylistSave.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -22,7 +22,6 @@
 
 #include "playlist_error.h"
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 struct song;
diff --git a/src/playlist_song.c b/src/PlaylistSong.cxx
index a3d9ab4d9..4bfcc5969 100644
--- a/src/playlist_song.c
+++ b/src/PlaylistSong.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,14 +18,18 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "playlist_song.h"
-#include "database.h"
-#include "mapper.h"
+#include "PlaylistSong.hxx"
+#include "Mapper.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseGlue.hxx"
+#include "ls.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "song.h"
 #include "uri.h"
 #include "path.h"
-#include "ls.h"
 #include "tag.h"
+}
 
 #include <assert.h>
 #include <string.h>
@@ -86,9 +90,7 @@ apply_song_metadata(struct song *dest, const struct song *src)
 		   (e.g. last track on a CUE file); fix it up here */
 		tmp->tag->time = dest->tag->time - src->start_ms / 1000;
 
-	if (!song_in_database(dest))
-		song_free(dest);
-
+	song_free(dest);
 	return tmp;
 }
 
@@ -104,10 +106,17 @@ playlist_check_load_song(const struct song *song, const char *uri, bool secure)
 		if (dest == NULL)
 			return NULL;
 	} else {
-		dest = db_get_song(uri);
-		if (dest == NULL)
+		const Database *db = GetDatabase(nullptr);
+		if (db == nullptr)
+			return nullptr;
+
+		struct song *tmp = db->GetSong(uri, nullptr);
+		if (tmp == NULL)
 			/* not found in database */
 			return NULL;
+
+		dest = song_dup_detached(tmp);
+		db->ReturnSong(tmp);
 	}
 
 	return apply_song_metadata(dest, song);
diff --git a/src/playlist_song.h b/src/PlaylistSong.hxx
index ea8786912..117ee1338 100644
--- a/src/playlist_song.h
+++ b/src/PlaylistSong.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,10 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_SONG_H
-#define MPD_PLAYLIST_SONG_H
-
-#include <stdbool.h>
+#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_SONG_HXX
+#define MPD_PLAYLIST_SONG_HXX
 
 /**
  * Verifies the song, returns NULL if it is unsafe.  Translate the
diff --git a/src/playlist_state.c b/src/PlaylistState.cxx
index 4aa2c2c92..7e93e7803 100644
--- a/src/playlist_state.c
+++ b/src/PlaylistState.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -23,13 +23,15 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "playlist_state.h"
-#include "playlist.h"
-#include "player_control.h"
-#include "queue_save.h"
-#include "path.h"
-#include "text_file.h"
+#include "PlaylistState.hxx"
+#include "Playlist.hxx"
+#include "QueueSave.hxx"
+#include "TextFile.hxx"
+#include "PlayerControl.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "conf.h"
+}
 
 #include <string.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -72,8 +74,7 @@ playlist_state_save(FILE *fp, const struct playlist *playlist,
 			fputs(PLAYLIST_STATE_FILE_STATE_PLAY "\n", fp);
 		}
 		fprintf(fp, PLAYLIST_STATE_FILE_CURRENT "%i\n",
-			queue_order_to_position(&playlist->queue,
-						playlist->current));
+			playlist->queue.OrderToPosition(playlist->current));
 		fprintf(fp, PLAYLIST_STATE_FILE_TIME "%i\n",
 			(int)player_status.elapsed_time);
 	} else {
@@ -81,8 +82,7 @@ playlist_state_save(FILE *fp, const struct playlist *playlist,
 
 		if (playlist->current >= 0)
 			fprintf(fp, PLAYLIST_STATE_FILE_CURRENT "%i\n",
-				queue_order_to_position(&playlist->queue,
-							playlist->current));
+				playlist->queue.OrderToPosition(playlist->current));
 	}
 
 	fprintf(fp, PLAYLIST_STATE_FILE_RANDOM "%i\n", playlist->queue.random);
@@ -102,18 +102,18 @@ playlist_state_save(FILE *fp, const struct playlist *playlist,
 }
 
 static void
-playlist_state_load(FILE *fp, GString *buffer, struct playlist *playlist)
+playlist_state_load(TextFile &file, struct playlist *playlist)
 {
-	const char *line = read_text_line(fp, buffer);
+	const char *line = file.ReadLine();
 	if (line == NULL) {
 		g_warning("No playlist in state file");
 		return;
 	}
 
 	while (!g_str_has_prefix(line, PLAYLIST_STATE_FILE_PLAYLIST_END)) {
-		queue_load_song(fp, buffer, line, &playlist->queue);
+		queue_load_song(file, line, &playlist->queue);
 
-		line = read_text_line(fp, buffer);
+		line = file.ReadLine();
 		if (line == NULL) {
 			g_warning("'" PLAYLIST_STATE_FILE_PLAYLIST_END
 				  "' not found in state file");
@@ -121,11 +121,11 @@ playlist_state_load(FILE *fp, GString *buffer, struct playlist *playlist)
 		}
 	}
 
-	queue_increment_version(&playlist->queue);
+	playlist->queue.IncrementVersion();
 }
 
 bool
-playlist_state_restore(const char *line, FILE *fp, GString *buffer,
+playlist_state_restore(const char *line, TextFile &file,
 		       struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc)
 {
 	int current = -1;
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ playlist_state_restore(const char *line, FILE *fp, GString *buffer,
 	else if (strcmp(line, PLAYLIST_STATE_FILE_STATE_PAUSE) == 0)
 		state = PLAYER_STATE_PAUSE;
 
-	while ((line = read_text_line(fp, buffer)) != NULL) {
+	while ((line = file.ReadLine()) != NULL) {
 		if (g_str_has_prefix(line, PLAYLIST_STATE_FILE_TIME)) {
 			seek_time =
 			    atoi(&(line[strlen(PLAYLIST_STATE_FILE_TIME)]));
@@ -187,14 +187,14 @@ playlist_state_restore(const char *line, FILE *fp, GString *buffer,
 					  (PLAYLIST_STATE_FILE_CURRENT)]));
 		} else if (g_str_has_prefix(line,
 					    PLAYLIST_STATE_FILE_PLAYLIST_BEGIN)) {
-			playlist_state_load(fp, buffer, playlist);
+			playlist_state_load(file, playlist);
 		}
 	}
 
 	playlist_set_random(playlist, pc, random_mode);
 
-	if (!queue_is_empty(&playlist->queue)) {
-		if (!queue_valid_position(&playlist->queue, current))
+	if (!playlist->queue.IsEmpty()) {
+		if (!playlist->queue.IsValidPosition(current))
 			current = 0;
 
 		if (state == PLAYER_STATE_PLAY &&
@@ -237,8 +237,7 @@ playlist_state_get_hash(const struct playlist *playlist,
 		 ? ((int)player_status.elapsed_time << 8)
 		 : 0) ^
 		(playlist->current >= 0
-		 ? (queue_order_to_position(&playlist->queue,
-					    playlist->current) << 16)
+		 ? (playlist->queue.OrderToPosition(playlist->current) << 16)
 		 : 0) ^
 		((int)pc_get_cross_fade(pc) << 20) ^
 		(player_status.state << 24) ^
diff --git a/src/playlist_state.h b/src/PlaylistState.hxx
index f67d01d2c..572f6fb4a 100644
--- a/src/playlist_state.h
+++ b/src/PlaylistState.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -22,22 +22,22 @@
  *
  */
 
-#ifndef PLAYLIST_STATE_H
-#define PLAYLIST_STATE_H
+#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_STATE_HXX
+#define MPD_PLAYLIST_STATE_HXX
 
 #include <glib.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 struct playlist;
 struct player_control;
+class TextFile;
 
 void
 playlist_state_save(FILE *fp, const struct playlist *playlist,
 		    struct player_control *pc);
 
 bool
-playlist_state_restore(const char *line, FILE *fp, GString *buffer,
+playlist_state_restore(const char *line, TextFile &file,
 		       struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc);
 
 /**
diff --git a/src/PlaylistVector.cxx b/src/PlaylistVector.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..06c7b9ff0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/PlaylistVector.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "PlaylistVector.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseLock.hxx"
+
+#include <algorithm>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <glib.h>
+
+PlaylistVector::iterator
+PlaylistVector::find(const char *name)
+{
+	assert(holding_db_lock());
+	assert(name != NULL);
+
+	return std::find_if(begin(), end(),
+			    PlaylistInfo::CompareName(name));
+}
+
+bool
+PlaylistVector::UpdateOrInsert(PlaylistInfo &&pi)
+{
+	assert(holding_db_lock());
+
+	auto i = find(pi.name.c_str());
+	if (i != end()) {
+		if (pi.mtime == i->mtime)
+			return false;
+
+		i->mtime = pi.mtime;
+	} else
+		push_back(std::move(pi));
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool
+PlaylistVector::erase(const char *name)
+{
+	assert(holding_db_lock());
+
+	auto i = find(name);
+	if (i == end())
+		return false;
+
+	erase(i);
+	return true;
+}
diff --git a/src/PlaylistVector.hxx b/src/PlaylistVector.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d10c90fda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/PlaylistVector.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_VECTOR_HXX
+#define MPD_PLAYLIST_VECTOR_HXX
+
+#include "PlaylistInfo.hxx"
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+#include <list>
+
+class PlaylistVector : protected std::list<PlaylistInfo> {
+protected:
+	/**
+	 * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
+	 */
+	gcc_pure
+	iterator find(const char *name);
+
+public:
+	using std::list<PlaylistInfo>::empty;
+	using std::list<PlaylistInfo>::begin;
+	using std::list<PlaylistInfo>::end;
+	using std::list<PlaylistInfo>::push_back;
+	using std::list<PlaylistInfo>::erase;
+
+	/**
+	 * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
+	 *
+	 * @return true if the vector or one of its items was modified
+	 */
+	bool UpdateOrInsert(PlaylistInfo &&pi);
+
+	/**
+	 * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
+	 */
+	bool erase(const char *name);
+};
+
+#endif /* SONGVEC_H */
diff --git a/src/queue.c b/src/Queue.cxx
index 4fe564a35..1b329e485 100644
--- a/src/queue.c
+++ b/src/Queue.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,11 +18,39 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "queue.h"
+#include "Queue.hxx"
 #include "song.h"
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
+queue::queue(unsigned _max_length)
+	:max_length(_max_length), length(0),
+	 version(1),
+	 items(g_new(struct queue_item, max_length)),
+	 order((unsigned *)g_malloc(sizeof(order[0]) * max_length)),
+	 id_to_position((int *)g_malloc(sizeof(id_to_position[0]) *
+					max_length * QUEUE_HASH_MULT)),
+	 repeat(false),
+	 single(false),
+	 consume(false),
+	 random(false),
+	 rand(g_rand_new())
+{
+	for (unsigned i = 0; i < max_length * QUEUE_HASH_MULT; ++i)
+		id_to_position[i] = -1;
+}
+
+queue::~queue()
+{
+	Clear();
+
+	g_free(items);
+	g_free(order);
+	g_free(id_to_position);
+
+	g_rand_free(rand);
+}
+
 /**
  * Generate a non-existing id number.
  */
@@ -42,15 +70,15 @@ queue_generate_id(const struct queue *queue)
 }
 
 int
-queue_next_order(const struct queue *queue, unsigned order)
+queue::GetNextOrder(unsigned _order) const
 {
-	assert(order < queue->length);
+	assert(_order < length);
 
-	if (queue->single && queue->repeat && !queue->consume)
-		return order;
-	else if (order + 1 < queue->length)
-		return order + 1;
-	else if (queue->repeat && (order > 0 || !queue->consume))
+	if (single && repeat && !consume)
+		return _order;
+	else if (_order + 1 < length)
+		return _order + 1;
+	else if (repeat && (_order > 0 || !consume))
 		/* restart at first song */
 		return 0;
 	else
@@ -59,80 +87,74 @@ queue_next_order(const struct queue *queue, unsigned order)
 }
 
 void
-queue_increment_version(struct queue *queue)
+queue::IncrementVersion()
 {
 	static unsigned long max = ((uint32_t) 1 << 31) - 1;
 
-	queue->version++;
+	version++;
 
-	if (queue->version >= max) {
-		for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue->length; i++)
-			queue->items[i].version = 0;
+	if (version >= max) {
+		for (unsigned i = 0; i < length; i++)
+			items[i].version = 0;
 
-		queue->version = 1;
+		version = 1;
 	}
 }
 
 void
-queue_modify(struct queue *queue, unsigned order)
+queue::ModifyAtOrder(unsigned _order)
 {
-	unsigned position;
-
-	assert(order < queue->length);
+	assert(_order < length);
 
-	position = queue->order[order];
-	queue->items[position].version = queue->version;
+	unsigned position = order[_order];
+	items[position].version = version;
 
-	queue_increment_version(queue);
+	IncrementVersion();
 }
 
 void
-queue_modify_all(struct queue *queue)
+queue::ModifyAll()
 {
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue->length; i++)
-		queue->items[i].version = queue->version;
+	for (unsigned i = 0; i < length; i++)
+		items[i].version = version;
 
-	queue_increment_version(queue);
+	IncrementVersion();
 }
 
 unsigned
-queue_append(struct queue *queue, struct song *song, uint8_t priority)
+queue::Append(struct song *song, uint8_t priority)
 {
-	unsigned id = queue_generate_id(queue);
+	unsigned id = queue_generate_id(this);
 
-	assert(!queue_is_full(queue));
+	assert(!IsFull());
 
-	queue->items[queue->length] = (struct queue_item){
-		.song = song,
-		.id = id,
-		.version = queue->version,
-		.priority = priority,
-	};
+	auto &item = items[length];
+	item.song = song_dup_detached(song);
+	item.id = id;
+	item.version = version;
+	item.priority = priority;
 
-	queue->order[queue->length] = queue->length;
-	queue->id_to_position[id] = queue->length;
+	order[length] = length;
+	id_to_position[id] = length;
 
-	++queue->length;
+	++length;
 
 	return id;
 }
 
 void
-queue_swap(struct queue *queue, unsigned position1, unsigned position2)
+queue::SwapPositions(unsigned position1, unsigned position2)
 {
-	struct queue_item tmp;
-	unsigned id1 = queue->items[position1].id;
-	unsigned id2 = queue->items[position2].id;
+	unsigned id1 = items[position1].id;
+	unsigned id2 = items[position2].id;
 
-	tmp = queue->items[position1];
-	queue->items[position1] = queue->items[position2];
-	queue->items[position2] = tmp;
+	std::swap(items[position1], items[position2]);
 
-	queue->items[position1].version = queue->version;
-	queue->items[position2].version = queue->version;
+	items[position1].version = version;
+	items[position2].version = version;
 
-	queue->id_to_position[id1] = position2;
-	queue->id_to_position[id2] = position1;
+	id_to_position[id1] = position2;
+	id_to_position[id2] = position1;
 }
 
 static void
@@ -146,79 +168,79 @@ queue_move_song_to(struct queue *queue, unsigned from, unsigned to)
 }
 
 void
-queue_move(struct queue *queue, unsigned from, unsigned to)
+queue::MovePostion(unsigned from, unsigned to)
 {
-	struct queue_item item = queue->items[from];
+	struct queue_item item = items[from];
 
 	/* move songs to one less in from->to */
 
 	for (unsigned i = from; i < to; i++)
-		queue_move_song_to(queue, i + 1, i);
+		queue_move_song_to(this, i + 1, i);
 
 	/* move songs to one more in to->from */
 
 	for (unsigned i = from; i > to; i--)
-		queue_move_song_to(queue, i - 1, i);
+		queue_move_song_to(this, i - 1, i);
 
 	/* put song at _to_ */
 
-	queue->id_to_position[item.id] = to;
-	queue->items[to] = item;
-	queue->items[to].version = queue->version;
+	id_to_position[item.id] = to;
+	items[to] = item;
+	items[to].version = version;
 
 	/* now deal with order */
 
-	if (queue->random) {
-		for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue->length; i++) {
-			if (queue->order[i] > from && queue->order[i] <= to)
-				queue->order[i]--;
-			else if (queue->order[i] < from &&
-				 queue->order[i] >= to)
-				queue->order[i]++;
-			else if (from == queue->order[i])
-				queue->order[i] = to;
+	if (random) {
+		for (unsigned i = 0; i < length; i++) {
+			if (order[i] > from && order[i] <= to)
+				order[i]--;
+			else if (order[i] < from &&
+				 order[i] >= to)
+				order[i]++;
+			else if (from == order[i])
+				order[i] = to;
 		}
 	}
 }
 
 void
-queue_move_range(struct queue *queue, unsigned start, unsigned end, unsigned to)
+queue::MoveRange(unsigned start, unsigned end, unsigned to)
 {
-	struct queue_item items[end - start];
+	struct queue_item tmp[end - start];
 	// Copy the original block [start,end-1]
 	for (unsigned i = start; i < end; i++)
-		items[i - start] = queue->items[i];
+		tmp[i - start] = items[i];
 
 	// If to > start, we need to move to-start items to start, starting from end
 	for (unsigned i = end; i < end + to - start; i++)
-		queue_move_song_to(queue, i, start + i - end);
+		queue_move_song_to(this, i, start + i - end);
 
 	// If to < start, we need to move start-to items to newend (= end + to - start), starting from to
 	// This is the same as moving items from start-1 to to (decreasing), with start-1 going to end-1
 	// We have to iterate in this order to avoid writing over something we haven't yet moved
 	for (unsigned i = start - 1; i >= to && i != G_MAXUINT; i--)
-		queue_move_song_to(queue, i, i + end - start);
+		queue_move_song_to(this, i, i + end - start);
 
 	// Copy the original block back in, starting at to.
 	for (unsigned i = start; i< end; i++)
 	{
-		queue->id_to_position[items[i-start].id] = to + i - start;
-		queue->items[to + i - start] = items[i-start];
-		queue->items[to + i - start].version = queue->version;
+		id_to_position[tmp[i-start].id] = to + i - start;
+		items[to + i - start] = tmp[i-start];
+		items[to + i - start].version = version;
 	}
 
-	if (queue->random) {
+	if (random) {
 		// Update the positions in the queue.
 		// Note that the ranges for these cases are the same as the ranges of
 		// the loops above.
-		for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue->length; i++) {
-			if (queue->order[i] >= end && queue->order[i] < to + end - start)
-				queue->order[i] -= end - start;
-			else if (queue->order[i] < start &&
-				 queue->order[i] >= to)
-				queue->order[i] += end - start;
-			else if (start <= queue->order[i] && queue->order[i] < end)
-				queue->order[i] += to - start;
+		for (unsigned i = 0; i < length; i++) {
+			if (order[i] >= end && order[i] < to + end - start)
+				order[i] -= end - start;
+			else if (order[i] < start &&
+				 order[i] >= to)
+				order[i] += end - start;
+			else if (start <= order[i] && order[i] < end)
+				order[i] += to - start;
 		}
 	}
 }
@@ -233,8 +255,7 @@ queue_move_order(struct queue *queue, unsigned from_order, unsigned to_order)
 	assert(from_order < queue->length);
 	assert(to_order <= queue->length);
 
-	const unsigned from_position =
-		queue_order_to_position(queue, from_order);
+	const unsigned from_position = queue->OrderToPosition(from_order);
 
 	if (from_order < to_order) {
 		for (unsigned i = from_order; i < to_order; ++i)
@@ -248,91 +269,54 @@ queue_move_order(struct queue *queue, unsigned from_order, unsigned to_order)
 }
 
 void
-queue_delete(struct queue *queue, unsigned position)
+queue::DeletePosition(unsigned position)
 {
-	struct song *song;
-	unsigned id, order;
+	assert(position < length);
 
-	assert(position < queue->length);
+	struct song *song = Get(position);
+	assert(!song_in_database(song) || song_is_detached(song));
+	song_free(song);
 
-	song = queue_get(queue, position);
-	if (!song_in_database(song))
-		song_free(song);
+	const unsigned id = PositionToId(position);
+	const unsigned _order = PositionToOrder(position);
 
-	id = queue_position_to_id(queue, position);
-	order = queue_position_to_order(queue, position);
-
-	--queue->length;
+	--length;
 
 	/* release the song id */
 
-	queue->id_to_position[id] = -1;
+	id_to_position[id] = -1;
 
 	/* delete song from songs array */
 
-	for (unsigned i = position; i < queue->length; i++)
-		queue_move_song_to(queue, i + 1, i);
+	for (unsigned i = position; i < length; i++)
+		queue_move_song_to(this, i + 1, i);
 
 	/* delete the entry from the order array */
 
-	for (unsigned i = order; i < queue->length; i++)
-		queue->order[i] = queue->order[i + 1];
+	for (unsigned i = _order; i < length; i++)
+		order[i] = order[i + 1];
 
 	/* readjust values in the order array */
 
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue->length; i++)
-		if (queue->order[i] > position)
-			--queue->order[i];
+	for (unsigned i = 0; i < length; i++)
+		if (order[i] > position)
+			--order[i];
 }
 
 void
-queue_clear(struct queue *queue)
+queue::Clear()
 {
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue->length; i++) {
-		struct queue_item *item = &queue->items[i];
+	for (unsigned i = 0; i < length; i++) {
+		struct queue_item *item = &items[i];
 
-		if (!song_in_database(item->song))
-			song_free(item->song);
+		assert(!song_in_database(item->song) ||
+		       song_is_detached(item->song));
+		song_free(item->song);
 
-		queue->id_to_position[item->id] = -1;
+		id_to_position[item->id] = -1;
 	}
 
-	queue->length = 0;
-}
-
-void
-queue_init(struct queue *queue, unsigned max_length)
-{
-	queue->max_length = max_length;
-	queue->length = 0;
-	queue->version = 1;
-	queue->repeat = false;
-	queue->random = false;
-	queue->single = false;
-	queue->consume = false;
-
-	queue->items = g_new(struct queue_item, max_length);
-	queue->order = g_malloc(sizeof(queue->order[0]) *
-				  max_length);
-	queue->id_to_position = g_malloc(sizeof(queue->id_to_position[0]) *
-				       max_length * QUEUE_HASH_MULT);
-
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < max_length * QUEUE_HASH_MULT; ++i)
-		queue->id_to_position[i] = -1;
-
-	queue->rand = g_rand_new();
-}
-
-void
-queue_finish(struct queue *queue)
-{
-	queue_clear(queue);
-
-	g_free(queue->items);
-	g_free(queue->order);
-	g_free(queue->id_to_position);
-
-	g_rand_free(queue->rand);
+	length = 0;
 }
 
 static const struct queue_item *
@@ -354,9 +338,9 @@ static gint
 queue_item_compare_order_priority(gconstpointer av, gconstpointer bv,
 				  gpointer user_data)
 {
-	const struct queue *queue = user_data;
-	const unsigned *const ap = av;
-	const unsigned *const bp = bv;
+	const struct queue *queue = (const struct queue *)user_data;
+	const unsigned *const ap = (const unsigned *)av;
+	const unsigned *const bp = (const unsigned *)bv;
 	assert(ap >= queue->order && ap < queue->order + queue->length);
 	assert(bp >= queue->order && bp < queue->order + queue->length);
 	uint8_t a = queue->items[*ap].priority;
@@ -397,8 +381,7 @@ queue_shuffle_order_range(struct queue *queue, unsigned start, unsigned end)
 	assert(end <= queue->length);
 
 	for (unsigned i = start; i < end; ++i)
-		queue_swap_order(queue, i,
-				 g_rand_int_range(queue->rand, i, end));
+		queue->SwapOrders(i, g_rand_int_range(queue->rand, i, end));
 }
 
 /**
@@ -406,70 +389,66 @@ queue_shuffle_order_range(struct queue *queue, unsigned start, unsigned end)
  * priority group.
  */
 void
-queue_shuffle_order_range_with_priority(struct queue *queue,
-					unsigned start, unsigned end)
+queue::ShuffleOrderRangeWithPriority(unsigned start, unsigned end)
 {
-	assert(queue != NULL);
-	assert(queue->random);
+	assert(random);
 	assert(start <= end);
-	assert(end <= queue->length);
+	assert(end <= length);
 
 	if (start == end)
 		return;
 
 	/* first group the range by priority */
-	queue_sort_order_by_priority(queue, start, end);
+	queue_sort_order_by_priority(this, start, end);
 
 	/* now shuffle each priority group */
 	unsigned group_start = start;
-	uint8_t group_priority = queue_get_order_priority(queue, start);
+	uint8_t group_priority = queue_get_order_priority(this, start);
 
 	for (unsigned i = start + 1; i < end; ++i) {
-		uint8_t priority = queue_get_order_priority(queue, i);
+		uint8_t priority = queue_get_order_priority(this, i);
 		assert(priority <= group_priority);
 
 		if (priority != group_priority) {
 			/* start of a new group - shuffle the one that
 			   has just ended */
-			queue_shuffle_order_range(queue, group_start, i);
+			queue_shuffle_order_range(this, group_start, i);
 			group_start = i;
 			group_priority = priority;
 		}
 	}
 
 	/* shuffle the last group */
-	queue_shuffle_order_range(queue, group_start, end);
+	queue_shuffle_order_range(this, group_start, end);
 }
 
 void
-queue_shuffle_order(struct queue *queue)
+queue::ShuffleOrder()
 {
-	queue_shuffle_order_range_with_priority(queue, 0, queue->length);
+	ShuffleOrderRangeWithPriority(0, length);
 }
 
 static void
 queue_shuffle_order_first(struct queue *queue, unsigned start, unsigned end)
 {
-	queue_swap_order(queue, start,
-			 g_rand_int_range(queue->rand, start, end));
+	queue->SwapOrders(start, g_rand_int_range(queue->rand, start, end));
 }
 
 void
-queue_shuffle_order_last(struct queue *queue, unsigned start, unsigned end)
+queue::ShuffleOrderLast(unsigned start, unsigned end)
 {
-	queue_swap_order(queue, end - 1,
-			 g_rand_int_range(queue->rand, start, end));
+	SwapOrders(end - 1, g_rand_int_range(rand, start, end));
 }
 
 void
-queue_shuffle_range(struct queue *queue, unsigned start, unsigned end)
+queue::ShuffleRange(unsigned start, unsigned end)
 {
 	assert(start <= end);
-	assert(end <= queue->length);
+	assert(end <= length);
 
 	for (unsigned i = start; i < end; i++) {
-		unsigned ri = g_rand_int_range(queue->rand, i, end);
-		queue_swap(queue, i, ri);
+		unsigned ri = g_rand_int_range(rand, i, end);
+		SwapPositions(i, ri);
 	}
 }
 
@@ -486,7 +465,7 @@ queue_find_priority_order(const struct queue *queue, unsigned start_order,
 	assert(start_order <= queue->length);
 
 	for (unsigned order = start_order; order < queue->length; ++order) {
-		const unsigned position = queue_order_to_position(queue, order);
+		const unsigned position = queue->OrderToPosition(order);
 		const struct queue_item *item = &queue->items[position];
 		if (item->priority <= priority && order != exclude_order)
 			return order;
@@ -505,7 +484,7 @@ queue_count_same_priority(const struct queue *queue, unsigned start_order,
 	assert(start_order <= queue->length);
 
 	for (unsigned order = start_order; order < queue->length; ++order) {
-		const unsigned position = queue_order_to_position(queue, order);
+		const unsigned position = queue->OrderToPosition(order);
 		const struct queue_item *item = &queue->items[position];
 		if (item->priority != priority)
 			return order - start_order;
@@ -515,39 +494,37 @@ queue_count_same_priority(const struct queue *queue, unsigned start_order,
 }
 
 bool
-queue_set_priority(struct queue *queue, unsigned position, uint8_t priority,
-		   int after_order)
+queue::SetPriority(unsigned position, uint8_t priority, int after_order)
 {
-	assert(queue != NULL);
-	assert(position < queue->length);
+	assert(position < length);
 
-	struct queue_item *item = &queue->items[position];
+	struct queue_item *item = &items[position];
 	uint8_t old_priority = item->priority;
 	if (old_priority == priority)
 		return false;
 
-	item->version = queue->version;
+	item->version = version;
 	item->priority = priority;
 
-	if (!queue->random)
+	if (!random)
 		/* don't reorder if not in random mode */
 		return true;
 
-	unsigned order = queue_position_to_order(queue, position);
+	unsigned _order = PositionToOrder(position);
 	if (after_order >= 0) {
-		if (order == (unsigned)after_order)
+		if (_order == (unsigned)after_order)
 			/* don't reorder the current song */
 			return true;
 
-		if (order < (unsigned)after_order) {
+		if (_order < (unsigned)after_order) {
 			/* the specified song has been played already
 			   - enqueue it only if its priority has just
 			   become bigger than the current one's */
 
 			const unsigned after_position =
-				queue_order_to_position(queue, after_order);
+				OrderToPosition(after_order);
 			const struct queue_item *after_item =
-				&queue->items[after_position];
+				&items[after_position];
 			if (old_priority > after_item->priority ||
 			    priority <= after_item->priority)
 				/* priority hasn't become bigger */
@@ -559,44 +536,41 @@ queue_set_priority(struct queue *queue, unsigned position, uint8_t priority,
 	   create a new priority group) */
 
 	const unsigned before_order =
-		queue_find_priority_order(queue, after_order + 1, priority,
-					  order);
-	const unsigned new_order = before_order > order
+		queue_find_priority_order(this, after_order + 1, priority,
+					  _order);
+	const unsigned new_order = before_order > _order
 		? before_order - 1
 		: before_order;
-	queue_move_order(queue, order, new_order);
+	queue_move_order(this, _order, new_order);
 
 	/* shuffle the song within that priority group */
 
 	const unsigned priority_count =
-		queue_count_same_priority(queue, new_order, priority);
+		queue_count_same_priority(this, new_order, priority);
 	assert(priority_count >= 1);
-	queue_shuffle_order_first(queue, new_order,
+	queue_shuffle_order_first(this, new_order,
 				  new_order + priority_count);
 
 	return true;
 }
 
 bool
-queue_set_priority_range(struct queue *queue,
-			 unsigned start_position, unsigned end_position,
-			 uint8_t priority, int after_order)
+queue::SetPriorityRange(unsigned start_position, unsigned end_position,
+			uint8_t priority, int after_order)
 {
-	assert(queue != NULL);
 	assert(start_position <= end_position);
-	assert(end_position <= queue->length);
+	assert(end_position <= length);
 
 	bool modified = false;
 	int after_position = after_order >= 0
-		? (int)queue_order_to_position(queue, after_order)
+		? (int)OrderToPosition(after_order)
 		: -1;
 	for (unsigned i = start_position; i < end_position; ++i) {
 		after_order = after_position >= 0
-			? (int)queue_position_to_order(queue, after_position)
+			? (int)PositionToOrder(after_position)
 			: -1;
 
-		modified |= queue_set_priority(queue, i, priority,
-					       after_order);
+		modified |= SetPriority(i, priority, after_order);
 	}
 
 	return modified;
diff --git a/src/Queue.hxx b/src/Queue.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f52dd3335
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/Queue.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_QUEUE_HXX
+#define MPD_QUEUE_HXX
+
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+#include <algorithm>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+enum {
+	/**
+	 * reserve max_length * QUEUE_HASH_MULT elements in the id
+	 * number space
+	 */
+	QUEUE_HASH_MULT = 4,
+};
+
+/**
+ * One element of the queue: basically a song plus some queue specific
+ * information attached.
+ */
+struct queue_item {
+	struct song *song;
+
+	/** the unique id of this item in the queue */
+	unsigned id;
+
+	/** when was this item last changed? */
+	uint32_t version;
+
+	/**
+	 * The priority of this item, between 0 and 255.  High
+	 * priority value means that this song gets played first in
+	 * "random" mode.
+	 */
+	uint8_t priority;
+};
+
+/**
+ * A queue of songs.  This is the backend of the playlist: it contains
+ * an ordered list of songs.
+ *
+ * Songs can be addressed in three possible ways:
+ *
+ * - the position in the queue
+ * - the unique id (which stays the same, regardless of moves)
+ * - the order number (which only differs from "position" in random mode)
+ */
+struct queue {
+	/** configured maximum length of the queue */
+	unsigned max_length;
+
+	/** number of songs in the queue */
+	unsigned length;
+
+	/** the current version number */
+	uint32_t version;
+
+	/** all songs in "position" order */
+	struct queue_item *items;
+
+	/** map order numbers to positions */
+	unsigned *order;
+
+	/** map song ids to positions */
+	int *id_to_position;
+
+	/** repeat playback when the end of the queue has been
+	    reached? */
+	bool repeat;
+
+	/** play only current song. */
+	bool single;
+
+	/** remove each played files. */
+	bool consume;
+
+	/** play back songs in random order? */
+	bool random;
+
+	/** random number generator for shuffle and random mode */
+	GRand *rand;
+
+	queue(unsigned max_length);
+
+	/**
+	 * Deinitializes a queue object.  It does not free the queue
+	 * pointer itself.
+	 */
+	~queue();
+
+	queue(const queue &other) = delete;
+	queue &operator=(const queue &other) = delete;
+
+	unsigned GetLength() const {
+		assert(length <= max_length);
+
+		return length;
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Determine if the queue is empty, i.e. there are no songs.
+	 */
+	bool IsEmpty() const {
+		return length == 0;
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Determine if the maximum number of songs has been reached.
+	 */
+	bool IsFull() const {
+		assert(length <= max_length);
+
+		return length >= max_length;
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Is that a valid position number?
+	 */
+	bool IsValidPosition(unsigned position) const {
+		return position < length;
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Is that a valid order number?
+	 */
+	bool IsValidOrder(unsigned _order) const {
+		return _order < length;
+	}
+
+	int IdToPosition(unsigned id) const {
+		if (id >= max_length * QUEUE_HASH_MULT)
+			return -1;
+
+		assert(id_to_position[id] >= -1);
+		assert(id_to_position[id] < (int)length);
+
+		return id_to_position[id];
+	}
+
+	int PositionToId(unsigned position) const
+	{
+		assert(position < length);
+
+		return items[position].id;
+	}
+
+	gcc_pure
+	unsigned OrderToPosition(unsigned _order) const {
+		assert(_order < length);
+
+		return order[_order];
+	}
+
+	gcc_pure
+	unsigned PositionToOrder(unsigned position) const {
+		assert(position < length);
+
+		for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i) {
+			assert(i < length);
+
+			if (order[i] == position)
+				return i;
+		}
+	}
+
+	G_GNUC_PURE
+	uint8_t GetPriorityAtPosition(unsigned position) const {
+		assert(position < length);
+
+		return items[position].priority;
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Returns the song at the specified position.
+	 */
+	struct song *Get(unsigned position) const {
+		assert(position < length);
+
+		return items[position].song;
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Returns the song at the specified order number.
+	 */
+	struct song *GetOrder(unsigned _order) const {
+		return Get(OrderToPosition(_order));
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Is the song at the specified position newer than the specified
+	 * version?
+	 */
+	bool IsNewerAtPosition(unsigned position, uint32_t _version) const {
+		assert(position < length);
+
+		return _version > version ||
+			items[position].version >= _version ||
+			items[position].version == 0;
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Returns the order number following the specified one.  This takes
+	 * end of queue and "repeat" mode into account.
+	 *
+	 * @return the next order number, or -1 to stop playback
+	 */
+	gcc_pure
+	int GetNextOrder(unsigned order) const;
+
+	/**
+	 * Increments the queue's version number.  This handles integer
+	 * overflow well.
+	 */
+	void IncrementVersion();
+
+	/**
+	 * Marks the specified song as "modified" and increments the version
+	 * number.
+	 */
+	void ModifyAtOrder(unsigned order);
+
+	/**
+	 * Marks all songs as "modified" and increments the version number.
+	 */
+	void ModifyAll();
+
+	/**
+	 * Appends a song to the queue and returns its position.  Prior to
+	 * that, the caller must check if the queue is already full.
+	 *
+	 * If a song is not in the database (determined by
+	 * song_in_database()), it is freed when removed from the queue.
+	 *
+	 * @param priority the priority of this new queue item
+	 */
+	unsigned Append(struct song *song, uint8_t priority);
+
+	/**
+	 * Swaps two songs, addressed by their position.
+	 */
+	void SwapPositions(unsigned position1, unsigned position2);
+
+	/**
+	 * Swaps two songs, addressed by their order number.
+	 */
+	void SwapOrders(unsigned order1, unsigned order2) {
+		std::swap(order[order1], order[order2]);
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Moves a song to a new position.
+	 */
+	void MovePostion(unsigned from, unsigned to);
+
+	/**
+	 * Moves a range of songs to a new position.
+	 */
+	void MoveRange(unsigned start, unsigned end, unsigned to);
+
+	/**
+	 * Removes a song from the playlist.
+	 */
+	void DeletePosition(unsigned position);
+
+	/**
+	 * Removes all songs from the playlist.
+	 */
+	void Clear();
+
+	/**
+	 * Initializes the "order" array, and restores "normal" order.
+	 */
+	void RestoreOrder() {
+		for (unsigned i = 0; i < length; ++i)
+			order[i] = i;
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Shuffle the order of items in the specified range, taking their
+	 * priorities into account.
+	 */
+	void ShuffleOrderRangeWithPriority(unsigned start, unsigned end);
+
+	/**
+	 * Shuffles the virtual order of songs, but does not move them
+	 * physically.  This is used in random mode.
+	 */
+	void ShuffleOrder();
+
+	/**
+	 * Shuffles the virtual order of the last song in the specified
+	 * (order) range.  This is used in random mode after a song has been
+	 * appended by queue_append().
+	 */
+	void ShuffleOrderLast(unsigned start, unsigned end);
+
+	/**
+	 * Shuffles a (position) range in the queue.  The songs are physically
+	 * shuffled, not by using the "order" mapping.
+	 */
+	void ShuffleRange(unsigned start, unsigned end);
+
+	bool SetPriority(unsigned position, uint8_t priority, int after_order);
+
+	bool SetPriorityRange(unsigned start_position, unsigned end_position,
+			      uint8_t priority, int after_order);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/QueueCommands.cxx b/src/QueueCommands.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3e24f0c92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/QueueCommands.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "QueueCommands.hxx"
+#include "CommandError.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseQueue.hxx"
+#include "SongFilter.hxx"
+#include "Playlist.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistPrint.hxx"
+#include "ClientFile.hxx"
+#include "ClientInternal.hxx"
+#include "protocol/ArgParser.hxx"
+#include "protocol/Result.hxx"
+#include "ls.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "uri.h"
+}
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+enum command_return
+handle_add(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	char *uri = argv[1];
+	enum playlist_result result;
+
+	if (strncmp(uri, "file:///", 8) == 0) {
+		const char *path = uri + 7;
+
+		GError *error = NULL;
+		if (!client_allow_file(client, path, &error))
+			return print_error(client, error);
+
+		result = playlist_append_file(&client->playlist,
+					      client->player_control,
+					      path,
+					      NULL);
+		return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+	}
+
+	if (uri_has_scheme(uri)) {
+		if (!uri_supported_scheme(uri)) {
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+				      "unsupported URI scheme");
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+		}
+
+		result = playlist_append_uri(&client->playlist,
+					     client->player_control,
+					     uri, NULL);
+		return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+	}
+
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	return findAddIn(client->playlist, client->player_control,
+			 uri, nullptr, &error)
+		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+		: print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_addid(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	char *uri = argv[1];
+	unsigned added_id;
+	enum playlist_result result;
+
+	if (strncmp(uri, "file:///", 8) == 0) {
+		const char *path = uri + 7;
+
+		GError *error = NULL;
+		if (!client_allow_file(client, path, &error))
+			return print_error(client, error);
+
+		result = playlist_append_file(&client->playlist,
+					      client->player_control,
+					      path,
+					      &added_id);
+	} else {
+		if (uri_has_scheme(uri) && !uri_supported_scheme(uri)) {
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+				      "unsupported URI scheme");
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+		}
+
+		result = playlist_append_uri(&client->playlist,
+					     client->player_control,
+					     uri, &added_id);
+	}
+
+	if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS)
+		return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+
+	if (argc == 3) {
+		unsigned to;
+		if (!check_unsigned(client, &to, argv[2]))
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+		result = playlist_move_id(&client->playlist,
+					  client->player_control,
+					  added_id, to);
+		if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS) {
+			enum command_return ret =
+				print_playlist_result(client, result);
+			playlist_delete_id(&client->playlist,
+					   client->player_control,
+					   added_id);
+			return ret;
+		}
+	}
+
+	client_printf(client, "Id: %u\n", added_id);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_delete(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned start, end;
+	enum playlist_result result;
+
+	if (!check_range(client, &start, &end, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	result = playlist_delete_range(&client->playlist,
+				       client->player_control,
+				       start, end);
+	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_deleteid(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned id;
+	enum playlist_result result;
+
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &id, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	result = playlist_delete_id(&client->playlist,
+				    client->player_control, id);
+	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlist(Client *client,
+	        G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	playlist_print_uris(client, &client->playlist);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_shuffle(G_GNUC_UNUSED Client *client,
+	       G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned start = 0, end = client->playlist.queue.GetLength();
+	if (argc == 2 && !check_range(client, &start, &end, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	playlist_shuffle(&client->playlist, client->player_control,
+			 start, end);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_clear(G_GNUC_UNUSED Client *client,
+	     G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+	playlist_clear(&client->playlist, client->player_control);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_plchanges(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	uint32_t version;
+
+	if (!check_uint32(client, &version, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	playlist_print_changes_info(client, &client->playlist, version);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_plchangesposid(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	uint32_t version;
+
+	if (!check_uint32(client, &version, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	playlist_print_changes_position(client, &client->playlist, version);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistinfo(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned start = 0, end = G_MAXUINT;
+	bool ret;
+
+	if (argc == 2 && !check_range(client, &start, &end, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	ret = playlist_print_info(client, &client->playlist, start, end);
+	if (!ret)
+		return print_playlist_result(client,
+					     PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_RANGE);
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistid(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	if (argc >= 2) {
+		unsigned id;
+		if (!check_unsigned(client, &id, argv[1]))
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+		bool ret = playlist_print_id(client, &client->playlist, id);
+		if (!ret)
+			return print_playlist_result(client,
+						     PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG);
+	} else {
+		playlist_print_info(client, &client->playlist, 0, G_MAXUINT);
+	}
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+static enum command_return
+handle_playlist_match(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[],
+		      bool fold_case)
+{
+	SongFilter filter;
+	if (!filter.Parse(argc - 1, argv + 1, fold_case)) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	playlist_print_find(client, &client->playlist, filter);
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistfind(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	return handle_playlist_match(client, argc, argv, false);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistsearch(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	return handle_playlist_match(client, argc, argv, true);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_prio(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned priority;
+
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &priority, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	if (priority > 0xff) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+			      "Priority out of range: %s", argv[1]);
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	for (int i = 2; i < argc; ++i) {
+		unsigned start_position, end_position;
+		if (!check_range(client, &start_position, &end_position,
+				 argv[i]))
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+		enum playlist_result result =
+			playlist_set_priority(&client->playlist,
+					      client->player_control,
+					      start_position, end_position,
+					      priority);
+		if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS)
+			return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+	}
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_prioid(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned priority;
+
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &priority, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+	if (priority > 0xff) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+			      "Priority out of range: %s", argv[1]);
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	for (int i = 2; i < argc; ++i) {
+		unsigned song_id;
+		if (!check_unsigned(client, &song_id, argv[i]))
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+		enum playlist_result result =
+			playlist_set_priority_id(&client->playlist,
+						 client->player_control,
+						 song_id, priority);
+		if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS)
+			return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+	}
+
+	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_move(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned start, end;
+	int to;
+	enum playlist_result result;
+
+	if (!check_range(client, &start, &end, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	if (!check_int(client, &to, argv[2]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	result = playlist_move_range(&client->playlist, client->player_control,
+				     start, end, to);
+	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_moveid(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned id;
+	int to;
+	enum playlist_result result;
+
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &id, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	if (!check_int(client, &to, argv[2]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	result = playlist_move_id(&client->playlist, client->player_control,
+				  id, to);
+	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_swap(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned song1, song2;
+	enum playlist_result result;
+
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &song1, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &song2, argv[2]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	result = playlist_swap_songs(&client->playlist, client->player_control,
+				     song1, song2);
+	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_swapid(Client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	unsigned id1, id2;
+	enum playlist_result result;
+
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &id1, argv[1]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	if (!check_unsigned(client, &id2, argv[2]))
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	result = playlist_swap_songs_id(&client->playlist,
+					client->player_control,
+					id1, id2);
+	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
diff --git a/src/QueueCommands.hxx b/src/QueueCommands.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..97b61e212
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/QueueCommands.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_QUEUE_COMMANDS_HXX
+#define MPD_QUEUE_COMMANDS_HXX
+
+#include "command.h"
+
+class Client;
+
+enum command_return
+handle_add(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_addid(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_delete(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_deleteid(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlist(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_shuffle(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_clear(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_plchanges(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_plchangesposid(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistinfo(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistid(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistfind(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistsearch(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_prio(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_prioid(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_move(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_moveid(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_swap(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_swapid(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/QueuePrint.cxx b/src/QueuePrint.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..28abc5a8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/QueuePrint.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "QueuePrint.hxx"
+#include "Queue.hxx"
+#include "SongFilter.hxx"
+#include "SongPrint.hxx"
+#include "Mapper.hxx"
+#include "Client.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "song.h"
+}
+
+/**
+ * Send detailed information about a range of songs in the queue to a
+ * client.
+ *
+ * @param client the client which has requested information
+ * @param start the index of the first song (including)
+ * @param end the index of the last song (excluding)
+ */
+static void
+queue_print_song_info(Client *client, const struct queue *queue,
+		      unsigned position)
+{
+	song_print_info(client, queue->Get(position));
+	client_printf(client, "Pos: %u\nId: %u\n",
+		      position, queue->PositionToId(position));
+
+	uint8_t priority = queue->GetPriorityAtPosition(position);
+	if (priority != 0)
+		client_printf(client, "Prio: %u\n", priority);
+}
+
+void
+queue_print_info(Client *client, const struct queue *queue,
+		 unsigned start, unsigned end)
+{
+	assert(start <= end);
+	assert(end <= queue->GetLength());
+
+	for (unsigned i = start; i < end; ++i)
+		queue_print_song_info(client, queue, i);
+}
+
+void
+queue_print_uris(Client *client, const struct queue *queue,
+		 unsigned start, unsigned end)
+{
+	assert(start <= end);
+	assert(end <= queue->GetLength());
+
+	for (unsigned i = start; i < end; ++i) {
+		client_printf(client, "%i:", i);
+		song_print_uri(client, queue->Get(i));
+	}
+}
+
+void
+queue_print_changes_info(Client *client, const struct queue *queue,
+			 uint32_t version)
+{
+	for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue->GetLength(); i++) {
+		if (queue->IsNewerAtPosition(i, version))
+			queue_print_song_info(client, queue, i);
+	}
+}
+
+void
+queue_print_changes_position(Client *client, const struct queue *queue,
+			     uint32_t version)
+{
+	for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue->GetLength(); i++)
+		if (queue->IsNewerAtPosition(i, version))
+			client_printf(client, "cpos: %i\nId: %i\n",
+				      i, queue->PositionToId(i));
+}
+
+void
+queue_find(Client *client, const struct queue *queue,
+	   const SongFilter &filter)
+{
+	for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue->GetLength(); i++) {
+		const struct song *song = queue->Get(i);
+
+		if (filter.Match(*song))
+			queue_print_song_info(client, queue, i);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/src/queue_print.h b/src/QueuePrint.hxx
index 371e20416..6b3a29fb6 100644
--- a/src/queue_print.h
+++ b/src/QueuePrint.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -22,37 +22,33 @@
  * client.
  */
 
-#ifndef QUEUE_PRINT_H
-#define QUEUE_PRINT_H
+#ifndef MPD_QUEUE_PRINT_HXX
+#define MPD_QUEUE_PRINT_HXX
 
 #include <stdint.h>
 
-struct client;
 struct queue;
-struct locate_item_list;
+class SongFilter;
+class Client;
 
 void
-queue_print_info(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
+queue_print_info(Client *client, const struct queue *queue,
 		 unsigned start, unsigned end);
 
 void
-queue_print_uris(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
+queue_print_uris(Client *client, const struct queue *queue,
 		 unsigned start, unsigned end);
 
 void
-queue_print_changes_info(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
+queue_print_changes_info(Client *client, const struct queue *queue,
 			 uint32_t version);
 
 void
-queue_print_changes_position(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
+queue_print_changes_position(Client *client, const struct queue *queue,
 			     uint32_t version);
 
 void
-queue_search(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
-	     const struct locate_item_list *criteria);
-
-void
-queue_find(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
-	   const struct locate_item_list *criteria);
+queue_find(Client *client, const struct queue *queue,
+	   const SongFilter &filter);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/queue_save.c b/src/QueueSave.cxx
index 16852d3c1..09b0645f8 100644
--- a/src/queue_save.c
+++ b/src/QueueSave.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,13 +18,17 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "queue_save.h"
-#include "queue.h"
+#include "QueueSave.hxx"
+#include "Playlist.hxx"
 #include "song.h"
+#include "SongSave.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseGlue.hxx"
+#include "TextFile.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "uri.h"
-#include "database.h"
-#include "song_save.h"
-#include "text_file.h"
+}
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
@@ -57,48 +61,40 @@ queue_save_song(FILE *fp, int idx, const struct song *song)
 void
 queue_save(FILE *fp, const struct queue *queue)
 {
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue_length(queue); i++) {
-		uint8_t prio = queue_get_priority_at_position(queue, i);
+	for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue->GetLength(); i++) {
+		uint8_t prio = queue->GetPriorityAtPosition(i);
 		if (prio != 0)
 			fprintf(fp, PRIO_LABEL "%u\n", prio);
 
-		queue_save_song(fp, i, queue_get(queue, i));
+		queue_save_song(fp, i, queue->Get(i));
 	}
 }
 
-static struct song *
-get_song(const char *uri)
-{
-	return uri_has_scheme(uri)
-		? song_remote_new(uri)
-		: db_get_song(uri);
-}
-
 void
-queue_load_song(FILE *fp, GString *buffer, const char *line,
-		struct queue *queue)
+queue_load_song(TextFile &file, const char *line, queue *queue)
 {
-	struct song *song;
-
-	if (queue_is_full(queue))
+	if (queue->IsFull())
 		return;
 
 	uint8_t priority = 0;
 	if (g_str_has_prefix(line, PRIO_LABEL)) {
 		priority = strtoul(line + sizeof(PRIO_LABEL) - 1, NULL, 10);
 
-		line = read_text_line(fp, buffer);
+		line = file.ReadLine();
 		if (line == NULL)
 			return;
 	}
 
+	const Database *db = nullptr;
+	struct song *song;
+
 	if (g_str_has_prefix(line, SONG_BEGIN)) {
 		const char *uri = line + sizeof(SONG_BEGIN) - 1;
 		if (!uri_has_scheme(uri) && !g_path_is_absolute(uri))
 			return;
 
 		GError *error = NULL;
-		song = song_load(fp, NULL, uri, buffer, &error);
+		song = song_load(file, NULL, uri, &error);
 		if (song == NULL) {
 			g_warning("%s", error->message);
 			g_error_free(error);
@@ -112,12 +108,23 @@ queue_load_song(FILE *fp, GString *buffer, const char *line,
 			return;
 		}
 
-		line = endptr + 1;
+		const char *uri = endptr + 1;
 
-		song = get_song(line);
-		if (song == NULL)
-			return;
+		if (uri_has_scheme(uri)) {
+			song = song_remote_new(uri);
+		} else {
+			db = GetDatabase(nullptr);
+			if (db == nullptr)
+				return;
+
+			song = db->GetSong(uri, nullptr);
+			if (song == nullptr)
+				return;
+		}
 	}
 
-	queue_append(queue, song, priority);
+	queue->Append(song, priority);
+
+	if (db != nullptr)
+		db->ReturnSong(song);
 }
diff --git a/src/queue_save.h b/src/QueueSave.hxx
index 5526d615d..dc4a764a9 100644
--- a/src/queue_save.h
+++ b/src/QueueSave.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -22,13 +22,14 @@
  * back into memory.
  */
 
-#ifndef QUEUE_SAVE_H
-#define QUEUE_SAVE_H
+#ifndef MPD_QUEUE_SAVE_HXX
+#define MPD_QUEUE_SAVE_HXX
 
 #include <glib.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 struct queue;
+class TextFile;
 
 void
 queue_save(FILE *fp, const struct queue *queue);
@@ -37,7 +38,6 @@ queue_save(FILE *fp, const struct queue *queue);
  * Loads one song from the state file and appends it to the queue.
  */
 void
-queue_load_song(FILE *fp, GString *buffer, const char *line,
-		struct queue *queue);
+queue_load_song(TextFile &file, const char *line, queue *queue);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/replay_gain_config.c b/src/ReplayGainConfig.cxx
index 2181387b7..d3af332ce 100644
--- a/src/replay_gain_config.c
+++ b/src/ReplayGainConfig.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,10 +18,14 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "replay_gain_config.h"
-#include "playlist.h"
 #include "conf.h"
 #include "idle.h"
+}
+
+#include "Playlist.hxx"
 #include "mpd_error.h"
 
 #include <glib.h>
@@ -31,11 +35,6 @@
 #include <string.h>
 #include <math.h>
 
-static const char *const replay_gain_mode_names[] = {
-	[REPLAY_GAIN_ALBUM] = "album",
-	[REPLAY_GAIN_TRACK] = "track",
-};
-
 enum replay_gain_mode replay_gain_mode = REPLAY_GAIN_OFF;
 
 const bool DEFAULT_REPLAYGAIN_LIMIT = true;
@@ -137,14 +136,15 @@ void replay_gain_global_init(void)
 	replay_gain_limit = config_get_bool(CONF_REPLAYGAIN_LIMIT, DEFAULT_REPLAYGAIN_LIMIT);
 }
 
-enum replay_gain_mode replay_gain_get_real_mode(void)
+enum replay_gain_mode
+replay_gain_get_real_mode(bool random_mode)
 {
 	enum replay_gain_mode rgm;
 
 	rgm = replay_gain_mode;
 
 	if (rgm == REPLAY_GAIN_AUTO)
-	    rgm = g_playlist.queue.random ? REPLAY_GAIN_TRACK : REPLAY_GAIN_ALBUM;
+	    rgm = random_mode ? REPLAY_GAIN_TRACK : REPLAY_GAIN_ALBUM;
 
 	return rgm;
 }
diff --git a/src/replay_gain_info.c b/src/ReplayGainInfo.cxx
index 1f09e7a1a..5e5e4ab4b 100644
--- a/src/replay_gain_info.c
+++ b/src/ReplayGainInfo.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,7 +18,10 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "replay_gain_info.h"
+}
 
 float
 replay_gain_tuple_scale(const struct replay_gain_tuple *tuple, float preamp, float missing_preamp, bool peak_limit)
diff --git a/src/song.c b/src/Song.cxx
index f5cc7c35a..c845384ae 100644
--- a/src/song.c
+++ b/src/Song.cxx
@@ -19,26 +19,31 @@
 
 #include "config.h"
 #include "song.h"
-#include "uri.h"
-#include "directory.h"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "tag.h"
+}
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
+Directory detached_root;
+
 static struct song *
-song_alloc(const char *uri, struct directory *parent)
+song_alloc(const char *uri, Directory *parent)
 {
 	size_t uri_length;
-	struct song *song;
 
 	assert(uri);
 	uri_length = strlen(uri);
 	assert(uri_length);
-	song = g_malloc(sizeof(*song) - sizeof(song->uri) + uri_length + 1);
 
-	song->tag = NULL;
+	struct song *song = (struct song *)
+		g_malloc(sizeof(*song) - sizeof(song->uri) + uri_length + 1);
+
+	song->tag = nullptr;
 	memcpy(song->uri, uri, uri_length + 1);
 	song->parent = parent;
 	song->mtime = 0;
@@ -50,13 +55,13 @@ song_alloc(const char *uri, struct directory *parent)
 struct song *
 song_remote_new(const char *uri)
 {
-	return song_alloc(uri, NULL);
+	return song_alloc(uri, nullptr);
 }
 
 struct song *
-song_file_new(const char *path, struct directory *parent)
+song_file_new(const char *path, Directory *parent)
 {
-	assert((parent == NULL) == (*path == '/'));
+	assert((parent == nullptr) == (*path == '/'));
 
 	return song_alloc(path, parent);
 }
@@ -73,6 +78,35 @@ song_replace_uri(struct song *old_song, const char *uri)
 	return new_song;
 }
 
+struct song *
+song_detached_new(const char *uri)
+{
+	assert(uri != nullptr);
+
+	return song_alloc(uri, &detached_root);
+}
+
+struct song *
+song_dup_detached(const struct song *src)
+{
+	assert(src != nullptr);
+
+	struct song *song;
+	if (song_in_database(src)) {
+		char *uri = song_get_uri(src);
+		song = song_detached_new(uri);
+		g_free(uri);
+	} else
+		song = song_alloc(src->uri, nullptr);
+
+	song->tag = tag_dup(src->tag);
+	song->mtime = src->mtime;
+	song->start_ms = src->start_ms;
+	song->end_ms = src->end_ms;
+
+	return song;
+}
+
 void
 song_free(struct song *song)
 {
@@ -81,17 +115,57 @@ song_free(struct song *song)
 	g_free(song);
 }
 
+gcc_pure
+static inline bool
+directory_equals(const Directory &a, const Directory &b)
+{
+	return strcmp(a.path, b.path) == 0;
+}
+
+gcc_pure
+static inline bool
+directory_is_same(const Directory *a, const Directory *b)
+{
+	return a == b ||
+		(a != nullptr && b != nullptr &&
+		 directory_equals(*a, *b));
+
+}
+
+bool
+song_equals(const struct song *a, const struct song *b)
+{
+	assert(a != nullptr);
+	assert(b != nullptr);
+
+	if (a->parent != nullptr && b->parent != nullptr &&
+	    !directory_equals(*a->parent, *b->parent) &&
+	    (a->parent == &detached_root || b->parent == &detached_root)) {
+		/* must compare the full URI if one of the objects is
+		   "detached" */
+		char *au = song_get_uri(a);
+		char *bu = song_get_uri(b);
+		const bool result = strcmp(au, bu) == 0;
+		g_free(bu);
+		g_free(au);
+		return result;
+	}
+
+	return directory_is_same(a->parent, b->parent) &&
+		strcmp(a->uri, b->uri) == 0;
+}
+
 char *
 song_get_uri(const struct song *song)
 {
-	assert(song != NULL);
+	assert(song != nullptr);
 	assert(*song->uri);
 
-	if (!song_in_database(song) || directory_is_root(song->parent))
+	if (!song_in_database(song) || song->parent->IsRoot())
 		return g_strdup(song->uri);
 	else
-		return g_strconcat(directory_get_path(song->parent),
-				   "/", song->uri, NULL);
+		return g_strconcat(song->parent->GetPath(),
+				   "/", song->uri, nullptr);
 }
 
 double
@@ -100,7 +174,7 @@ song_get_duration(const struct song *song)
 	if (song->end_ms > 0)
 		return (song->end_ms - song->start_ms) / 1000.0;
 
-	if (song->tag == NULL)
+	if (song->tag == nullptr)
 		return 0;
 
 	return song->tag->time - song->start_ms / 1000.0;
diff --git a/src/SongFilter.cxx b/src/SongFilter.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6803b453e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/SongFilter.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "SongFilter.hxx"
+#include "path.h"
+#include "song.h"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "tag.h"
+}
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define LOCATE_TAG_FILE_KEY     "file"
+#define LOCATE_TAG_FILE_KEY_OLD "filename"
+#define LOCATE_TAG_ANY_KEY      "any"
+
+unsigned
+locate_parse_type(const char *str)
+{
+	if (0 == g_ascii_strcasecmp(str, LOCATE_TAG_FILE_KEY) ||
+	    0 == g_ascii_strcasecmp(str, LOCATE_TAG_FILE_KEY_OLD))
+		return LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE;
+
+	if (0 == g_ascii_strcasecmp(str, LOCATE_TAG_ANY_KEY))
+		return LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE;
+
+	return tag_name_parse_i(str);
+}
+
+SongFilter::Item::Item(unsigned _tag, const char *_value, bool _fold_case)
+	:tag(_tag), fold_case(_fold_case),
+	 value(fold_case
+	       ? g_utf8_casefold(_value, -1)
+	       : g_strdup(_value))
+{
+}
+
+SongFilter::Item::~Item()
+{
+	g_free(value);
+}
+
+bool
+SongFilter::Item::StringMatch(const char *s) const
+{
+	assert(value != nullptr);
+	assert(s != nullptr);
+
+	if (fold_case) {
+		char *p = g_utf8_casefold(s, -1);
+		const bool result = strstr(p, value) != NULL;
+		g_free(p);
+		return result;
+	} else {
+		return strcmp(s, value) == 0;
+	}
+}
+
+bool
+SongFilter::Item::Match(const tag_item &item) const
+{
+	return (tag == LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE || (unsigned)item.type == tag) &&
+		StringMatch(item.value);
+}
+
+bool
+SongFilter::Item::Match(const struct tag &_tag) const
+{
+	bool visited_types[TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES];
+	std::fill(visited_types, visited_types + TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES, false);
+
+	for (unsigned i = 0; i < _tag.num_items; i++) {
+		visited_types[_tag.items[i]->type] = true;
+
+		if (Match(*_tag.items[i]))
+			return true;
+	}
+
+	/** If the search critieron was not visited during the sweep
+	 * through the song's tag, it means this field is absent from
+	 * the tag or empty. Thus, if the searched string is also
+	 *  empty (first char is a \0), then it's a match as well and
+	 *  we should return true.
+	 */
+	if (*value == 0 && tag < TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES &&
+	    !visited_types[tag])
+		return true;
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+bool
+SongFilter::Item::Match(const song &song) const
+{
+	if (tag == LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE || tag == LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE) {
+		char *uri = song_get_uri(&song);
+		const bool result = StringMatch(uri);
+		g_free(uri);
+
+		if (result || tag == LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE)
+			return result;
+	}
+
+	return song.tag != NULL && Match(*song.tag);
+}
+
+SongFilter::SongFilter(unsigned tag, const char *value, bool fold_case)
+{
+	items.push_back(Item(tag, value, fold_case));
+}
+
+SongFilter::~SongFilter()
+{
+	/* this destructor exists here just so it won't get inlined */
+}
+
+bool
+SongFilter::Parse(const char *tag_string, const char *value, bool fold_case)
+{
+	unsigned tag = locate_parse_type(tag_string);
+	if (tag == TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES)
+		return false;
+
+	items.push_back(Item(tag, value, fold_case));
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool
+SongFilter::Parse(unsigned argc, char *argv[], bool fold_case)
+{
+	if (argc == 0 || argc % 2 != 0)
+		return false;
+
+	for (unsigned i = 0; i < argc; i += 2)
+		if (!Parse(argv[i], argv[i + 1], fold_case))
+			return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool
+SongFilter::Match(const song &song) const
+{
+	for (const auto &i : items)
+		if (!i.Match(song))
+			return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
diff --git a/src/SongFilter.hxx b/src/SongFilter.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..afec81300
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/SongFilter.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_SONG_FILTER_HXX
+#define MPD_SONG_FILTER_HXX
+
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+#include <list>
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE	TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES+10
+#define LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE     TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES+20
+
+struct tag;
+struct tag_item;
+struct song;
+
+class SongFilter {
+	class Item {
+		uint8_t tag;
+
+		bool fold_case;
+
+		char *value;
+
+	public:
+		gcc_nonnull(3)
+		Item(unsigned tag, const char *value, bool fold_case=false);
+
+		Item(const Item &other) = delete;
+
+		Item(Item &&other)
+			:tag(other.tag), fold_case(other.fold_case),
+			 value(other.value) {
+			other.value = nullptr;
+		}
+
+		~Item();
+
+		Item &operator=(const Item &other) = delete;
+
+		unsigned GetTag() const {
+			return tag;
+		}
+
+		gcc_pure gcc_nonnull(2)
+		bool StringMatch(const char *s) const;
+
+		gcc_pure
+		bool Match(const tag_item &tag_item) const;
+
+		gcc_pure
+		bool Match(const struct tag &tag) const;
+
+		gcc_pure
+		bool Match(const song &song) const;
+	};
+
+	std::list<Item> items;
+
+public:
+	SongFilter() = default;
+
+	gcc_nonnull(3)
+	SongFilter(unsigned tag, const char *value, bool fold_case=false);
+
+	~SongFilter();
+
+	gcc_nonnull(2,3)
+	bool Parse(const char *tag, const char *value, bool fold_case=false);
+
+	gcc_nonnull(3)
+	bool Parse(unsigned argc, char *argv[], bool fold_case=false);
+
+	gcc_pure
+	bool Match(const tag &tag) const;
+
+	gcc_pure
+	bool Match(const song &song) const;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @return #TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES on error
+ */
+gcc_pure
+unsigned
+locate_parse_type(const char *str);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/song_print.c b/src/SongPrint.cxx
index fb608a8b2..c56e54d8b 100644
--- a/src/song_print.c
+++ b/src/SongPrint.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,20 +18,24 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "song_print.h"
+#include "SongPrint.hxx"
 #include "song.h"
-#include "directory.h"
-#include "tag_print.h"
-#include "client.h"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
+#include "TimePrint.hxx"
+#include "TagPrint.hxx"
+#include "Mapper.hxx"
+#include "Client.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "uri.h"
-#include "mapper.h"
+}
 
 void
-song_print_uri(struct client *client, struct song *song)
+song_print_uri(Client *client, struct song *song)
 {
-	if (song_in_database(song) && !directory_is_root(song->parent)) {
+	if (song_in_database(song) && !song->parent->IsRoot()) {
 		client_printf(client, "%s%s/%s\n", SONG_FILE,
-			      directory_get_path(song->parent), song->uri);
+			      song->parent->GetPath(), song->uri);
 	} else {
 		char *allocated;
 		const char *uri;
@@ -48,7 +52,7 @@ song_print_uri(struct client *client, struct song *song)
 }
 
 void
-song_print_info(struct client *client, struct song *song)
+song_print_info(Client *client, struct song *song)
 {
 	song_print_uri(client, song);
 
@@ -63,32 +67,8 @@ song_print_info(struct client *client, struct song *song)
 			      song->start_ms / 1000,
 			      song->start_ms % 1000);
 
-	if (song->mtime > 0) {
-#ifndef G_OS_WIN32
-		struct tm tm;
-#endif
-		const struct tm *tm2;
-
-#ifdef G_OS_WIN32
-		tm2 = gmtime(&song->mtime);
-#else
-		tm2 = gmtime_r(&song->mtime, &tm);
-#endif
-
-		if (tm2 != NULL) {
-			char timestamp[32];
-
-			strftime(timestamp, sizeof(timestamp),
-#ifdef G_OS_WIN32
-				 "%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%SZ",
-#else
-				 "%FT%TZ",
-#endif
-				 tm2);
-			client_printf(client, "Last-Modified: %s\n",
-				      timestamp);
-		}
-	}
+	if (song->mtime > 0)
+		time_print(client, "Last-Modified", song->mtime);
 
 	if (song->tag)
 		tag_print(client, song->tag);
diff --git a/src/SongPrint.hxx b/src/SongPrint.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..49f9478be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/SongPrint.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_SONG_PRINT_HXX
+#define MPD_SONG_PRINT_HXX
+
+struct song;
+class Client;
+
+void
+song_print_info(Client *client, struct song *song);
+
+void
+song_print_uri(Client *client, struct song *song);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/song_save.c b/src/SongSave.cxx
index 4fcb46e22..a32b7fecc 100644
--- a/src/song_save.c
+++ b/src/SongSave.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,13 +18,16 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "song_save.h"
+#include "SongSave.hxx"
 #include "song.h"
-#include "tag_save.h"
-#include "directory.h"
+#include "TagSave.hxx"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
+#include "TextFile.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "tag.h"
-#include "text_file.h"
 #include "string_util.h"
+}
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -60,8 +63,8 @@ song_save(FILE *fp, const struct song *song)
 }
 
 struct song *
-song_load(FILE *fp, struct directory *parent, const char *uri,
-	  GString *buffer, GError **error_r)
+song_load(TextFile &file, Directory *parent, const char *uri,
+	  GError **error_r)
 {
 	struct song *song = parent != NULL
 		? song_file_new(uri, parent)
@@ -70,7 +73,7 @@ song_load(FILE *fp, struct directory *parent, const char *uri,
 	enum tag_type type;
 	const char *value;
 
-	while ((line = read_text_line(fp, buffer)) != NULL &&
+	while ((line = file.ReadLine()) != NULL &&
 	       strcmp(line, SONG_END) != 0) {
 		colon = strchr(line, ':');
 		if (colon == NULL || colon == line) {
diff --git a/src/song_save.h b/src/SongSave.hxx
index f6ecbbfeb..3214c545f 100644
--- a/src/song_save.h
+++ b/src/SongSave.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_SONG_SAVE_H
-#define MPD_SONG_SAVE_H
+#ifndef MPD_SONG_SAVE_HXX
+#define MPD_SONG_SAVE_HXX
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -27,7 +27,8 @@
 #define SONG_BEGIN "song_begin: "
 
 struct song;
-struct directory;
+struct Directory;
+class TextFile;
 
 void
 song_save(FILE *fp, const struct song *song);
@@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ song_save(FILE *fp, const struct song *song);
  * @return true on success, false on error
  */
 struct song *
-song_load(FILE *fp, struct directory *parent, const char *uri,
-	  GString *buffer, GError **error_r);
+song_load(TextFile &file, Directory *parent, const char *uri,
+	  GError **error_r);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/song_sticker.c b/src/SongSticker.cxx
index 78025906e..40af50b31 100644
--- a/src/song_sticker.c
+++ b/src/SongSticker.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,10 +18,10 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "song_sticker.h"
+#include "SongSticker.hxx"
+#include "StickerDatabase.hxx"
 #include "song.h"
-#include "directory.h"
-#include "sticker.h"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ sticker_song_get(const struct song *song)
 }
 
 struct sticker_song_find_data {
-	struct directory *directory;
+	Directory *directory;
 	const char *base_uri;
 	size_t base_uri_length;
 
@@ -121,34 +121,31 @@ struct sticker_song_find_data {
 static void
 sticker_song_find_cb(const char *uri, const char *value, gpointer user_data)
 {
-	struct sticker_song_find_data *data = user_data;
-	struct song *song;
+	struct sticker_song_find_data *data =
+		(struct sticker_song_find_data *)user_data;
 
 	if (memcmp(uri, data->base_uri, data->base_uri_length) != 0)
 		/* should not happen, ignore silently */
 		return;
 
-	song = directory_lookup_song(data->directory,
-				     uri + data->base_uri_length);
+	song *song = data->directory->LookupSong(uri + data->base_uri_length);
 	if (song != NULL)
 		data->func(song, value, data->user_data);
 }
 
 bool
-sticker_song_find(struct directory *directory, const char *name,
+sticker_song_find(Directory *directory, const char *name,
 		  void (*func)(struct song *song, const char *value,
 			       gpointer user_data),
 		  gpointer user_data)
 {
-	struct sticker_song_find_data data = {
-		.directory = directory,
-		.func = func,
-		.user_data = user_data,
-	};
-	char *allocated;
-	bool success;
+	struct sticker_song_find_data data;
+	data.directory = directory;
+	data.func = func;
+	data.user_data = user_data;
 
-	data.base_uri = directory_get_path(directory);
+	char *allocated;
+	data.base_uri = directory->GetPath();
 	if (*data.base_uri != 0)
 		/* append slash to base_uri */
 		data.base_uri = allocated =
@@ -159,8 +156,8 @@ sticker_song_find(struct directory *directory, const char *name,
 
 	data.base_uri_length = strlen(data.base_uri);
 
-	success = sticker_find("song", data.base_uri, name,
-			       sticker_song_find_cb, &data);
+	bool success = sticker_find("song", data.base_uri, name,
+				    sticker_song_find_cb, &data);
 	g_free(allocated);
 
 	return success;
diff --git a/src/song_sticker.h b/src/SongSticker.hxx
index 20ae68ce9..fd25af4c8 100644
--- a/src/song_sticker.h
+++ b/src/SongSticker.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,14 +17,13 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef SONG_STICKER_H
-#define SONG_STICKER_H
+#ifndef MPD_SONG_STICKER_HXX
+#define MPD_SONG_STICKER_HXX
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
 #include <glib.h>
 
 struct song;
-struct directory;
+struct Directory;
 struct sticker;
 
 /**
@@ -76,7 +75,7 @@ sticker_song_get(const struct song *song);
  * failure
  */
 bool
-sticker_song_find(struct directory *directory, const char *name,
+sticker_song_find(Directory *directory, const char *name,
 		  void (*func)(struct song *song, const char *value,
 			       gpointer user_data),
 		  gpointer user_data);
diff --git a/src/song_update.c b/src/SongUpdate.cxx
index 37f502a20..2d22f27c4 100644
--- a/src/song_update.c
+++ b/src/SongUpdate.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,10 +18,16 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h" /* must be first for large file support */
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "song.h"
 #include "uri.h"
-#include "directory.h"
-#include "mapper.h"
+}
+
+#include "Directory.hxx"
+#include "Mapper.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "decoder_list.h"
 #include "decoder_plugin.h"
 #include "tag_ape.h"
@@ -29,6 +35,7 @@
 #include "tag.h"
 #include "tag_handler.h"
 #include "input_stream.h"
+}
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -38,7 +45,7 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 struct song *
-song_file_load(const char *path, struct directory *parent)
+song_file_load(const char *path, Directory *parent)
 {
 	struct song *song;
 	bool ret;
@@ -187,7 +194,7 @@ song_file_update_inarchive(struct song *song)
 	if (suffix == NULL)
 		return false;
 
-	plugin = decoder_plugin_from_suffix(suffix, false);
+	plugin = decoder_plugin_from_suffix(suffix, nullptr);
 	if (plugin == NULL)
 		return false;
 
diff --git a/src/state_file.c b/src/StateFile.cxx
index de0e70538..1d77b77de 100644
--- a/src/state_file.c
+++ b/src/StateFile.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,12 +18,15 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "state_file.h"
-#include "output_state.h"
-#include "playlist.h"
-#include "playlist_state.h"
+#include "StateFile.hxx"
+#include "OutputState.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistState.hxx"
+#include "TextFile.hxx"
+#include "Partition.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "volume.h"
-#include "text_file.h"
+}
 
 #include <glib.h>
 #include <assert.h>
@@ -46,7 +49,7 @@ static unsigned prev_volume_version, prev_output_version,
 	prev_playlist_version;
 
 static void
-state_file_write(struct player_control *pc)
+state_file_write(Partition &partition)
 {
 	FILE *fp;
 
@@ -63,51 +66,46 @@ state_file_write(struct player_control *pc)
 
 	save_sw_volume_state(fp);
 	audio_output_state_save(fp);
-	playlist_state_save(fp, &g_playlist, pc);
+	playlist_state_save(fp, &partition.playlist, &partition.pc);
 
 	fclose(fp);
 
 	prev_volume_version = sw_volume_state_get_hash();
 	prev_output_version = audio_output_state_get_version();
-	prev_playlist_version = playlist_state_get_hash(&g_playlist, pc);
+	prev_playlist_version = playlist_state_get_hash(&partition.playlist,
+							&partition.pc);
 }
 
 static void
-state_file_read(struct player_control *pc)
+state_file_read(Partition &partition)
 {
-	FILE *fp;
 	bool success;
 
 	assert(state_file_path != NULL);
 
 	g_debug("Loading state file %s", state_file_path);
 
-	fp = fopen(state_file_path, "r");
-	if (G_UNLIKELY(!fp)) {
+	TextFile file(state_file_path);
+	if (file.HasFailed()) {
 		g_warning("failed to open %s: %s",
 			  state_file_path, g_strerror(errno));
 		return;
 	}
 
-	GString *buffer = g_string_sized_new(1024);
 	const char *line;
-	while ((line = read_text_line(fp, buffer)) != NULL) {
+	while ((line = file.ReadLine()) != NULL) {
 		success = read_sw_volume_state(line) ||
 			audio_output_state_read(line) ||
-			playlist_state_restore(line, fp, buffer,
-					       &g_playlist, pc);
+			playlist_state_restore(line, file, &partition.playlist,
+					       &partition.pc);
 		if (!success)
 			g_warning("Unrecognized line in state file: %s", line);
 	}
 
-	fclose(fp);
-
 	prev_volume_version = sw_volume_state_get_hash();
 	prev_output_version = audio_output_state_get_version();
-	prev_playlist_version = playlist_state_get_hash(&g_playlist, pc);
-
-
-	g_string_free(buffer, true);
+	prev_playlist_version = playlist_state_get_hash(&partition.playlist,
+							&partition.pc);
 }
 
 /**
@@ -117,21 +115,22 @@ state_file_read(struct player_control *pc)
 static gboolean
 timer_save_state_file(gpointer data)
 {
-	struct player_control *pc = data;
+	Partition &partition = *(Partition *)data;
 
 	if (prev_volume_version == sw_volume_state_get_hash() &&
 	    prev_output_version == audio_output_state_get_version() &&
-	    prev_playlist_version == playlist_state_get_hash(&g_playlist, pc))
+	    prev_playlist_version == playlist_state_get_hash(&partition.playlist,
+							     &partition.pc))
 		/* nothing has changed - don't save the state file,
 		   don't spin up the hard disk */
 		return true;
 
-	state_file_write(pc);
+	state_file_write(partition);
 	return true;
 }
 
 void
-state_file_init(const char *path, struct player_control *pc)
+state_file_init(const char *path, Partition &partition)
 {
 	assert(state_file_path == NULL);
 
@@ -139,15 +138,15 @@ state_file_init(const char *path, struct player_control *pc)
 		return;
 
 	state_file_path = g_strdup(path);
-	state_file_read(pc);
+	state_file_read(partition);
 
 	save_state_source_id = g_timeout_add_seconds(5 * 60,
 						     timer_save_state_file,
-						     pc);
+						     &partition);
 }
 
 void
-state_file_finish(struct player_control *pc)
+state_file_finish(Partition &partition)
 {
 	if (state_file_path == NULL)
 		/* no state file configured, no cleanup required */
@@ -156,7 +155,7 @@ state_file_finish(struct player_control *pc)
 	if (save_state_source_id != 0)
 		g_source_remove(save_state_source_id);
 
-	state_file_write(pc);
+	state_file_write(partition);
 
 	g_free(state_file_path);
 }
diff --git a/src/state_file.h b/src/StateFile.hxx
index 4c4f881cc..35269fe40 100644
--- a/src/state_file.h
+++ b/src/StateFile.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,16 +17,16 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_STATE_FILE_H
-#define MPD_STATE_FILE_H
+#ifndef MPD_STATE_FILE_HXX
+#define MPD_STATE_FILE_HXX
 
-struct player_control;
+struct Partition;
 
 void
-state_file_init(const char *path, struct player_control *pc);
+state_file_init(const char *path, Partition &partition);
 
 void
-state_file_finish(struct player_control *pc);
+state_file_finish(Partition &partition);
 
 void write_state_file(void);
 
diff --git a/src/Stats.cxx b/src/Stats.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f848a9b03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/Stats.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "stats.h"
+}
+
+#include "PlayerControl.hxx"
+#include "ClientInternal.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSelection.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseGlue.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSimple.hxx"
+
+struct stats stats;
+
+void stats_global_init(void)
+{
+	stats.timer = g_timer_new();
+}
+
+void stats_global_finish(void)
+{
+	g_timer_destroy(stats.timer);
+}
+
+void stats_update(void)
+{
+	GError *error = nullptr;
+
+	DatabaseStats stats2;
+
+	const DatabaseSelection selection("", true);
+	if (GetDatabase()->GetStats(selection, stats2, &error)) {
+		stats.song_count = stats2.song_count;
+		stats.song_duration = stats2.total_duration;
+		stats.artist_count = stats2.artist_count;
+		stats.album_count = stats2.album_count;
+	} else {
+		g_warning("%s", error->message);
+		g_error_free(error);
+
+		stats.song_count = 0;
+		stats.song_duration = 0;
+		stats.artist_count = 0;
+		stats.album_count = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+void
+stats_print(Client *client)
+{
+	client_printf(client,
+		      "artists: %u\n"
+		      "albums: %u\n"
+		      "songs: %i\n"
+		      "uptime: %li\n"
+		      "playtime: %li\n"
+		      "db_playtime: %li\n",
+		      stats.artist_count,
+		      stats.album_count,
+		      stats.song_count,
+		      (long)g_timer_elapsed(stats.timer, NULL),
+		      (long)(pc_get_total_play_time(client->player_control) + 0.5),
+		      stats.song_duration);
+
+	if (db_is_simple())
+		client_printf(client,
+			      "db_update: %li\n",
+			      (long)db_get_mtime());
+}
diff --git a/src/StickerCommands.cxx b/src/StickerCommands.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d13647c33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/StickerCommands.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "StickerCommands.hxx"
+#include "SongPrint.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseLock.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseGlue.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSimple.hxx"
+#include "SongSticker.hxx"
+#include "StickerPrint.hxx"
+#include "StickerDatabase.hxx"
+#include "CommandError.hxx"
+#include "protocol/Result.hxx"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+struct sticker_song_find_data {
+	Client *client;
+	const char *name;
+};
+
+static void
+sticker_song_find_print_cb(struct song *song, const char *value,
+			   gpointer user_data)
+{
+	struct sticker_song_find_data *data =
+		(struct sticker_song_find_data *)user_data;
+
+	song_print_uri(data->client, song);
+	sticker_print_value(data->client, data->name, value);
+}
+
+static enum command_return
+handle_sticker_song(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	GError *error = nullptr;
+	const Database *db = GetDatabase(&error);
+	if (db == nullptr)
+		return print_error(client, error);
+
+	/* get song song_id key */
+	if (argc == 5 && strcmp(argv[1], "get") == 0) {
+		song *song = db->GetSong(argv[3], &error);
+		if (song == nullptr)
+			return print_error(client, error);
+
+		char *value = sticker_song_get_value(song, argv[4]);
+		db->ReturnSong(song);
+		if (value == NULL) {
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+				      "no such sticker");
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+		}
+
+		sticker_print_value(client, argv[4], value);
+		g_free(value);
+
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+	/* list song song_id */
+	} else if (argc == 4 && strcmp(argv[1], "list") == 0) {
+		song *song = db->GetSong(argv[3], &error);
+		if (song == nullptr)
+			return print_error(client, error);
+
+		sticker *sticker = sticker_song_get(song);
+		db->ReturnSong(song);
+		if (sticker) {
+			sticker_print(client, sticker);
+			sticker_free(sticker);
+		}
+
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+	/* set song song_id id key */
+	} else if (argc == 6 && strcmp(argv[1], "set") == 0) {
+		song *song = db->GetSong(argv[3], &error);
+		if (song == nullptr)
+			return print_error(client, error);
+
+		bool ret = sticker_song_set_value(song, argv[4], argv[5]);
+		db->ReturnSong(song);
+		if (!ret) {
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM,
+				      "failed to set sticker value");
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+		}
+
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+	/* delete song song_id [key] */
+	} else if ((argc == 4 || argc == 5) &&
+		   strcmp(argv[1], "delete") == 0) {
+		song *song = db->GetSong(argv[3], &error);
+		if (song == nullptr)
+			return print_error(client, error);
+
+		bool ret = argc == 4
+			? sticker_song_delete(song)
+			: sticker_song_delete_value(song, argv[4]);
+		db->ReturnSong(song);
+		if (!ret) {
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM,
+				      "no such sticker");
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+		}
+
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+	/* find song dir key */
+	} else if (argc == 5 && strcmp(argv[1], "find") == 0) {
+		/* "sticker find song a/directory name" */
+		bool success;
+		struct sticker_song_find_data data = {
+			client,
+			argv[4],
+		};
+
+		db_lock();
+		Directory *directory = db_get_directory(argv[3]);
+		if (directory == NULL) {
+			db_unlock();
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+				      "no such directory");
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+		}
+
+		success = sticker_song_find(directory, data.name,
+					    sticker_song_find_print_cb, &data);
+		db_unlock();
+		if (!success) {
+			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM,
+				      "failed to set search sticker database");
+			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+		}
+
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+	} else {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "bad request");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_sticker(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	assert(argc >= 4);
+
+	if (!sticker_enabled()) {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UNKNOWN,
+			      "sticker database is disabled");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+
+	if (strcmp(argv[2], "song") == 0)
+		return handle_sticker_song(client, argc, argv);
+	else {
+		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+			      "unknown sticker domain");
+		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/src/StickerCommands.hxx b/src/StickerCommands.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..840bd33d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/StickerCommands.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_STICKER_COMMANDS_HXX
+#define MPD_STICKER_COMMANDS_HXX
+
+#include "command.h"
+
+class Client;
+
+enum command_return
+handle_sticker(Client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sticker.c b/src/StickerDatabase.cxx
index 346a827a5..3d6e212d1 100644
--- a/src/sticker.c
+++ b/src/StickerDatabase.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,8 +18,14 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "sticker.h"
+#include "StickerDatabase.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "idle.h"
+}
+
+#include <string>
+#include <map>
 
 #include <glib.h>
 #include <sqlite3.h>
@@ -33,7 +39,7 @@
 #endif
 
 struct sticker {
-	GHashTable *table;
+	std::map<std::string, std::string> table;
 };
 
 enum sticker_sql {
@@ -47,19 +53,19 @@ enum sticker_sql {
 };
 
 static const char *const sticker_sql[] = {
-	[STICKER_SQL_GET] =
+	//[STICKER_SQL_GET] =
 	"SELECT value FROM sticker WHERE type=? AND uri=? AND name=?",
-	[STICKER_SQL_LIST] =
+	//[STICKER_SQL_LIST] =
 	"SELECT name,value FROM sticker WHERE type=? AND uri=?",
-	[STICKER_SQL_UPDATE] =
+	//[STICKER_SQL_UPDATE] =
 	"UPDATE sticker SET value=? WHERE type=? AND uri=? AND name=?",
-	[STICKER_SQL_INSERT] =
+	//[STICKER_SQL_INSERT] =
 	"INSERT INTO sticker(type,uri,name,value) VALUES(?, ?, ?, ?)",
-	[STICKER_SQL_DELETE] =
+	//[STICKER_SQL_DELETE] =
 	"DELETE FROM sticker WHERE type=? AND uri=?",
-	[STICKER_SQL_DELETE_VALUE] =
+	//[STICKER_SQL_DELETE_VALUE] =
 	"DELETE FROM sticker WHERE type=? AND uri=? AND name=?",
-	[STICKER_SQL_FIND] =
+	//[STICKER_SQL_FIND] =
 	"SELECT uri,value FROM sticker WHERE type=? AND uri LIKE (? || '%') AND name=?",
 };
 
@@ -226,13 +232,12 @@ sticker_load_value(const char *type, const char *uri, const char *name)
 }
 
 static bool
-sticker_list_values(GHashTable *hash, const char *type, const char *uri)
+sticker_list_values(std::map<std::string, std::string> &table,
+		    const char *type, const char *uri)
 {
 	sqlite3_stmt *const stmt = sticker_stmt[STICKER_SQL_LIST];
 	int ret;
-	char *name, *value;
 
-	assert(hash != NULL);
 	assert(type != NULL);
 	assert(uri != NULL);
 	assert(sticker_enabled());
@@ -256,10 +261,13 @@ sticker_list_values(GHashTable *hash, const char *type, const char *uri)
 	do {
 		ret = sqlite3_step(stmt);
 		switch (ret) {
+			const char *name, *value;
+
 		case SQLITE_ROW:
-			name = g_strdup((const char*)sqlite3_column_text(stmt, 0));
-			value = g_strdup((const char*)sqlite3_column_text(stmt, 1));
-			g_hash_table_insert(hash, name, value);
+			name = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(stmt, 0);
+			value = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(stmt, 1);
+
+			table.insert(std::make_pair(name, value));
 			break;
 		case SQLITE_DONE:
 			break;
@@ -518,44 +526,20 @@ sticker_delete_value(const char *type, const char *uri, const char *name)
 	return ret > 0;
 }
 
-static struct sticker *
-sticker_new(void)
-{
-	struct sticker *sticker = g_new(struct sticker, 1);
-
-	sticker->table = g_hash_table_new_full(g_str_hash, g_str_equal,
-					       g_free, g_free);
-	return sticker;
-}
-
 void
 sticker_free(struct sticker *sticker)
 {
-	assert(sticker != NULL);
-	assert(sticker->table != NULL);
-
-	g_hash_table_destroy(sticker->table);
-	g_free(sticker);
+	delete sticker;
 }
 
 const char *
 sticker_get_value(const struct sticker *sticker, const char *name)
 {
-	return g_hash_table_lookup(sticker->table, name);
-}
+	auto i = sticker->table.find(name);
+	if (i == sticker->table.end())
+		return nullptr;
 
-struct sticker_foreach_data {
-	void (*func)(const char *name, const char *value,
-		     gpointer user_data);
-	gpointer user_data;
-};
-
-static void
-sticker_foreach_func(gpointer key, gpointer value, gpointer user_data)
-{
-	struct sticker_foreach_data *data = user_data;
-
-	data->func(key, value, data->user_data);
+	return i->second.c_str();
 }
 
 void
@@ -564,33 +548,23 @@ sticker_foreach(const struct sticker *sticker,
 			     gpointer user_data),
 		gpointer user_data)
 {
-	struct sticker_foreach_data data = {
-		.func = func,
-		.user_data = user_data,
-	};
-
-	g_hash_table_foreach(sticker->table, sticker_foreach_func, &data);
+	for (const auto &i : sticker->table)
+		func(i.first.c_str(), i.second.c_str(), user_data);
 }
 
 struct sticker *
 sticker_load(const char *type, const char *uri)
 {
-	struct sticker *sticker = sticker_new();
-	bool success;
+	sticker s;
 
-	success = sticker_list_values(sticker->table, type, uri);
-	if (!success) {
-		sticker_free(sticker);
+	if (!sticker_list_values(s.table, type, uri))
 		return NULL;
-	}
 
-	if (g_hash_table_size(sticker->table) == 0) {
+	if (s.table.empty())
 		/* don't return empty sticker objects */
-		sticker_free(sticker);
 		return NULL;
-	}
 
-	return sticker;
+	return new sticker(std::move(s));
 }
 
 bool
diff --git a/src/sticker.h b/src/StickerDatabase.hxx
index 5545206a5..90ff9b066 100644
--- a/src/sticker.h
+++ b/src/StickerDatabase.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -39,12 +39,10 @@
  *
  */
 
-#ifndef STICKER_H
-#define STICKER_H
+#ifndef MPD_STICKER_DATABASE_HXX
+#define MPD_STICKER_DATABASE_HXX
 
-#include <glib.h>
-
-#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
 
 struct sticker;
 
@@ -127,8 +125,8 @@ sticker_get_value(const struct sticker *sticker, const char *name);
 void
 sticker_foreach(const struct sticker *sticker,
 		void (*func)(const char *name, const char *value,
-			     gpointer user_data),
-		gpointer user_data);
+			     void *user_data),
+		void *user_data);
 
 /**
  * Loads the sticker for the specified resource.
@@ -153,7 +151,7 @@ sticker_load(const char *type, const char *uri);
 bool
 sticker_find(const char *type, const char *base_uri, const char *name,
 	     void (*func)(const char *uri, const char *value,
-			  gpointer user_data),
-	     gpointer user_data);
+			  void *user_data),
+	     void *user_data);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/sticker_print.c b/src/StickerPrint.cxx
index 65e79513c..1708ee4f0 100644
--- a/src/sticker_print.c
+++ b/src/StickerPrint.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,27 +18,27 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "sticker_print.h"
-#include "sticker.h"
-#include "client.h"
+#include "StickerPrint.hxx"
+#include "StickerDatabase.hxx"
+#include "Client.hxx"
 
 void
-sticker_print_value(struct client *client,
+sticker_print_value(Client *client,
 		    const char *name, const char *value)
 {
 	client_printf(client, "sticker: %s=%s\n", name, value);
 }
 
 static void
-print_sticker_cb(const char *name, const char *value, gpointer data)
+print_sticker_cb(const char *name, const char *value, void *data)
 {
-	struct client *client = data;
+	Client *client = (Client *)data;
 
 	sticker_print_value(client, name, value);
 }
 
 void
-sticker_print(struct client *client, const struct sticker *sticker)
+sticker_print(Client *client, const struct sticker *sticker)
 {
 	sticker_foreach(sticker, print_sticker_cb, client);
 }
diff --git a/src/sticker_print.h b/src/StickerPrint.hxx
index 7398c8083..27225a494 100644
--- a/src/sticker_print.h
+++ b/src/StickerPrint.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,23 +17,22 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_STICKER_PRINT_H
-#define MPD_STICKER_PRINT_H
+#ifndef MPD_STICKER_PRINT_HXX
+#define MPD_STICKER_PRINT_HXX
 
 struct sticker;
-struct client;
+class Client;
 
 /**
  * Sends one sticker value to the client.
  */
 void
-sticker_print_value(struct client *client,
-		    const char *name, const char *value);
+sticker_print_value(Client *client, const char *name, const char *value);
 
 /**
  * Sends all sticker values to the client.
  */
 void
-sticker_print(struct client *client, const struct sticker *sticker);
+sticker_print(Client *client, const struct sticker *sticker);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/tag_print.c b/src/TagPrint.cxx
index 9a46b247a..5a5dbbeff 100644
--- a/src/tag_print.c
+++ b/src/TagPrint.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,13 +18,13 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "tag_print.h"
+#include "TagPrint.hxx"
 #include "tag.h"
 #include "tag_internal.h"
-#include "client.h"
 #include "song.h"
+#include "Client.hxx"
 
-void tag_print_types(struct client *client)
+void tag_print_types(Client *client)
 {
 	int i;
 
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ void tag_print_types(struct client *client)
 	}
 }
 
-void tag_print(struct client *client, const struct tag *tag)
+void tag_print(Client *client, const struct tag *tag)
 {
 	if (tag->time >= 0)
 		client_printf(client, SONG_TIME "%i\n", tag->time);
diff --git a/src/tag_print.h b/src/TagPrint.hxx
index b9eeeaecf..99e1d0850 100644
--- a/src/tag_print.h
+++ b/src/TagPrint.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,14 +17,14 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_TAG_PRINT_H
-#define MPD_TAG_PRINT_H
+#ifndef MPD_TAG_PRINT_HXX
+#define MPD_TAG_PRINT_HXX
 
 struct tag;
-struct client;
+class Client;
 
-void tag_print_types(struct client *client);
+void tag_print_types(Client *client);
 
-void tag_print(struct client *client, const struct tag *tag);
+void tag_print(Client *client, const struct tag *tag);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/tag_save.c b/src/TagSave.cxx
index 2fdaef56c..639dc2d97 100644
--- a/src/tag_save.c
+++ b/src/TagSave.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "tag_save.h"
+#include "TagSave.hxx"
 #include "tag.h"
 #include "tag_internal.h"
 #include "song.h"
diff --git a/src/tag_save.h b/src/TagSave.hxx
index 9f6a580c8..a7ccfa613 100644
--- a/src/tag_save.h
+++ b/src/TagSave.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_TAG_SAVE_H
-#define MPD_TAG_SAVE_H
+#ifndef MPD_TAG_SAVE_HXX
+#define MPD_TAG_SAVE_HXX
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 
diff --git a/src/text_file.c b/src/TextFile.cxx
index 3674e5ce2..4ad59ee4a 100644
--- a/src/text_file.c
+++ b/src/TextFile.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,27 +18,20 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "text_file.h"
+#include "TextFile.hxx"
 
 #include <assert.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
 char *
-read_text_line(FILE *file, GString *buffer)
+TextFile::ReadLine()
 {
-	enum {
-		max_length = 512 * 1024,
-		step = 1024,
-	};
-
 	gsize length = 0, i;
 	char *p;
 
 	assert(file != NULL);
 	assert(buffer != NULL);
-
-	if (buffer->allocated_len < step)
-		g_string_set_size(buffer, step);
+	assert(buffer->allocated_len >= step);
 
 	while (buffer->len < max_length) {
 		p = fgets(buffer->str + length,
diff --git a/src/TextFile.hxx b/src/TextFile.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..25f6ea7a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/TextFile.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_TEXT_FILE_HXX
+#define MPD_TEXT_FILE_HXX
+
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+class TextFile {
+	static constexpr size_t max_length = 512 * 1024;
+	static constexpr size_t step = 1024;
+
+	FILE *const file;
+
+	GString *const buffer;
+
+public:
+	TextFile(const char *path_fs)
+		:file(fopen(path_fs, "r")), buffer(g_string_sized_new(step)) {}
+
+	TextFile(const TextFile &other) = delete;
+
+	~TextFile() {
+		if (file != nullptr)
+			fclose(file);
+
+		g_string_free(buffer, true);
+	}
+
+	bool HasFailed() const {
+		return gcc_unlikely(file == nullptr);
+	}
+
+	/**
+	 * Reads a line from the input file, and strips trailing
+	 * space.  There is a reasonable maximum line length, only to
+	 * prevent denial of service.
+	 *
+	 * @param file the source file, opened in text mode
+	 * @param buffer an allocator for the buffer
+	 * @return a pointer to the line, or NULL on end-of-file or error
+	 */
+	char *ReadLine();
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/TimePrint.cxx b/src/TimePrint.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c5247dd9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/TimePrint.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "TimePrint.hxx"
+#include "Client.hxx"
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+void
+time_print(Client *client, const char *name, time_t t)
+{
+#ifdef G_OS_WIN32
+	const struct tm *tm2 = gmtime(&t);
+#else
+	struct tm tm;
+	const struct tm *tm2 = gmtime_r(&t, &tm);
+#endif
+	if (tm2 == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	char buffer[32];
+	strftime(buffer, sizeof(buffer),
+#ifdef G_OS_WIN32
+		 "%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%SZ",
+#else
+		 "%FT%TZ",
+#endif
+		 tm2);
+	client_printf(client, "%s: %s\n", name, buffer);
+}
diff --git a/src/TimePrint.hxx b/src/TimePrint.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f45101256
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/TimePrint.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_TIME_PRINT_HXX
+#define MPD_TIME_PRINT_HXX
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+class Client;
+
+/**
+ * Write a line with a time stamp to the client.
+ */
+void
+time_print(Client *client, const char *name, time_t t);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/update_archive.c b/src/UpdateArchive.cxx
index 3fb2bc18c..72f7aaf19 100644
--- a/src/update_archive.c
+++ b/src/UpdateArchive.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,29 +18,32 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h" /* must be first for large file support */
-#include "update_archive.h"
-#include "update_internal.h"
-#include "db_lock.h"
-#include "directory.h"
+#include "UpdateArchive.hxx"
+#include "UpdateInternal.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseLock.hxx"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
 #include "song.h"
-#include "mapper.h"
+#include "Mapper.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "archive_list.h"
 #include "archive_plugin.h"
+}
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
 #include <string.h>
 
 static void
-update_archive_tree(struct directory *directory, char *name)
+update_archive_tree(Directory *directory, char *name)
 {
 	char *tmp = strchr(name, '/');
 	if (tmp) {
 		*tmp = 0;
 		//add dir is not there already
 		db_lock();
-		struct directory *subdir =
-			directory_make_child(directory, name);
+		Directory *subdir =
+			directory->MakeChild(name);
 		subdir->device = DEVICE_INARCHIVE;
 		db_unlock();
 		//create directories first
@@ -53,18 +56,18 @@ update_archive_tree(struct directory *directory, char *name)
 
 		//add file
 		db_lock();
-		struct song *song = directory_get_song(directory, name);
+		struct song *song = directory->FindSong(name);
 		db_unlock();
 		if (song == NULL) {
 			song = song_file_load(name, directory);
 			if (song != NULL) {
 				db_lock();
-				directory_add_song(directory, song);
+				directory->AddSong(song);
 				db_unlock();
 
 				modified = true;
 				g_message("added %s/%s",
-					  directory_get_path(directory), name);
+					  directory->GetPath(), name);
 			}
 		}
 	}
@@ -79,12 +82,12 @@ update_archive_tree(struct directory *directory, char *name)
  * @param plugin the archive plugin which fits this archive type
  */
 static void
-update_archive_file2(struct directory *parent, const char *name,
+update_archive_file2(Directory *parent, const char *name,
 		     const struct stat *st,
 		     const struct archive_plugin *plugin)
 {
 	db_lock();
-	struct directory *directory = directory_get_child(parent, name);
+	Directory *directory = parent->FindChild(name);
 	db_unlock();
 
 	if (directory != NULL && directory->mtime == st->st_mtime &&
@@ -111,7 +114,7 @@ update_archive_file2(struct directory *parent, const char *name,
 	if (directory == NULL) {
 		g_debug("creating archive directory: %s", name);
 		db_lock();
-		directory = directory_new_child(parent, name);
+		directory = parent->CreateChild(name);
 		/* mark this directory as archive (we use device for
 		   this) */
 		directory->device = DEVICE_INARCHIVE;
@@ -133,7 +136,7 @@ update_archive_file2(struct directory *parent, const char *name,
 }
 
 bool
-update_archive_file(struct directory *directory,
+update_archive_file(Directory *directory,
 		    const char *name, const char *suffix,
 		    const struct stat *st)
 {
diff --git a/src/update_archive.h b/src/UpdateArchive.hxx
index 838697dd9..aa9882ae0 100644
--- a/src/update_archive.h
+++ b/src/UpdateArchive.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,21 +17,21 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_UPDATE_ARCHIVE_H
-#define MPD_UPDATE_ARCHIVE_H
+#ifndef MPD_UPDATE_ARCHIVE_HXX
+#define MPD_UPDATE_ARCHIVE_HXX
 
 #include "check.h"
+#include "gcc.h"
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 
-struct directory;
+struct Directory;
 struct archive_plugin;
 
 #ifdef ENABLE_ARCHIVE
 
 bool
-update_archive_file(struct directory *directory,
+update_archive_file(Directory *directory,
 		    const char *name, const char *suffix,
 		    const struct stat *st);
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ update_archive_file(struct directory *directory,
 #include <glib.h>
 
 static inline bool
-update_archive_file(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct directory *directory,
-		    G_GNUC_UNUSED const char *name,
-		    G_GNUC_UNUSED const char *suffix,
-		    G_GNUC_UNUSED const struct stat *st)
+update_archive_file(gcc_unused Directory *directory,
+		    gcc_unused const char *name,
+		    gcc_unused const char *suffix,
+		    gcc_unused const struct stat *st)
 {
 	return false;
 }
diff --git a/src/update_container.c b/src/UpdateContainer.cxx
index bda95dabe..07bf0cee1 100644
--- a/src/update_container.c
+++ b/src/UpdateContainer.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,16 +18,19 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h" /* must be first for large file support */
-#include "update_container.h"
-#include "update_internal.h"
-#include "update_db.h"
-#include "db_lock.h"
-#include "directory.h"
+#include "UpdateContainer.hxx"
+#include "UpdateInternal.hxx"
+#include "UpdateDatabase.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseLock.hxx"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
 #include "song.h"
-#include "mapper.h"
 #include "decoder_plugin.h"
+#include "Mapper.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "tag.h"
 #include "tag_handler.h"
+}
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -39,11 +42,11 @@
  *
  * The caller must lock the database.
  */
-static struct directory *
-make_directory_if_modified(struct directory *parent, const char *name,
+static Directory *
+make_directory_if_modified(Directory *parent, const char *name,
 			   const struct stat *st)
 {
-	struct directory *directory = directory_get_child(parent, name);
+	Directory *directory = parent->FindChild(name);
 
 	// directory exists already
 	if (directory != NULL) {
@@ -57,13 +60,13 @@ make_directory_if_modified(struct directory *parent, const char *name,
 		modified = true;
 	}
 
-	directory = directory_make_child(parent, name);
+	directory = parent->MakeChild(name);
 	directory->mtime = st->st_mtime;
 	return directory;
 }
 
 bool
-update_container_file(struct directory *directory,
+update_container_file(Directory *directory,
 		      const char *name,
 		      const struct stat *st,
 		      const struct decoder_plugin *plugin)
@@ -72,8 +75,7 @@ update_container_file(struct directory *directory,
 		return false;
 
 	db_lock();
-	struct directory *contdir =
-		make_directory_if_modified(directory, name, st);
+	Directory *contdir = make_directory_if_modified(directory, name, st);
 	if (contdir == NULL) {
 		/* not modified */
 		db_unlock();
@@ -101,13 +103,12 @@ update_container_file(struct directory *directory,
 		g_free(child_path_fs);
 
 		db_lock();
-		directory_add_song(contdir, song);
+		contdir->AddSong(song);
 		db_unlock();
 
 		modified = true;
 
-		g_message("added %s/%s",
-			  directory_get_path(directory), vtrack);
+		g_message("added %s/%s", directory->GetPath(), vtrack);
 		g_free(vtrack);
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/update_container.h b/src/UpdateContainer.hxx
index 7f42c80ca..0078730d6 100644
--- a/src/update_container.h
+++ b/src/UpdateContainer.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,19 +17,18 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_UPDATE_CONTAINER_H
-#define MPD_UPDATE_CONTAINER_H
+#ifndef MPD_UPDATE_CONTAINER_HXX
+#define MPD_UPDATE_CONTAINER_HXX
 
 #include "check.h"
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 
-struct directory;
+struct Directory;
 struct decoder_plugin;
 
 bool
-update_container_file(struct directory *directory,
+update_container_file(Directory *directory,
 		      const char *name,
 		      const struct stat *st,
 		      const struct decoder_plugin *plugin);
diff --git a/src/update_db.c b/src/UpdateDatabase.cxx
index 8982a53e2..984fb1be8 100644
--- a/src/update_db.c
+++ b/src/UpdateDatabase.cxx
@@ -18,23 +18,23 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h" /* must be first for large file support */
-#include "update_db.h"
-#include "update_remove.h"
-#include "directory.h"
+#include "UpdateDatabase.hxx"
+#include "UpdateRemove.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistVector.hxx"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
 #include "song.h"
-#include "playlist_vector.h"
-#include "db_lock.h"
+#include "DatabaseLock.hxx"
 
 #include <glib.h>
 #include <assert.h>
 
 void
-delete_song(struct directory *dir, struct song *del)
+delete_song(Directory *dir, struct song *del)
 {
 	assert(del->parent == dir);
 
 	/* first, prevent traversers in main task from getting this */
-	directory_remove_song(dir, del);
+	dir->RemoveSong(del);
 
 	db_unlock(); /* temporary unlock, because update_remove_song() blocks */
 
@@ -54,9 +54,9 @@ delete_song(struct directory *dir, struct song *del)
  * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
  */
 static void
-clear_directory(struct directory *directory)
+clear_directory(Directory *directory)
 {
-	struct directory *child, *n;
+	Directory *child, *n;
 	directory_for_each_child_safe(child, n, directory)
 		delete_directory(child);
 
@@ -68,35 +68,35 @@ clear_directory(struct directory *directory)
 }
 
 void
-delete_directory(struct directory *directory)
+delete_directory(Directory *directory)
 {
 	assert(directory->parent != NULL);
 
 	clear_directory(directory);
 
-	directory_delete(directory);
+	directory->Delete();
 }
 
 bool
-delete_name_in(struct directory *parent, const char *name)
+delete_name_in(Directory *parent, const char *name)
 {
 	bool modified = false;
 
 	db_lock();
-	struct directory *directory = directory_get_child(parent, name);
+	Directory *directory = parent->FindChild(name);
 
 	if (directory != NULL) {
 		delete_directory(directory);
 		modified = true;
 	}
 
-	struct song *song = directory_get_song(parent, name);
+	struct song *song = parent->FindSong(name);
 	if (song != NULL) {
 		delete_song(parent, song);
 		modified = true;
 	}
 
-	playlist_vector_remove(&parent->playlists, name);
+	parent->playlists.erase(name);
 
 	db_unlock();
 
diff --git a/src/update_db.h b/src/UpdateDatabase.hxx
index 0a9e46b05..7b55ce95d 100644
--- a/src/update_db.h
+++ b/src/UpdateDatabase.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,21 +17,19 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_UPDATE_DB_H
-#define MPD_UPDATE_DB_H
+#ifndef MPD_UPDATE_DATABASE_HXX
+#define MPD_UPDATE_DATABASE_HXX
 
 #include "check.h"
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-struct directory;
+struct Directory;
 struct song;
 
 /**
  * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
  */
 void
-delete_song(struct directory *parent, struct song *song);
+delete_song(Directory *parent, struct song *song);
 
 /**
  * Recursively free a directory and all its contents.
@@ -39,7 +37,7 @@ delete_song(struct directory *parent, struct song *song);
  * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
  */
 void
-delete_directory(struct directory *directory);
+delete_directory(Directory *directory);
 
 /**
  * Caller must NOT lock the #db_mutex.
@@ -47,6 +45,6 @@ delete_directory(struct directory *directory);
  * @return true if the database was modified
  */
 bool
-delete_name_in(struct directory *parent, const char *name);
+delete_name_in(Directory *parent, const char *name);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/update.c b/src/UpdateGlue.cxx
index 12eec40c4..2edd19cc2 100644
--- a/src/update.c
+++ b/src/UpdateGlue.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,19 +18,21 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "update.h"
-#include "update_queue.h"
-#include "update_walk.h"
-#include "update_remove.h"
-#include "update.h"
-#include "database.h"
-#include "mapper.h"
-#include "playlist.h"
+#include "UpdateGlue.hxx"
+#include "UpdateQueue.hxx"
+#include "UpdateWalk.hxx"
+#include "UpdateRemove.hxx"
+#include "Mapper.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSimple.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "event_pipe.h"
-#include "update.h"
 #include "idle.h"
 #include "stats.h"
-#include "main.h"
+}
+
+#include "Main.hxx"
+#include "Partition.hxx"
 #include "mpd_error.h"
 
 #include <glib.h>
@@ -65,7 +67,7 @@ isUpdatingDB(void)
 
 static void * update_task(void *_path)
 {
-	const char *path = _path;
+	const char *path = (const char *)_path;
 
 	if (path != NULL && *path != 0)
 		g_debug("starting: %s", path);
@@ -118,7 +120,7 @@ update_enqueue(const char *path, bool _discard)
 {
 	assert(g_thread_self() == main_task);
 
-	if (!mapper_has_music_directory())
+	if (!db_is_simple() || !mapper_has_music_directory())
 		return 0;
 
 	if (progress != UPDATE_PROGRESS_IDLE) {
@@ -153,7 +155,7 @@ static void update_finished_event(void)
 
 	if (modified) {
 		/* send "idle" events */
-		playlist_increment_version_all(&g_playlist);
+		playlist_increment_version_all(&global_partition->playlist);
 		idle_add(IDLE_DATABASE);
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/update.h b/src/UpdateGlue.hxx
index 3d586b694..9d546a2a3 100644
--- a/src/update.h
+++ b/src/UpdateGlue.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,10 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_UPDATE_H
-#define MPD_UPDATE_H
-
-#include <stdbool.h>
+#ifndef MPD_UPDATE_GLUE_HXX
+#define MPD_UPDATE_GLUE_HXX
 
 void update_global_init(void);
 
diff --git a/src/update_io.c b/src/UpdateIO.cxx
index c6a540a0f..2aee56514 100644
--- a/src/update_io.c
+++ b/src/UpdateIO.cxx
@@ -18,9 +18,9 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h" /* must be first for large file support */
-#include "update_io.h"
-#include "mapper.h"
-#include "directory.h"
+#include "UpdateIO.hxx"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
+#include "Mapper.hxx"
 #include "glib_compat.h"
 
 #include <glib.h>
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 #include <unistd.h>
 
 int
-stat_directory(const struct directory *directory, struct stat *st)
+stat_directory(const Directory *directory, struct stat *st)
 {
 	char *path_fs = map_directory_fs(directory);
 	if (path_fs == NULL)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ stat_directory(const struct directory *directory, struct stat *st)
 }
 
 int
-stat_directory_child(const struct directory *parent, const char *name,
+stat_directory_child(const Directory *parent, const char *name,
 		     struct stat *st)
 {
 	char *path_fs = map_directory_child_fs(parent, name);
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ stat_directory_child(const struct directory *parent, const char *name,
 }
 
 bool
-directory_exists(const struct directory *directory)
+directory_exists(const Directory *directory)
 {
 	char *path_fs = map_directory_fs(directory);
 	if (path_fs == NULL)
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ directory_exists(const struct directory *directory)
 }
 
 bool
-directory_child_is_regular(const struct directory *directory,
+directory_child_is_regular(const Directory *directory,
 			   const char *name_utf8)
 {
 	char *path_fs = map_directory_child_fs(directory, name_utf8);
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ directory_child_is_regular(const struct directory *directory,
 }
 
 bool
-directory_child_access(const struct directory *directory,
+directory_child_access(const Directory *directory,
 		       const char *name, int mode)
 {
 #ifdef WIN32
diff --git a/src/update_io.h b/src/UpdateIO.hxx
index 6ff1ccebd..ee47b2682 100644
--- a/src/update_io.h
+++ b/src/UpdateIO.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,35 +17,34 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_UPDATE_IO_H
-#define MPD_UPDATE_IO_H
+#ifndef MPD_UPDATE_IO_HXX
+#define MPD_UPDATE_IO_HXX
 
 #include "check.h"
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 
-struct directory;
+struct Directory;
 
 int
-stat_directory(const struct directory *directory, struct stat *st);
+stat_directory(const Directory *directory, struct stat *st);
 
 int
-stat_directory_child(const struct directory *parent, const char *name,
+stat_directory_child(const Directory *parent, const char *name,
 		     struct stat *st);
 
 bool
-directory_exists(const struct directory *directory);
+directory_exists(const Directory *directory);
 
 bool
-directory_child_is_regular(const struct directory *directory,
+directory_child_is_regular(const Directory *directory,
 			   const char *name_utf8);
 
 /**
  * Checks if the given permissions on the mapped file are given.
  */
 bool
-directory_child_access(const struct directory *directory,
+directory_child_access(const Directory *directory,
 		       const char *name, int mode);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/update_internal.h b/src/UpdateInternal.hxx
index 76ab7bed3..50443c086 100644
--- a/src/update_internal.h
+++ b/src/UpdateInternal.hxx
@@ -22,8 +22,6 @@
 
 #include "check.h"
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
 extern bool walk_discard;
 extern bool modified;
 
diff --git a/src/update_queue.c b/src/UpdateQueue.cxx
index 2150fa4e4..85eb22358 100644
--- a/src/update_queue.c
+++ b/src/UpdateQueue.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "update_queue.h"
+#include "UpdateQueue.hxx"
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
diff --git a/src/update_queue.h b/src/UpdateQueue.hxx
index 84ba474b0..7de06964f 100644
--- a/src/update_queue.h
+++ b/src/UpdateQueue.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,13 +17,11 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_UPDATE_QUEUE_H
-#define MPD_UPDATE_QUEUE_H
+#ifndef MPD_UPDATE_QUEUE_HXX
+#define MPD_UPDATE_QUEUE_HXX
 
 #include "check.h"
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
 unsigned
 update_queue_push(const char *path, bool discard, unsigned base);
 
diff --git a/src/update_remove.c b/src/UpdateRemove.cxx
index f443f5eb2..c1a0cd32b 100644
--- a/src/update_remove.c
+++ b/src/UpdateRemove.cxx
@@ -18,15 +18,20 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h" /* must be first for large file support */
-#include "update_remove.h"
+#include "UpdateRemove.hxx"
+#include "Playlist.hxx"
+#include "Partition.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "event_pipe.h"
+}
+
 #include "song.h"
-#include "playlist.h"
-#include "main.h"
+#include "Main.hxx"
 
 #ifdef ENABLE_SQLITE
-#include "sticker.h"
-#include "song_sticker.h"
+#include "StickerDatabase.hxx"
+#include "SongSticker.hxx"
 #endif
 
 #include <glib.h>
@@ -59,7 +64,9 @@ song_remove_event(void)
 		sticker_song_delete(removed_song);
 #endif
 
-	playlist_delete_song(&g_playlist, global_player_control, removed_song);
+	playlist_delete_song(&global_partition->playlist,
+			     &global_partition->pc,
+			     removed_song);
 
 	/* clear "removed_song" and send signal to update thread */
 	g_mutex_lock(remove_mutex);
diff --git a/src/update_remove.h b/src/UpdateRemove.hxx
index 479ef83ff..dc15622fc 100644
--- a/src/update_remove.h
+++ b/src/UpdateRemove.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_UPDATE_REMOVE_H
-#define MPD_UPDATE_REMOVE_H
+#ifndef MPD_UPDATE_REMOVE_HXX
+#define MPD_UPDATE_REMOVE_HXX
 
 #include "check.h"
 
diff --git a/src/update_song.c b/src/UpdateSong.cxx
index 1126ad115..7994ea754 100644
--- a/src/update_song.c
+++ b/src/UpdateSong.cxx
@@ -18,33 +18,36 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h" /* must be first for large file support */
-#include "update_song.h"
-#include "update_internal.h"
-#include "update_io.h"
-#include "update_db.h"
-#include "update_container.h"
-#include "db_lock.h"
-#include "directory.h"
+#include "UpdateSong.hxx"
+#include "UpdateInternal.hxx"
+#include "UpdateIO.hxx"
+#include "UpdateDatabase.hxx"
+#include "UpdateContainer.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseLock.hxx"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
 #include "song.h"
-#include "decoder_list.h"
 #include "decoder_plugin.h"
 
+extern "C" {
+#include "decoder_list.h"
+}
+
 #include <glib.h>
 
 #include <unistd.h>
 
 static void
-update_song_file2(struct directory *directory,
+update_song_file2(Directory *directory,
 		  const char *name, const struct stat *st,
 		  const struct decoder_plugin *plugin)
 {
 	db_lock();
-	struct song *song = directory_get_song(directory, name);
+	struct song *song = directory->FindSong(name);
 	db_unlock();
 
 	if (!directory_child_access(directory, name, R_OK)) {
 		g_warning("no read permissions on %s/%s",
-			  directory_get_path(directory), name);
+			  directory->GetPath(), name);
 		if (song != NULL) {
 			db_lock();
 			delete_song(directory, song);
@@ -67,28 +70,27 @@ update_song_file2(struct directory *directory,
 	}
 
 	if (song == NULL) {
-		g_debug("reading %s/%s",
-			directory_get_path(directory), name);
+		g_debug("reading %s/%s", directory->GetPath(), name);
 		song = song_file_load(name, directory);
 		if (song == NULL) {
 			g_debug("ignoring unrecognized file %s/%s",
-				directory_get_path(directory), name);
+				directory->GetPath(), name);
 			return;
 		}
 
 		db_lock();
-		directory_add_song(directory, song);
+		directory->AddSong(song);
 		db_unlock();
 
 		modified = true;
 		g_message("added %s/%s",
-			  directory_get_path(directory), name);
+			  directory->GetPath(), name);
 	} else if (st->st_mtime != song->mtime || walk_discard) {
 		g_message("updating %s/%s",
-			  directory_get_path(directory), name);
+			  directory->GetPath(), name);
 		if (!song_file_update(song)) {
 			g_debug("deleting unrecognized file %s/%s",
-				directory_get_path(directory), name);
+				directory->GetPath(), name);
 			db_lock();
 			delete_song(directory, song);
 			db_unlock();
@@ -99,12 +101,12 @@ update_song_file2(struct directory *directory,
 }
 
 bool
-update_song_file(struct directory *directory,
+update_song_file(Directory *directory,
 		 const char *name, const char *suffix,
 		 const struct stat *st)
 {
 	const struct decoder_plugin *plugin =
-		decoder_plugin_from_suffix(suffix, false);
+		decoder_plugin_from_suffix(suffix, nullptr);
 	if (plugin == NULL)
 		return false;
 
diff --git a/src/update_song.h b/src/UpdateSong.hxx
index cff63f576..60a532e3a 100644
--- a/src/update_song.h
+++ b/src/UpdateSong.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,18 +17,17 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_UPDATE_SONG_H
-#define MPD_UPDATE_SONG_H
+#ifndef MPD_UPDATE_SONG_HXX
+#define MPD_UPDATE_SONG_HXX
 
 #include "check.h"
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 
-struct directory;
+struct Directory;
 
 bool
-update_song_file(struct directory *directory,
+update_song_file(Directory *directory,
 		 const char *name, const char *suffix,
 		 const struct stat *st);
 
diff --git a/src/update_walk.c b/src/UpdateWalk.cxx
index 8554e8f3c..30e2ca989 100644
--- a/src/update_walk.c
+++ b/src/UpdateWalk.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,22 +18,25 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h" /* must be first for large file support */
-#include "update_walk.h"
-#include "update_io.h"
-#include "update_db.h"
-#include "update_song.h"
-#include "update_archive.h"
-#include "database.h"
-#include "db_lock.h"
-#include "exclude.h"
-#include "directory.h"
+#include "UpdateWalk.hxx"
+#include "UpdateIO.hxx"
+#include "UpdateDatabase.hxx"
+#include "UpdateSong.hxx"
+#include "UpdateArchive.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseLock.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSimple.hxx"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
 #include "song.h"
-#include "playlist_vector.h"
+#include "PlaylistVector.hxx"
+#include "Mapper.hxx"
+#include "ExcludeList.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "uri.h"
-#include "mapper.h"
 #include "path.h"
 #include "playlist_list.h"
 #include "conf.h"
+}
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -84,7 +87,7 @@ update_walk_global_finish(void)
 }
 
 static void
-directory_set_stat(struct directory *dir, const struct stat *st)
+directory_set_stat(Directory *dir, const struct stat *st)
 {
 	dir->inode = st->st_ino;
 	dir->device = st->st_dev;
@@ -92,16 +95,16 @@ directory_set_stat(struct directory *dir, const struct stat *st)
 }
 
 static void
-remove_excluded_from_directory(struct directory *directory,
-			       GSList *exclude_list)
+remove_excluded_from_directory(Directory *directory,
+			       const ExcludeList &exclude_list)
 {
 	db_lock();
 
-	struct directory *child, *n;
+	Directory *child, *n;
 	directory_for_each_child_safe(child, n, directory) {
-		char *name_fs = utf8_to_fs_charset(directory_get_name(child));
+		char *name_fs = utf8_to_fs_charset(child->GetName());
 
-		if (exclude_list_check(exclude_list, name_fs)) {
+		if (exclude_list.Check(name_fs)) {
 			delete_directory(child);
 			modified = true;
 		}
@@ -114,7 +117,7 @@ remove_excluded_from_directory(struct directory *directory,
 		assert(song->parent == directory);
 
 		char *name_fs = utf8_to_fs_charset(song->uri);
-		if (exclude_list_check(exclude_list, name_fs)) {
+		if (exclude_list.Check(name_fs)) {
 			delete_song(directory, song);
 			modified = true;
 		}
@@ -126,9 +129,9 @@ remove_excluded_from_directory(struct directory *directory,
 }
 
 static void
-purge_deleted_from_directory(struct directory *directory)
+purge_deleted_from_directory(Directory *directory)
 {
-	struct directory *child, *n;
+	Directory *child, *n;
 	directory_for_each_child_safe(child, n, directory) {
 		if (directory_exists(child))
 			continue;
@@ -156,19 +159,21 @@ purge_deleted_from_directory(struct directory *directory)
 		g_free(path);
 	}
 
-	struct playlist_metadata *pm, *np;
-	directory_for_each_playlist_safe(pm, np, directory) {
-		if (!directory_child_is_regular(directory, pm->name)) {
+	for (auto i = directory->playlists.begin(),
+		     end = directory->playlists.end();
+	     i != end;) {
+		if (!directory_child_is_regular(directory, i->name.c_str())) {
 			db_lock();
-			playlist_vector_remove(&directory->playlists, pm->name);
+			i = directory->playlists.erase(i);
 			db_unlock();
-		}
+		} else
+			++i;
 	}
 }
 
 #ifndef G_OS_WIN32
 static int
-update_directory_stat(struct directory *directory)
+update_directory_stat(Directory *directory)
 {
 	struct stat st;
 	if (stat_directory(directory, &st) < 0)
@@ -180,7 +185,7 @@ update_directory_stat(struct directory *directory)
 #endif
 
 static int
-find_inode_ancestor(struct directory *parent, ino_t inode, dev_t device)
+find_inode_ancestor(Directory *parent, ino_t inode, dev_t device)
 {
 #ifndef G_OS_WIN32
 	while (parent) {
@@ -204,23 +209,24 @@ find_inode_ancestor(struct directory *parent, ino_t inode, dev_t device)
 }
 
 static bool
-update_playlist_file2(struct directory *directory,
+update_playlist_file2(Directory *directory,
 		      const char *name, const char *suffix,
 		      const struct stat *st)
 {
 	if (!playlist_suffix_supported(suffix))
 		return false;
 
+	PlaylistInfo pi(name, st->st_mtime);
+
 	db_lock();
-	if (playlist_vector_update_or_add(&directory->playlists, name,
-					  st->st_mtime))
+	if (directory->playlists.UpdateOrInsert(std::move(pi)))
 		modified = true;
 	db_unlock();
 	return true;
 }
 
 static bool
-update_regular_file(struct directory *directory,
+update_regular_file(Directory *directory,
 		    const char *name, const struct stat *st)
 {
 	const char *suffix = uri_get_suffix(name);
@@ -233,10 +239,10 @@ update_regular_file(struct directory *directory,
 }
 
 static bool
-update_directory(struct directory *directory, const struct stat *st);
+update_directory(Directory *directory, const struct stat *st);
 
 static void
-update_directory_child(struct directory *directory,
+update_directory_child(Directory *directory,
 		       const char *name, const struct stat *st)
 {
 	assert(strchr(name, '/') == NULL);
@@ -248,8 +254,7 @@ update_directory_child(struct directory *directory,
 			return;
 
 		db_lock();
-		struct directory *subdir =
-			directory_make_child(directory, name);
+		Directory *subdir = directory->MakeChild(name);
 		db_unlock();
 
 		assert(directory == subdir->parent);
@@ -275,7 +280,7 @@ static bool skip_path(const char *path)
 
 G_GNUC_PURE
 static bool
-skip_symlink(const struct directory *directory, const char *utf8_name)
+skip_symlink(const Directory *directory, const char *utf8_name)
 {
 #ifndef WIN32
 	char *path_fs = map_directory_child_fs(directory, utf8_name);
@@ -348,7 +353,7 @@ skip_symlink(const struct directory *directory, const char *utf8_name)
 }
 
 static bool
-update_directory(struct directory *directory, const struct stat *st)
+update_directory(Directory *directory, const struct stat *st)
 {
 	assert(S_ISDIR(st->st_mode));
 
@@ -367,12 +372,13 @@ update_directory(struct directory *directory, const struct stat *st)
 	}
 
 	char *exclude_path_fs  = g_build_filename(path_fs, ".mpdignore", NULL);
-	GSList *exclude_list = exclude_list_load(exclude_path_fs);
+	ExcludeList exclude_list;
+	exclude_list.LoadFile(exclude_path_fs);
 	g_free(exclude_path_fs);
 
 	g_free(path_fs);
 
-	if (exclude_list != NULL)
+	if (!exclude_list.IsEmpty())
 		remove_excluded_from_directory(directory, exclude_list);
 
 	purge_deleted_from_directory(directory);
@@ -382,8 +388,7 @@ update_directory(struct directory *directory, const struct stat *st)
 		char *utf8;
 		struct stat st2;
 
-		if (skip_path(ent->d_name) ||
-		    exclude_list_check(exclude_list, ent->d_name))
+		if (skip_path(ent->d_name) || exclude_list.Check(ent->d_name))
 			continue;
 
 		utf8 = fs_charset_to_utf8(ent->d_name);
@@ -404,8 +409,6 @@ update_directory(struct directory *directory, const struct stat *st)
 		g_free(utf8);
 	}
 
-	exclude_list_free(exclude_list);
-
 	closedir(dir);
 
 	directory->mtime = st->st_mtime;
@@ -413,11 +416,11 @@ update_directory(struct directory *directory, const struct stat *st)
 	return true;
 }
 
-static struct directory *
-directory_make_child_checked(struct directory *parent, const char *name_utf8)
+static Directory *
+directory_make_child_checked(Directory *parent, const char *name_utf8)
 {
 	db_lock();
-	struct directory *directory = directory_get_child(parent, name_utf8);
+	Directory *directory = parent->FindChild(name_utf8);
 	db_unlock();
 
 	if (directory != NULL)
@@ -434,21 +437,21 @@ directory_make_child_checked(struct directory *parent, const char *name_utf8)
 	/* if we're adding directory paths, make sure to delete filenames
 	   with potentially the same name */
 	db_lock();
-	struct song *conflicting = directory_get_song(parent, name_utf8);
+	struct song *conflicting = parent->FindSong(name_utf8);
 	if (conflicting)
 		delete_song(parent, conflicting);
 
-	directory = directory_new_child(parent, name_utf8);
+	directory = parent->CreateChild(name_utf8);
 	db_unlock();
 
 	directory_set_stat(directory, &st);
 	return directory;
 }
 
-static struct directory *
+static Directory *
 directory_make_uri_parent_checked(const char *uri)
 {
-	struct directory *directory = db_get_root();
+	Directory *directory = db_get_root();
 	char *duplicated = g_strdup(uri);
 	char *name_utf8 = duplicated, *slash;
 
@@ -472,7 +475,7 @@ directory_make_uri_parent_checked(const char *uri)
 static void
 update_uri(const char *uri)
 {
-	struct directory *parent = directory_make_uri_parent_checked(uri);
+	Directory *parent = directory_make_uri_parent_checked(uri);
 	if (parent == NULL)
 		return;
 
@@ -497,7 +500,7 @@ update_walk(const char *path, bool discard)
 	if (path != NULL && !isRootDirectory(path)) {
 		update_uri(path);
 	} else {
-		struct directory *directory = db_get_root();
+		Directory *directory = db_get_root();
 		struct stat st;
 
 		if (stat_directory(directory, &st) == 0)
diff --git a/src/update_walk.h b/src/UpdateWalk.hxx
index ab1e41fb9..62c0d0a8e 100644
--- a/src/update_walk.h
+++ b/src/UpdateWalk.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,13 +17,11 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_UPDATE_WALK_H
-#define MPD_UPDATE_WALK_H
+#ifndef MPD_UPDATE_WALK_HXX
+#define MPD_UPDATE_WALK_HXX
 
 #include "check.h"
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
 void
 update_walk_global_init(void);
 
diff --git a/src/main_win32.c b/src/Win32Main.cxx
index aac7ad886..8543ea108 100644
--- a/src/main_win32.c
+++ b/src/Win32Main.cxx
@@ -18,12 +18,15 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "main.h"
+#include "Main.hxx"
 
 #ifdef WIN32
 
 #include "mpd_error.h"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "event_pipe.h"
+}
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
diff --git a/src/audio_check.h b/src/audio_check.h
index 9f71cf9c0..e2302126f 100644
--- a/src/audio_check.h
+++ b/src/audio_check.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 /**
  * The GLib quark used for errors reported by this library.
  */
-G_GNUC_CONST
+gcc_const
 static inline GQuark
 audio_format_quark(void)
 {
diff --git a/src/audio_format.h b/src/audio_format.h
index bf77add3b..d86ade5ee 100644
--- a/src/audio_format.h
+++ b/src/audio_format.h
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@
 #ifndef MPD_AUDIO_FORMAT_H
 #define MPD_AUDIO_FORMAT_H
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
+
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <assert.h>
@@ -189,7 +190,7 @@ audio_valid_channel_count(unsigned channels)
  * Returns false if the format is not valid for playback with MPD.
  * This function performs some basic validity checks.
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 static inline bool audio_format_valid(const struct audio_format *af)
 {
 	return audio_valid_sample_rate(af->sample_rate) &&
@@ -201,7 +202,7 @@ static inline bool audio_format_valid(const struct audio_format *af)
  * Returns false if the format mask is not valid for playback with
  * MPD.  This function performs some basic validity checks.
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 static inline bool audio_format_mask_valid(const struct audio_format *af)
 {
 	return (af->sample_rate == 0 ||
@@ -223,7 +224,7 @@ void
 audio_format_mask_apply(struct audio_format *af,
 			const struct audio_format *mask);
 
-G_GNUC_CONST
+gcc_const
 static inline unsigned
 sample_format_size(enum sample_format format)
 {
@@ -254,7 +255,7 @@ sample_format_size(enum sample_format format)
 /**
  * Returns the size of each (mono) sample in bytes.
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 static inline unsigned audio_format_sample_size(const struct audio_format *af)
 {
 	return sample_format_size((enum sample_format)af->format);
@@ -263,7 +264,7 @@ static inline unsigned audio_format_sample_size(const struct audio_format *af)
 /**
  * Returns the size of each full frame in bytes.
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 static inline unsigned
 audio_format_frame_size(const struct audio_format *af)
 {
@@ -274,7 +275,7 @@ audio_format_frame_size(const struct audio_format *af)
  * Returns the floating point factor which converts a time span to a
  * storage size in bytes.
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 static inline double audio_format_time_to_size(const struct audio_format *af)
 {
 	return af->sample_rate * audio_format_frame_size(af);
@@ -287,7 +288,7 @@ static inline double audio_format_time_to_size(const struct audio_format *af)
  * @param format a #sample_format enum value
  * @return the string
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_pure gcc_malloc
 const char *
 sample_format_to_string(enum sample_format format);
 
@@ -299,7 +300,7 @@ sample_format_to_string(enum sample_format format);
  * @param s a buffer to print into
  * @return the string, or NULL if the #audio_format object is invalid
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_pure gcc_malloc
 const char *
 audio_format_to_string(const struct audio_format *af,
 		       struct audio_format_string *s);
diff --git a/src/audio_parser.h b/src/audio_parser.h
index a963eb467..49926999e 100644
--- a/src/audio_parser.h
+++ b/src/audio_parser.h
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 #ifndef AUDIO_PARSER_H
 #define AUDIO_PARSER_H
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
 
diff --git a/src/buffer.c b/src/buffer.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 559f39a9a..000000000
--- a/src/buffer.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "buffer.h"
-#include "chunk.h"
-#include "poison.h"
-
-#include <glib.h>
-
-#include <assert.h>
-
-struct music_buffer {
-	struct music_chunk *chunks;
-	unsigned num_chunks;
-
-	struct music_chunk *available;
-
-	/** a mutex which protects #available */
-	GMutex *mutex;
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-	unsigned num_allocated;
-#endif
-};
-
-struct music_buffer *
-music_buffer_new(unsigned num_chunks)
-{
-	struct music_buffer *buffer;
-	struct music_chunk *chunk;
-
-	assert(num_chunks > 0);
-
-	buffer = g_new(struct music_buffer, 1);
-
-	buffer->chunks = g_new(struct music_chunk, num_chunks);
-	buffer->num_chunks = num_chunks;
-
-	chunk = buffer->available = buffer->chunks;
-	poison_undefined(chunk, sizeof(*chunk));
-
-	for (unsigned i = 1; i < num_chunks; ++i) {
-		chunk->next = &buffer->chunks[i];
-		chunk = chunk->next;
-		poison_undefined(chunk, sizeof(*chunk));
-	}
-
-	chunk->next = NULL;
-
-	buffer->mutex = g_mutex_new();
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-	buffer->num_allocated = 0;
-#endif
-
-	return buffer;
-}
-
-void
-music_buffer_free(struct music_buffer *buffer)
-{
-	assert(buffer->chunks != NULL);
-	assert(buffer->num_chunks > 0);
-	assert(buffer->num_allocated == 0);
-
-	g_mutex_free(buffer->mutex);
-	g_free(buffer->chunks);
-	g_free(buffer);
-}
-
-unsigned
-music_buffer_size(const struct music_buffer *buffer)
-{
-	return buffer->num_chunks;
-}
-
-struct music_chunk *
-music_buffer_allocate(struct music_buffer *buffer)
-{
-	struct music_chunk *chunk;
-
-	g_mutex_lock(buffer->mutex);
-
-	chunk = buffer->available;
-	if (chunk != NULL) {
-		buffer->available = chunk->next;
-		music_chunk_init(chunk);
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-		++buffer->num_allocated;
-#endif
-	}
-
-	g_mutex_unlock(buffer->mutex);
-	return chunk;
-}
-
-void
-music_buffer_return(struct music_buffer *buffer, struct music_chunk *chunk)
-{
-	assert(buffer != NULL);
-	assert(chunk != NULL);
-
-	if (chunk->other != NULL)
-		music_buffer_return(buffer, chunk->other);
-
-	g_mutex_lock(buffer->mutex);
-
-	music_chunk_free(chunk);
-	poison_undefined(chunk, sizeof(*chunk));
-
-	chunk->next = buffer->available;
-	buffer->available = chunk;
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-	--buffer->num_allocated;
-#endif
-
-	g_mutex_unlock(buffer->mutex);
-}
diff --git a/src/chunk.c b/src/chunk.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1eb96f4b9..000000000
--- a/src/chunk.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "chunk.h"
-#include "audio_format.h"
-#include "tag.h"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-
-void
-music_chunk_init(struct music_chunk *chunk)
-{
-	chunk->other = NULL;
-	chunk->length = 0;
-	chunk->tag = NULL;
-	chunk->replay_gain_serial = 0;
-}
-
-void
-music_chunk_free(struct music_chunk *chunk)
-{
-	if (chunk->tag != NULL)
-		tag_free(chunk->tag);
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-bool
-music_chunk_check_format(const struct music_chunk *chunk,
-			 const struct audio_format *audio_format)
-{
-	assert(chunk != NULL);
-	assert(audio_format != NULL);
-	assert(audio_format_valid(audio_format));
-
-	return chunk->length == 0 ||
-		audio_format_equals(&chunk->audio_format, audio_format);
-}
-#endif
-
-void *
-music_chunk_write(struct music_chunk *chunk,
-		  const struct audio_format *audio_format,
-		  float data_time, uint16_t bit_rate,
-		  size_t *max_length_r)
-{
-	const size_t frame_size = audio_format_frame_size(audio_format);
-	size_t num_frames;
-
-	assert(music_chunk_check_format(chunk, audio_format));
-	assert(chunk->length == 0 || audio_format_valid(&chunk->audio_format));
-
-	if (chunk->length == 0) {
-		/* if the chunk is empty, nobody has set bitRate and
-		   times yet */
-
-		chunk->bit_rate = bit_rate;
-		chunk->times = data_time;
-	}
-
-	num_frames = (sizeof(chunk->data) - chunk->length) / frame_size;
-	if (num_frames == 0)
-		return NULL;
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-	chunk->audio_format = *audio_format;
-#endif
-
-	*max_length_r = num_frames * frame_size;
-	return chunk->data + chunk->length;
-}
-
-bool
-music_chunk_expand(struct music_chunk *chunk,
-		   const struct audio_format *audio_format, size_t length)
-{
-	const size_t frame_size = audio_format_frame_size(audio_format);
-
-	assert(chunk != NULL);
-	assert(chunk->length + length <= sizeof(chunk->data));
-	assert(audio_format_equals(&chunk->audio_format, audio_format));
-
-	chunk->length += length;
-
-	return chunk->length + frame_size > sizeof(chunk->data);
-}
diff --git a/src/client_message.c b/src/client_message.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b681b4e7f..000000000
--- a/src/client_message.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "client_message.h"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <glib.h>
-
-G_GNUC_PURE
-static bool
-valid_channel_char(const char ch)
-{
-	return g_ascii_isalnum(ch) ||
-		ch == '_' || ch == '-' || ch == '.' || ch == ':';
-}
-
-bool
-client_message_valid_channel_name(const char *name)
-{
-	do {
-		if (!valid_channel_char(*name))
-			return false;
-	} while (*++name != 0);
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-void
-client_message_init_null(struct client_message *msg)
-{
-	assert(msg != NULL);
-
-	msg->channel = NULL;
-	msg->message = NULL;
-}
-
-void
-client_message_init(struct client_message *msg,
-		    const char *channel, const char *message)
-{
-	assert(msg != NULL);
-
-	msg->channel = g_strdup(channel);
-	msg->message = g_strdup(message);
-}
-
-void
-client_message_copy(struct client_message *dest,
-		    const struct client_message *src)
-{
-	assert(dest != NULL);
-	assert(src != NULL);
-	assert(client_message_defined(src));
-
-	client_message_init(dest, src->channel, src->message);
-}
-
-struct client_message *
-client_message_dup(const struct client_message *src)
-{
-	struct client_message *dest = g_slice_new(struct client_message);
-	client_message_copy(dest, src);
-	return dest;
-}
-
-void
-client_message_deinit(struct client_message *msg)
-{
-	assert(msg != NULL);
-
-	g_free(msg->channel);
-	g_free(msg->message);
-}
-
-void
-client_message_free(struct client_message *msg)
-{
-	client_message_deinit(msg);
-	g_slice_free(struct client_message, msg);
-}
diff --git a/src/client_message.h b/src/client_message.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 38c2e7615..000000000
--- a/src/client_message.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MPD_CLIENT_MESSAGE_H
-#define MPD_CLIENT_MESSAGE_H
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <glib.h>
-
-/**
- * A client-to-client message.
- */
-struct client_message {
-	char *channel;
-
-	char *message;
-};
-
-G_GNUC_PURE
-bool
-client_message_valid_channel_name(const char *name);
-
-G_GNUC_PURE
-static inline bool
-client_message_defined(const struct client_message *msg)
-{
-	assert(msg != NULL);
-	assert((msg->channel == NULL) == (msg->message == NULL));
-
-	return msg->channel != NULL;
-}
-
-void
-client_message_init_null(struct client_message *msg);
-
-void
-client_message_init(struct client_message *msg,
-		    const char *channel, const char *message);
-
-void
-client_message_copy(struct client_message *dest,
-		    const struct client_message *src);
-
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
-struct client_message *
-client_message_dup(const struct client_message *src);
-
-void
-client_message_deinit(struct client_message *msg);
-
-void
-client_message_free(struct client_message *msg);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/client_subscribe.c b/src/client_subscribe.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c65a7ed31..000000000
--- a/src/client_subscribe.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "client_subscribe.h"
-#include "client_internal.h"
-#include "client_idle.h"
-#include "idle.h"
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-G_GNUC_PURE
-static GSList *
-client_find_subscription(const struct client *client, const char *channel)
-{
-	for (GSList *i = client->subscriptions; i != NULL; i = g_slist_next(i))
-		if (strcmp((const char *)i->data, channel) == 0)
-			return i;
-
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-enum client_subscribe_result
-client_subscribe(struct client *client, const char *channel)
-{
-	assert(client != NULL);
-	assert(channel != NULL);
-
-	if (!client_message_valid_channel_name(channel))
-		return CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_INVALID;
-
-	if (client_find_subscription(client, channel) != NULL)
-		return CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_ALREADY;
-
-	if (client->num_subscriptions >= CLIENT_MAX_SUBSCRIPTIONS)
-		return CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_FULL;
-
-	client->subscriptions = g_slist_prepend(client->subscriptions,
-						g_strdup(channel));
-	++client->num_subscriptions;
-
-	idle_add(IDLE_SUBSCRIPTION);
-
-	return CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_OK;
-}
-
-bool
-client_unsubscribe(struct client *client, const char *channel)
-{
-	GSList *i = client_find_subscription(client, channel);
-	if (i == NULL)
-		return false;
-
-	assert(client->num_subscriptions > 0);
-
-	client->subscriptions = g_slist_remove(client->subscriptions, i->data);
-	--client->num_subscriptions;
-
-	idle_add(IDLE_SUBSCRIPTION);
-
-	assert((client->num_subscriptions == 0) ==
-	       (client->subscriptions == NULL));
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-void
-client_unsubscribe_all(struct client *client)
-{
-	for (GSList *i = client->subscriptions; i != NULL; i = g_slist_next(i))
-		g_free(i->data);
-
-	g_slist_free(client->subscriptions);
-	client->subscriptions = NULL;
-	client->num_subscriptions = 0;
-}
-
-bool
-client_push_message(struct client *client, const struct client_message *msg)
-{
-	assert(client != NULL);
-	assert(msg != NULL);
-	assert(client_message_defined(msg));
-
-	if (client->num_messages >= CLIENT_MAX_MESSAGES ||
-	    client_find_subscription(client, msg->channel) == NULL)
-		return false;
-
-	if (client->messages == NULL)
-		client_idle_add(client, IDLE_MESSAGE);
-
-	client->messages = g_slist_prepend(client->messages,
-					   client_message_dup(msg));
-	++client->num_messages;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-GSList *
-client_read_messages(struct client *client)
-{
-	GSList *messages = g_slist_reverse(client->messages);
-
-	client->messages = NULL;
-	client->num_messages = 0;
-
-	return messages;
-}
diff --git a/src/clock.h b/src/clock.h
index 4ece35ab1..f1338938f 100644
--- a/src/clock.h
+++ b/src/clock.h
@@ -20,21 +20,21 @@
 #ifndef MPD_CLOCK_H
 #define MPD_CLOCK_H
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
 
 #include <stdint.h>
 
 /**
  * Returns the value of a monotonic clock in milliseconds.
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 unsigned
 monotonic_clock_ms(void);
 
 /**
  * Returns the value of a monotonic clock in microseconds.
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 uint64_t
 monotonic_clock_us(void);
 
diff --git a/src/command.c b/src/command.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c405925f2..000000000
--- a/src/command.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2298 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "command.h"
-#include "protocol/argparser.h"
-#include "protocol/result.h"
-#include "player_control.h"
-#include "playlist.h"
-#include "playlist_print.h"
-#include "playlist_save.h"
-#include "playlist_queue.h"
-#include "playlist_error.h"
-#include "queue_print.h"
-#include "ls.h"
-#include "uri.h"
-#include "decoder_print.h"
-#include "directory.h"
-#include "database.h"
-#include "update.h"
-#include "volume.h"
-#include "stats.h"
-#include "permission.h"
-#include "tokenizer.h"
-#include "stored_playlist.h"
-#include "ack.h"
-#include "output_command.h"
-#include "output_print.h"
-#include "locate.h"
-#include "dbUtils.h"
-#include "db_error.h"
-#include "db_print.h"
-#include "db_selection.h"
-#include "db_lock.h"
-#include "tag.h"
-#include "client.h"
-#include "client_idle.h"
-#include "client_internal.h"
-#include "client_subscribe.h"
-#include "client_file.h"
-#include "tag_print.h"
-#include "path.h"
-#include "replay_gain_config.h"
-#include "idle.h"
-#include "mapper.h"
-#include "song.h"
-#include "song_print.h"
-
-#ifdef ENABLE_SQLITE
-#include "sticker.h"
-#include "sticker_print.h"
-#include "song_sticker.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_STATE            "state"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_REPEAT           "repeat"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_SINGLE           "single"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_CONSUME          "consume"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_RANDOM           "random"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_PLAYLIST         "playlist"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_PLAYLIST_LENGTH  "playlistlength"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_SONG             "song"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_SONGID           "songid"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_NEXTSONG         "nextsong"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_NEXTSONGID       "nextsongid"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_TIME             "time"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_BITRATE          "bitrate"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR            "error"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_CROSSFADE	"xfade"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_MIXRAMPDB	"mixrampdb"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_MIXRAMPDELAY	"mixrampdelay"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_AUDIO		"audio"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_UPDATING_DB	"updating_db"
-
-/*
- * The most we ever use is for search/find, and that limits it to the
- * number of tags we can have.  Add one for the command, and one extra
- * to catch errors clients may send us
- */
-#define COMMAND_ARGV_MAX	(2+(TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES*2))
-
-/* if min: -1 don't check args *
- * if max: -1 no max args      */
-struct command {
-	const char *cmd;
-	unsigned permission;
-	int min;
-	int max;
-	enum command_return (*handler)(struct client *client, int argc, char **argv);
-};
-
-static enum command_return
-print_playlist_result(struct client *client,
-		      enum playlist_result result)
-{
-	switch (result) {
-	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS:
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-
-	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_ERRNO:
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM, "%s",
-			      g_strerror(errno));
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_DENIED:
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_PERMISSION, "Access denied");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG:
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST, "No such song");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_LIST:
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST, "No such playlist");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_LIST_EXISTS:
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_EXIST,
-			      "Playlist already exists");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_NAME:
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
-			      "playlist name is invalid: "
-			      "playlist names may not contain slashes,"
-			      " newlines or carriage returns");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_RANGE:
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "Bad song index");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_NOT_PLAYING:
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_PLAYER_SYNC, "Not playing");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_TOO_LARGE:
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_PLAYLIST_MAX,
-			      "playlist is at the max size");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	case PLAYLIST_RESULT_DISABLED:
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UNKNOWN,
-			      "stored playlist support is disabled");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	assert(0);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-}
-
-/**
- * Send the GError to the client and free the GError.
- */
-static enum command_return
-print_error(struct client *client, GError *error)
-{
-	assert(client != NULL);
-	assert(error != NULL);
-
-	g_warning("%s", error->message);
-
-	if (error->domain == playlist_quark()) {
-		enum playlist_result result = error->code;
-		g_error_free(error);
-		return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-	} else if (error->domain == ack_quark()) {
-		command_error(client, error->code, "%s", error->message);
-		g_error_free(error);
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	} else if (error->domain == db_quark()) {
-		switch ((enum db_error)error->code) {
-		case DB_DISABLED:
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST, "%s",
-				      error->message);
-			g_error_free(error);
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-		case DB_NOT_FOUND:
-			g_error_free(error);
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST, "Not found");
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		}
-	} else if (error->domain == g_file_error_quark()) {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM, "%s",
-			      g_strerror(error->code));
-		g_error_free(error);
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	g_error_free(error);
-	command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UNKNOWN, "error");
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-}
-
-static void
-print_spl_list(struct client *client, GPtrArray *list)
-{
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < list->len; ++i) {
-		struct stored_playlist_info *playlist =
-			g_ptr_array_index(list, i);
-		time_t t;
-#ifndef WIN32
-		struct tm tm;
-#endif
-		char timestamp[32];
-
-		client_printf(client, "playlist: %s\n", playlist->name);
-
-		t = playlist->mtime;
-		strftime(timestamp, sizeof(timestamp),
-#ifdef G_OS_WIN32
-			 "%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%SZ",
-			 gmtime(&t)
-#else
-			 "%FT%TZ",
-			 gmtime_r(&t, &tm)
-#endif
-			 );
-		client_printf(client, "Last-Modified: %s\n", timestamp);
-	}
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_urlhandlers(struct client *client,
-		   G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	if (client_is_local(client))
-		client_puts(client, "handler: file://\n");
-	print_supported_uri_schemes(client);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_decoders(struct client *client,
-		G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	decoder_list_print(client);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_tagtypes(struct client *client,
-		G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	tag_print_types(client);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_play(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	int song = -1;
-	enum playlist_result result;
-
-	if (argc == 2 && !check_int(client, &song, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	result = playlist_play(&g_playlist, client->player_control, song);
-	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	int id = -1;
-	enum playlist_result result;
-
-	if (argc == 2 && !check_int(client, &id, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	result = playlist_play_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control, id);
-	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_stop(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
-	    G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	playlist_stop(&g_playlist, client->player_control);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_currentsong(struct client *client,
-		   G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	playlist_print_current(client, &g_playlist);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_pause(struct client *client,
-	     int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	if (argc == 2) {
-		bool pause_flag;
-		if (!check_bool(client, &pause_flag, argv[1]))
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-		pc_set_pause(client->player_control, pause_flag);
-	} else
-		pc_pause(client->player_control);
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_status(struct client *client,
-	      G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	const char *state = NULL;
-	struct player_status player_status;
-	int updateJobId;
-	char *error;
-	int song;
-
-	pc_get_status(client->player_control, &player_status);
-
-	switch (player_status.state) {
-	case PLAYER_STATE_STOP:
-		state = "stop";
-		break;
-	case PLAYER_STATE_PAUSE:
-		state = "pause";
-		break;
-	case PLAYER_STATE_PLAY:
-		state = "play";
-		break;
-	}
-
-	client_printf(client,
-		      "volume: %i\n"
-		      COMMAND_STATUS_REPEAT ": %i\n"
-		      COMMAND_STATUS_RANDOM ": %i\n"
-		      COMMAND_STATUS_SINGLE ": %i\n"
-		      COMMAND_STATUS_CONSUME ": %i\n"
-		      COMMAND_STATUS_PLAYLIST ": %li\n"
-		      COMMAND_STATUS_PLAYLIST_LENGTH ": %i\n"
-		      COMMAND_STATUS_CROSSFADE ": %i\n"
-		      COMMAND_STATUS_MIXRAMPDB ": %f\n"
-		      COMMAND_STATUS_MIXRAMPDELAY ": %f\n"
-		      COMMAND_STATUS_STATE ": %s\n",
-		      volume_level_get(),
-		      playlist_get_repeat(&g_playlist),
-		      playlist_get_random(&g_playlist),
-		      playlist_get_single(&g_playlist),
-		      playlist_get_consume(&g_playlist),
-		      playlist_get_version(&g_playlist),
-		      playlist_get_length(&g_playlist),
-		      (int)(pc_get_cross_fade(client->player_control) + 0.5),
-		      pc_get_mixramp_db(client->player_control),
-		      pc_get_mixramp_delay(client->player_control),
-		      state);
-
-	song = playlist_get_current_song(&g_playlist);
-	if (song >= 0) {
-		client_printf(client,
-			      COMMAND_STATUS_SONG ": %i\n"
-			      COMMAND_STATUS_SONGID ": %u\n",
-			      song, playlist_get_song_id(&g_playlist, song));
-	}
-
-	if (player_status.state != PLAYER_STATE_STOP) {
-		struct audio_format_string af_string;
-
-		client_printf(client,
-			      COMMAND_STATUS_TIME ": %i:%i\n"
-			      "elapsed: %1.3f\n"
-			      COMMAND_STATUS_BITRATE ": %u\n"
-			      COMMAND_STATUS_AUDIO ": %s\n",
-			      (int)(player_status.elapsed_time + 0.5),
-			      (int)(player_status.total_time + 0.5),
-			      player_status.elapsed_time,
-			      player_status.bit_rate,
-			      audio_format_to_string(&player_status.audio_format,
-						     &af_string));
-	}
-
-	if ((updateJobId = isUpdatingDB())) {
-		client_printf(client,
-			      COMMAND_STATUS_UPDATING_DB ": %i\n",
-			      updateJobId);
-	}
-
-	error = pc_get_error_message(client->player_control);
-	if (error != NULL) {
-		client_printf(client,
-			      COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR ": %s\n",
-			      error);
-		g_free(error);
-	}
-
-	song = playlist_get_next_song(&g_playlist);
-	if (song >= 0) {
-		client_printf(client,
-			      COMMAND_STATUS_NEXTSONG ": %i\n"
-			      COMMAND_STATUS_NEXTSONGID ": %u\n",
-			      song, playlist_get_song_id(&g_playlist, song));
-	}
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_kill(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
-	    G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_KILL;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_close(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
-	     G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_CLOSE;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_add(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	char *uri = argv[1];
-	enum playlist_result result;
-
-	if (strncmp(uri, "file:///", 8) == 0) {
-		const char *path = uri + 7;
-
-		GError *error = NULL;
-		if (!client_allow_file(client, path, &error))
-			return print_error(client, error);
-
-		result = playlist_append_file(&g_playlist,
-					      client->player_control,
-					      path,
-					      NULL);
-		return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-	}
-
-	if (uri_has_scheme(uri)) {
-		if (!uri_supported_scheme(uri)) {
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
-				      "unsupported URI scheme");
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		}
-
-		result = playlist_append_uri(&g_playlist,
-					     client->player_control,
-					     uri, NULL);
-		return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-	}
-
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	return addAllIn(client->player_control, uri, &error)
-		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
-		: print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_addid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	char *uri = argv[1];
-	unsigned added_id;
-	enum playlist_result result;
-
-	if (strncmp(uri, "file:///", 8) == 0) {
-		const char *path = uri + 7;
-
-		GError *error = NULL;
-		if (!client_allow_file(client, path, &error))
-			return print_error(client, error);
-
-		result = playlist_append_file(&g_playlist,
-					      client->player_control,
-					      path,
-					      &added_id);
-	} else {
-		if (uri_has_scheme(uri) && !uri_supported_scheme(uri)) {
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
-				      "unsupported URI scheme");
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		}
-
-		result = playlist_append_uri(&g_playlist,
-					     client->player_control,
-					     uri, &added_id);
-	}
-
-	if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS)
-		return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-
-	if (argc == 3) {
-		unsigned to;
-		if (!check_unsigned(client, &to, argv[2]))
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		result = playlist_move_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
-					  added_id, to);
-		if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS) {
-			enum command_return ret =
-				print_playlist_result(client, result);
-			playlist_delete_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
-					   added_id);
-			return ret;
-		}
-	}
-
-	client_printf(client, "Id: %u\n", added_id);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_delete(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	unsigned start, end;
-	enum playlist_result result;
-
-	if (!check_range(client, &start, &end, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	result = playlist_delete_range(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
-				       start, end);
-	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_deleteid(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	unsigned id;
-	enum playlist_result result;
-
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &id, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	result = playlist_delete_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control, id);
-	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playlist(struct client *client,
-	        G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	playlist_print_uris(client, &g_playlist);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_shuffle(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
-	       G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	unsigned start = 0, end = queue_length(&g_playlist.queue);
-	if (argc == 2 && !check_range(client, &start, &end, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	playlist_shuffle(&g_playlist, client->player_control, start, end);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_clear(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
-	     G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	playlist_clear(&g_playlist, client->player_control);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_save(struct client *client,
-	    G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	enum playlist_result result;
-
-	result = spl_save_playlist(argv[1], &g_playlist);
-	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_load(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	unsigned start_index, end_index;
-
-	if (argc < 3) {
-		start_index = 0;
-		end_index = G_MAXUINT;
-	} else if (!check_range(client, &start_index, &end_index, argv[2]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	enum playlist_result result;
-
-	result = playlist_open_into_queue(argv[1],
-					  start_index, end_index,
-					  &g_playlist,
-					  client->player_control, true);
-	if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_LIST)
-		return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	if (playlist_load_spl(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
-			      argv[1], start_index, end_index,
-			      &error))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-
-	if (error->domain == playlist_quark() &&
-	    error->code == PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_NAME)
-		/* the message for BAD_NAME is confusing when the
-		   client wants to load a playlist file from the music
-		   directory; patch the GError object to show "no such
-		   playlist" instead */
-		error->code = PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_LIST;
-
-	return print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_listplaylist(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	if (playlist_file_print(client, argv[1], false))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	return spl_print(client, argv[1], false, &error)
-		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
-		: print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_listplaylistinfo(struct client *client,
-			G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	if (playlist_file_print(client, argv[1], true))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	return spl_print(client, argv[1], true, &error)
-		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
-		: print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_lsinfo(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	const char *uri;
-
-	if (argc == 2)
-		uri = argv[1];
-	else
-		/* default is root directory */
-		uri = "";
-
-	if (strncmp(uri, "file:///", 8) == 0) {
-		/* print information about an arbitrary local file */
-		const char *path = uri + 7;
-
-		GError *error = NULL;
-		if (!client_allow_file(client, path, &error))
-			return print_error(client, error);
-
-		struct song *song = song_file_load(path, NULL);
-		if (song == NULL) {
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
-				      "No such file");
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		}
-
-		song_print_info(client, song);
-		song_free(song);
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-	}
-
-	struct db_selection selection;
-	db_selection_init(&selection, uri, false);
-
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	if (!db_selection_print(client, &selection, true, &error))
-		return print_error(client, error);
-
-	if (isRootDirectory(uri)) {
-		GPtrArray *list = spl_list(NULL);
-		if (list != NULL) {
-			print_spl_list(client, list);
-			spl_list_free(list);
-		}
-	}
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_rm(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	return spl_delete(argv[1], &error)
-		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
-		: print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_rename(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	return spl_rename(argv[1], argv[2], &error)
-		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
-		: print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_plchanges(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	uint32_t version;
-
-	if (!check_uint32(client, &version, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	playlist_print_changes_info(client, &g_playlist, version);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_plchangesposid(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	uint32_t version;
-
-	if (!check_uint32(client, &version, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	playlist_print_changes_position(client, &g_playlist, version);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playlistinfo(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	unsigned start = 0, end = G_MAXUINT;
-	bool ret;
-
-	if (argc == 2 && !check_range(client, &start, &end, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	ret = playlist_print_info(client, &g_playlist, start, end);
-	if (!ret)
-		return print_playlist_result(client,
-					     PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_RANGE);
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playlistid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	if (argc >= 2) {
-		unsigned id;
-		if (!check_unsigned(client, &id, argv[1]))
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-		bool ret = playlist_print_id(client, &g_playlist, id);
-		if (!ret)
-			return print_playlist_result(client,
-						     PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG);
-	} else {
-		playlist_print_info(client, &g_playlist, 0, G_MAXUINT);
-	}
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_find(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	struct locate_item_list *list =
-		locate_item_list_parse(argv + 1, argc - 1);
-
-	if (list == NULL || list->length == 0) {
-		if (list != NULL)
-			locate_item_list_free(list);
-
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	enum command_return ret = findSongsIn(client, "", list, &error)
-		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
-		: print_error(client, error);
-
-	locate_item_list_free(list);
-
-	return ret;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_findadd(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    struct locate_item_list *list =
-	    locate_item_list_parse(argv + 1, argc - 1);
-    if (list == NULL || list->length == 0) {
-	    if (list != NULL)
-		    locate_item_list_free(list);
-
-	    command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
-	    return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    GError *error = NULL;
-    enum command_return ret =
-	    findAddIn(client->player_control, "", list, &error)
-	    ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
-	    : print_error(client, error);
-
-    locate_item_list_free(list);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_search(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	struct locate_item_list *list =
-		locate_item_list_parse(argv + 1, argc - 1);
-
-	if (list == NULL || list->length == 0) {
-		if (list != NULL)
-			locate_item_list_free(list);
-
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	enum command_return ret = searchForSongsIn(client, "", list, &error)
-		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
-		: print_error(client, error);
-
-	locate_item_list_free(list);
-
-	return ret;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_searchadd(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	struct locate_item_list *list =
-		locate_item_list_parse(argv + 1, argc - 1);
-
-	if (list == NULL || list->length == 0) {
-		if (list != NULL)
-			locate_item_list_free(list);
-
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	enum command_return ret = search_add_songs(client->player_control,
-						   "", list, &error)
-		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
-		: print_error(client, error);
-
-	locate_item_list_free(list);
-
-	return ret;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_searchaddpl(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	const char *playlist = argv[1];
-
-	struct locate_item_list *list =
-		locate_item_list_parse(argv + 2, argc - 2);
-
-	if (list == NULL || list->length == 0) {
-		if (list != NULL)
-			locate_item_list_free(list);
-
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	enum command_return ret =
-		search_add_to_playlist("", playlist, list, &error)
-		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
-		: print_error(client, error);
-
-	locate_item_list_free(list);
-
-	return ret;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_count(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	struct locate_item_list *list =
-		locate_item_list_parse(argv + 1, argc - 1);
-
-	if (list == NULL || list->length == 0) {
-		if (list != NULL)
-			locate_item_list_free(list);
-
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	enum command_return ret =
-		searchStatsForSongsIn(client, "", list, &error)
-		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
-		: print_error(client, error);
-
-	locate_item_list_free(list);
-
-	return ret;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playlistfind(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	struct locate_item_list *list =
-		locate_item_list_parse(argv + 1, argc - 1);
-
-	if (list == NULL || list->length == 0) {
-		if (list != NULL)
-			locate_item_list_free(list);
-
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	playlist_print_find(client, &g_playlist, list);
-
-	locate_item_list_free(list);
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playlistsearch(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	struct locate_item_list *list =
-		locate_item_list_parse(argv + 1, argc - 1);
-
-	if (list == NULL || list->length == 0) {
-		if (list != NULL)
-			locate_item_list_free(list);
-
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	playlist_print_search(client, &g_playlist, list);
-
-	locate_item_list_free(list);
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playlistdelete(struct client *client,
-		      G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[]) {
-	char *playlist = argv[1];
-	unsigned from;
-
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &from, argv[2]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	return spl_remove_index(playlist, from, &error)
-		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
-		: print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playlistmove(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	char *playlist = argv[1];
-	unsigned from, to;
-
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &from, argv[2]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &to, argv[3]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	return spl_move_index(playlist, from, to, &error)
-		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
-		: print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_update(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	const char *path = NULL;
-	unsigned ret;
-
-	assert(argc <= 2);
-	if (argc == 2) {
-		path = argv[1];
-
-		if (*path == 0 || strcmp(path, "/") == 0)
-			/* backwards compatibility with MPD 0.15 */
-			path = NULL;
-		else if (!uri_safe_local(path)) {
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
-				      "Malformed path");
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		}
-	}
-
-	ret = update_enqueue(path, false);
-	if (ret > 0) {
-		client_printf(client, "updating_db: %i\n", ret);
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-	} else {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UPDATE_ALREADY,
-			      "already updating");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_rescan(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	const char *path = NULL;
-	unsigned ret;
-
-	assert(argc <= 2);
-	if (argc == 2) {
-		path = argv[1];
-
-		if (!uri_safe_local(path)) {
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
-				      "Malformed path");
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		}
-	}
-
-	ret = update_enqueue(path, true);
-	if (ret > 0) {
-		client_printf(client, "updating_db: %i\n", ret);
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-	} else {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UPDATE_ALREADY,
-			      "already updating");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_next(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
-	    G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	/* single mode is not considered when this is user who
-	 * wants to change song. */
-	const bool single = g_playlist.queue.single;
-	g_playlist.queue.single = false;
-
-	playlist_next(&g_playlist, client->player_control);
-
-	g_playlist.queue.single = single;
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_previous(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
-		G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	playlist_previous(&g_playlist, client->player_control);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_prio(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	unsigned priority;
-
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &priority, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	if (priority > 0xff) {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
-			      "Priority out of range: %s", argv[1]);
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	for (int i = 2; i < argc; ++i) {
-		unsigned start_position, end_position;
-		if (!check_range(client, &start_position, &end_position,
-				 argv[i]))
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-		enum playlist_result result =
-			playlist_set_priority(&g_playlist,
-					      client->player_control,
-					      start_position, end_position,
-					      priority);
-		if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS)
-			return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-	}
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_prioid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	unsigned priority;
-
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &priority, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	if (priority > 0xff) {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
-			      "Priority out of range: %s", argv[1]);
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	for (int i = 2; i < argc; ++i) {
-		unsigned song_id;
-		if (!check_unsigned(client, &song_id, argv[i]))
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-		enum playlist_result result =
-			playlist_set_priority_id(&g_playlist,
-						 client->player_control,
-						 song_id, priority);
-		if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS)
-			return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-	}
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_listall(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	const char *directory = "";
-
-	if (argc == 2)
-		directory = argv[1];
-
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	return printAllIn(client, directory, &error)
-		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
-		: print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_setvol(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	unsigned level;
-	bool success;
-
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &level, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	if (level > 100) {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "Invalid volume value");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	success = volume_level_change(level);
-	if (!success) {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM,
-			      "problems setting volume");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_repeat(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	bool status;
-	if (!check_bool(client, &status, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	playlist_set_repeat(&g_playlist, client->player_control, status);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_single(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	bool status;
-	if (!check_bool(client, &status, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	playlist_set_single(&g_playlist, client->player_control, status);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_consume(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	bool status;
-	if (!check_bool(client, &status, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	playlist_set_consume(&g_playlist, status);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_random(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	bool status;
-	if (!check_bool(client, &status, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	playlist_set_random(&g_playlist, client->player_control, status);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_stats(struct client *client,
-	     G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	return stats_print(client);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_clearerror(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
-		  G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	pc_clear_error(client->player_control);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_list(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	struct locate_item_list *conditionals;
-	int tagType = locate_parse_type(argv[1]);
-
-	if (tagType < 0) {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "\"%s\" is not known", argv[1]);
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	if (tagType == LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE) {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
-			      "\"any\" is not a valid return tag type");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	/* for compatibility with < 0.12.0 */
-	if (argc == 3) {
-		if (tagType != TAG_ALBUM) {
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
-				      "should be \"%s\" for 3 arguments",
-				      tag_item_names[TAG_ALBUM]);
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		}
-
-		locate_item_list_parse(argv + 1, argc - 1);
-
-		conditionals = locate_item_list_new(1);
-		conditionals->items[0].tag = TAG_ARTIST;
-		conditionals->items[0].needle = g_strdup(argv[2]);
-	} else {
-		conditionals =
-			locate_item_list_parse(argv + 2, argc - 2);
-		if (conditionals == NULL) {
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
-				      "not able to parse args");
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		}
-	}
-
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	enum command_return ret =
-		listAllUniqueTags(client, tagType, conditionals, &error)
-		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
-		: print_error(client, error);
-
-	locate_item_list_free(conditionals);
-
-	return ret;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_move(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	unsigned start, end;
-	int to;
-	enum playlist_result result;
-
-	if (!check_range(client, &start, &end, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	if (!check_int(client, &to, argv[2]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	result = playlist_move_range(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
-				     start, end, to);
-	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_moveid(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	unsigned id;
-	int to;
-	enum playlist_result result;
-
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &id, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	if (!check_int(client, &to, argv[2]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	result = playlist_move_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
-				  id, to);
-	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_swap(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	unsigned song1, song2;
-	enum playlist_result result;
-
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &song1, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &song2, argv[2]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	result = playlist_swap_songs(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
-				     song1, song2);
-	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_swapid(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	unsigned id1, id2;
-	enum playlist_result result;
-
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &id1, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &id2, argv[2]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	result = playlist_swap_songs_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
-					id1, id2);
-	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_seek(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	unsigned song, seek_time;
-	enum playlist_result result;
-
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &song, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &seek_time, argv[2]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	result = playlist_seek_song(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
-				    song, seek_time);
-	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_seekid(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	unsigned id, seek_time;
-	enum playlist_result result;
-
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &id, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &seek_time, argv[2]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	result = playlist_seek_song_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
-				       id, seek_time);
-	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_seekcur(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	const char *p = argv[1];
-	bool relative = *p == '+' || *p == '-';
-	int seek_time;
-	if (!check_int(client, &seek_time, p))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	enum playlist_result result =
-		playlist_seek_current(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
-				      seek_time, relative);
-	return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_listallinfo(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	const char *directory = "";
-
-	if (argc == 2)
-		directory = argv[1];
-
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	return printInfoForAllIn(client, directory, &error)
-		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
-		: print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_ping(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
-	    G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_password(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	unsigned permission = 0;
-
-	if (getPermissionFromPassword(argv[1], &permission) < 0) {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_PASSWORD, "incorrect password");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	client_set_permission(client, permission);
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_crossfade(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	unsigned xfade_time;
-
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &xfade_time, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	pc_set_cross_fade(client->player_control, xfade_time);
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_mixrampdb(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	float db;
-
-	if (!check_float(client, &db, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	pc_set_mixramp_db(client->player_control, db);
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_mixrampdelay(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	float delay_secs;
-
-	if (!check_float(client, &delay_secs, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	pc_set_mixramp_delay(client->player_control, delay_secs);
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_enableoutput(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	unsigned device;
-	bool ret;
-
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &device, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	ret = audio_output_enable_index(device);
-	if (!ret) {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
-			      "No such audio output");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_disableoutput(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	unsigned device;
-	bool ret;
-
-	if (!check_unsigned(client, &device, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	ret = audio_output_disable_index(device);
-	if (!ret) {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
-			      "No such audio output");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_devices(struct client *client,
-	       G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	printAudioDevices(client);
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-/* don't be fooled, this is the command handler for "commands" command */
-static enum command_return
-handle_commands(struct client *client,
-		G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[]);
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_not_commands(struct client *client,
-		    G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[]);
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_config(struct client *client,
-	      G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	if (!client_is_local(client)) {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_PERMISSION,
-			      "Command only permitted to local clients");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	const char *path = mapper_get_music_directory_utf8();
-	if (path != NULL)
-		client_printf(client, "music_directory: %s\n", path);
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playlistclear(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	return spl_clear(argv[1], &error)
-		? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
-		: print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playlistadd(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	char *playlist = argv[1];
-	char *uri = argv[2];
-
-	bool success;
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	if (uri_has_scheme(uri)) {
-		if (!uri_supported_scheme(uri)) {
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
-				      "unsupported URI scheme");
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		}
-
-		success = spl_append_uri(argv[1], playlist, &error);
-	} else
-		success = addAllInToStoredPlaylist(uri, playlist, &error);
-
-	if (!success && error == NULL) {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
-			      "directory or file not found");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	return success ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK : print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_listplaylists(struct client *client,
-		     G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	GPtrArray *list = spl_list(&error);
-	if (list == NULL)
-		return print_error(client, error);
-
-	print_spl_list(client, list);
-	spl_list_free(list);
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_replay_gain_mode(struct client *client,
-			G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	if (!replay_gain_set_mode_string(argv[1])) {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
-			      "Unrecognized replay gain mode");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_replay_gain_status(struct client *client,
-			  G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	client_printf(client, "replay_gain_mode: %s\n",
-		      replay_gain_get_mode_string());
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_idle(struct client *client,
-	    G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-        unsigned flags = 0, j;
-        int i;
-        const char *const* idle_names;
-
-        idle_names = idle_get_names();
-        for (i = 1; i < argc; ++i) {
-                if (!argv[i])
-                        continue;
-
-                for (j = 0; idle_names[j]; ++j) {
-                        if (!g_ascii_strcasecmp(argv[i], idle_names[j])) {
-                                flags |= (1 << j);
-                        }
-                }
-        }
-
-        /* No argument means that the client wants to receive everything */
-        if (flags == 0)
-                flags = ~0;
-
-	/* enable "idle" mode on this client */
-	client_idle_wait(client, flags);
-
-	/* return value is "1" so the caller won't print "OK" */
-	return 1;
-}
-
-#ifdef ENABLE_SQLITE
-struct sticker_song_find_data {
-	struct client *client;
-	const char *name;
-};
-
-static void
-sticker_song_find_print_cb(struct song *song, const char *value,
-			   gpointer user_data)
-{
-	struct sticker_song_find_data *data = user_data;
-
-	song_print_uri(data->client, song);
-	sticker_print_value(data->client, data->name, value);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_sticker_song(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	/* get song song_id key */
-	if (argc == 5 && strcmp(argv[1], "get") == 0) {
-		struct song *song;
-		char *value;
-
-		song = db_get_song(argv[3]);
-		if (song == NULL) {
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
-				      "no such song");
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		}
-
-		value = sticker_song_get_value(song, argv[4]);
-		if (value == NULL) {
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
-				      "no such sticker");
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		}
-
-		sticker_print_value(client, argv[4], value);
-		g_free(value);
-
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-	/* list song song_id */
-	} else if (argc == 4 && strcmp(argv[1], "list") == 0) {
-		struct song *song;
-		struct sticker *sticker;
-
-		song = db_get_song(argv[3]);
-		if (song == NULL) {
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
-				      "no such song");
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		}
-
-		sticker = sticker_song_get(song);
-		if (sticker) {
-			sticker_print(client, sticker);
-			sticker_free(sticker);
-		}
-
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-	/* set song song_id id key */
-	} else if (argc == 6 && strcmp(argv[1], "set") == 0) {
-		struct song *song;
-		bool ret;
-
-		song = db_get_song(argv[3]);
-		if (song == NULL) {
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
-				      "no such song");
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		}
-
-		ret = sticker_song_set_value(song, argv[4], argv[5]);
-		if (!ret) {
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM,
-				      "failed to set sticker value");
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		}
-
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-	/* delete song song_id [key] */
-	} else if ((argc == 4 || argc == 5) &&
-		   strcmp(argv[1], "delete") == 0) {
-		struct song *song;
-		bool ret;
-
-		song = db_get_song(argv[3]);
-		if (song == NULL) {
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
-				      "no such song");
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		}
-
-		ret = argc == 4
-			? sticker_song_delete(song)
-			: sticker_song_delete_value(song, argv[4]);
-		if (!ret) {
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM,
-				      "no such sticker");
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		}
-
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-	/* find song dir key */
-	} else if (argc == 5 && strcmp(argv[1], "find") == 0) {
-		/* "sticker find song a/directory name" */
-		struct directory *directory;
-		bool success;
-		struct sticker_song_find_data data = {
-			.client = client,
-			.name = argv[4],
-		};
-
-		db_lock();
-		directory = db_get_directory(argv[3]);
-		if (directory == NULL) {
-			db_unlock();
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
-				      "no such directory");
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		}
-
-		success = sticker_song_find(directory, data.name,
-					    sticker_song_find_print_cb, &data);
-		db_unlock();
-		if (!success) {
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM,
-				      "failed to set search sticker database");
-			return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-		}
-
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-	} else {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "bad request");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_sticker(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	assert(argc >= 4);
-
-	if (!sticker_enabled()) {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UNKNOWN,
-			      "sticker database is disabled");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	if (strcmp(argv[2], "song") == 0)
-		return handle_sticker_song(client, argc, argv);
-	else {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
-			      "unknown sticker domain");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-}
-#endif
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_subscribe(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	assert(argc == 2);
-
-	switch (client_subscribe(client, argv[1])) {
-	case CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_OK:
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-
-	case CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_INVALID:
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
-			      "invalid channel name");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	case CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_ALREADY:
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_EXIST,
-			      "already subscribed to this channel");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	case CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_FULL:
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_EXIST,
-			      "subscription list is full");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	/* unreachable */
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_unsubscribe(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	assert(argc == 2);
-
-	if (client_unsubscribe(client, argv[1]))
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-	else {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
-			      "not subscribed to this channel");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-}
-
-struct channels_context {
-	GStringChunk *chunk;
-
-	GHashTable *channels;
-};
-
-static void
-collect_channels(gpointer data, gpointer user_data)
-{
-	struct channels_context *context = user_data;
-	const struct client *client = data;
-
-	for (GSList *i = client->subscriptions; i != NULL;
-	     i = g_slist_next(i)) {
-		const char *channel = i->data;
-
-		if (g_hash_table_lookup(context->channels, channel) == NULL) {
-			char *channel2 = g_string_chunk_insert(context->chunk,
-							       channel);
-			g_hash_table_insert(context->channels, channel2,
-					    context);
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-static void
-print_channel(gpointer key, G_GNUC_UNUSED gpointer value, gpointer user_data)
-{
-	struct client *client = user_data;
-	const char *channel = key;
-
-	client_printf(client, "channel: %s\n", channel);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_channels(struct client *client,
-		G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	assert(argc == 1);
-
-	struct channels_context context = {
-		.chunk = g_string_chunk_new(1024),
-		.channels = g_hash_table_new(g_str_hash, g_str_equal),
-	};
-
-	client_list_foreach(collect_channels, &context);
-
-	g_hash_table_foreach(context.channels, print_channel, client);
-
-	g_hash_table_destroy(context.channels);
-	g_string_chunk_free(context.chunk);
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_read_messages(struct client *client,
-		     G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	assert(argc == 1);
-
-	GSList *messages = client_read_messages(client);
-
-	for (GSList *i = messages; i != NULL; i = g_slist_next(i)) {
-		struct client_message *msg = i->data;
-
-		client_printf(client, "channel: %s\nmessage: %s\n",
-			      msg->channel, msg->message);
-		client_message_free(msg);
-	}
-
-	g_slist_free(messages);
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-struct send_message_context {
-	struct client_message msg;
-
-	bool sent;
-};
-
-static void
-send_message(gpointer data, gpointer user_data)
-{
-	struct send_message_context *context = user_data;
-	struct client *client = data;
-
-	if (client_push_message(client, &context->msg))
-		context->sent = true;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_send_message(struct client *client,
-		    G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	assert(argc == 3);
-
-	if (!client_message_valid_channel_name(argv[1])) {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
-			      "invalid channel name");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	struct send_message_context context = {
-		.sent = false,
-	};
-
-	client_message_init(&context.msg, argv[1], argv[2]);
-
-	client_list_foreach(send_message, &context);
-
-	client_message_deinit(&context.msg);
-
-	if (context.sent)
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-	else {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
-			      "nobody is subscribed to this channel");
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-}
-
-/**
- * The command registry.
- *
- * This array must be sorted!
- */
-static const struct command commands[] = {
-	{ "add", PERMISSION_ADD, 1, 1, handle_add },
-	{ "addid", PERMISSION_ADD, 1, 2, handle_addid },
-	{ "channels", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_channels },
-	{ "clear", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 0, handle_clear },
-	{ "clearerror", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 0, handle_clearerror },
-	{ "close", PERMISSION_NONE, -1, -1, handle_close },
-	{ "commands", PERMISSION_NONE, 0, 0, handle_commands },
-	{ "config", PERMISSION_ADMIN, 0, 0, handle_config },
-	{ "consume", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_consume },
-	{ "count", PERMISSION_READ, 2, -1, handle_count },
-	{ "crossfade", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_crossfade },
-	{ "currentsong", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_currentsong },
-	{ "decoders", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_decoders },
-	{ "delete", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_delete },
-	{ "deleteid", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_deleteid },
-	{ "disableoutput", PERMISSION_ADMIN, 1, 1, handle_disableoutput },
-	{ "enableoutput", PERMISSION_ADMIN, 1, 1, handle_enableoutput },
-	{ "find", PERMISSION_READ, 2, -1, handle_find },
-	{ "findadd", PERMISSION_READ, 2, -1, handle_findadd},
-	{ "idle", PERMISSION_READ, 0, -1, handle_idle },
-	{ "kill", PERMISSION_ADMIN, -1, -1, handle_kill },
-	{ "list", PERMISSION_READ, 1, -1, handle_list },
-	{ "listall", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 1, handle_listall },
-	{ "listallinfo", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 1, handle_listallinfo },
-	{ "listplaylist", PERMISSION_READ, 1, 1, handle_listplaylist },
-	{ "listplaylistinfo", PERMISSION_READ, 1, 1, handle_listplaylistinfo },
-	{ "listplaylists", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_listplaylists },
-	{ "load", PERMISSION_ADD, 1, 2, handle_load },
-	{ "lsinfo", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 1, handle_lsinfo },
-	{ "mixrampdb", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_mixrampdb },
-	{ "mixrampdelay", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_mixrampdelay },
-	{ "move", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_move },
-	{ "moveid", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_moveid },
-	{ "next", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 0, handle_next },
-	{ "notcommands", PERMISSION_NONE, 0, 0, handle_not_commands },
-	{ "outputs", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_devices },
-	{ "password", PERMISSION_NONE, 1, 1, handle_password },
-	{ "pause", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 1, handle_pause },
-	{ "ping", PERMISSION_NONE, 0, 0, handle_ping },
-	{ "play", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 1, handle_play },
-	{ "playid", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 1, handle_playid },
-	{ "playlist", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_playlist },
-	{ "playlistadd", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_playlistadd },
-	{ "playlistclear", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_playlistclear },
-	{ "playlistdelete", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_playlistdelete },
-	{ "playlistfind", PERMISSION_READ, 2, -1, handle_playlistfind },
-	{ "playlistid", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 1, handle_playlistid },
-	{ "playlistinfo", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 1, handle_playlistinfo },
-	{ "playlistmove", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 3, 3, handle_playlistmove },
-	{ "playlistsearch", PERMISSION_READ, 2, -1, handle_playlistsearch },
-	{ "plchanges", PERMISSION_READ, 1, 1, handle_plchanges },
-	{ "plchangesposid", PERMISSION_READ, 1, 1, handle_plchangesposid },
-	{ "previous", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 0, handle_previous },
-	{ "prio", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, -1, handle_prio },
-	{ "prioid", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, -1, handle_prioid },
-	{ "random", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_random },
-	{ "readmessages", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_read_messages },
-	{ "rename", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_rename },
-	{ "repeat", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_repeat },
-	{ "replay_gain_mode", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1,
-	  handle_replay_gain_mode },
-	{ "replay_gain_status", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0,
-	  handle_replay_gain_status },
-	{ "rescan", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 1, handle_rescan },
-	{ "rm", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_rm },
-	{ "save", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_save },
-	{ "search", PERMISSION_READ, 2, -1, handle_search },
-	{ "searchadd", PERMISSION_ADD, 2, -1, handle_searchadd },
-	{ "searchaddpl", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 3, -1, handle_searchaddpl },
-	{ "seek", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_seek },
-	{ "seekcur", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_seekcur },
-	{ "seekid", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_seekid },
-	{ "sendmessage", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_send_message },
-	{ "setvol", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_setvol },
-	{ "shuffle", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 1, handle_shuffle },
-	{ "single", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 1, 1, handle_single },
-	{ "stats", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_stats },
-	{ "status", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_status },
-#ifdef ENABLE_SQLITE
-	{ "sticker", PERMISSION_ADMIN, 3, -1, handle_sticker },
-#endif
-	{ "stop", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 0, handle_stop },
-	{ "subscribe", PERMISSION_READ, 1, 1, handle_subscribe },
-	{ "swap", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_swap },
-	{ "swapid", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 2, 2, handle_swapid },
-	{ "tagtypes", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_tagtypes },
-	{ "unsubscribe", PERMISSION_READ, 1, 1, handle_unsubscribe },
-	{ "update", PERMISSION_CONTROL, 0, 1, handle_update },
-	{ "urlhandlers", PERMISSION_READ, 0, 0, handle_urlhandlers },
-};
-
-static const unsigned num_commands = sizeof(commands) / sizeof(commands[0]);
-
-static bool
-command_available(G_GNUC_UNUSED const struct command *cmd)
-{
-#ifdef ENABLE_SQLITE
-	if (strcmp(cmd->cmd, "sticker") == 0)
-		return sticker_enabled();
-#endif
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-/* don't be fooled, this is the command handler for "commands" command */
-static enum command_return
-handle_commands(struct client *client,
-		G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	const unsigned permission = client_get_permission(client);
-	const struct command *cmd;
-
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < num_commands; ++i) {
-		cmd = &commands[i];
-
-		if (cmd->permission == (permission & cmd->permission) &&
-		    command_available(cmd))
-			client_printf(client, "command: %s\n", cmd->cmd);
-	}
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_not_commands(struct client *client,
-		    G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
-	const unsigned permission = client_get_permission(client);
-	const struct command *cmd;
-
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < num_commands; ++i) {
-		cmd = &commands[i];
-
-		if (cmd->permission != (permission & cmd->permission))
-			client_printf(client, "command: %s\n", cmd->cmd);
-	}
-
-	return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-void command_init(void)
-{
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-	/* ensure that the command list is sorted */
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < num_commands - 1; ++i)
-		assert(strcmp(commands[i].cmd, commands[i + 1].cmd) < 0);
-#endif
-}
-
-void command_finish(void)
-{
-}
-
-static const struct command *
-command_lookup(const char *name)
-{
-	unsigned a = 0, b = num_commands, i;
-	int cmp;
-
-	/* binary search */
-	do {
-		i = (a + b) / 2;
-
-		cmp = strcmp(name, commands[i].cmd);
-		if (cmp == 0)
-			return &commands[i];
-		else if (cmp < 0)
-			b = i;
-		else if (cmp > 0)
-			a = i + 1;
-	} while (a < b);
-
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-static bool
-command_check_request(const struct command *cmd, struct client *client,
-		      unsigned permission, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	int min = cmd->min + 1;
-	int max = cmd->max + 1;
-
-	if (cmd->permission != (permission & cmd->permission)) {
-		if (client != NULL)
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_PERMISSION,
-				      "you don't have permission for \"%s\"",
-				      cmd->cmd);
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	if (min == 0)
-		return true;
-
-	if (min == max && max != argc) {
-		if (client != NULL)
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
-				      "wrong number of arguments for \"%s\"",
-				      argv[0]);
-		return false;
-	} else if (argc < min) {
-		if (client != NULL)
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
-				      "too few arguments for \"%s\"", argv[0]);
-		return false;
-	} else if (argc > max && max /* != 0 */ ) {
-		if (client != NULL)
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
-				      "too many arguments for \"%s\"", argv[0]);
-		return false;
-	} else
-		return true;
-}
-
-static const struct command *
-command_checked_lookup(struct client *client, unsigned permission,
-		       int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-	const struct command *cmd;
-
-	current_command = "";
-
-	if (argc == 0)
-		return NULL;
-
-	cmd = command_lookup(argv[0]);
-	if (cmd == NULL) {
-		if (client != NULL)
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UNKNOWN,
-				      "unknown command \"%s\"", argv[0]);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	current_command = cmd->cmd;
-
-	if (!command_check_request(cmd, client, permission, argc, argv))
-		return NULL;
-
-	return cmd;
-}
-
-enum command_return
-command_process(struct client *client, unsigned num, char *line)
-{
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	int argc;
-	char *argv[COMMAND_ARGV_MAX] = { NULL };
-	const struct command *cmd;
-	enum command_return ret = COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
-	command_list_num = num;
-
-	/* get the command name (first word on the line) */
-
-	argv[0] = tokenizer_next_word(&line, &error);
-	if (argv[0] == NULL) {
-		current_command = "";
-		if (*line == 0)
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UNKNOWN,
-				      "No command given");
-		else {
-			command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UNKNOWN,
-				      "%s", error->message);
-			g_error_free(error);
-		}
-		current_command = NULL;
-
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	argc = 1;
-
-	/* now parse the arguments (quoted or unquoted) */
-
-	while (argc < (int)G_N_ELEMENTS(argv) &&
-	       (argv[argc] =
-		tokenizer_next_param(&line, &error)) != NULL)
-		++argc;
-
-	/* some error checks; we have to set current_command because
-	   command_error() expects it to be set */
-
-	current_command = argv[0];
-
-	if (argc >= (int)G_N_ELEMENTS(argv)) {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "Too many arguments");
-		current_command = NULL;
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	if (*line != 0) {
-		command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
-			      "%s", error->message);
-		current_command = NULL;
-		g_error_free(error);
-		return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-	}
-
-	/* look up and invoke the command handler */
-
-	cmd = command_checked_lookup(client, client_get_permission(client),
-				     argc, argv);
-	if (cmd)
-		ret = cmd->handler(client, argc, argv);
-
-	current_command = NULL;
-	command_list_num = 0;
-
-	return ret;
-}
diff --git a/src/command.h b/src/command.h
index 68d1f95e4..9ea5bb52f 100644
--- a/src/command.h
+++ b/src/command.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -20,27 +20,34 @@
 #ifndef MPD_COMMAND_H
 #define MPD_COMMAND_H
 
-#include "ack.h"
-
-#include <glib.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
 enum command_return {
-	COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR = -1,
-	COMMAND_RETURN_OK = 0,
-	COMMAND_RETURN_KILL = 10,
-	COMMAND_RETURN_CLOSE = 20,
+	/**
+	 * The command has succeeded, but the "OK" response was not
+	 * yet sent to the client.
+	 */
+	COMMAND_RETURN_OK,
+
+	/**
+	 * The connection is now in "idle" mode, and no response shall
+	 * be generated.
+	 */
+	COMMAND_RETURN_IDLE,
+
+	/**
+	 * There was an error.  The "ACK" response was sent to the
+	 * client.
+	 */
+	COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR,
+
+	/**
+	 * The connection to this client shall be closed.
+	 */
+	COMMAND_RETURN_CLOSE,
+
+	/**
+	 * The MPD process shall be shut down.
+	 */
+	COMMAND_RETURN_KILL,
 };
 
-struct client;
-
-void command_init(void);
-
-void command_finish(void);
-
-enum command_return
-command_process(struct client *client, unsigned num, char *line);
-
-void command_success(struct client *client);
-
 #endif
diff --git a/src/conf.c b/src/conf.c
index 167f2da92..5f12d84d9 100644
--- a/src/conf.c
+++ b/src/conf.c
@@ -102,6 +102,7 @@ static struct config_entry config_entries[] = {
 	{ .name = CONF_DESPOTIFY_PASSWORD, false, false},
 	{ .name = CONF_DESPOTIFY_HIGH_BITRATE, false, false },
 	{ .name = "filter", true, true },
+	{ .name = "database", false, true },
 };
 
 static bool
diff --git a/src/db/ProxyDatabasePlugin.cxx b/src/db/ProxyDatabasePlugin.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e41ee8819
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/db/ProxyDatabasePlugin.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,476 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "ProxyDatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSelection.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistVector.hxx"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "db_error.h"
+#include "conf.h"
+#include "song.h"
+#include "tag.h"
+}
+
+#undef MPD_DIRECTORY_H
+#undef MPD_SONG_H
+#include <mpd/client.h>
+
+#include <cassert>
+#include <string>
+#include <list>
+
+class ProxyDatabase : public Database {
+	std::string host;
+	unsigned port;
+
+	struct mpd_connection *connection;
+	Directory *root;
+
+public:
+	static Database *Create(const struct config_param *param,
+				GError **error_r);
+
+	virtual bool Open(GError **error_r) override;
+	virtual void Close() override;
+	virtual struct song *GetSong(const char *uri_utf8,
+				     GError **error_r) const override;
+	virtual void ReturnSong(struct song *song) const;
+
+	virtual bool Visit(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+			   VisitDirectory visit_directory,
+			   VisitSong visit_song,
+			   VisitPlaylist visit_playlist,
+			   GError **error_r) const override;
+
+	virtual bool VisitUniqueTags(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+				     enum tag_type tag_type,
+				     VisitString visit_string,
+				     GError **error_r) const override;
+
+	virtual bool GetStats(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+			      DatabaseStats &stats,
+			      GError **error_r) const override;
+
+protected:
+	bool Configure(const struct config_param *param, GError **error_r);
+};
+
+G_GNUC_CONST
+static inline GQuark
+libmpdclient_quark(void)
+{
+	return g_quark_from_static_string("libmpdclient");
+}
+
+static constexpr struct {
+	enum tag_type d;
+	enum mpd_tag_type s;
+} tag_table[] = {
+	{ TAG_ARTIST, MPD_TAG_ARTIST },
+	{ TAG_ALBUM, MPD_TAG_ALBUM },
+	{ TAG_ALBUM_ARTIST, MPD_TAG_ALBUM_ARTIST },
+	{ TAG_TITLE, MPD_TAG_TITLE },
+	{ TAG_TRACK, MPD_TAG_TRACK },
+	{ TAG_NAME, MPD_TAG_NAME },
+	{ TAG_GENRE, MPD_TAG_GENRE },
+	{ TAG_DATE, MPD_TAG_DATE },
+	{ TAG_COMPOSER, MPD_TAG_COMPOSER },
+	{ TAG_PERFORMER, MPD_TAG_PERFORMER },
+	{ TAG_COMMENT, MPD_TAG_COMMENT },
+	{ TAG_DISC, MPD_TAG_DISC },
+	{ TAG_MUSICBRAINZ_ARTISTID, MPD_TAG_MUSICBRAINZ_ARTISTID },
+	{ TAG_MUSICBRAINZ_ALBUMID, MPD_TAG_MUSICBRAINZ_ALBUMID },
+	{ TAG_MUSICBRAINZ_ALBUMARTISTID,
+	  MPD_TAG_MUSICBRAINZ_ALBUMARTISTID },
+	{ TAG_MUSICBRAINZ_TRACKID, MPD_TAG_MUSICBRAINZ_TRACKID },
+	{ TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES, MPD_TAG_COUNT }
+};
+
+G_GNUC_CONST
+static enum mpd_tag_type
+Convert(enum tag_type tag_type)
+{
+	for (auto i = tag_table; i->d != TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES; ++i)
+		if (i->d == tag_type)
+			return i->s;
+
+	return MPD_TAG_COUNT;
+}
+
+static bool
+CheckError(struct mpd_connection *connection, GError **error_r)
+{
+	const auto error = mpd_connection_get_error(connection);
+	if (error == MPD_ERROR_SUCCESS)
+		return true;
+
+	g_set_error_literal(error_r, libmpdclient_quark(), (int)error,
+			    mpd_connection_get_error_message(connection));
+	mpd_connection_clear_error(connection);
+	return false;
+}
+
+Database *
+ProxyDatabase::Create(const struct config_param *param, GError **error_r)
+{
+	ProxyDatabase *db = new ProxyDatabase();
+	if (!db->Configure(param, error_r)) {
+		delete db;
+		db = NULL;
+	}
+
+	return db;
+}
+
+bool
+ProxyDatabase::Configure(const struct config_param *param, GError **)
+{
+	host = config_get_block_string(param, "host", "");
+	port = config_get_block_unsigned(param, "port", 0);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool
+ProxyDatabase::Open(GError **error_r)
+{
+	connection = mpd_connection_new(host.empty() ? NULL : host.c_str(),
+					port, 0);
+	if (connection == NULL) {
+		g_set_error_literal(error_r, libmpdclient_quark(),
+				    (int)MPD_ERROR_OOM, "Out of memory");
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	if (!CheckError(connection, error_r)) {
+		mpd_connection_free(connection);
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	root = Directory::NewRoot();
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+void
+ProxyDatabase::Close()
+{
+	assert(connection != nullptr);
+
+	root->Free();
+	mpd_connection_free(connection);
+}
+
+static song *
+Convert(const struct mpd_song *song);
+
+struct song *
+ProxyDatabase::GetSong(const char *uri, GError **error_r) const
+{
+	// TODO: implement
+	// TODO: auto-reconnect
+
+	if (!mpd_send_list_meta(connection, uri)) {
+		CheckError(connection, error_r);
+		return nullptr;
+	}
+
+	struct mpd_song *song = mpd_recv_song(connection);
+	struct song *song2 = song != nullptr
+		? Convert(song)
+		: nullptr;
+	mpd_song_free(song);
+	if (!mpd_response_finish(connection)) {
+		if (song2 != nullptr)
+			song_free(song2);
+
+		CheckError(connection, error_r);
+		return nullptr;
+	}
+
+	if (song2 == nullptr)
+		g_set_error(error_r, db_quark(), DB_NOT_FOUND,
+			    "No such song: %s", uri);
+
+	return song2;
+}
+
+void
+ProxyDatabase::ReturnSong(struct song *song) const
+{
+	assert(song != nullptr);
+	assert(song_in_database(song));
+	assert(song_is_detached(song));
+
+	song_free(song);
+}
+
+static bool
+Visit(struct mpd_connection *connection, const char *uri,
+      bool recursive, VisitDirectory visit_directory, VisitSong visit_song,
+      VisitPlaylist visit_playlist, GError **error_r);
+
+static bool
+Visit(struct mpd_connection *connection,
+      bool recursive, const struct mpd_directory *directory,
+      VisitDirectory visit_directory, VisitSong visit_song,
+      VisitPlaylist visit_playlist, GError **error_r)
+{
+	const char *path = mpd_directory_get_path(directory);
+
+	if (visit_directory) {
+		Directory *d = Directory::NewGeneric(path, &detached_root);
+		bool success = visit_directory(*d, error_r);
+		d->Free();
+		if (!success)
+			return false;
+	}
+
+	if (recursive &&
+	    !Visit(connection, path, recursive,
+		   visit_directory, visit_song, visit_playlist, error_r))
+		return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+static void
+Copy(struct tag *tag, enum tag_type d_tag,
+     const struct mpd_song *song, enum mpd_tag_type s_tag)
+{
+
+	for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i) {
+		const char *value = mpd_song_get_tag(song, s_tag, i);
+		if (value == NULL)
+			break;
+
+		tag_add_item(tag, d_tag, value);
+	}
+}
+
+static song *
+Convert(const struct mpd_song *song)
+{
+	struct song *s = song_detached_new(mpd_song_get_uri(song));
+
+	s->mtime = mpd_song_get_last_modified(song);
+	s->start_ms = mpd_song_get_start(song) * 1000;
+	s->end_ms = mpd_song_get_end(song) * 1000;
+
+	struct tag *tag = tag_new();
+	tag->time = mpd_song_get_duration(song);
+
+	tag_begin_add(tag);
+	for (auto i = tag_table; i->d != TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES; ++i)
+		Copy(tag, i->d, song, i->s);
+	tag_end_add(tag);
+
+	s->tag = tag;
+
+	return s;
+}
+
+static bool
+Visit(const struct mpd_song *song,
+      VisitSong visit_song, GError **error_r)
+{
+	if (!visit_song)
+		return true;
+
+	struct song *s = Convert(song);
+	bool success = visit_song(*s, error_r);
+	song_free(s);
+
+	return success;
+}
+
+static bool
+Visit(const struct mpd_playlist *playlist,
+      VisitPlaylist visit_playlist, GError **error_r)
+{
+	if (!visit_playlist)
+		return true;
+
+	PlaylistInfo p(mpd_playlist_get_path(playlist),
+		       mpd_playlist_get_last_modified(playlist));
+
+	return visit_playlist(p, detached_root, error_r);
+}
+
+class ProxyEntity {
+	struct mpd_entity *entity;
+
+public:
+	explicit ProxyEntity(struct mpd_entity *_entity)
+		:entity(_entity) {}
+
+	ProxyEntity(const ProxyEntity &other) = delete;
+
+	ProxyEntity(ProxyEntity &&other)
+		:entity(other.entity) {
+		other.entity = nullptr;
+	}
+
+	~ProxyEntity() {
+		if (entity != nullptr)
+			mpd_entity_free(entity);
+	}
+
+	ProxyEntity &operator=(const ProxyEntity &other) = delete;
+
+	operator const struct mpd_entity *() const {
+		return entity;
+	}
+};
+
+static std::list<ProxyEntity>
+ReceiveEntities(struct mpd_connection *connection)
+{
+	std::list<ProxyEntity> entities;
+	struct mpd_entity *entity;
+	while ((entity = mpd_recv_entity(connection)) != NULL)
+		entities.push_back(ProxyEntity(entity));
+
+	mpd_response_finish(connection);
+	return entities;
+}
+
+static bool
+Visit(struct mpd_connection *connection, const char *uri,
+      bool recursive, VisitDirectory visit_directory, VisitSong visit_song,
+      VisitPlaylist visit_playlist, GError **error_r)
+{
+	if (!mpd_send_list_meta(connection, uri))
+		return CheckError(connection, error_r);
+
+	std::list<ProxyEntity> entities(ReceiveEntities(connection));
+	if (!CheckError(connection, error_r))
+		return false;
+
+	for (const auto &entity : entities) {
+		switch (mpd_entity_get_type(entity)) {
+		case MPD_ENTITY_TYPE_UNKNOWN:
+			break;
+
+		case MPD_ENTITY_TYPE_DIRECTORY:
+			if (!Visit(connection, recursive,
+				   mpd_entity_get_directory(entity),
+				   visit_directory, visit_song, visit_playlist,
+				   error_r))
+				return false;
+			break;
+
+		case MPD_ENTITY_TYPE_SONG:
+			if (!Visit(mpd_entity_get_song(entity), visit_song,
+				   error_r))
+				return false;
+			break;
+
+		case MPD_ENTITY_TYPE_PLAYLIST:
+			if (!Visit(mpd_entity_get_playlist(entity),
+				   visit_playlist, error_r))
+				return false;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return CheckError(connection, error_r);
+}
+
+bool
+ProxyDatabase::Visit(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+		     VisitDirectory visit_directory,
+		     VisitSong visit_song,
+		     VisitPlaylist visit_playlist,
+		     GError **error_r) const
+{
+	// TODO: match
+	// TODO: auto-reconnect
+
+	return ::Visit(connection, selection.uri, selection.recursive,
+		       visit_directory, visit_song, visit_playlist,
+		       error_r);
+}
+
+bool
+ProxyDatabase::VisitUniqueTags(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+			       enum tag_type tag_type,
+			       VisitString visit_string,
+			       GError **error_r) const
+{
+	enum mpd_tag_type tag_type2 = Convert(tag_type);
+	if (tag_type2 == MPD_TAG_COUNT) {
+		g_set_error_literal(error_r, libmpdclient_quark(), 0,
+				    "Unsupported tag");
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	if (!mpd_search_db_tags(connection, tag_type2))
+		return CheckError(connection, error_r);
+
+	// TODO: match
+	(void)selection;
+
+	if (!mpd_search_commit(connection))
+		return CheckError(connection, error_r);
+
+	bool result = true;
+
+	struct mpd_pair *pair;
+	while (result &&
+	       (pair = mpd_recv_pair_tag(connection, tag_type2)) != nullptr) {
+		result = visit_string(pair->value, error_r);
+		mpd_return_pair(connection, pair);
+	}
+
+	return mpd_response_finish(connection) &&
+		CheckError(connection, error_r) &&
+		result;
+}
+
+bool
+ProxyDatabase::GetStats(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+			DatabaseStats &stats, GError **error_r) const
+{
+	// TODO: match
+	(void)selection;
+
+	struct mpd_stats *stats2 =
+		mpd_run_stats(connection);
+	if (stats2 == nullptr)
+		return CheckError(connection, error_r);
+
+	stats.song_count = mpd_stats_get_number_of_songs(stats2);
+	stats.total_duration = mpd_stats_get_db_play_time(stats2);
+	stats.artist_count = mpd_stats_get_number_of_artists(stats2);
+	stats.album_count = mpd_stats_get_number_of_albums(stats2);
+	mpd_stats_free(stats2);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+const DatabasePlugin proxy_db_plugin = {
+	"proxy",
+	ProxyDatabase::Create,
+};
diff --git a/src/db/ProxyDatabasePlugin.hxx b/src/db/ProxyDatabasePlugin.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8e878baca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/db/ProxyDatabasePlugin.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_PROXY_DATABASE_PLUGIN_HXX
+#define MPD_PROXY_DATABASE_PLUGIN_HXX
+
+struct DatabasePlugin;
+
+extern const DatabasePlugin proxy_db_plugin;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.cxx b/src/db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..84e4e7cee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "SimpleDatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSelection.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseHelpers.hxx"
+#include "Directory.hxx"
+#include "SongFilter.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSave.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseLock.hxx"
+#include "db_error.h"
+#include "TextFile.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "conf.h"
+}
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+G_GNUC_CONST
+static inline GQuark
+simple_db_quark(void)
+{
+	return g_quark_from_static_string("simple_db");
+}
+
+Database *
+SimpleDatabase::Create(const struct config_param *param, GError **error_r)
+{
+	SimpleDatabase *db = new SimpleDatabase();
+	if (!db->Configure(param, error_r)) {
+		delete db;
+		db = NULL;
+	}
+
+	return db;
+}
+
+bool
+SimpleDatabase::Configure(const struct config_param *param, GError **error_r)
+{
+	GError *error = NULL;
+
+	char *_path = config_dup_block_path(param, "path", &error);
+	if (_path == NULL) {
+		if (error != NULL)
+			g_propagate_error(error_r, error);
+		else
+			g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), 0,
+				    "No \"path\" parameter specified");
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	path = _path;
+	free(_path);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool
+SimpleDatabase::Check(GError **error_r) const
+{
+	assert(!path.empty());
+
+	/* Check if the file exists */
+	if (access(path.c_str(), F_OK)) {
+		/* If the file doesn't exist, we can't check if we can write
+		 * it, so we are going to try to get the directory path, and
+		 * see if we can write a file in that */
+		char *dirPath = g_path_get_dirname(path.c_str());
+
+		/* Check that the parent part of the path is a directory */
+		struct stat st;
+		if (stat(dirPath, &st) < 0) {
+			g_free(dirPath);
+			g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
+				    "Couldn't stat parent directory of db file "
+				    "\"%s\": %s",
+				    path.c_str(), g_strerror(errno));
+			return false;
+		}
+
+		if (!S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
+			g_free(dirPath);
+			g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), 0,
+				    "Couldn't create db file \"%s\" because the "
+				    "parent path is not a directory",
+				    path.c_str());
+			return false;
+		}
+
+		/* Check if we can write to the directory */
+		if (access(dirPath, X_OK | W_OK)) {
+			g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
+				    "Can't create db file in \"%s\": %s",
+				    dirPath, g_strerror(errno));
+			g_free(dirPath);
+			return false;
+		}
+
+		g_free(dirPath);
+
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	/* Path exists, now check if it's a regular file */
+	struct stat st;
+	if (stat(path.c_str(), &st) < 0) {
+		g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
+			    "Couldn't stat db file \"%s\": %s",
+			    path.c_str(), g_strerror(errno));
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	if (!S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) {
+		g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), 0,
+			    "db file \"%s\" is not a regular file",
+			    path.c_str());
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* And check that we can write to it */
+	if (access(path.c_str(), R_OK | W_OK)) {
+		g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
+			    "Can't open db file \"%s\" for reading/writing: %s",
+			    path.c_str(), g_strerror(errno));
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool
+SimpleDatabase::Load(GError **error_r)
+{
+	assert(!path.empty());
+	assert(root != NULL);
+
+	TextFile file(path.c_str());
+	if (file.HasFailed()) {
+		g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
+			    "Failed to open database file \"%s\": %s",
+			    path.c_str(), g_strerror(errno));
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	if (!db_load_internal(file, root, error_r))
+		return false;
+
+	struct stat st;
+	if (stat(path.c_str(), &st) == 0)
+		mtime = st.st_mtime;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool
+SimpleDatabase::Open(GError **error_r)
+{
+	root = Directory::NewRoot();
+	mtime = 0;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+	borrowed_song_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+	GError *error = NULL;
+	if (!Load(&error)) {
+		root->Free();
+
+		g_warning("Failed to load database: %s", error->message);
+		g_error_free(error);
+
+		if (!Check(error_r))
+			return false;
+
+		root = Directory::NewRoot();
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+void
+SimpleDatabase::Close()
+{
+	assert(root != NULL);
+	assert(borrowed_song_count == 0);
+
+	root->Free();
+}
+
+struct song *
+SimpleDatabase::GetSong(const char *uri, GError **error_r) const
+{
+	assert(root != NULL);
+
+	db_lock();
+	song *song = root->LookupSong(uri);
+	db_unlock();
+	if (song == NULL)
+		g_set_error(error_r, db_quark(), DB_NOT_FOUND,
+			    "No such song: %s", uri);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+	else
+		++const_cast<unsigned &>(borrowed_song_count);
+#endif
+
+	return song;
+}
+
+void
+SimpleDatabase::ReturnSong(gcc_unused struct song *song) const
+{
+	assert(song != nullptr);
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+	assert(borrowed_song_count > 0);
+	--const_cast<unsigned &>(borrowed_song_count);
+#endif
+}
+
+G_GNUC_PURE
+const Directory *
+SimpleDatabase::LookupDirectory(const char *uri) const
+{
+	assert(root != NULL);
+	assert(uri != NULL);
+
+	ScopeDatabaseLock protect;
+	return root->LookupDirectory(uri);
+}
+
+bool
+SimpleDatabase::Visit(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+		      VisitDirectory visit_directory,
+		      VisitSong visit_song,
+		      VisitPlaylist visit_playlist,
+		      GError **error_r) const
+{
+	ScopeDatabaseLock protect;
+
+	const Directory *directory = root->LookupDirectory(selection.uri);
+	if (directory == NULL) {
+		if (visit_song) {
+			song *song = root->LookupSong(selection.uri);
+			if (song != nullptr)
+				return !selection.Match(*song) ||
+					visit_song(*song, error_r);
+		}
+
+		g_set_error(error_r, db_quark(), DB_NOT_FOUND,
+			    "No such directory");
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	if (selection.recursive && visit_directory &&
+	    !visit_directory(*directory, error_r))
+		return false;
+
+	return directory->Walk(selection.recursive, selection.filter,
+			       visit_directory, visit_song, visit_playlist,
+			       error_r);
+}
+
+bool
+SimpleDatabase::VisitUniqueTags(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+				enum tag_type tag_type,
+				VisitString visit_string,
+				GError **error_r) const
+{
+	return ::VisitUniqueTags(*this, selection, tag_type, visit_string,
+				 error_r);
+}
+
+bool
+SimpleDatabase::GetStats(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+			 DatabaseStats &stats, GError **error_r) const
+{
+	return ::GetStats(*this, selection, stats, error_r);
+}
+
+bool
+SimpleDatabase::Save(GError **error_r)
+{
+	db_lock();
+
+	g_debug("removing empty directories from DB");
+	root->PruneEmpty();
+
+	g_debug("sorting DB");
+	root->Sort();
+
+	db_unlock();
+
+	g_debug("writing DB");
+
+	FILE *fp = fopen(path.c_str(), "w");
+	if (!fp) {
+		g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
+			    "unable to write to db file \"%s\": %s",
+			    path.c_str(), g_strerror(errno));
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	db_save_internal(fp, root);
+
+	if (ferror(fp)) {
+		g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
+			    "Failed to write to database file: %s",
+			    g_strerror(errno));
+		fclose(fp);
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	fclose(fp);
+
+	struct stat st;
+	if (stat(path.c_str(), &st) == 0)
+		mtime = st.st_mtime;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+const DatabasePlugin simple_db_plugin = {
+	"simple",
+	SimpleDatabase::Create,
+};
diff --git a/src/db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.hxx b/src/db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..789dcdae9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_SIMPLE_DATABASE_PLUGIN_HXX
+#define MPD_SIMPLE_DATABASE_PLUGIN_HXX
+
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+#include <cassert>
+#include <string>
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+struct Directory;
+
+class SimpleDatabase : public Database {
+	std::string path;
+
+	Directory *root;
+
+	time_t mtime;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+	unsigned borrowed_song_count;
+#endif
+
+public:
+	gcc_pure
+	Directory *GetRoot() {
+		assert(root != NULL);
+
+		return root;
+	}
+
+	bool Save(GError **error_r);
+
+	gcc_pure
+	time_t GetLastModified() const {
+		return mtime;
+	}
+
+	static Database *Create(const struct config_param *param,
+				GError **error_r);
+
+	virtual bool Open(GError **error_r) override;
+	virtual void Close() override;
+
+	virtual struct song *GetSong(const char *uri_utf8,
+				     GError **error_r) const override;
+	virtual void ReturnSong(struct song *song) const;
+
+	virtual bool Visit(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+			   VisitDirectory visit_directory,
+			   VisitSong visit_song,
+			   VisitPlaylist visit_playlist,
+			   GError **error_r) const override;
+
+	virtual bool VisitUniqueTags(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+				     enum tag_type tag_type,
+				     VisitString visit_string,
+				     GError **error_r) const override;
+
+	virtual bool GetStats(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+			      DatabaseStats &stats,
+			      GError **error_r) const override;
+
+protected:
+	bool Configure(const struct config_param *param, GError **error_r);
+
+	gcc_pure
+	bool Check(GError **error_r) const;
+
+	bool Load(GError **error_r);
+
+	gcc_pure
+	const Directory *LookupDirectory(const char *uri) const;
+};
+
+extern const DatabasePlugin simple_db_plugin;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/db/simple_db_plugin.c b/src/db/simple_db_plugin.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 697e8da5f..000000000
--- a/src/db/simple_db_plugin.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,357 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "simple_db_plugin.h"
-#include "db_internal.h"
-#include "db_error.h"
-#include "db_selection.h"
-#include "db_visitor.h"
-#include "db_save.h"
-#include "db_lock.h"
-#include "conf.h"
-#include "directory.h"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-struct simple_db {
-	struct db base;
-
-	char *path;
-
-	struct directory *root;
-
-	time_t mtime;
-};
-
-G_GNUC_CONST
-static inline GQuark
-simple_db_quark(void)
-{
-	return g_quark_from_static_string("simple_db");
-}
-
-G_GNUC_PURE
-static const struct directory *
-simple_db_lookup_directory(const struct simple_db *db, const char *uri)
-{
-	assert(db != NULL);
-	assert(db->root != NULL);
-	assert(uri != NULL);
-
-	db_lock();
-	struct directory *directory =
-		directory_lookup_directory(db->root, uri);
-	db_unlock();
-	return directory;
-}
-
-static struct db *
-simple_db_init(const struct config_param *param, GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct simple_db *db = g_malloc(sizeof(*db));
-	db_base_init(&db->base, &simple_db_plugin);
-
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	db->path = config_dup_block_path(param, "path", &error);
-	if (db->path == NULL) {
-		g_free(db);
-		if (error != NULL)
-			g_propagate_error(error_r, error);
-		else
-			g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), 0,
-				    "No \"path\" parameter specified");
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	return &db->base;
-}
-
-static void
-simple_db_finish(struct db *_db)
-{
-	struct simple_db *db = (struct simple_db *)_db;
-
-	g_free(db->path);
-	g_free(db);
-}
-
-static bool
-simple_db_check(struct simple_db *db, GError **error_r)
-{
-	assert(db != NULL);
-	assert(db->path != NULL);
-
-	/* Check if the file exists */
-	if (access(db->path, F_OK)) {
-		/* If the file doesn't exist, we can't check if we can write
-		 * it, so we are going to try to get the directory path, and
-		 * see if we can write a file in that */
-		char *dirPath = g_path_get_dirname(db->path);
-
-		/* Check that the parent part of the path is a directory */
-		struct stat st;
-		if (stat(dirPath, &st) < 0) {
-			g_free(dirPath);
-			g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
-				    "Couldn't stat parent directory of db file "
-				    "\"%s\": %s",
-				    db->path, g_strerror(errno));
-			return false;
-		}
-
-		if (!S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
-			g_free(dirPath);
-			g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), 0,
-				    "Couldn't create db file \"%s\" because the "
-				    "parent path is not a directory",
-				    db->path);
-			return false;
-		}
-
-		/* Check if we can write to the directory */
-		if (access(dirPath, X_OK | W_OK)) {
-			g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
-				    "Can't create db file in \"%s\": %s",
-				    dirPath, g_strerror(errno));
-			g_free(dirPath);
-			return false;
-		}
-
-		g_free(dirPath);
-
-		return true;
-	}
-
-	/* Path exists, now check if it's a regular file */
-	struct stat st;
-	if (stat(db->path, &st) < 0) {
-		g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
-			    "Couldn't stat db file \"%s\": %s",
-			    db->path, g_strerror(errno));
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	if (!S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) {
-		g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), 0,
-			    "db file \"%s\" is not a regular file",
-			    db->path);
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	/* And check that we can write to it */
-	if (access(db->path, R_OK | W_OK)) {
-		g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
-			    "Can't open db file \"%s\" for reading/writing: %s",
-			    db->path, g_strerror(errno));
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static bool
-simple_db_load(struct simple_db *db, GError **error_r)
-{
-	assert(db != NULL);
-	assert(db->path != NULL);
-	assert(db->root != NULL);
-
-	FILE *fp = fopen(db->path, "r");
-	if (fp == NULL) {
-		g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
-			    "Failed to open database file \"%s\": %s",
-			    db->path, g_strerror(errno));
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	if (!db_load_internal(fp, db->root, error_r)) {
-		fclose(fp);
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	fclose(fp);
-
-	struct stat st;
-	if (stat(db->path, &st) == 0)
-		db->mtime = st.st_mtime;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static bool
-simple_db_open(struct db *_db, G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct simple_db *db = (struct simple_db *)_db;
-
-	db->root = directory_new_root();
-	db->mtime = 0;
-
-	GError *error = NULL;
-	if (!simple_db_load(db, &error)) {
-		directory_free(db->root);
-
-		g_warning("Failed to load database: %s", error->message);
-		g_error_free(error);
-
-		if (!simple_db_check(db, error_r))
-			return false;
-
-		db->root = directory_new_root();
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static void
-simple_db_close(struct db *_db)
-{
-	struct simple_db *db = (struct simple_db *)_db;
-
-	assert(db->root != NULL);
-
-	directory_free(db->root);
-}
-
-static struct song *
-simple_db_get_song(struct db *_db, const char *uri, GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct simple_db *db = (struct simple_db *)_db;
-
-	assert(db->root != NULL);
-
-	db_lock();
-	struct song *song = directory_lookup_song(db->root, uri);
-	db_unlock();
-	if (song == NULL)
-		g_set_error(error_r, db_quark(), DB_NOT_FOUND,
-			    "No such song: %s", uri);
-
-	return song;
-}
-
-static bool
-simple_db_visit(struct db *_db, const struct db_selection *selection,
-		const struct db_visitor *visitor, void *ctx,
-		GError **error_r)
-{
-	const struct simple_db *db = (const struct simple_db *)_db;
-	const struct directory *directory =
-		simple_db_lookup_directory(db, selection->uri);
-	if (directory == NULL) {
-		struct song *song;
-		if (visitor->song != NULL &&
-		    (song = simple_db_get_song(_db, selection->uri, NULL)) != NULL)
-			return visitor->song(song, ctx, error_r);
-
-		g_set_error(error_r, db_quark(), DB_NOT_FOUND,
-			    "No such directory");
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	if (selection->recursive && visitor->directory != NULL &&
-	    !visitor->directory(directory, ctx, error_r))
-		return false;
-
-	db_lock();
-	bool ret = directory_walk(directory, selection->recursive,
-				  visitor, ctx, error_r);
-	db_unlock();
-	return ret;
-}
-
-const struct db_plugin simple_db_plugin = {
-	.name = "simple",
-	.init = simple_db_init,
-	.finish = simple_db_finish,
-	.open = simple_db_open,
-	.close = simple_db_close,
-	.get_song = simple_db_get_song,
-	.visit = simple_db_visit,
-};
-
-struct directory *
-simple_db_get_root(struct db *_db)
-{
-	struct simple_db *db = (struct simple_db *)_db;
-
-	assert(db != NULL);
-	assert(db->root != NULL);
-
-	return db->root;
-}
-
-bool
-simple_db_save(struct db *_db, GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct simple_db *db = (struct simple_db *)_db;
-	struct directory *music_root = db->root;
-
-	db_lock();
-
-	g_debug("removing empty directories from DB");
-	directory_prune_empty(music_root);
-
-	g_debug("sorting DB");
-	directory_sort(music_root);
-
-	db_unlock();
-
-	g_debug("writing DB");
-
-	FILE *fp = fopen(db->path, "w");
-	if (!fp) {
-		g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
-			    "unable to write to db file \"%s\": %s",
-			    db->path, g_strerror(errno));
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	db_save_internal(fp, music_root);
-
-	if (ferror(fp)) {
-		g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
-			    "Failed to write to database file: %s",
-			    g_strerror(errno));
-		fclose(fp);
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	fclose(fp);
-
-	struct stat st;
-	if (stat(db->path, &st) == 0)
-		db->mtime = st.st_mtime;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-time_t
-simple_db_get_mtime(const struct db *_db)
-{
-	const struct simple_db *db = (const struct simple_db *)_db;
-
-	assert(db != NULL);
-	assert(db->root != NULL);
-
-	return db->mtime;
-}
diff --git a/src/dbUtils.c b/src/dbUtils.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c212d9f9c..000000000
--- a/src/dbUtils.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "dbUtils.h"
-#include "locate.h"
-#include "database.h"
-#include "db_visitor.h"
-#include "playlist.h"
-#include "stored_playlist.h"
-
-#include <glib.h>
-
-static bool
-add_to_queue_song(struct song *song, void *ctx, GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct player_control *pc = ctx;
-
-	enum playlist_result result =
-		playlist_append_song(&g_playlist, pc, song, NULL);
-	if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS) {
-		g_set_error(error_r, playlist_quark(), result,
-			    "Playlist error");
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor add_to_queue_visitor = {
-	.song = add_to_queue_song,
-};
-
-bool
-addAllIn(struct player_control *pc, const char *uri, GError **error_r)
-{
-	return db_walk(uri, &add_to_queue_visitor, pc, error_r);
-}
-
-struct add_data {
-	const char *path;
-};
-
-static bool
-add_to_spl_song(struct song *song, void *ctx, GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct add_data *data = ctx;
-
-	if (!spl_append_song(data->path, song, error_r))
-		return false;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor add_to_spl_visitor = {
-	.song = add_to_spl_song,
-};
-
-bool
-addAllInToStoredPlaylist(const char *uri_utf8, const char *path_utf8,
-			 GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct add_data data = {
-		.path = path_utf8,
-	};
-
-	return db_walk(uri_utf8, &add_to_spl_visitor, &data, error_r);
-}
-
-struct find_add_data {
-	struct player_control *pc;
-	const struct locate_item_list *criteria;
-};
-
-static bool
-find_add_song(struct song *song, void *ctx, GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct find_add_data *data = ctx;
-
-	if (!locate_song_match(song, data->criteria))
-		return true;
-
-	enum playlist_result result =
-		playlist_append_song(&g_playlist, data->pc,
-				     song, NULL);
-	if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS) {
-		g_set_error(error_r, playlist_quark(), result,
-			    "Playlist error");
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor find_add_visitor = {
-	.song = find_add_song,
-};
-
-bool
-findAddIn(struct player_control *pc, const char *name,
-	  const struct locate_item_list *criteria, GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct find_add_data data;
-	data.pc = pc;
-	data.criteria = criteria;
-
-	return db_walk(name, &find_add_visitor, &data, error_r);
-}
-
-static bool
-searchadd_visitor_song(struct song *song, void *_data, GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct find_add_data *data = _data;
-
-	if (!locate_song_search(song, data->criteria))
-		return true;
-
-	enum playlist_result result =
-		playlist_append_song(&g_playlist, data->pc, song, NULL);
-	if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS) {
-		g_set_error(error_r, playlist_quark(), result,
-			    "Playlist error");
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor searchadd_visitor = {
-	.song = searchadd_visitor_song,
-};
-
-bool
-search_add_songs(struct player_control *pc, const char *uri,
-		 const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
-		 GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct locate_item_list *new_list =
-		locate_item_list_casefold(criteria);
-	struct find_add_data data = {
-		.pc = pc,
-		.criteria = new_list,
-	};
-
-	bool success = db_walk(uri, &searchadd_visitor, &data, error_r);
-
-	locate_item_list_free(new_list);
-
-	return success;
-}
-
-struct search_add_playlist_data {
-	const char *playlist;
-	const struct locate_item_list *criteria;
-};
-
-static bool
-searchaddpl_visitor_song(struct song *song, void *_data,
-			 G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct search_add_playlist_data *data = _data;
-
-	if (!locate_song_search(song, data->criteria))
-		return true;
-
-	if (!spl_append_song(data->playlist, song, error_r))
-		return false;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor searchaddpl_visitor = {
-	.song = searchaddpl_visitor_song,
-};
-
-bool
-search_add_to_playlist(const char *uri, const char *path_utf8,
-		       const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
-		       GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct locate_item_list *new_list
-		= locate_item_list_casefold(criteria);
-	struct search_add_playlist_data data = {
-		.playlist = path_utf8,
-		.criteria = new_list,
-	};
-
-	bool success = db_walk(uri, &searchaddpl_visitor, &data, error_r);
-
-	locate_item_list_free(new_list);
-
-	return success;
-}
diff --git a/src/dbUtils.h b/src/dbUtils.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 706c807fd..000000000
--- a/src/dbUtils.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MPD_DB_UTILS_H
-#define MPD_DB_UTILS_H
-
-#include "gcc.h"
-
-#include <glib.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-struct locate_item_list;
-struct player_control;
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2)
-bool
-addAllIn(struct player_control *pc, const char *uri, GError **error_r);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2)
-bool
-addAllInToStoredPlaylist(const char *uri_utf8, const char *path_utf8,
-			 GError **error_r);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2,3)
-bool
-findAddIn(struct player_control *pc, const char *name,
-	  const struct locate_item_list *criteria, GError **error_r);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2,3)
-bool
-search_add_songs(struct player_control *pc, const char *uri,
-		 const struct locate_item_list *criteria, GError **error_r);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2,3)
-bool
-search_add_to_playlist(const char *uri, const char *path_utf8,
-		       const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
-		       GError **error_r);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/db_plugin.h b/src/db_plugin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c7e14ede..000000000
--- a/src/db_plugin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-/** \file
- *
- * This header declares the db_plugin class.  It describes a
- * plugin API for databases of song metadata.
- */
-
-#ifndef MPD_DB_PLUGIN_H
-#define MPD_DB_PLUGIN_H
-
-#include <glib.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-struct config_param;
-struct db_selection;
-struct db_visitor;
-
-struct db {
-	const struct db_plugin *plugin;
-};
-
-struct db_plugin {
-	const char *name;
-
-	/**
-         * Allocates and configures a database.
-	 */
-	struct db *(*init)(const struct config_param *param, GError **error_r);
-
-	/**
-	 * Free instance data.
-         */
-	void (*finish)(struct db *db);
-
-	/**
-         * Open the database.  Read it into memory if applicable.
-	 */
-	bool (*open)(struct db *db, GError **error_r);
-
-	/**
-         * Close the database, free allocated memory.
-	 */
-	void (*close)(struct db *db);
-
-	/**
-         * Look up a song (including tag data) in the database.
-	 *
-	 * @param the URI of the song within the music directory
-	 * (UTF-8)
-	 */
-	struct song *(*get_song)(struct db *db, const char *uri,
-				 GError **error_r);
-
-	/**
-	 * Visit the selected entities.
-	 */
-	bool (*visit)(struct db *db, const struct db_selection *selection,
-		      const struct db_visitor *visitor, void *ctx,
-		      GError **error_r);
-};
-
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
-static inline struct db *
-db_plugin_new(const struct db_plugin *plugin, const struct config_param *param,
-	      GError **error_r)
-{
-	assert(plugin != NULL);
-	assert(plugin->init != NULL);
-	assert(plugin->finish != NULL);
-	assert(plugin->get_song != NULL);
-	assert(plugin->visit != NULL);
-	assert(error_r == NULL || *error_r == NULL);
-
-	struct db *db = plugin->init(param, error_r);
-	assert(db == NULL || db->plugin == plugin);
-	assert(db != NULL || error_r == NULL || *error_r != NULL);
-
-	return db;
-}
-
-static inline void
-db_plugin_free(struct db *db)
-{
-	assert(db != NULL);
-	assert(db->plugin != NULL);
-	assert(db->plugin->finish != NULL);
-
-	db->plugin->finish(db);
-}
-
-static inline bool
-db_plugin_open(struct db *db, GError **error_r)
-{
-	assert(db != NULL);
-	assert(db->plugin != NULL);
-
-	return db->plugin->open != NULL
-		? db->plugin->open(db, error_r)
-		: true;
-}
-
-static inline void
-db_plugin_close(struct db *db)
-{
-	assert(db != NULL);
-	assert(db->plugin != NULL);
-
-	if (db->plugin->close != NULL)
-		db->plugin->close(db);
-}
-
-static inline struct song *
-db_plugin_get_song(struct db *db, const char *uri, GError **error_r)
-{
-	assert(db != NULL);
-	assert(db->plugin != NULL);
-	assert(db->plugin->get_song != NULL);
-	assert(uri != NULL);
-
-	return db->plugin->get_song(db, uri, error_r);
-}
-
-static inline bool
-db_plugin_visit(struct db *db, const struct db_selection *selection,
-		const struct db_visitor *visitor, void *ctx,
-		GError **error_r)
-{
-	assert(db != NULL);
-	assert(db->plugin != NULL);
-	assert(selection != NULL);
-	assert(visitor != NULL);
-	assert(error_r == NULL || *error_r == NULL);
-
-	return db->plugin->visit(db, selection, visitor, ctx, error_r);
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/db_print.c b/src/db_print.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d7e3f5ef..000000000
--- a/src/db_print.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,393 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "db_print.h"
-#include "db_selection.h"
-#include "db_visitor.h"
-#include "locate.h"
-#include "directory.h"
-#include "database.h"
-#include "client.h"
-#include "song.h"
-#include "song_print.h"
-#include "playlist_vector.h"
-#include "tag.h"
-#include "strset.h"
-
-#include <glib.h>
-
-typedef struct _ListCommandItem {
-	int8_t tagType;
-	const struct locate_item_list *criteria;
-} ListCommandItem;
-
-typedef struct _SearchStats {
-	const struct locate_item_list *criteria;
-	int numberOfSongs;
-	unsigned long playTime;
-} SearchStats;
-
-static bool
-print_visitor_directory(const struct directory *directory, void *data,
-			G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct client *client = data;
-
-	if (!directory_is_root(directory))
-		client_printf(client, "directory: %s\n", directory_get_path(directory));
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static void
-print_playlist_in_directory(struct client *client,
-			    const struct directory *directory,
-			    const char *name_utf8)
-{
-	if (directory_is_root(directory))
-		client_printf(client, "playlist: %s\n", name_utf8);
-	else
-		client_printf(client, "playlist: %s/%s\n",
-			      directory_get_path(directory), name_utf8);
-}
-
-static bool
-print_visitor_song(struct song *song, void *data,
-		   G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
-	assert(song != NULL);
-	assert(song->parent != NULL);
-
-	struct client *client = data;
-	song_print_uri(client, song);
-
-	if (song->tag != NULL && song->tag->has_playlist)
-		/* this song file has an embedded CUE sheet */
-		print_playlist_in_directory(client, song->parent,
-					    song->uri);
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static bool
-print_visitor_song_info(struct song *song, void *data,
-			G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
-	assert(song != NULL);
-	assert(song->parent != NULL);
-
-	struct client *client = data;
-	song_print_info(client, song);
-
-	if (song->tag != NULL && song->tag->has_playlist)
-		/* this song file has an embedded CUE sheet */
-		print_playlist_in_directory(client, song->parent,
-					    song->uri);
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static bool
-print_visitor_playlist(const struct playlist_metadata *playlist,
-		       const struct directory *directory, void *ctx,
-		       G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct client *client = ctx;
-	print_playlist_in_directory(client, directory, playlist->name);
-	return true;
-}
-
-static bool
-print_visitor_playlist_info(const struct playlist_metadata *playlist,
-			    const struct directory *directory,
-			    void *ctx, G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct client *client = ctx;
-	print_playlist_in_directory(client, directory, playlist->name);
-
-#ifndef G_OS_WIN32
-	struct tm tm;
-#endif
-	char timestamp[32];
-	time_t t = playlist->mtime;
-	strftime(timestamp, sizeof(timestamp),
-#ifdef G_OS_WIN32
-		 "%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%SZ",
-		 gmtime(&t)
-#else
-		 "%FT%TZ",
-		 gmtime_r(&t, &tm)
-#endif
-		 );
-	client_printf(client, "Last-Modified: %s\n", timestamp);
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor print_visitor = {
-	.directory = print_visitor_directory,
-	.song = print_visitor_song,
-	.playlist = print_visitor_playlist,
-};
-
-static const struct db_visitor print_info_visitor = {
-	.directory = print_visitor_directory,
-	.song = print_visitor_song_info,
-	.playlist = print_visitor_playlist_info,
-};
-
-bool
-db_selection_print(struct client *client, const struct db_selection *selection,
-		   bool full, GError **error_r)
-{
-	return db_visit(selection, full ? &print_info_visitor : &print_visitor,
-			client, error_r);
-}
-
-struct search_data {
-	struct client *client;
-	const struct locate_item_list *criteria;
-};
-
-static bool
-search_visitor_song(struct song *song, void *_data,
-		    G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct search_data *data = _data;
-
-	if (locate_song_search(song, data->criteria))
-		song_print_info(data->client, song);
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor search_visitor = {
-	.song = search_visitor_song,
-};
-
-bool
-searchForSongsIn(struct client *client, const char *name,
-		 const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
-		 GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct locate_item_list *new_list
-		= locate_item_list_casefold(criteria);
-	struct search_data data;
-
-	data.client = client;
-	data.criteria = new_list;
-
-	bool success = db_walk(name, &search_visitor, &data, error_r);
-
-	locate_item_list_free(new_list);
-
-	return success;
-}
-
-static bool
-find_visitor_song(struct song *song, void *_data,
-		  G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct search_data *data = _data;
-
-	if (locate_song_match(song, data->criteria))
-		song_print_info(data->client, song);
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor find_visitor = {
-	.song = find_visitor_song,
-};
-
-bool
-findSongsIn(struct client *client, const char *name,
-	    const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
-	    GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct search_data data;
-
-	data.client = client;
-	data.criteria = criteria;
-
-	return db_walk(name, &find_visitor, &data, error_r);
-}
-
-static void printSearchStats(struct client *client, SearchStats *stats)
-{
-	client_printf(client, "songs: %i\n", stats->numberOfSongs);
-	client_printf(client, "playtime: %li\n", stats->playTime);
-}
-
-static bool
-stats_visitor_song(struct song *song, void *data,
-		   G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
-	SearchStats *stats = data;
-
-	if (locate_song_match(song, stats->criteria)) {
-		stats->numberOfSongs++;
-		stats->playTime += song_get_duration(song);
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor stats_visitor = {
-	.song = stats_visitor_song,
-};
-
-bool
-searchStatsForSongsIn(struct client *client, const char *name,
-		      const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
-		      GError **error_r)
-{
-	SearchStats stats;
-
-	stats.criteria = criteria;
-	stats.numberOfSongs = 0;
-	stats.playTime = 0;
-
-	if (!db_walk(name, &stats_visitor, &stats, error_r))
-		return false;
-
-	printSearchStats(client, &stats);
-	return true;
-}
-
-bool
-printAllIn(struct client *client, const char *uri_utf8, GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct db_selection selection;
-	db_selection_init(&selection, uri_utf8, true);
-	return db_selection_print(client, &selection, false, error_r);
-}
-
-bool
-printInfoForAllIn(struct client *client, const char *uri_utf8,
-		  GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct db_selection selection;
-	db_selection_init(&selection, uri_utf8, true);
-	return db_selection_print(client, &selection, true, error_r);
-}
-
-static ListCommandItem *
-newListCommandItem(int tagType, const struct locate_item_list *criteria)
-{
-	ListCommandItem *item = g_new(ListCommandItem, 1);
-
-	item->tagType = tagType;
-	item->criteria = criteria;
-
-	return item;
-}
-
-static void freeListCommandItem(ListCommandItem * item)
-{
-	g_free(item);
-}
-
-static void
-visitTag(struct client *client, struct strset *set,
-	 struct song *song, enum tag_type tagType)
-{
-	struct tag *tag = song->tag;
-	bool found = false;
-
-	if (tagType == LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE) {
-		song_print_uri(client, song);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if (!tag)
-		return;
-
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < tag->num_items; i++) {
-		if (tag->items[i]->type == tagType) {
-			strset_add(set, tag->items[i]->value);
-			found = true;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (!found)
-		strset_add(set, "");
-}
-
-struct list_tags_data {
-	struct client *client;
-	ListCommandItem *item;
-	struct strset *set;
-};
-
-static bool
-unique_tags_visitor_song(struct song *song, void *_data,
-			 G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct list_tags_data *data = _data;
-	ListCommandItem *item = data->item;
-
-	if (locate_song_match(song, item->criteria))
-		visitTag(data->client, data->set, song, item->tagType);
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor unique_tags_visitor = {
-	.song = unique_tags_visitor_song,
-};
-
-bool
-listAllUniqueTags(struct client *client, int type,
-		  const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
-		  GError **error_r)
-{
-	ListCommandItem *item = newListCommandItem(type, criteria);
-	struct list_tags_data data = {
-		.client = client,
-		.item = item,
-	};
-
-	if (type >= 0 && type <= TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES) {
-		data.set = strset_new();
-	}
-
-	if (!db_walk("", &unique_tags_visitor, &data, error_r)) {
-		freeListCommandItem(item);
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	if (type >= 0 && type <= TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES) {
-		const char *value;
-
-		strset_rewind(data.set);
-
-		while ((value = strset_next(data.set)) != NULL)
-			client_printf(client, "%s: %s\n",
-				      tag_item_names[type],
-				      value);
-
-		strset_free(data.set);
-	}
-
-	freeListCommandItem(item);
-
-	return true;
-}
diff --git a/src/db_visitor.h b/src/db_visitor.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b90c1868..000000000
--- a/src/db_visitor.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MPD_DB_VISITOR_H
-#define MPD_DB_VISITOR_H
-
-struct directory;
-struct song;
-struct playlist_metadata;
-
-struct db_visitor {
-	/**
-	 * Visit a directory.  Optional method.
-	 *
-	 * @return true to continue the operation, false on error (set error_r)
-	 */
-	bool (*directory)(const struct directory *directory, void *ctx,
-			  GError **error_r);
-
-	/**
-	 * Visit a song.  Optional method.
-	 *
-	 * @return true to continue the operation, false on error (set error_r)
-	 */
-	bool (*song)(struct song *song, void *ctx, GError **error_r);
-
-	/**
-	 * Visit a playlist.  Optional method.
-	 *
-	 * @param directory the directory the playlist resides in
-	 * @return true to continue the operation, false on error (set error_r)
-	 */
-	bool (*playlist)(const struct playlist_metadata *playlist,
-			 const struct directory *directory, void *ctx,
-			 GError **error_r);
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/AdPlugDecoderPlugin.cxx b/src/decoder/AdPlugDecoderPlugin.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b3b7f1d73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/AdPlugDecoderPlugin.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "AdPlugDecoderPlugin.h"
+#include "tag_handler.h"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "decoder_api.h"
+#include "audio_check.h"
+}
+
+#include <adplug/adplug.h>
+#include <adplug/emuopl.h>
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#undef G_LOG_DOMAIN
+#define G_LOG_DOMAIN "adplug"
+
+static unsigned sample_rate;
+
+static bool
+adplug_init(const struct config_param *param)
+{
+	GError *error = NULL;
+
+	sample_rate = config_get_block_unsigned(param, "sample_rate", 48000);
+	if (!audio_check_sample_rate(sample_rate, &error)) {
+		g_warning("%s\n", error->message);
+		g_error_free(error);
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+static void
+adplug_file_decode(struct decoder *decoder, const char *path_fs)
+{
+	CEmuopl opl(sample_rate, true, true);
+	opl.init();
+
+	CPlayer *player = CAdPlug::factory(path_fs, &opl);
+	if (player == nullptr)
+		return;
+
+	struct audio_format audio_format;
+	audio_format_init(&audio_format, sample_rate, SAMPLE_FORMAT_S16, 2);
+	assert(audio_format_valid(&audio_format));
+
+	decoder_initialized(decoder, &audio_format, false,
+		player->songlength() / 1000.);
+
+	int16_t buffer[2048];
+	const unsigned frames_per_buffer = G_N_ELEMENTS(buffer) / 2;
+	enum decoder_command cmd;
+
+	do {
+		if (!player->update())
+			break;
+
+		opl.update(buffer, frames_per_buffer);
+		cmd = decoder_data(decoder, NULL,
+				   buffer, sizeof(buffer),
+				   0);
+	} while (cmd == DECODE_COMMAND_NONE);
+
+	delete player;
+}
+
+static void
+adplug_scan_tag(enum tag_type type, const std::string &value,
+		const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx)
+{
+	if (!value.empty())
+		tag_handler_invoke_tag(handler, handler_ctx,
+				       type, value.c_str());
+}
+
+static bool
+adplug_scan_file(const char *path_fs,
+		 const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx)
+{
+	CEmuopl opl(sample_rate, true, true);
+	opl.init();
+
+	CPlayer *player = CAdPlug::factory(path_fs, &opl);
+	if (player == nullptr)
+		return false;
+
+	tag_handler_invoke_duration(handler, handler_ctx,
+				    player->songlength() / 1000);
+
+	if (handler->tag != nullptr) {
+		adplug_scan_tag(TAG_TITLE, player->gettitle(),
+				handler, handler_ctx);
+		adplug_scan_tag(TAG_ARTIST, player->getauthor(),
+				handler, handler_ctx);
+		adplug_scan_tag(TAG_COMMENT, player->getdesc(),
+				handler, handler_ctx);
+	}
+
+	delete player;
+	return true;
+}
+
+static const char *const adplug_suffixes[] = {
+	"amd",
+	"d00",
+	"hsc",
+	"laa",
+	"rad",
+	"raw",
+	"sa2",
+	nullptr
+};
+
+const struct decoder_plugin adplug_decoder_plugin = {
+	"adplug",
+	adplug_init,
+	nullptr,
+	nullptr,
+	adplug_file_decode,
+	adplug_scan_file,
+	nullptr,
+	nullptr,
+	adplug_suffixes,
+	nullptr,
+};
diff --git a/src/decoder/AdPlugDecoderPlugin.h b/src/decoder/AdPlugDecoderPlugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9fdf438aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/AdPlugDecoderPlugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DECODER_ADPLUG_H
+#define MPD_DECODER_ADPLUG_H
+
+extern const struct decoder_plugin adplug_decoder_plugin;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/_flac_common.c b/src/decoder/FLACCommon.cxx
index d7f0c4a8a..25fd1f964 100644
--- a/src/decoder/_flac_common.c
+++ b/src/decoder/FLACCommon.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -22,40 +22,35 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "_flac_common.h"
-#include "flac_metadata.h"
-#include "flac_pcm.h"
+#include "FLACCommon.hxx"
+#include "FLACMetaData.hxx"
+#include "FLAC_PCM.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "audio_check.h"
+}
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
-void
-flac_data_init(struct flac_data *data, struct decoder * decoder,
-	       struct input_stream *input_stream)
+flac_data::flac_data(struct decoder *_decoder,
+		     struct input_stream *_input_stream)
+	:FLACInput(_input_stream, _decoder),
+	 initialized(false), unsupported(false),
+	 total_frames(0), first_frame(0), next_frame(0), position(0),
+	 decoder(_decoder), input_stream(_input_stream),
+	 tag(nullptr)
 {
-	pcm_buffer_init(&data->buffer);
-
-	data->unsupported = false;
-	data->initialized = false;
-	data->total_frames = 0;
-	data->first_frame = 0;
-	data->next_frame = 0;
-
-	data->position = 0;
-	data->decoder = decoder;
-	data->input_stream = input_stream;
-	data->tag = NULL;
+	pcm_buffer_init(&buffer);
 }
 
-void
-flac_data_deinit(struct flac_data *data)
+flac_data::~flac_data()
 {
-	pcm_buffer_deinit(&data->buffer);
+	pcm_buffer_deinit(&buffer);
 
-	if (data->tag != NULL)
-		tag_free(data->tag);
+	if (tag != nullptr)
+		tag_free(tag);
 }
 
 static enum sample_format
@@ -86,7 +81,7 @@ flac_got_stream_info(struct flac_data *data,
 	if (data->initialized || data->unsupported)
 		return;
 
-	GError *error = NULL;
+	GError *error = nullptr;
 	if (!audio_format_init_checked(&data->audio_format,
 				       stream_info->sample_rate,
 				       flac_sample_format(stream_info->bits_per_sample),
@@ -114,7 +109,6 @@ void flac_metadata_common_cb(const FLAC__StreamMetadata * block,
 	struct replay_gain_info rgi;
 	char *mixramp_start;
 	char *mixramp_end;
-	float replay_gain_db = 0;
 
 	switch (block->type) {
 	case FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_STREAMINFO:
@@ -123,14 +117,14 @@ void flac_metadata_common_cb(const FLAC__StreamMetadata * block,
 
 	case FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_VORBIS_COMMENT:
 		if (flac_parse_replay_gain(&rgi, block))
-			replay_gain_db = decoder_replay_gain(data->decoder, &rgi);
+			decoder_replay_gain(data->decoder, &rgi);
 
 		if (flac_parse_mixramp(&mixramp_start, &mixramp_end, block))
-			decoder_mixramp(data->decoder, replay_gain_db,
+			decoder_mixramp(data->decoder,
 					mixramp_start, mixramp_end);
 
-		if (data->tag != NULL)
-			flac_vorbis_comments_to_tag(data->tag, NULL,
+		if (data->tag != nullptr)
+			flac_vorbis_comments_to_tag(data->tag,
 						    &block->data.vorbis_comment);
 
 	default:
@@ -138,15 +132,6 @@ void flac_metadata_common_cb(const FLAC__StreamMetadata * block,
 	}
 }
 
-void flac_error_common_cb(const FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorStatus status,
-			  struct flac_data *data)
-{
-	if (decoder_get_command(data->decoder) == DECODE_COMMAND_STOP)
-		return;
-
-	g_warning("%s", FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorStatusString[status]);
-}
-
 /**
  * This function attempts to call decoder_initialized() in case there
  * was no STREAMINFO block.  This is allowed for nonseekable streams,
@@ -160,7 +145,7 @@ flac_got_first_frame(struct flac_data *data, const FLAC__FrameHeader *header)
 	if (data->unsupported)
 		return false;
 
-	GError *error = NULL;
+	GError *error = nullptr;
 	if (!audio_format_init_checked(&data->audio_format,
 				       header->sample_rate,
 				       flac_sample_format(header->bits_per_sample),
@@ -199,7 +184,7 @@ flac_common_write(struct flac_data *data, const FLAC__Frame * frame,
 	buffer = pcm_buffer_get(&data->buffer, buffer_size);
 
 	flac_convert(buffer, frame->header.channels,
-		     data->audio_format.format, buf,
+		     (enum sample_format)data->audio_format.format, buf,
 		     0, frame->header.blocksize);
 
 	if (nbytes > 0)
diff --git a/src/decoder/_flac_common.h b/src/decoder/FLACCommon.hxx
index 0d90ba656..e9b45976d 100644
--- a/src/decoder/_flac_common.h
+++ b/src/decoder/FLACCommon.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -21,13 +21,15 @@
  * Common data structures and functions used by FLAC and OggFLAC
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_FLAC_COMMON_H
-#define MPD_FLAC_COMMON_H
+#ifndef MPD_FLAC_COMMON_HXX
+#define MPD_FLAC_COMMON_HXX
 
+#include "FLACInput.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "decoder_api.h"
 #include "pcm_buffer.h"
-
-#include <glib.h>
+}
 
 #include <FLAC/stream_decoder.h>
 #include <FLAC/metadata.h>
@@ -35,7 +37,7 @@
 #undef G_LOG_DOMAIN
 #define G_LOG_DOMAIN "flac"
 
-struct flac_data {
+struct flac_data : public FLACInput {
 	struct pcm_buffer buffer;
 
 	/**
@@ -78,25 +80,19 @@ struct flac_data {
 	FLAC__uint64 next_frame;
 
 	FLAC__uint64 position;
+
 	struct decoder *decoder;
 	struct input_stream *input_stream;
-	struct tag *tag;
-};
 
-/* initializes a given FlacData struct */
-void
-flac_data_init(struct flac_data *data, struct decoder * decoder,
-	       struct input_stream *input_stream);
+	struct tag *tag;
 
-void
-flac_data_deinit(struct flac_data *data);
+	flac_data(struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *input_stream);
+	~flac_data();
+};
 
 void flac_metadata_common_cb(const FLAC__StreamMetadata * block,
 			     struct flac_data *data);
 
-void flac_error_common_cb(FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorStatus status,
-			  struct flac_data *data);
-
 FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteStatus
 flac_common_write(struct flac_data *data, const FLAC__Frame * frame,
 		  const FLAC__int32 *const buf[],
diff --git a/src/decoder/flac_decoder_plugin.c b/src/decoder/FLACDecoderPlugin.cxx
index fb0b3502d..dbe7f207f 100644
--- a/src/decoder/flac_decoder_plugin.c
+++ b/src/decoder/FLACDecoderPlugin.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,13 +18,13 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h" /* must be first for large file support */
-#include "_flac_common.h"
-#include "flac_compat.h"
-#include "flac_metadata.h"
+#include "FLACDecoderPlugin.h"
+#include "FLACCommon.hxx"
+#include "FLACMetaData.hxx"
 
-#if defined(FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT) && FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT > 7
-#include "_ogg_common.h"
-#endif
+extern "C" {
+#include "ogg_codec.h"
+}
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -34,114 +34,10 @@
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
-/* this code was based on flac123, from flac-tools */
-
-static FLAC__StreamDecoderReadStatus
-flac_read_cb(G_GNUC_UNUSED const FLAC__StreamDecoder *fd,
-	     FLAC__byte buf[], flac_read_status_size_t *bytes,
-	     void *fdata)
-{
-	struct flac_data *data = fdata;
-	size_t r;
-
-	r = decoder_read(data->decoder, data->input_stream,
-			 (void *)buf, *bytes);
-	*bytes = r;
-
-	if (r == 0) {
-		if (decoder_get_command(data->decoder) != DECODE_COMMAND_NONE ||
-		    input_stream_lock_eof(data->input_stream))
-			return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_END_OF_STREAM;
-		else
-			return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_ABORT;
-	}
-
-	return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_CONTINUE;
-}
-
-static FLAC__StreamDecoderSeekStatus
-flac_seek_cb(G_GNUC_UNUSED const FLAC__StreamDecoder *fd,
-	     FLAC__uint64 offset, void *fdata)
-{
-	struct flac_data *data = (struct flac_data *) fdata;
-
-	if (!data->input_stream->seekable)
-		return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED;
-
-	if (!input_stream_lock_seek(data->input_stream, offset, SEEK_SET,
-				    NULL))
-		return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_ERROR;
-
-	return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_OK;
-}
-
-static FLAC__StreamDecoderTellStatus
-flac_tell_cb(G_GNUC_UNUSED const FLAC__StreamDecoder *fd,
-	     FLAC__uint64 * offset, void *fdata)
-{
-	struct flac_data *data = (struct flac_data *) fdata;
-
-	if (!data->input_stream->seekable)
-		return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED;
-
-	*offset = (long)(data->input_stream->offset);
-
-	return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_OK;
-}
-
-static FLAC__StreamDecoderLengthStatus
-flac_length_cb(G_GNUC_UNUSED const FLAC__StreamDecoder *fd,
-	       FLAC__uint64 * length, void *fdata)
-{
-	struct flac_data *data = (struct flac_data *) fdata;
-
-	if (data->input_stream->size < 0)
-		return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_LENGTH_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED;
-
-	*length = (size_t) (data->input_stream->size);
-
-	return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_LENGTH_STATUS_OK;
-}
-
-static FLAC__bool
-flac_eof_cb(G_GNUC_UNUSED const FLAC__StreamDecoder *fd, void *fdata)
-{
-	struct flac_data *data = (struct flac_data *) fdata;
-
-	return (decoder_get_command(data->decoder) != DECODE_COMMAND_NONE &&
-		decoder_get_command(data->decoder) != DECODE_COMMAND_SEEK) ||
-		input_stream_lock_eof(data->input_stream);
-}
-
-static void
-flac_error_cb(G_GNUC_UNUSED const FLAC__StreamDecoder *fd,
-	      FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorStatus status, void *fdata)
-{
-	flac_error_common_cb(status, (struct flac_data *) fdata);
-}
-
 #if !defined(FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT) || FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT <= 7
-static void flacPrintErroredState(FLAC__SeekableStreamDecoderState state)
-{
-	switch (state) {
-	case FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_OK:
-	case FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_SEEKING:
-	case FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_END_OF_STREAM:
-		return;
-
-	case FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_ERROR:
-	case FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_READ_ERROR:
-	case FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_ERROR:
-	case FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_STREAM_DECODER_ERROR:
-	case FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_ALREADY_INITIALIZED:
-	case FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_INVALID_CALLBACK:
-	case FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_UNINITIALIZED:
-		break;
-	}
+#error libFLAC is too old
+#endif
 
-	g_warning("%s\n", FLAC__SeekableStreamDecoderStateString[state]);
-}
-#else /* FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT >= 7 */
 static void flacPrintErroredState(FLAC__StreamDecoderState state)
 {
 	switch (state) {
@@ -162,7 +58,6 @@ static void flacPrintErroredState(FLAC__StreamDecoderState state)
 
 	g_warning("%s\n", FLAC__StreamDecoderStateString[state]);
 }
-#endif /* FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT >= 7 */
 
 static void flacMetadata(G_GNUC_UNUSED const FLAC__StreamDecoder * dec,
 			 const FLAC__StreamMetadata * block, void *vdata)
@@ -195,7 +90,30 @@ static bool
 flac_scan_file(const char *file,
 	       const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx)
 {
-	return flac_scan_file2(file, NULL, handler, handler_ctx);
+	FLACMetadataChain chain;
+	if (!chain.Read(file)) {
+		g_debug("Failed to read FLAC tags: %s",
+			chain.GetStatusString());
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	chain.Scan(handler, handler_ctx);
+	return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+flac_scan_stream(struct input_stream *is,
+		 const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx)
+{
+	FLACMetadataChain chain;
+	if (!chain.Read(is)) {
+		g_debug("Failed to read FLAC tags: %s",
+			chain.GetStatusString());
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	chain.Scan(handler, handler_ctx);
+	return true;
 }
 
 /**
@@ -205,15 +123,13 @@ static FLAC__StreamDecoder *
 flac_decoder_new(void)
 {
 	FLAC__StreamDecoder *sd = FLAC__stream_decoder_new();
-	if (sd == NULL) {
+	if (sd == nullptr) {
 		g_warning("FLAC__stream_decoder_new() failed");
-		return NULL;
+		return nullptr;
 	}
 
-#if defined(FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT) && FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT > 7
 	if(!FLAC__stream_decoder_set_metadata_respond(sd, FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_VORBIS_COMMENT))
 		g_debug("FLAC__stream_decoder_set_metadata_respond() has failed");
-#endif
 
 	return sd;
 }
@@ -259,7 +175,7 @@ flac_decoder_loop(struct flac_data *data, FLAC__StreamDecoder *flac_dec,
 	data->first_frame = t_start;
 
 	while (true) {
-		if (data->tag != NULL && !tag_is_empty(data->tag)) {
+		if (data->tag != nullptr && !tag_is_empty(data->tag)) {
 			cmd = decoder_tag(data->decoder, data->input_stream,
 					  data->tag);
 			tag_free(data->tag);
@@ -300,34 +216,30 @@ flac_decoder_loop(struct flac_data *data, FLAC__StreamDecoder *flac_dec,
 static FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus
 stream_init_oggflac(FLAC__StreamDecoder *flac_dec, struct flac_data *data)
 {
-#if defined(FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT) && FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT > 7
 	return FLAC__stream_decoder_init_ogg_stream(flac_dec,
-						    flac_read_cb,
-						    flac_seek_cb,
-						    flac_tell_cb,
-						    flac_length_cb,
-						    flac_eof_cb,
+						    FLACInput::Read,
+						    FLACInput::Seek,
+						    FLACInput::Tell,
+						    FLACInput::Length,
+						    FLACInput::Eof,
 						    flac_write_cb,
 						    flacMetadata,
-						    flac_error_cb,
+						    FLACInput::Error,
 						    data);
-#else
-	(void)flac_dec;
-	(void)data;
-
-	return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_ERROR;
-#endif
 }
 
 static FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus
 stream_init_flac(FLAC__StreamDecoder *flac_dec, struct flac_data *data)
 {
 	return FLAC__stream_decoder_init_stream(flac_dec,
-						flac_read_cb, flac_seek_cb,
-						flac_tell_cb, flac_length_cb,
-						flac_eof_cb, flac_write_cb,
+						FLACInput::Read,
+						FLACInput::Seek,
+						FLACInput::Tell,
+						FLACInput::Length,
+						FLACInput::Eof,
+						flac_write_cb,
 						flacMetadata,
-						flac_error_cb,
+						FLACInput::Error,
 						data);
 }
 
@@ -345,28 +257,23 @@ flac_decode_internal(struct decoder * decoder,
 		     bool is_ogg)
 {
 	FLAC__StreamDecoder *flac_dec;
-	struct flac_data data;
 
 	flac_dec = flac_decoder_new();
-	if (flac_dec == NULL)
+	if (flac_dec == nullptr)
 		return;
 
-	flac_data_init(&data, decoder, input_stream);
+	struct flac_data data(decoder, input_stream);
 	data.tag = tag_new();
 
 	FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus status =
 		stream_init(flac_dec, &data, is_ogg);
 	if (status != FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_OK) {
-		flac_data_deinit(&data);
 		FLAC__stream_decoder_delete(flac_dec);
-#if defined(FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT) && FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT > 7
 		g_warning("%s", FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatusString[status]);
-#endif
 		return;
 	}
 
 	if (!flac_decoder_initialize(&data, flac_dec, 0)) {
-		flac_data_deinit(&data);
 		FLAC__stream_decoder_finish(flac_dec);
 		FLAC__stream_decoder_delete(flac_dec);
 		return;
@@ -374,8 +281,6 @@ flac_decode_internal(struct decoder * decoder,
 
 	flac_decoder_loop(&data, flac_dec, 0, 0);
 
-	flac_data_deinit(&data);
-
 	FLAC__stream_decoder_finish(flac_dec);
 	FLAC__stream_decoder_delete(flac_dec);
 }
@@ -386,101 +291,96 @@ flac_decode(struct decoder * decoder, struct input_stream *input_stream)
 	flac_decode_internal(decoder, input_stream, false);
 }
 
-#ifndef HAVE_OGGFLAC
-
 static bool
 oggflac_init(G_GNUC_UNUSED const struct config_param *param)
 {
-#if defined(FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT) && FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT > 7
 	return !!FLAC_API_SUPPORTS_OGG_FLAC;
-#else
-	/* disable oggflac when libflac is too old */
-	return false;
-#endif
 }
 
-#if defined(FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT) && FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT > 7
-
 static bool
 oggflac_scan_file(const char *file,
 		  const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx)
 {
-	FLAC__Metadata_Iterator *it;
-	FLAC__StreamMetadata *block;
-	FLAC__Metadata_Chain *chain = FLAC__metadata_chain_new();
-
-	if (!(FLAC__metadata_chain_read_ogg(chain, file))) {
-		FLAC__metadata_chain_delete(chain);
+	FLACMetadataChain chain;
+	if (!chain.ReadOgg(file)) {
+		g_debug("Failed to read OggFLAC tags: %s",
+			chain.GetStatusString());
 		return false;
 	}
 
-	it = FLAC__metadata_iterator_new();
-	FLAC__metadata_iterator_init(it, chain);
-
-	do {
-		if (!(block = FLAC__metadata_iterator_get_block(it)))
-			break;
+	chain.Scan(handler, handler_ctx);
+	return true;
+}
 
-		flac_scan_metadata(NULL, block,
-				   handler, handler_ctx);
-	} while (FLAC__metadata_iterator_next(it));
-	FLAC__metadata_iterator_delete(it);
+static bool
+oggflac_scan_stream(struct input_stream *is,
+		    const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx)
+{
+	FLACMetadataChain chain;
+	if (!chain.ReadOgg(is)) {
+		g_debug("Failed to read OggFLAC tags: %s",
+			chain.GetStatusString());
+		return false;
+	}
 
-	FLAC__metadata_chain_delete(chain);
+	chain.Scan(handler, handler_ctx);
 	return true;
 }
 
 static void
 oggflac_decode(struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *input_stream)
 {
-	if (ogg_stream_type_detect(input_stream) != FLAC)
+	if (ogg_codec_detect(decoder, input_stream) != OGG_CODEC_FLAC)
 		return;
 
-	/* rewind the stream, because ogg_stream_type_detect() has
+	/* rewind the stream, because ogg_codec_detect() has
 	   moved it */
-	input_stream_lock_seek(input_stream, 0, SEEK_SET, NULL);
+	input_stream_lock_seek(input_stream, 0, SEEK_SET, nullptr);
 
 	flac_decode_internal(decoder, input_stream, true);
 }
 
-static const char *const oggflac_suffixes[] = { "ogg", "oga", NULL };
+static const char *const oggflac_suffixes[] = { "ogg", "oga", nullptr };
 static const char *const oggflac_mime_types[] = {
 	"application/ogg",
 	"application/x-ogg",
 	"audio/ogg",
 	"audio/x-flac+ogg",
 	"audio/x-ogg",
-	NULL
+	nullptr
 };
 
-#endif /* FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT >= 7 */
-
 const struct decoder_plugin oggflac_decoder_plugin = {
-	.name = "oggflac",
-	.init = oggflac_init,
-#if defined(FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT) && FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT > 7
-	.stream_decode = oggflac_decode,
-	.scan_file = oggflac_scan_file,
-	.suffixes = oggflac_suffixes,
-	.mime_types = oggflac_mime_types
-#endif
+	"oggflac",
+	oggflac_init,
+	nullptr,
+	oggflac_decode,
+	nullptr,
+	oggflac_scan_file,
+	oggflac_scan_stream,
+	nullptr,
+	oggflac_suffixes,
+	oggflac_mime_types,
 };
 
-#endif /* HAVE_OGGFLAC */
-
-static const char *const flac_suffixes[] = { "flac", NULL };
+static const char *const flac_suffixes[] = { "flac", nullptr };
 static const char *const flac_mime_types[] = {
 	"application/flac",
 	"application/x-flac",
 	"audio/flac",
 	"audio/x-flac",
-	NULL
+	nullptr
 };
 
 const struct decoder_plugin flac_decoder_plugin = {
-	.name = "flac",
-	.stream_decode = flac_decode,
-	.scan_file = flac_scan_file,
-	.suffixes = flac_suffixes,
-	.mime_types = flac_mime_types,
+	"flac",
+	nullptr,
+	nullptr,
+	flac_decode,
+	nullptr,
+	flac_scan_file,
+	flac_scan_stream,
+	nullptr,
+	flac_suffixes,
+	flac_mime_types,
 };
diff --git a/src/decoder/FLACDecoderPlugin.h b/src/decoder/FLACDecoderPlugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c99deeef7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/FLACDecoderPlugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DECODER_FLAC_H
+#define MPD_DECODER_FLAC_H
+
+extern const struct decoder_plugin flac_decoder_plugin;
+extern const struct decoder_plugin oggflac_decoder_plugin;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/FLACIOHandle.cxx b/src/decoder/FLACIOHandle.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..08ec36e48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/FLACIOHandle.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "FLACIOHandle.hxx"
+#include "io_error.h"
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+static size_t
+FLACIORead(void *ptr, size_t size, size_t nmemb, FLAC__IOHandle handle)
+{
+	input_stream *is = (input_stream *)handle;
+
+	uint8_t *const p0 = (uint8_t *)ptr, *p = p0,
+		*const end = p0 + size * nmemb;
+
+	/* libFLAC is very picky about short reads, and expects the IO
+	   callback to fill the whole buffer (undocumented!) */
+
+	GError *error = nullptr;
+	while (p < end) {
+		size_t nbytes = input_stream_lock_read(is, p, end - p, &error);
+		if (nbytes == 0) {
+			if (error == nullptr)
+				/* end of file */
+				break;
+
+			if (error->domain == errno_quark())
+				errno = error->code;
+			else
+				/* just some random non-zero
+				   errno value */
+				errno = EINVAL;
+			g_error_free(error);
+			return 0;
+		}
+
+		p += nbytes;
+	}
+
+	/* libFLAC expects a clean errno after returning from the IO
+	   callbacks (undocumented!) */
+	errno = 0;
+	return (p - p0) / size;
+}
+
+static int
+FLACIOSeek(FLAC__IOHandle handle, FLAC__int64 offset, int whence)
+{
+	input_stream *is = (input_stream *)handle;
+
+	return input_stream_lock_seek(is, offset, whence, nullptr) ? 0 : -1;
+}
+
+static FLAC__int64
+FLACIOTell(FLAC__IOHandle handle)
+{
+	input_stream *is = (input_stream *)handle;
+
+	return is->offset;
+}
+
+static int
+FLACIOEof(FLAC__IOHandle handle)
+{
+	input_stream *is = (input_stream *)handle;
+
+	return input_stream_lock_eof(is);
+}
+
+static int
+FLACIOClose(gcc_unused FLAC__IOHandle handle)
+{
+	/* no-op because the libFLAC caller is repsonsible for closing
+	   the #input_stream */
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+const FLAC__IOCallbacks flac_io_callbacks = {
+	FLACIORead,
+	nullptr,
+	nullptr,
+	nullptr,
+	FLACIOEof,
+	FLACIOClose,
+};
+
+const FLAC__IOCallbacks flac_io_callbacks_seekable = {
+	FLACIORead,
+	nullptr,
+	FLACIOSeek,
+	FLACIOTell,
+	FLACIOEof,
+	FLACIOClose,
+};
diff --git a/src/decoder/FLACIOHandle.hxx b/src/decoder/FLACIOHandle.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..193a15ef5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/FLACIOHandle.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_FLAC_IO_HANDLE_HXX
+#define MPD_FLAC_IO_HANDLE_HXX
+
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "input_stream.h"
+}
+
+#include <FLAC/callback.h>
+
+extern const FLAC__IOCallbacks flac_io_callbacks;
+extern const FLAC__IOCallbacks flac_io_callbacks_seekable;
+
+static inline FLAC__IOHandle
+ToFLACIOHandle(input_stream *is)
+{
+	return (FLAC__IOHandle)is;
+}
+
+static inline const FLAC__IOCallbacks &
+GetFLACIOCallbacks(const input_stream *is)
+{
+	return is->seekable
+		? flac_io_callbacks_seekable
+		: flac_io_callbacks;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/FLACInput.cxx b/src/decoder/FLACInput.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0383ac4ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/FLACInput.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "FLACInput.hxx"
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "input_stream.h"
+#include "decoder_api.h"
+}
+
+FLAC__StreamDecoderReadStatus
+FLACInput::Read(FLAC__byte buffer[], size_t *bytes)
+{
+	size_t r = decoder_read(decoder, input_stream, (void *)buffer, *bytes);
+	*bytes = r;
+
+	if (r == 0) {
+		if (input_stream_lock_eof(input_stream) ||
+		    (decoder != nullptr &&
+		     decoder_get_command(decoder) != DECODE_COMMAND_NONE))
+			return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_END_OF_STREAM;
+		else
+			return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_ABORT;
+	}
+
+	return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_CONTINUE;
+}
+
+FLAC__StreamDecoderSeekStatus
+FLACInput::Seek(FLAC__uint64 absolute_byte_offset)
+{
+	if (!input_stream->seekable)
+		return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED;
+
+	if (!input_stream_lock_seek(input_stream,
+				    absolute_byte_offset, SEEK_SET,
+				    nullptr))
+		return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_ERROR;
+
+	return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_OK;
+}
+
+FLAC__StreamDecoderTellStatus
+FLACInput::Tell(FLAC__uint64 *absolute_byte_offset)
+{
+	if (!input_stream->seekable)
+		return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED;
+
+	*absolute_byte_offset = (FLAC__uint64)input_stream->offset;
+	return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_OK;
+}
+
+FLAC__StreamDecoderLengthStatus
+FLACInput::Length(FLAC__uint64 *stream_length)
+{
+	if (input_stream->size < 0)
+		return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_LENGTH_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED;
+
+	*stream_length = (FLAC__uint64)input_stream->size;
+	return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_LENGTH_STATUS_OK;
+}
+
+FLAC__bool
+FLACInput::Eof()
+{
+	return (decoder != nullptr &&
+		decoder_get_command(decoder) != DECODE_COMMAND_NONE &&
+		decoder_get_command(decoder) != DECODE_COMMAND_SEEK) ||
+		input_stream_lock_eof(input_stream);
+}
+
+void
+FLACInput::Error(FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorStatus status)
+{
+	if (decoder == nullptr ||
+	    decoder_get_command(decoder) != DECODE_COMMAND_STOP)
+		g_warning("%s", FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorStatusString[status]);
+}
+
+FLAC__StreamDecoderReadStatus
+FLACInput::Read(gcc_unused const FLAC__StreamDecoder *flac_decoder,
+		FLAC__byte buffer[], size_t *bytes,
+		void *client_data)
+{
+	FLACInput *i = (FLACInput *)client_data;
+
+	return i->Read(buffer, bytes);
+}
+
+FLAC__StreamDecoderSeekStatus
+FLACInput::Seek(gcc_unused const FLAC__StreamDecoder *flac_decoder,
+		FLAC__uint64 absolute_byte_offset, void *client_data)
+{
+	FLACInput *i = (FLACInput *)client_data;
+
+	return i->Seek(absolute_byte_offset);
+}
+
+FLAC__StreamDecoderTellStatus
+FLACInput::Tell(gcc_unused const FLAC__StreamDecoder *flac_decoder,
+		FLAC__uint64 *absolute_byte_offset, void *client_data)
+{
+	FLACInput *i = (FLACInput *)client_data;
+
+	return i->Tell(absolute_byte_offset);
+}
+
+FLAC__StreamDecoderLengthStatus
+FLACInput::Length(gcc_unused const FLAC__StreamDecoder *flac_decoder,
+		  FLAC__uint64 *stream_length, void *client_data)
+{
+	FLACInput *i = (FLACInput *)client_data;
+
+	return i->Length(stream_length);
+}
+
+FLAC__bool
+FLACInput::Eof(gcc_unused const FLAC__StreamDecoder *flac_decoder,
+	       void *client_data)
+{
+	FLACInput *i = (FLACInput *)client_data;
+
+	return i->Eof();
+}
+
+void
+FLACInput::Error(gcc_unused const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder,
+		 FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorStatus status, void *client_data)
+{
+	FLACInput *i = (FLACInput *)client_data;
+
+	i->Error(status);
+}
+
diff --git a/src/decoder/FLACInput.hxx b/src/decoder/FLACInput.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7661567d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/FLACInput.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_FLAC_INPUT_HXX
+#define MPD_FLAC_INPUT_HXX
+
+#include <FLAC/stream_decoder.h>
+
+/**
+ * This class wraps an #input_stream in libFLAC stream decoder
+ * callbacks.
+ */
+class FLACInput {
+	struct decoder *decoder;
+
+	struct input_stream *input_stream;
+
+public:
+	FLACInput(struct input_stream *_input_stream,
+		  struct decoder *_decoder=nullptr)
+		:decoder(_decoder), input_stream(_input_stream) {}
+
+protected:
+	FLAC__StreamDecoderReadStatus Read(FLAC__byte buffer[], size_t *bytes);
+	FLAC__StreamDecoderSeekStatus Seek(FLAC__uint64 absolute_byte_offset);
+	FLAC__StreamDecoderTellStatus Tell(FLAC__uint64 *absolute_byte_offset);
+	FLAC__StreamDecoderLengthStatus Length(FLAC__uint64 *stream_length);
+	FLAC__bool Eof();
+	void Error(FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorStatus status);
+
+public:
+	static FLAC__StreamDecoderReadStatus
+	Read(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *flac_decoder,
+	     FLAC__byte buffer[], size_t *bytes, void *client_data);
+
+	static FLAC__StreamDecoderSeekStatus
+	Seek(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *flac_decoder,
+	     FLAC__uint64 absolute_byte_offset, void *client_data);
+
+	static FLAC__StreamDecoderTellStatus
+	Tell(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *flac_decoder,
+	     FLAC__uint64 *absolute_byte_offset, void *client_data);
+
+	static FLAC__StreamDecoderLengthStatus
+	Length(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *flac_decoder,
+	       FLAC__uint64 *stream_length, void *client_data);
+
+	static FLAC__bool
+	Eof(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *flac_decoder, void *client_data);
+
+	static void
+	Error(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder,
+	      FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorStatus status, void *client_data);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/flac_metadata.c b/src/decoder/FLACMetaData.cxx
index bd1eaf323..561c1591f 100644
--- a/src/decoder/flac_metadata.c
+++ b/src/decoder/FLACMetaData.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,16 +18,20 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "flac_metadata.h"
+#include "FLACMetaData.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "XiphTags.h"
 #include "replay_gain_info.h"
 #include "tag.h"
+}
+
 #include "tag_handler.h"
 #include "tag_table.h"
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
 #include <assert.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 static bool
@@ -91,7 +95,7 @@ flac_find_string_comment(const FLAC__StreamMetadata *block,
 	int len;
 	const unsigned char *p;
 
-	*str = NULL;
+	*str = nullptr;
 	offset = FLAC__metadata_object_vorbiscomment_find_entry_from(block, 0,
 								     cmnt);
 	if (offset < 0)
@@ -128,36 +132,21 @@ flac_parse_mixramp(char **mixramp_start, char **mixramp_end,
  */
 static const char *
 flac_comment_value(const FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry *entry,
-		   const char *name, const char *char_tnum, size_t *length_r)
+		   const char *name, size_t *length_r)
 {
 	size_t name_length = strlen(name);
-	size_t char_tnum_length = 0;
 	const char *comment = (const char*)entry->entry;
 
 	if (entry->length <= name_length ||
 	    g_ascii_strncasecmp(comment, name, name_length) != 0)
-		return NULL;
-
-	if (char_tnum != NULL) {
-		char_tnum_length = strlen(char_tnum);
-		if (entry->length > name_length + char_tnum_length + 2 &&
-		    comment[name_length] == '[' &&
-		    g_ascii_strncasecmp(comment + name_length + 1,
-					char_tnum, char_tnum_length) == 0 &&
-		    comment[name_length + char_tnum_length + 1] == ']')
-			name_length = name_length + char_tnum_length + 2;
-		else if (entry->length > name_length + char_tnum_length &&
-			 g_ascii_strncasecmp(comment + name_length,
-					     char_tnum, char_tnum_length) == 0)
-			name_length = name_length + char_tnum_length;
-	}
+		return nullptr;
 
 	if (comment[name_length] == '=') {
 		*length_r = entry->length - name_length - 1;
 		return comment + name_length + 1;
 	}
 
-	return NULL;
+	return nullptr;
 }
 
 /**
@@ -167,14 +156,13 @@ flac_comment_value(const FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry *entry,
 static bool
 flac_copy_comment(const FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry *entry,
 		  const char *name, enum tag_type tag_type,
-		  const char *char_tnum,
 		  const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx)
 {
 	const char *value;
 	size_t value_length;
 
-	value = flac_comment_value(entry, name, char_tnum, &value_length);
-	if (value != NULL) {
+	value = flac_comment_value(entry, name, &value_length);
+	if (value != nullptr) {
 		char *p = g_strndup(value, value_length);
 		tag_handler_invoke_tag(handler, handler_ctx, tag_type, p);
 		g_free(p);
@@ -184,23 +172,15 @@ flac_copy_comment(const FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry *entry,
 	return false;
 }
 
-static const struct tag_table flac_tags[] = {
-	{ "tracknumber", TAG_TRACK },
-	{ "discnumber", TAG_DISC },
-	{ "album artist", TAG_ALBUM_ARTIST },
-	{ NULL, TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES }
-};
-
 static void
-flac_scan_comment(const char *char_tnum,
-		  const FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry *entry,
+flac_scan_comment(const FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry *entry,
 		  const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx)
 {
-	if (handler->pair != NULL) {
+	if (handler->pair != nullptr) {
 		char *name = g_strdup((const char*)entry->entry);
 		char *value = strchr(name, '=');
 
-		if (value != NULL && value > name) {
+		if (value != nullptr && value > name) {
 			*value++ = 0;
 			tag_handler_invoke_pair(handler, handler_ctx,
 						name, value);
@@ -209,36 +189,34 @@ flac_scan_comment(const char *char_tnum,
 		g_free(name);
 	}
 
-	for (const struct tag_table *i = flac_tags; i->name != NULL; ++i)
-		if (flac_copy_comment(entry, i->name, i->type, char_tnum,
+	for (const struct tag_table *i = xiph_tags; i->name != nullptr; ++i)
+		if (flac_copy_comment(entry, i->name, i->type,
 				      handler, handler_ctx))
 			return;
 
 	for (unsigned i = 0; i < TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES; ++i)
 		if (flac_copy_comment(entry,
-				      tag_item_names[i], i, char_tnum,
+				      tag_item_names[i], (enum tag_type)i,
 				      handler, handler_ctx))
 			return;
 }
 
 static void
-flac_scan_comments(const char *char_tnum,
-		   const FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment *comment,
+flac_scan_comments(const FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment *comment,
 		   const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx)
 {
 	for (unsigned i = 0; i < comment->num_comments; ++i)
-		flac_scan_comment(char_tnum, &comment->comments[i],
+		flac_scan_comment(&comment->comments[i],
 				  handler, handler_ctx);
 }
 
 void
-flac_scan_metadata(const char *track,
-		   const FLAC__StreamMetadata *block,
+flac_scan_metadata(const FLAC__StreamMetadata *block,
 		   const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx)
 {
 	switch (block->type) {
 	case FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_VORBIS_COMMENT:
-		flac_scan_comments(track, &block->data.vorbis_comment,
+		flac_scan_comments(&block->data.vorbis_comment,
 				   handler, handler_ctx);
 		break;
 
@@ -254,70 +232,22 @@ flac_scan_metadata(const char *track,
 }
 
 void
-flac_vorbis_comments_to_tag(struct tag *tag, const char *char_tnum,
+flac_vorbis_comments_to_tag(struct tag *tag,
 			    const FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment *comment)
 {
-	flac_scan_comments(char_tnum, comment,
-			   &add_tag_handler, tag);
+	flac_scan_comments(comment, &add_tag_handler, tag);
 }
 
-bool
-flac_scan_file2(const char *file, const char *char_tnum,
-		const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx)
+void
+FLACMetadataChain::Scan(const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx)
 {
-	FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator *it;
-	FLAC__StreamMetadata *block = NULL;
-
-	it = FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_new();
-	if (!FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_init(it, file, 1, 0)) {
-		const char *err;
-		FLAC_API FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIteratorStatus s;
-
-		s = FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_status(it);
-
-		switch (s) { /* slightly more human-friendly messages: */
-		case FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_ILLEGAL_INPUT:
-			err = "illegal input";
-			break;
-		case FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_ERROR_OPENING_FILE:
-			err = "error opening file";
-			break;
-		case FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_NOT_A_FLAC_FILE:
-			err = "not a FLAC file";
-			break;
-		default:
-			err = FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIteratorStatusString[s];
-		}
-		g_debug("Reading '%s' metadata gave the following error: %s\n",
-			file, err);
-		FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_delete(it);
-		return false;
-	}
+	FLACMetadataIterator iterator(*this);
 
 	do {
-		block = FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_get_block(it);
-		if (!block)
+		FLAC__StreamMetadata *block = iterator.GetBlock();
+		if (block == nullptr)
 			break;
 
-		flac_scan_metadata(char_tnum, block, handler, handler_ctx);
-		FLAC__metadata_object_delete(block);
-	} while (FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_next(it));
-
-	FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_delete(it);
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-struct tag *
-flac_tag_load(const char *file, const char *char_tnum)
-{
-	struct tag *tag = tag_new();
-
-	if (!flac_scan_file2(file, char_tnum, &add_tag_handler, tag) ||
-	    tag_is_empty(tag)) {
-		tag_free(tag);
-		tag = NULL;
-	}
-
-	return tag;
+		flac_scan_metadata(block, handler, handler_ctx);
+	} while (iterator.Next());
 }
diff --git a/src/decoder/FLACMetaData.hxx b/src/decoder/FLACMetaData.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0eceec23c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/FLACMetaData.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_FLAC_METADATA_H
+#define MPD_FLAC_METADATA_H
+
+#include "gcc.h"
+#include "FLACIOHandle.hxx"
+
+#include <FLAC/metadata.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+class FLACMetadataChain {
+	FLAC__Metadata_Chain *chain;
+
+public:
+	FLACMetadataChain():chain(::FLAC__metadata_chain_new()) {}
+
+	~FLACMetadataChain() {
+		::FLAC__metadata_chain_delete(chain);
+	}
+
+	explicit operator FLAC__Metadata_Chain *() {
+		return chain;
+	}
+
+	bool Read(const char *path) {
+		return ::FLAC__metadata_chain_read(chain, path);
+	}
+
+	bool Read(FLAC__IOHandle handle, FLAC__IOCallbacks callbacks) {
+		return ::FLAC__metadata_chain_read_with_callbacks(chain,
+								  handle,
+								  callbacks);
+	}
+
+	bool Read(input_stream *is) {
+		return Read(::ToFLACIOHandle(is), ::GetFLACIOCallbacks(is));
+	}
+
+	bool ReadOgg(const char *path) {
+		return ::FLAC__metadata_chain_read_ogg(chain, path);
+	}
+
+	bool ReadOgg(FLAC__IOHandle handle, FLAC__IOCallbacks callbacks) {
+		return ::FLAC__metadata_chain_read_ogg_with_callbacks(chain,
+								      handle,
+								      callbacks);
+	}
+
+	bool ReadOgg(input_stream *is) {
+		return ReadOgg(::ToFLACIOHandle(is), ::GetFLACIOCallbacks(is));
+	}
+
+	gcc_pure
+	FLAC__Metadata_ChainStatus GetStatus() const {
+		return ::FLAC__metadata_chain_status(chain);
+	}
+
+	gcc_pure
+	const char *GetStatusString() const {
+		return FLAC__Metadata_ChainStatusString[GetStatus()];
+	}
+
+	void Scan(const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx);
+};
+
+class FLACMetadataIterator {
+	FLAC__Metadata_Iterator *iterator;
+
+public:
+	FLACMetadataIterator():iterator(::FLAC__metadata_iterator_new()) {}
+
+	FLACMetadataIterator(FLACMetadataChain &chain)
+		:iterator(::FLAC__metadata_iterator_new()) {
+		::FLAC__metadata_iterator_init(iterator,
+					       (FLAC__Metadata_Chain *)chain);
+	}
+
+	~FLACMetadataIterator() {
+		::FLAC__metadata_iterator_delete(iterator);
+	}
+
+	bool Next() {
+		return ::FLAC__metadata_iterator_next(iterator);
+	}
+
+	gcc_pure
+	FLAC__StreamMetadata *GetBlock() {
+		return ::FLAC__metadata_iterator_get_block(iterator);
+	}
+};
+
+struct tag_handler;
+struct tag;
+struct replay_gain_info;
+
+static inline unsigned
+flac_duration(const FLAC__StreamMetadata_StreamInfo *stream_info)
+{
+	assert(stream_info->sample_rate > 0);
+
+	return (stream_info->total_samples + stream_info->sample_rate - 1) /
+		stream_info->sample_rate;
+}
+
+bool
+flac_parse_replay_gain(struct replay_gain_info *rgi,
+		       const FLAC__StreamMetadata *block);
+
+bool
+flac_parse_mixramp(char **mixramp_start, char **mixramp_end,
+		   const FLAC__StreamMetadata *block);
+
+void
+flac_vorbis_comments_to_tag(struct tag *tag,
+			    const FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment *comment);
+
+void
+flac_scan_metadata(const FLAC__StreamMetadata *block,
+		   const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/flac_pcm.c b/src/decoder/FLAC_PCM.cxx
index 6964d8ac6..303530aa7 100644
--- a/src/decoder/flac_pcm.c
+++ b/src/decoder/FLAC_PCM.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "flac_pcm.h"
+#include "FLAC_PCM.hxx"
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
diff --git a/src/decoder/flac_pcm.h b/src/decoder/FLAC_PCM.hxx
index a931998c1..97d214c17 100644
--- a/src/decoder/flac_pcm.h
+++ b/src/decoder/FLAC_PCM.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_FLAC_PCM_H
-#define MPD_FLAC_PCM_H
+#ifndef MPD_FLAC_PCM_HXX
+#define MPD_FLAC_PCM_HXX
 
 #include "audio_format.h"
 
diff --git a/src/decoder/OggUtil.cxx b/src/decoder/OggUtil.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99f73d48e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/OggUtil.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "OggUtil.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "decoder_api.h"
+}
+
+bool
+OggFeed(ogg_sync_state &oy, struct decoder *decoder,
+	struct input_stream *input_stream, size_t size)
+{
+		char *buffer = ogg_sync_buffer(&oy, size);
+		if (buffer == nullptr)
+			return false;
+
+		size_t nbytes = decoder_read(decoder, input_stream,
+					     buffer, size);
+		if (nbytes == 0)
+			return false;
+
+		ogg_sync_wrote(&oy, nbytes);
+		return true;
+}
+
+bool
+OggExpectPage(ogg_sync_state &oy, ogg_page &page,
+	      struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *input_stream)
+{
+	while (true) {
+		int r = ogg_sync_pageout(&oy, &page);
+		if (r != 0)
+			return r > 0;
+
+		if (!OggFeed(oy, decoder, input_stream, 1024))
+			return false;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/src/decoder/OggUtil.hxx b/src/decoder/OggUtil.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95bf6472f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/OggUtil.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_OGG_UTIL_HXX
+#define MPD_OGG_UTIL_HXX
+
+#include "check.h"
+
+#include <ogg/ogg.h>
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from the #input_stream into the #ogg_sync_state.
+ *
+ * @return false on error or end-of-file
+ */
+bool
+OggFeed(ogg_sync_state &oy, struct decoder *decoder,
+	struct input_stream *input_stream, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Feed into the #ogg_sync_state until a page gets available.  Garbage
+ * data at the beginning is considered a fatal error.
+ *
+ * @return true if a page is available
+ */
+bool
+OggExpectPage(ogg_sync_state &oy, ogg_page &page,
+	      struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *input_stream);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/OpusDecoderPlugin.cxx b/src/decoder/OpusDecoderPlugin.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..35e368ca9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/OpusDecoderPlugin.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h" /* must be first for large file support */
+#include "OpusDecoderPlugin.h"
+#include "OpusHead.hxx"
+#include "OpusTags.hxx"
+#include "OggUtil.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "ogg_codec.h"
+#include "decoder_api.h"
+}
+
+#include "audio_check.h"
+#include "tag_handler.h"
+
+#include <opus.h>
+#include <ogg/ogg.h>
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#undef G_LOG_DOMAIN
+#define G_LOG_DOMAIN "opus"
+
+static const opus_int32 opus_sample_rate = 48000;
+
+gcc_pure
+static bool
+IsOpusHead(const ogg_packet &packet)
+{
+	return packet.bytes >= 8 && memcmp(packet.packet, "OpusHead", 8) == 0;
+}
+
+gcc_pure
+static bool
+IsOpusTags(const ogg_packet &packet)
+{
+	return packet.bytes >= 8 && memcmp(packet.packet, "OpusTags", 8) == 0;
+}
+
+static bool
+mpd_opus_init(G_GNUC_UNUSED const struct config_param *param)
+{
+	g_debug("%s", opus_get_version_string());
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+class MPDOpusDecoder {
+	struct decoder *decoder;
+	struct input_stream *input_stream;
+
+	ogg_stream_state os;
+
+	OpusDecoder *opus_decoder = nullptr;
+	opus_int16 *output_buffer = nullptr;
+	unsigned output_size = 0;
+
+	bool os_initialized = false;
+	bool found_opus = false;
+
+	int opus_serialno;
+
+	size_t frame_size;
+
+public:
+	MPDOpusDecoder(struct decoder *_decoder,
+		       struct input_stream *_input_stream)
+		:decoder(_decoder), input_stream(_input_stream) {}
+	~MPDOpusDecoder();
+
+	enum decoder_command HandlePage(ogg_page &page);
+	enum decoder_command HandlePacket(const ogg_packet &packet);
+	enum decoder_command HandleBOS(const ogg_packet &packet);
+	enum decoder_command HandleTags(const ogg_packet &packet);
+	enum decoder_command HandleAudio(const ogg_packet &packet);
+};
+
+MPDOpusDecoder::~MPDOpusDecoder()
+{
+	g_free(output_buffer);
+
+	if (opus_decoder != nullptr)
+		opus_decoder_destroy(opus_decoder);
+
+	if (os_initialized)
+		ogg_stream_clear(&os);
+}
+
+enum decoder_command
+MPDOpusDecoder::HandlePage(ogg_page &page)
+{
+	const auto page_serialno = ogg_page_serialno(&page);
+	if (!os_initialized) {
+		os_initialized = true;
+		ogg_stream_init(&os, page_serialno);
+	} else if (page_serialno != os.serialno)
+		ogg_stream_reset_serialno(&os, page_serialno);
+
+	ogg_stream_pagein(&os, &page);
+
+	ogg_packet packet;
+	while (ogg_stream_packetout(&os, &packet) == 1) {
+		enum decoder_command cmd = HandlePacket(packet);
+		if (cmd != DECODE_COMMAND_NONE)
+			return cmd;
+	}
+
+	return DECODE_COMMAND_NONE;
+}
+
+enum decoder_command
+MPDOpusDecoder::HandlePacket(const ogg_packet &packet)
+{
+	if (packet.e_o_s)
+		return DECODE_COMMAND_STOP;
+
+	if (packet.b_o_s)
+		return HandleBOS(packet);
+	else if (!found_opus)
+		return DECODE_COMMAND_STOP;
+
+	if (IsOpusTags(packet))
+		return HandleTags(packet);
+
+	return HandleAudio(packet);
+}
+
+enum decoder_command
+MPDOpusDecoder::HandleBOS(const ogg_packet &packet)
+{
+	assert(packet.b_o_s);
+
+	if (found_opus || !IsOpusHead(packet))
+		return DECODE_COMMAND_STOP;
+
+	unsigned channels;
+	if (!ScanOpusHeader(packet.packet, packet.bytes, channels) ||
+	    !audio_valid_channel_count(channels))
+		return DECODE_COMMAND_STOP;
+
+	assert(opus_decoder == nullptr);
+	assert(output_buffer == nullptr);
+
+	opus_serialno = os.serialno;
+	found_opus = true;
+
+	/* TODO: parse attributes from the OpusHead (sample rate,
+	   channels, ...) */
+
+	int opus_error;
+	opus_decoder = opus_decoder_create(opus_sample_rate, channels,
+					   &opus_error);
+	if (opus_decoder == nullptr) {
+		g_warning("libopus error: %s",
+			  opus_strerror(opus_error));
+		return DECODE_COMMAND_STOP;
+	}
+
+	struct audio_format audio_format;
+	audio_format_init(&audio_format, opus_sample_rate,
+			  SAMPLE_FORMAT_S16, channels);
+	decoder_initialized(decoder, &audio_format, false, -1);
+	frame_size = audio_format_frame_size(&audio_format);
+
+	/* allocate an output buffer for 16 bit PCM samples big enough
+	   to hold a quarter second, larger than 120ms required by
+	   libopus */
+	output_size = audio_format.sample_rate / 4;
+	output_buffer = (opus_int16 *)
+		g_malloc(sizeof(*output_buffer) * output_size *
+			 audio_format.channels);
+
+	return decoder_get_command(decoder);
+}
+
+enum decoder_command
+MPDOpusDecoder::HandleTags(const ogg_packet &packet)
+{
+	struct tag *tag = tag_new();
+
+	enum decoder_command cmd;
+	if (ScanOpusTags(packet.packet, packet.bytes, &add_tag_handler, tag) &&
+	    !tag_is_empty(tag))
+		cmd = decoder_tag(decoder, input_stream, tag);
+	else
+		cmd = decoder_get_command(decoder);
+
+	tag_free(tag);
+	return cmd;
+}
+
+enum decoder_command
+MPDOpusDecoder::HandleAudio(const ogg_packet &packet)
+{
+	assert(opus_decoder != nullptr);
+
+	int nframes = opus_decode(opus_decoder,
+				  (const unsigned char*)packet.packet,
+				  packet.bytes,
+				  output_buffer, output_size,
+				  0);
+	if (nframes < 0) {
+		g_warning("%s", opus_strerror(nframes));
+		return DECODE_COMMAND_STOP;
+	}
+
+	if (nframes > 0) {
+		const size_t nbytes = nframes * frame_size;
+		enum decoder_command cmd =
+			decoder_data(decoder, input_stream,
+				     output_buffer, nbytes,
+				     0);
+		if (cmd != DECODE_COMMAND_NONE)
+			return cmd;
+	}
+
+	return DECODE_COMMAND_NONE;
+}
+
+static void
+mpd_opus_stream_decode(struct decoder *decoder,
+		       struct input_stream *input_stream)
+{
+	if (ogg_codec_detect(decoder, input_stream) != OGG_CODEC_OPUS)
+		return;
+
+	/* rewind the stream, because ogg_codec_detect() has
+	   moved it */
+	input_stream_lock_seek(input_stream, 0, SEEK_SET, nullptr);
+
+	MPDOpusDecoder d(decoder, input_stream);
+
+	ogg_sync_state oy;
+	ogg_sync_init(&oy);
+
+	while (true) {
+		if (!OggFeed(oy, decoder, input_stream, 1024))
+			break;
+
+		ogg_page page;
+		while (ogg_sync_pageout(&oy, &page) == 1) {
+			enum decoder_command cmd = d.HandlePage(page);
+			if (cmd != DECODE_COMMAND_NONE)
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	ogg_sync_clear(&oy);
+}
+
+static bool
+mpd_opus_scan_stream(struct input_stream *is,
+		     const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx)
+{
+	ogg_sync_state oy;
+	ogg_sync_init(&oy);
+
+	ogg_page page;
+	if (!OggExpectPage(oy, page, nullptr, is)) {
+		ogg_sync_clear(&oy);
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* read at most two more pages */
+	unsigned remaining_pages = 2;
+
+	bool result = false;
+
+	ogg_stream_state os;
+	ogg_stream_init(&os, ogg_page_serialno(&page));
+	ogg_stream_pagein(&os, &page);
+
+	ogg_packet packet;
+	while (true) {
+		int r = ogg_stream_packetout(&os, &packet);
+		if (r < 0) {
+			result = false;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (r == 0) {
+			if (remaining_pages-- == 0)
+				break;
+
+			if (!OggExpectPage(oy, page, nullptr, is)) {
+				result = false;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			ogg_stream_pagein(&os, &page);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (packet.b_o_s) {
+			if (!IsOpusHead(packet))
+				break;
+
+			unsigned channels;
+			if (!ScanOpusHeader(packet.packet, packet.bytes, channels) ||
+			    !audio_valid_channel_count(channels)) {
+				result = false;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			result = true;
+		} else if (!result)
+			break;
+		else if (IsOpusTags(packet)) {
+			if (!ScanOpusTags(packet.packet, packet.bytes,
+					  handler, handler_ctx))
+				result = false;
+
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	ogg_stream_clear(&os);
+	ogg_sync_clear(&oy);
+
+	return result;
+}
+
+static const char *const opus_suffixes[] = {
+	"opus",
+	"ogg",
+	"oga",
+	nullptr
+};
+
+static const char *const opus_mime_types[] = {
+	"audio/opus",
+	nullptr
+};
+
+const struct decoder_plugin opus_decoder_plugin = {
+	"opus",
+	mpd_opus_init,
+	nullptr,
+	mpd_opus_stream_decode,
+	nullptr,
+	nullptr,
+	mpd_opus_scan_stream,
+	nullptr,
+	opus_suffixes,
+	opus_mime_types,
+};
diff --git a/src/decoder/OpusDecoderPlugin.h b/src/decoder/OpusDecoderPlugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c95d6ded3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/OpusDecoderPlugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DECODER_OPUS_H
+#define MPD_DECODER_OPUS_H
+
+extern const struct decoder_plugin opus_decoder_plugin;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/OpusHead.cxx b/src/decoder/OpusHead.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c57e08e10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/OpusHead.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "OpusHead.hxx"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+struct OpusHead {
+	char signature[8];
+	uint8_t version, channels;
+	uint16_t pre_skip;
+	uint32_t sample_rate;
+	uint16_t output_gain;
+	uint8_t channel_mapping;
+};
+
+bool
+ScanOpusHeader(const void *data, size_t size, unsigned &channels_r)
+{
+	const OpusHead *h = (const OpusHead *)data;
+	if (size < 19 || (h->version & 0xf0) != 0)
+		return false;
+
+	channels_r = h->channels;
+	return true;
+}
diff --git a/src/decoder/OpusHead.hxx b/src/decoder/OpusHead.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f75c4f70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/OpusHead.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_OPUS_HEAD_HXX
+#define MPD_OPUS_HEAD_HXX
+
+#include "check.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+bool
+ScanOpusHeader(const void *data, size_t size, unsigned &channels_r);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/OpusReader.hxx b/src/decoder/OpusReader.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2cfc14118
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/OpusReader.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_OPUS_READER_HXX
+#define MPD_OPUS_READER_HXX
+
+#include "check.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+class OpusReader {
+	const uint8_t *p, *const end;
+
+public:
+	OpusReader(const void *_p, size_t size)
+		:p((const uint8_t *)_p), end(p + size) {}
+
+	bool Skip(size_t length) {
+		p += length;
+		return p <= end;
+	}
+
+	const void *Read(size_t length) {
+		const uint8_t *result = p;
+		return Skip(length)
+			? result
+			: nullptr;
+	}
+
+	bool Expect(const void *value, size_t length) {
+		const void *data = Read(length);
+		return data != nullptr && memcmp(value, data, length) == 0;
+	}
+
+	bool ReadByte(uint8_t &value_r) {
+		if (p >= end)
+			return false;
+
+		value_r = *p++;
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	bool ReadShort(uint16_t &value_r) {
+		const uint8_t *value = (const uint8_t *)Read(sizeof(value_r));
+		if (value == nullptr)
+			return false;
+
+		value_r = value[0] | (value[1] << 8);
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	bool ReadWord(uint32_t &value_r) {
+		const uint8_t *value = (const uint8_t *)Read(sizeof(value_r));
+		if (value == nullptr)
+			return false;
+
+		value_r = value[0] | (value[1] << 8)
+			| (value[2] << 16) | (value[3] << 24);
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	bool SkipString() {
+		uint32_t length;
+		return ReadWord(length) && Skip(length);
+	}
+
+	char *ReadString() {
+		uint32_t length;
+		if (!ReadWord(length))
+			return nullptr;
+
+		const char *src = (const char *)Read(length);
+		if (src == nullptr)
+			return nullptr;
+
+		return strndup(src, length);
+	}
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/OpusTags.cxx b/src/decoder/OpusTags.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cb35a6247
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/OpusTags.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "OpusTags.hxx"
+#include "OpusReader.hxx"
+#include "XiphTags.h"
+#include "tag_handler.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+static void
+ScanOneOpusTag(const char *name, const char *value,
+	       const struct tag_handler *handler, void *ctx)
+{
+	tag_handler_invoke_pair(handler, ctx, name, value);
+
+	if (handler->tag != nullptr) {
+		enum tag_type t = tag_table_lookup_i(xiph_tags, name);
+		if (t != TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES)
+			tag_handler_invoke_tag(handler, ctx, t, value);
+	}
+}
+
+bool
+ScanOpusTags(const void *data, size_t size,
+	     const struct tag_handler *handler, void *ctx)
+{
+	OpusReader r(data, size);
+	if (!r.Expect("OpusTags", 8))
+		return false;
+
+	if (handler->pair == nullptr && handler->tag == nullptr)
+		return true;
+
+	if (!r.SkipString())
+		return false;
+
+	uint32_t n;
+	if (!r.ReadWord(n))
+		return false;
+
+	while (n-- > 0) {
+		char *p = r.ReadString();
+		if (p == nullptr)
+			return false;
+
+		char *eq = strchr(p, '=');
+		if (eq != nullptr && eq > p) {
+			*eq = 0;
+
+			ScanOneOpusTag(p, eq + 1, handler, ctx);
+		}
+
+		free(p);
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
diff --git a/src/decoder/OpusTags.hxx b/src/decoder/OpusTags.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2f3eec844
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/OpusTags.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_OPUS_TAGS_HXX
+#define MPD_OPUS_TAGS_HXX
+
+#include "check.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+bool
+ScanOpusTags(const void *data, size_t size,
+	     const struct tag_handler *handler, void *ctx);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/XiphTags.c b/src/decoder/XiphTags.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d55787b94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/XiphTags.c
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "XiphTags.h"
+
+const struct tag_table xiph_tags[] = {
+	{ "tracknumber", TAG_TRACK },
+	{ "discnumber", TAG_DISC },
+	{ "album artist", TAG_ALBUM_ARTIST },
+	{ NULL, TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES }
+};
diff --git a/src/decoder/XiphTags.h b/src/decoder/XiphTags.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..22a4e2204
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/XiphTags.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_XIPH_TAGS_H
+#define MPD_XIPH_TAGS_H
+
+#include "check.h"
+#include "tag_table.h"
+
+extern const struct tag_table xiph_tags[];
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/dsdiff_decoder_plugin.c b/src/decoder/dsdiff_decoder_plugin.c
index 84471fb3a..4e21e91de 100644
--- a/src/decoder/dsdiff_decoder_plugin.c
+++ b/src/decoder/dsdiff_decoder_plugin.c
@@ -52,10 +52,23 @@ struct dsdiff_chunk_header {
 	uint32_t size_high, size_low;
 };
 
+/** struct for DSDIFF native Artist and Title tags */
+struct dsdiff_native_tag {
+	uint32_t size;
+};
+
 struct dsdiff_metadata {
 	unsigned sample_rate, channels;
 	bool bitreverse;
 	uint64_t chunk_size;
+#ifdef HAVE_ID3TAG
+	goffset id3_offset;
+	uint64_t id3_size;
+#endif
+	/** offset for artist tag */
+	goffset diar_offset;
+	/** offset for title tag */
+	goffset diti_offset;
 };
 
 static bool lsbitfirst;
@@ -187,6 +200,127 @@ dsdiff_read_prop(struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *is,
 		return dsdlib_skip_to(decoder, is, end_offset);
 }
 
+static void
+dsdiff_handle_native_tag(struct input_stream *is,
+			 const struct tag_handler *handler,
+			 void *handler_ctx, goffset tagoffset,
+			 enum tag_type type)
+{
+	if (!dsdlib_skip_to(NULL, is, tagoffset))
+		return;
+
+	struct dsdiff_native_tag metatag;
+
+	if (!dsdlib_read(NULL, is, &metatag, sizeof(metatag)))
+		return;
+
+	uint32_t length = GUINT32_FROM_BE(metatag.size);
+
+	/* Check and limit size of the tag to prevent a stack overflow */
+	if (length == 0 || length > 60)
+		return;
+
+	char string[length];
+	char *label;
+	label = string;
+
+	if (!dsdlib_read(NULL, is, label, (size_t)length))
+		return;
+
+	string[length] = '\0';
+	tag_handler_invoke_tag(handler, handler_ctx, type, label);
+	return;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Read and parse additional metadata chunks for tagging purposes. By default
+ * dsdiff files only support equivalents for artist and title but some of the
+ * extract tools add an id3 tag to provide more tags. If such id3 is found
+ * this will be used for tagging otherwise the native tags (if any) will be
+ * used
+ */
+
+static bool
+dsdiff_read_metadata_extra(struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *is,
+			   struct dsdiff_metadata *metadata,
+			   struct dsdiff_chunk_header *chunk_header,
+			   const struct tag_handler *handler,
+			   void *handler_ctx)
+{
+
+	/* skip from DSD data to next chunk header */
+	if (!dsdlib_skip(decoder, is, metadata->chunk_size))
+		return false;
+	if (!dsdiff_read_chunk_header(decoder, is, chunk_header))
+		return false;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_ID3TAG
+	metadata->id3_size = 0;
+#endif
+
+	/* Now process all the remaining chunk headers in the stream
+	   and record their position and size */
+
+	while ( is->offset < is->size )
+	{
+		uint64_t chunk_size = dsdiff_chunk_size(chunk_header);
+
+		/* DIIN chunk, is directly followed by other chunks  */
+		if (dsdlib_id_equals(&chunk_header->id, "DIIN"))
+			chunk_size = 0;
+
+		/* DIAR chunk - DSDIFF native tag for Artist */
+		if (dsdlib_id_equals(&chunk_header->id, "DIAR")) {
+			chunk_size = dsdiff_chunk_size(chunk_header);
+			metadata->diar_offset = is->offset;
+		}
+
+		/* DITI chunk - DSDIFF native tag for Title */
+		if (dsdlib_id_equals(&chunk_header->id, "DITI")) {
+			chunk_size = dsdiff_chunk_size(chunk_header);
+			metadata->diti_offset = is->offset;
+		}
+#ifdef HAVE_ID3TAG
+		/* 'ID3 ' chunk, offspec. Used by sacdextract */
+		if (dsdlib_id_equals(&chunk_header->id, "ID3 ")) {
+			chunk_size = dsdiff_chunk_size(chunk_header);
+			metadata->id3_offset = is->offset;
+			metadata->id3_size = chunk_size;
+		}
+#endif
+		if (chunk_size != 0) {
+			if (!dsdlib_skip(decoder, is, chunk_size))
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if ( is->offset < is->size ) {
+			if (!dsdiff_read_chunk_header(decoder, is, chunk_header))
+				return false;
+		}
+		chunk_size = 0;
+	}
+	/* done processing chunk headers, process tags if any */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_ID3TAG
+	if (metadata->id3_offset != 0)
+	{
+		/* a ID3 tag has preference over the other tags, do not process
+		   other tags if we have one */
+		dsdlib_tag_id3(is, handler, handler_ctx, metadata->id3_offset);
+		return true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (metadata->diar_offset != 0)
+		dsdiff_handle_native_tag(is, handler, handler_ctx,
+					 metadata->diar_offset, TAG_ARTIST);
+
+	if (metadata->diti_offset != 0)
+		dsdiff_handle_native_tag(is, handler, handler_ctx,
+					 metadata->diti_offset, TAG_TITLE);
+	return true;
+}
+
 /**
  * Read and parse all metadata chunks at the beginning.  Stop when the
  * first "DSD" chunk is seen, and return its header in the
@@ -374,6 +508,10 @@ dsdiff_scan_stream(struct input_stream *is,
 			    metadata.sample_rate;
 	tag_handler_invoke_duration(handler, handler_ctx, songtime);
 
+	/* Read additional metadata and created tags if available */
+	dsdiff_read_metadata_extra(NULL, is, &metadata, &chunk_header,
+				   handler, handler_ctx);
+
 	return true;
 }
 
diff --git a/src/decoder/dsdlib.c b/src/decoder/dsdlib.c
index 3df9497c4..c788184e2 100644
--- a/src/decoder/dsdlib.c
+++ b/src/decoder/dsdlib.c
@@ -27,12 +27,18 @@
 #include "dsf_decoder_plugin.h"
 #include "decoder_api.h"
 #include "util/bit_reverse.h"
+#include "tag_handler.h"
+#include "tag_id3.h"
 #include "dsdlib.h"
 #include "dsdiff_decoder_plugin.h"
 
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include <stdio.h> /* for SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR */
 
+#ifdef HAVE_ID3TAG
+#include <id3tag.h>
+#endif
+
 bool
 dsdlib_id_equals(const struct dsdlib_id *id, const char *s)
 {
@@ -110,3 +116,53 @@ dsdlib_skip(struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *is,
 	return true;
 }
 
+/**
+ * Add tags from ID3 tag. All tags commonly found in the ID3 tags of
+ * DSF and DSDIFF files are imported
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_ID3TAG
+void
+dsdlib_tag_id3(struct input_stream *is,
+	       const struct tag_handler *handler,
+	       void *handler_ctx, goffset tagoffset)
+{
+	assert(tagoffset >= 0);
+
+	if (tagoffset == 0)
+		return;
+
+	if (!dsdlib_skip_to(NULL, is, tagoffset))
+		return;
+
+	struct id3_tag *id3_tag = NULL;
+	id3_length_t count;
+
+	/* Prevent broken files causing problems */
+	if (is->offset >= is->size)
+		return;
+
+	count = is->size - is->offset;
+
+	/* Check and limit id3 tag size to prevent a stack overflow */
+	if (count == 0 || count > 4096)
+		return;
+
+	id3_byte_t dsdid3[count];
+	id3_byte_t *dsdid3data;
+	dsdid3data = dsdid3;
+
+	if (!dsdlib_read(NULL, is, dsdid3data, count))
+		return;
+
+	id3_tag = id3_tag_parse(dsdid3data, count);
+	if (id3_tag == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	scan_id3_tag(id3_tag, handler, handler_ctx);
+
+	id3_tag_delete(id3_tag);
+
+	return;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/dsdlib.h b/src/decoder/dsdlib.h
index d9675f5fe..0912740c3 100644
--- a/src/decoder/dsdlib.h
+++ b/src/decoder/dsdlib.h
@@ -39,4 +39,9 @@ bool
 dsdlib_skip(struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *is,
 	    goffset delta);
 
+void
+dsdlib_tag_id3(struct input_stream *is,
+	       const struct tag_handler *handler,
+	       void *handler_ctx, goffset tagoffset);
+
 #endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/dsf_decoder_plugin.c b/src/decoder/dsf_decoder_plugin.c
index c0107eb30..6700f739a 100644
--- a/src/decoder/dsf_decoder_plugin.c
+++ b/src/decoder/dsf_decoder_plugin.c
@@ -45,6 +45,10 @@ struct dsf_metadata {
 	unsigned sample_rate, channels;
 	bool bitreverse;
 	uint64_t chunk_size;
+#ifdef HAVE_ID3TAG
+	goffset id3_offset;
+	uint64_t id3_size;
+#endif
 };
 
 struct dsf_header {
@@ -57,6 +61,7 @@ struct dsf_header {
 	/** pointer to id3v2 metadata, should be at the end of the file */
 	uint32_t pmeta_low, pmeta_high;
 };
+
 /** DSF file fmt chunk */
 struct dsf_fmt_chunk {
 
@@ -109,6 +114,12 @@ dsf_read_metadata(struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *is,
 	if (sizeof(dsf_header) != chunk_size)
 		return false;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_ID3TAG
+	uint64_t metadata_offset;
+	metadata_offset = (((uint64_t)GUINT32_FROM_LE(dsf_header.pmeta_high)) << 32) |
+			   ((uint64_t)GUINT32_FROM_LE(dsf_header.pmeta_low));
+#endif
+
 	/* read the 'fmt ' chunk of the DSF file */
 	struct dsf_fmt_chunk dsf_fmt_chunk;
 	if (!dsdlib_read(decoder, is, &dsf_fmt_chunk, sizeof(dsf_fmt_chunk)) ||
@@ -153,9 +164,19 @@ dsf_read_metadata(struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *is,
 	data_size -= sizeof(data_chunk);
 
 	metadata->chunk_size = data_size;
+	/* data_size cannot be bigger or equal to total file size */
+	if (data_size >= (unsigned) is->size)
+		return false;
+
 	metadata->channels = (unsigned) dsf_fmt_chunk.channelnum;
 	metadata->sample_rate = samplefreq;
-
+#ifdef HAVE_ID3TAG
+	/* metada_offset cannot be bigger then or equal to total file size */
+	if (metadata_offset >= (unsigned) is->size)
+		metadata->id3_offset = 0;
+	else
+		metadata->id3_offset = (goffset) metadata_offset;
+#endif
 	/* check bits per sample format, determine if bitreverse is needed */
 	metadata->bitreverse = dsf_fmt_chunk.bitssample == 1;
 	return true;
@@ -285,7 +306,7 @@ dsf_stream_decode(struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *is)
 	decoder_initialized(decoder, &audio_format, false, songtime);
 
 	if (!dsf_decode_chunk(decoder, is, metadata.channels,
-			      metadata.chunk_size,
+			      chunk_size,
 			      metadata.bitreverse))
 		return;
 }
@@ -316,6 +337,10 @@ dsf_scan_stream(struct input_stream *is,
 			    metadata.sample_rate;
 	tag_handler_invoke_duration(handler, handler_ctx, songtime);
 
+#ifdef HAVE_ID3TAG
+	/* Add available tags from the ID3 tag */
+	dsdlib_tag_id3(is, handler, handler_ctx, metadata.id3_offset);
+#endif
 	return true;
 }
 
diff --git a/src/decoder/flac_compat.h b/src/decoder/flac_compat.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a30acc26..000000000
--- a/src/decoder/flac_compat.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-/*
- * Common data structures and functions used by FLAC and OggFLAC
- */
-
-#ifndef MPD_FLAC_COMPAT_H
-#define MPD_FLAC_COMPAT_H
-
-#include <FLAC/export.h>
-#if !defined(FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT) || FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT <= 7
-#  include <FLAC/seekable_stream_decoder.h>
-
-/* starting with libFLAC 1.1.3, the SeekableStreamDecoder has been
-   merged into the StreamDecoder.  The following macros try to emulate
-   the new API for libFLAC 1.1.2 by mapping MPD's StreamDecoder calls
-   to the old SeekableStreamDecoder API. */
-
-#define FLAC__StreamDecoder FLAC__SeekableStreamDecoder
-#define FLAC__stream_decoder_new FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_new
-#define FLAC__stream_decoder_get_decode_position FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_get_decode_position
-#define FLAC__stream_decoder_get_state FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_get_state
-#define FLAC__stream_decoder_process_single FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_process_single
-#define FLAC__stream_decoder_process_until_end_of_metadata FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_process_until_end_of_metadata
-#define FLAC__stream_decoder_seek_absolute FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_seek_absolute
-#define FLAC__stream_decoder_finish FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_finish
-#define FLAC__stream_decoder_delete FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_delete
-
-#define FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_END_OF_STREAM FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_END_OF_STREAM
-
-typedef unsigned flac_read_status_size_t;
-
-#define FLAC__StreamDecoderReadStatus FLAC__SeekableStreamDecoderReadStatus
-#define FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_CONTINUE FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_OK
-#define FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_END_OF_STREAM FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_OK
-#define FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_ABORT FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_ERROR
-
-#define FLAC__StreamDecoderSeekStatus FLAC__SeekableStreamDecoderSeekStatus
-#define FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_OK FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_OK
-#define FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_ERROR FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_ERROR
-#define FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_ERROR
-
-#define FLAC__StreamDecoderTellStatus FLAC__SeekableStreamDecoderTellStatus
-#define FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_OK FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_OK
-#define FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_ERROR FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_ERROR
-#define FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_ERROR
-
-#define FLAC__StreamDecoderLengthStatus FLAC__SeekableStreamDecoderLengthStatus
-#define FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_LENGTH_STATUS_OK FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_LENGTH_STATUS_OK
-#define FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_LENGTH_STATUS_ERROR FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_LENGTH_STATUS_ERROR
-#define FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_LENGTH_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_LENGTH_STATUS_ERROR
-
-typedef enum {
-	FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_OK,
-	FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_ERROR,
-} FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus;
-
-static inline FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus
-FLAC__stream_decoder_init_stream(FLAC__SeekableStreamDecoder *decoder,
-				 FLAC__SeekableStreamDecoderReadCallback read_cb,
-				 FLAC__SeekableStreamDecoderSeekCallback seek_cb,
-				 FLAC__SeekableStreamDecoderTellCallback tell_cb,
-				 FLAC__SeekableStreamDecoderLengthCallback length_cb,
-				 FLAC__SeekableStreamDecoderEofCallback eof_cb,
-				 FLAC__SeekableStreamDecoderWriteCallback write_cb,
-				 FLAC__SeekableStreamDecoderMetadataCallback metadata_cb,
-				 FLAC__SeekableStreamDecoderErrorCallback error_cb,
-				 void *data)
-{
-	return FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_read_callback(decoder, read_cb) &&
-		FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_seek_callback(decoder, seek_cb) &&
-		FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_tell_callback(decoder, tell_cb) &&
-		FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_length_callback(decoder, length_cb) &&
-		FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_eof_callback(decoder, eof_cb) &&
-		FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_write_callback(decoder, write_cb) &&
-		FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_metadata_callback(decoder, metadata_cb) &&
-		FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_metadata_respond(decoder, FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_VORBIS_COMMENT) &&
-		FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_error_callback(decoder, error_cb) &&
-		FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_client_data(decoder, data) &&
-		FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_init(decoder) == FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_OK
-		? FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_OK
-		: FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_ERROR;
-}
-
-#else /* FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT > 7 */
-
-#  include <FLAC/stream_decoder.h>
-
-#  define flac_init(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j) \
-        (FLAC__stream_decoder_init_stream(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j) \
-         == FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_OK)
-
-typedef size_t flac_read_status_size_t;
-
-#endif /* FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT >= 7 */
-
-#endif /* _FLAC_COMMON_H */
diff --git a/src/decoder/flac_metadata.h b/src/decoder/flac_metadata.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c463d5d6..000000000
--- a/src/decoder/flac_metadata.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MPD_FLAC_METADATA_H
-#define MPD_FLAC_METADATA_H
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <FLAC/metadata.h>
-
-struct tag_handler;
-struct tag;
-struct replay_gain_info;
-
-static inline unsigned
-flac_duration(const FLAC__StreamMetadata_StreamInfo *stream_info)
-{
-	assert(stream_info->sample_rate > 0);
-
-	return (stream_info->total_samples + stream_info->sample_rate - 1) /
-		stream_info->sample_rate;
-}
-
-bool
-flac_parse_replay_gain(struct replay_gain_info *rgi,
-		       const FLAC__StreamMetadata *block);
-
-bool
-flac_parse_mixramp(char **mixramp_start, char **mixramp_end,
-		   const FLAC__StreamMetadata *block);
-
-void
-flac_vorbis_comments_to_tag(struct tag *tag, const char *char_tnum,
-			    const FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment *comment);
-
-void
-flac_scan_metadata(const char *track,
-		   const FLAC__StreamMetadata *block,
-		   const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx);
-
-bool
-flac_scan_file2(const char *file, const char *char_tnum,
-		const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx);
-
-struct tag *
-flac_tag_load(const char *file, const char *char_tnum);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/mad_decoder_plugin.c b/src/decoder/mad_decoder_plugin.c
index 62c371642..0c27ac119 100644
--- a/src/decoder/mad_decoder_plugin.c
+++ b/src/decoder/mad_decoder_plugin.c
@@ -76,9 +76,9 @@ mad_fixed_to_24_sample(mad_fixed_t sample)
 	sample = sample + (1L << (MAD_F_FRACBITS - bits));
 
 	/* clip */
-	if (sample > MAX)
+	if (gcc_unlikely(sample > MAX))
 		sample = MAX;
-	else if (sample < MIN)
+	else if (gcc_unlikely(sample < MIN))
 		sample = MIN;
 
 	/* quantize */
@@ -359,15 +359,14 @@ static void mp3_parse_id3(struct mp3_data *data, size_t tagsize,
 		struct replay_gain_info rgi;
 		char *mixramp_start;
 		char *mixramp_end;
-		float replay_gain_db = 0;
 
 		if (parse_id3_replay_gain_info(&rgi, id3_tag)) {
-			replay_gain_db = decoder_replay_gain(data->decoder, &rgi);
+			decoder_replay_gain(data->decoder, &rgi);
 			data->found_replay_gain = true;
 		}
 
 		if (parse_id3_mixramp(&mixramp_start, &mixramp_end, id3_tag))
-			decoder_mixramp(data->decoder, replay_gain_db,
+			decoder_mixramp(data->decoder,
 					mixramp_start, mixramp_end);
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/decoder/_ogg_common.c b/src/decoder/ogg_codec.c
index 09d2712da..7416f27da 100644
--- a/src/decoder/_ogg_common.c
+++ b/src/decoder/ogg_codec.c
@@ -22,25 +22,27 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "_ogg_common.h"
+#include "ogg_codec.h"
 
-ogg_stream_type ogg_stream_type_detect(struct input_stream *inStream)
+enum ogg_codec
+ogg_codec_detect(struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *is)
 {
 	/* oggflac detection based on code in ogg123 and this post
 	 * http://lists.xiph.org/pipermail/flac/2004-December/000393.html
 	 * ogg123 trunk still doesn't have this patch as of June 2005 */
 	unsigned char buf[41];
-	size_t r;
-
-	r = decoder_read(NULL, inStream, buf, sizeof(buf));
+	size_t r = decoder_read(decoder, is, buf, sizeof(buf));
 	if (r < sizeof(buf) || memcmp(buf, "OggS", 4) != 0)
-		return VORBIS;
+		return OGG_CODEC_UNKNOWN;
 
 	if ((memcmp(buf + 29, "FLAC", 4) == 0 &&
 	     memcmp(buf + 37, "fLaC", 4) == 0) ||
 	    memcmp(buf + 28, "FLAC", 4) == 0 ||
 	    memcmp(buf + 28, "fLaC", 4) == 0)
-		return FLAC;
+		return OGG_CODEC_FLAC;
+
+	if (memcmp(buf + 28, "Opus", 4) == 0)
+		return OGG_CODEC_OPUS;
 
-	return VORBIS;
+	return OGG_CODEC_VORBIS;
 }
diff --git a/src/decoder/_ogg_common.h b/src/decoder/ogg_codec.h
index 85e4ebba6..fd1fecfbb 100644
--- a/src/decoder/_ogg_common.h
+++ b/src/decoder/ogg_codec.h
@@ -21,13 +21,19 @@
  * Common functions used for Ogg data streams (Ogg-Vorbis and OggFLAC)
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_OGG_COMMON_H
-#define MPD_OGG_COMMON_H
+#ifndef MPD_OGG_CODEC_H
+#define MPD_OGG_CODEC_H
 
 #include "decoder_api.h"
 
-typedef enum _ogg_stream_type { VORBIS, FLAC } ogg_stream_type;
+enum ogg_codec {
+	OGG_CODEC_UNKNOWN,
+	OGG_CODEC_VORBIS,
+	OGG_CODEC_FLAC,
+	OGG_CODEC_OPUS,
+};
 
-ogg_stream_type ogg_stream_type_detect(struct input_stream *inStream);
+enum ogg_codec
+ogg_codec_detect(struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *is);
 
 #endif /* _OGG_COMMON_H */
diff --git a/src/decoder/sidplay_decoder_plugin.cxx b/src/decoder/sidplay_decoder_plugin.cxx
index 5d162f179..de2e599e9 100644
--- a/src/decoder/sidplay_decoder_plugin.cxx
+++ b/src/decoder/sidplay_decoder_plugin.cxx
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ sidplay_init(const struct config_param *param)
 	return true;
 }
 
-void
+static void
 sidplay_finish()
 {
 	g_pattern_spec_free(path_with_subtune);
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ get_container_name(const char *path_fs)
  * returns tune number from file.sid/tune_xxx.sid style path or 1 if
  * no subtune is appended
  */
-static int
+static unsigned
 get_song_num(const char *path_fs)
 {
 	if(g_pattern_match(path_with_subtune,
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ get_song_length(const char *path_fs)
 	char md5sum[SIDTUNE_MD5_LENGTH+1];
 	tune.createMD5(md5sum);
 
-	int song_num=get_song_num(path_fs);
+	const unsigned song_num = get_song_num(path_fs);
 
 	gsize num_items;
 	gchar **values=g_key_file_get_string_list(songlength_database,
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ sidplay_file_decode(struct decoder *decoder, const char *path_fs)
 			decoder_command_finished(decoder);
 		}
 
-		if (song_len > 0 && player.time() >= song_len)
+		if (song_len > 0 && player.time() >= (unsigned)song_len)
 			break;
 
 	} while (cmd != DECODE_COMMAND_STOP);
diff --git a/src/decoder/vorbis_comments.c b/src/decoder/vorbis_comments.c
index 6c2d57b72..84f7c5014 100644
--- a/src/decoder/vorbis_comments.c
+++ b/src/decoder/vorbis_comments.c
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
 
 #include "config.h"
 #include "vorbis_comments.h"
+#include "XiphTags.h"
 #include "tag.h"
 #include "tag_table.h"
 #include "tag_handler.h"
@@ -95,13 +96,6 @@ vorbis_copy_comment(const char *comment,
 	return false;
 }
 
-static const struct tag_table vorbis_tags[] = {
-	{ "tracknumber", TAG_TRACK },
-	{ "discnumber", TAG_DISC },
-	{ "album artist", TAG_ALBUM_ARTIST },
-	{ NULL, TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES }
-};
-
 static void
 vorbis_scan_comment(const char *comment,
 		    const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx)
@@ -119,7 +113,7 @@ vorbis_scan_comment(const char *comment,
 		g_free(name);
 	}
 
-	for (const struct tag_table *i = vorbis_tags; i->name != NULL; ++i)
+	for (const struct tag_table *i = xiph_tags; i->name != NULL; ++i)
 		if (vorbis_copy_comment(comment, i->name, i->type,
 					handler, handler_ctx))
 			return;
diff --git a/src/decoder/vorbis_decoder_plugin.c b/src/decoder/vorbis_decoder_plugin.c
index 15cdc0ca9..f180a6559 100644
--- a/src/decoder/vorbis_decoder_plugin.c
+++ b/src/decoder/vorbis_decoder_plugin.c
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 
 #include "config.h"
 #include "vorbis_comments.h"
-#include "_ogg_common.h"
+#include "ogg_codec.h"
 #include "audio_check.h"
 #include "uri.h"
 #include "tag_handler.h"
@@ -48,12 +48,11 @@
 
 #undef G_LOG_DOMAIN
 #define G_LOG_DOMAIN "vorbis"
-#define OGG_CHUNK_SIZE 4096
 
 #if G_BYTE_ORDER == G_BIG_ENDIAN
-#define OGG_DECODE_USE_BIGENDIAN	1
+#define VORBIS_BIG_ENDIAN true
 #else
-#define OGG_DECODE_USE_BIGENDIAN	0
+#define VORBIS_BIG_ENDIAN false
 #endif
 
 struct vorbis_input_stream {
@@ -66,9 +65,8 @@ struct vorbis_input_stream {
 static size_t ogg_read_cb(void *ptr, size_t size, size_t nmemb, void *data)
 {
 	struct vorbis_input_stream *vis = data;
-	size_t ret;
-
-	ret = decoder_read(vis->decoder, vis->input_stream, ptr, size * nmemb);
+	size_t ret = decoder_read(vis->decoder, vis->input_stream,
+				  ptr, size * nmemb);
 
 	errno = 0;
 
@@ -155,9 +153,7 @@ static void
 vorbis_send_comments(struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *is,
 		     char **comments)
 {
-	struct tag *tag;
-
-	tag = vorbis_comments_to_tag(comments);
+	struct tag *tag = vorbis_comments_to_tag(comments);
 	if (!tag)
 		return;
 
@@ -165,55 +161,79 @@ vorbis_send_comments(struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *is,
 	tag_free(tag);
 }
 
+#ifndef HAVE_TREMOR
+static void
+vorbis_interleave(float *dest, const float *const*src,
+		  unsigned nframes, unsigned channels)
+{
+	for (const float *const*src_end = src + channels;
+	     src != src_end; ++src, ++dest) {
+		float *d = dest;
+		for (const float *s = *src, *s_end = s + nframes;
+		     s != s_end; ++s, d += channels)
+			*d = *s;
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
 /* public */
 static void
 vorbis_stream_decode(struct decoder *decoder,
 		     struct input_stream *input_stream)
 {
 	GError *error = NULL;
-	OggVorbis_File vf;
-	struct vorbis_input_stream vis;
-	struct audio_format audio_format;
-	float total_time;
-	int current_section;
-	int prev_section = -1;
-	long ret;
-	char chunk[OGG_CHUNK_SIZE];
-	long bitRate = 0;
-	long test;
-	const vorbis_info *vi;
-	enum decoder_command cmd = DECODE_COMMAND_NONE;
-
-	if (ogg_stream_type_detect(input_stream) != VORBIS)
+
+	if (ogg_codec_detect(decoder, input_stream) != OGG_CODEC_VORBIS)
 		return;
 
-	/* rewind the stream, because ogg_stream_type_detect() has
+	/* rewind the stream, because ogg_codec_detect() has
 	   moved it */
 	input_stream_lock_seek(input_stream, 0, SEEK_SET, NULL);
 
+	struct vorbis_input_stream vis;
+	OggVorbis_File vf;
 	if (!vorbis_is_open(&vis, &vf, decoder, input_stream))
 		return;
 
-	vi = ov_info(&vf, -1);
+	const vorbis_info *vi = ov_info(&vf, -1);
 	if (vi == NULL) {
 		g_warning("ov_info() has failed");
 		return;
 	}
 
+	struct audio_format audio_format;
 	if (!audio_format_init_checked(&audio_format, vi->rate,
+#ifdef HAVE_TREMOR
 				       SAMPLE_FORMAT_S16,
+#else
+				       SAMPLE_FORMAT_FLOAT,
+#endif
 				       vi->channels, &error)) {
 		g_warning("%s", error->message);
 		g_error_free(error);
 		return;
 	}
 
-	total_time = ov_time_total(&vf, -1);
+	float total_time = ov_time_total(&vf, -1);
 	if (total_time < 0)
 		total_time = 0;
 
 	decoder_initialized(decoder, &audio_format, vis.seekable, total_time);
 
+	enum decoder_command cmd = decoder_get_command(decoder);
+
+#ifdef HAVE_TREMOR
+	char buffer[4096];
+#else
+	float buffer[2048];
+	const int frames_per_buffer =
+		G_N_ELEMENTS(buffer) / audio_format.channels;
+	const unsigned frame_size = sizeof(buffer[0]) * audio_format.channels;
+#endif
+
+	int prev_section = -1;
+	unsigned kbit_rate = 0;
+
 	do {
 		if (cmd == DECODE_COMMAND_SEEK) {
 			double seek_where = decoder_seek_where(decoder);
@@ -223,17 +243,33 @@ vorbis_stream_decode(struct decoder *decoder,
 				decoder_seek_error(decoder);
 		}
 
-		ret = ov_read(&vf, chunk, sizeof(chunk),
-			      OGG_DECODE_USE_BIGENDIAN, 2, 1, &current_section);
-		if (ret == OV_HOLE) /* bad packet */
-			ret = 0;
-		else if (ret <= 0)
+		int current_section;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_TREMOR
+		long nbytes = ov_read(&vf, buffer, sizeof(buffer),
+				      VORBIS_BIG_ENDIAN, 2, 1,
+				      &current_section);
+#else
+		float **per_channel;
+		long nframes = ov_read_float(&vf, &per_channel,
+					     frames_per_buffer,
+					     &current_section);
+		long nbytes = nframes;
+		if (nframes > 0) {
+			vorbis_interleave(buffer,
+					  (const float*const*)per_channel,
+					  nframes, audio_format.channels);
+			nbytes *= frame_size;
+		}
+#endif
+
+		if (nbytes == OV_HOLE) /* bad packet */
+			nbytes = 0;
+		else if (nbytes <= 0)
 			/* break on EOF or other error */
 			break;
 
 		if (current_section != prev_section) {
-			char **comments;
-
 			vi = ov_info(&vf, -1);
 			if (vi == NULL) {
 				g_warning("ov_info() has failed");
@@ -248,7 +284,7 @@ vorbis_stream_decode(struct decoder *decoder,
 				break;
 			}
 
-			comments = ov_comment(&vf, -1)->user_comments;
+			char **comments = ov_comment(&vf, -1)->user_comments;
 			vorbis_send_comments(decoder, input_stream, comments);
 
 			struct replay_gain_info rgi;
@@ -258,12 +294,13 @@ vorbis_stream_decode(struct decoder *decoder,
 			prev_section = current_section;
 		}
 
-		if ((test = ov_bitrate_instant(&vf)) > 0)
-			bitRate = test / 1000;
+		long test = ov_bitrate_instant(&vf);
+		if (test > 0)
+			kbit_rate = test / 1000;
 
 		cmd = decoder_data(decoder, input_stream,
-				   chunk, ret,
-				   bitRate);
+				   buffer, nbytes,
+				   kbit_rate);
 	} while (cmd != DECODE_COMMAND_STOP);
 
 	ov_clear(&vf);
diff --git a/src/decoder_api.h b/src/decoder_api.h
index 6e011c395..76cf03920 100644
--- a/src/decoder_api.h
+++ b/src/decoder_api.h
@@ -152,9 +152,8 @@ decoder_tag(struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *is,
  * @param decoder the decoder object
  * @param rgi the replay_gain_info object; may be NULL to invalidate
  * the previous replay gain values
- * @return the replay gain adjustment used
  */
-float
+void
 decoder_replay_gain(struct decoder *decoder,
 		    const struct replay_gain_info *replay_gain_info);
 
@@ -162,12 +161,11 @@ decoder_replay_gain(struct decoder *decoder,
  * Store MixRamp tags.
  *
  * @param decoder the decoder object
- * @param replay_gain_db the ReplayGain adjustment used for this song
  * @param mixramp_start the mixramp_start tag; may be NULL to invalidate
  * @param mixramp_end the mixramp_end tag; may be NULL to invalidate
  */
 void
-decoder_mixramp(struct decoder *decoder, float replay_gain_db,
+decoder_mixramp(struct decoder *decoder,
 		char *mixramp_start, char *mixramp_end);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/decoder_error.h b/src/decoder_error.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a12a31937
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder_error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DECODER_ERROR_H
+#define MPD_DECODER_ERROR_H
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+/**
+ * Quark for GError.domain.
+ */
+G_GNUC_CONST
+static inline GQuark
+decoder_quark(void)
+{
+	return g_quark_from_static_string("decoder");
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder_list.c b/src/decoder_list.c
index 177b632ad..575346c98 100644
--- a/src/decoder_list.c
+++ b/src/decoder_list.c
@@ -26,6 +26,9 @@
 #include "decoder/pcm_decoder_plugin.h"
 #include "decoder/dsdiff_decoder_plugin.h"
 #include "decoder/dsf_decoder_plugin.h"
+#include "decoder/FLACDecoderPlugin.h"
+#include "decoder/OpusDecoderPlugin.h"
+#include "decoder/AdPlugDecoderPlugin.h"
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
@@ -34,8 +37,6 @@
 extern const struct decoder_plugin mad_decoder_plugin;
 extern const struct decoder_plugin mpg123_decoder_plugin;
 extern const struct decoder_plugin vorbis_decoder_plugin;
-extern const struct decoder_plugin flac_decoder_plugin;
-extern const struct decoder_plugin oggflac_decoder_plugin;
 extern const struct decoder_plugin sndfile_decoder_plugin;
 extern const struct decoder_plugin audiofile_decoder_plugin;
 extern const struct decoder_plugin mp4ff_decoder_plugin;
@@ -66,6 +67,9 @@ const struct decoder_plugin *const decoder_plugins[] = {
 #ifdef HAVE_FLAC
 	&flac_decoder_plugin,
 #endif
+#ifdef HAVE_OPUS
+	&opus_decoder_plugin,
+#endif
 #ifdef ENABLE_SNDFILE
 	&sndfile_decoder_plugin,
 #endif
@@ -101,6 +105,9 @@ const struct decoder_plugin *const decoder_plugins[] = {
 #ifdef ENABLE_FLUIDSYNTH
 	&fluidsynth_decoder_plugin,
 #endif
+#ifdef HAVE_ADPLUG
+	&adplug_decoder_plugin,
+#endif
 #ifdef HAVE_FFMPEG
 	&ffmpeg_decoder_plugin,
 #endif
diff --git a/src/directory.c b/src/directory.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e886698d6..000000000
--- a/src/directory.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,314 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "directory.h"
-#include "song.h"
-#include "song_sort.h"
-#include "playlist_vector.h"
-#include "path.h"
-#include "util/list_sort.h"
-#include "db_visitor.h"
-#include "db_lock.h"
-
-#include <glib.h>
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-struct directory *
-directory_new(const char *path, struct directory *parent)
-{
-	struct directory *directory;
-	size_t pathlen = strlen(path);
-
-	assert(path != NULL);
-	assert((*path == 0) == (parent == NULL));
-
-	directory = g_malloc0(sizeof(*directory) -
-			      sizeof(directory->path) + pathlen + 1);
-	INIT_LIST_HEAD(&directory->children);
-	INIT_LIST_HEAD(&directory->songs);
-	INIT_LIST_HEAD(&directory->playlists);
-
-	directory->parent = parent;
-	memcpy(directory->path, path, pathlen + 1);
-
-	return directory;
-}
-
-void
-directory_free(struct directory *directory)
-{
-	playlist_vector_deinit(&directory->playlists);
-
-	struct song *song, *ns;
-	directory_for_each_song_safe(song, ns, directory)
-		song_free(song);
-
-	struct directory *child, *n;
-	directory_for_each_child_safe(child, n, directory)
-		directory_free(child);
-
-	g_free(directory);
-	/* this resets last dir returned */
-	/*directory_get_path(NULL); */
-}
-
-void
-directory_delete(struct directory *directory)
-{
-	assert(holding_db_lock());
-	assert(directory != NULL);
-	assert(directory->parent != NULL);
-
-	list_del(&directory->siblings);
-	directory_free(directory);
-}
-
-const char *
-directory_get_name(const struct directory *directory)
-{
-	assert(!directory_is_root(directory));
-	assert(directory->path != NULL);
-
-	const char *slash = strrchr(directory->path, '/');
-	assert((slash == NULL) == directory_is_root(directory->parent));
-
-	return slash != NULL
-		? slash + 1
-		: directory->path;
-}
-
-struct directory *
-directory_new_child(struct directory *parent, const char *name_utf8)
-{
-	assert(holding_db_lock());
-	assert(parent != NULL);
-	assert(name_utf8 != NULL);
-	assert(*name_utf8 != 0);
-
-	char *allocated;
-	const char *path_utf8;
-	if (directory_is_root(parent)) {
-		allocated = NULL;
-		path_utf8 = name_utf8;
-	} else {
-		allocated = g_strconcat(directory_get_path(parent),
-					"/", name_utf8, NULL);
-		path_utf8 = allocated;
-	}
-
-	struct directory *directory = directory_new(path_utf8, parent);
-	g_free(allocated);
-
-	list_add_tail(&directory->siblings, &parent->children);
-	return directory;
-}
-
-struct directory *
-directory_get_child(const struct directory *directory, const char *name)
-{
-	assert(holding_db_lock());
-
-	struct directory *child;
-	directory_for_each_child(child, directory)
-		if (strcmp(directory_get_name(child), name) == 0)
-			return child;
-
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-void
-directory_prune_empty(struct directory *directory)
-{
-	assert(holding_db_lock());
-
-	struct directory *child, *n;
-	directory_for_each_child_safe(child, n, directory) {
-		directory_prune_empty(child);
-
-		if (directory_is_empty(child))
-			directory_delete(child);
-	}
-}
-
-struct directory *
-directory_lookup_directory(struct directory *directory, const char *uri)
-{
-	assert(holding_db_lock());
-	assert(uri != NULL);
-
-	if (isRootDirectory(uri))
-		return directory;
-
-	char *duplicated = g_strdup(uri), *name = duplicated;
-
-	while (1) {
-		char *slash = strchr(name, '/');
-		if (slash == name) {
-			directory = NULL;
-			break;
-		}
-
-		if (slash != NULL)
-			*slash = '\0';
-
-		directory = directory_get_child(directory, name);
-		if (directory == NULL || slash == NULL)
-			break;
-
-		name = slash + 1;
-	}
-
-	g_free(duplicated);
-
-	return directory;
-}
-
-void
-directory_add_song(struct directory *directory, struct song *song)
-{
-	assert(holding_db_lock());
-	assert(directory != NULL);
-	assert(song != NULL);
-	assert(song->parent == directory);
-
-	list_add_tail(&song->siblings, &directory->songs);
-}
-
-void
-directory_remove_song(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct directory *directory,
-		      struct song *song)
-{
-	assert(holding_db_lock());
-	assert(directory != NULL);
-	assert(song != NULL);
-	assert(song->parent == directory);
-
-	list_del(&song->siblings);
-}
-
-struct song *
-directory_get_song(const struct directory *directory, const char *name_utf8)
-{
-	assert(holding_db_lock());
-	assert(directory != NULL);
-	assert(name_utf8 != NULL);
-
-	struct song *song;
-	directory_for_each_song(song, directory) {
-		assert(song->parent == directory);
-
-		if (strcmp(song->uri, name_utf8) == 0)
-			return song;
-	}
-
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-struct song *
-directory_lookup_song(struct directory *directory, const char *uri)
-{
-	char *duplicated, *base;
-
-	assert(holding_db_lock());
-	assert(directory != NULL);
-	assert(uri != NULL);
-
-	duplicated = g_strdup(uri);
-	base = strrchr(duplicated, '/');
-
-	if (base != NULL) {
-		*base++ = 0;
-		directory = directory_lookup_directory(directory, duplicated);
-		if (directory == NULL) {
-			g_free(duplicated);
-			return NULL;
-		}
-	} else
-		base = duplicated;
-
-	struct song *song = directory_get_song(directory, base);
-	assert(song == NULL || song->parent == directory);
-
-	g_free(duplicated);
-	return song;
-
-}
-
-static int
-directory_cmp(G_GNUC_UNUSED void *priv,
-	      struct list_head *_a, struct list_head *_b)
-{
-	const struct directory *a = (const struct directory *)_a;
-	const struct directory *b = (const struct directory *)_b;
-	return g_utf8_collate(a->path, b->path);
-}
-
-void
-directory_sort(struct directory *directory)
-{
-	assert(holding_db_lock());
-
-	list_sort(NULL, &directory->children, directory_cmp);
-	song_list_sort(&directory->songs);
-
-	struct directory *child;
-	directory_for_each_child(child, directory)
-		directory_sort(child);
-}
-
-bool
-directory_walk(const struct directory *directory, bool recursive,
-	       const struct db_visitor *visitor, void *ctx,
-	       GError **error_r)
-{
-	assert(directory != NULL);
-	assert(visitor != NULL);
-	assert(error_r == NULL || *error_r == NULL);
-
-	if (visitor->song != NULL) {
-		struct song *song;
-		directory_for_each_song(song, directory)
-			if (!visitor->song(song, ctx, error_r))
-				return false;
-	}
-
-	if (visitor->playlist != NULL) {
-		struct playlist_metadata *i;
-		directory_for_each_playlist(i, directory)
-			if (!visitor->playlist(i, directory, ctx, error_r))
-				return false;
-	}
-
-	struct directory *child;
-	directory_for_each_child(child, directory) {
-		if (visitor->directory != NULL &&
-		    !visitor->directory(child, ctx, error_r))
-			return false;
-
-		if (recursive &&
-		    !directory_walk(child, recursive, visitor, ctx, error_r))
-			return false;
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
diff --git a/src/directory.h b/src/directory.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b3cd9c8c9..000000000
--- a/src/directory.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MPD_DIRECTORY_H
-#define MPD_DIRECTORY_H
-
-#include "check.h"
-#include "util/list.h"
-
-#include <glib.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#define DEVICE_INARCHIVE (dev_t)(-1)
-#define DEVICE_CONTAINER (dev_t)(-2)
-
-#define directory_for_each_child(pos, directory) \
-	list_for_each_entry(pos, &directory->children, siblings)
-
-#define directory_for_each_child_safe(pos, n, directory) \
-	list_for_each_entry_safe(pos, n, &directory->children, siblings)
-
-#define directory_for_each_song(pos, directory) \
-	list_for_each_entry(pos, &directory->songs, siblings)
-
-#define directory_for_each_song_safe(pos, n, directory) \
-	list_for_each_entry_safe(pos, n, &directory->songs, siblings)
-
-#define directory_for_each_playlist(pos, directory) \
-	list_for_each_entry(pos, &directory->playlists, siblings)
-
-#define directory_for_each_playlist_safe(pos, n, directory) \
-	list_for_each_entry_safe(pos, n, &directory->playlists, siblings)
-
-struct song;
-struct db_visitor;
-
-struct directory {
-	/**
-	 * Pointers to the siblings of this directory within the
-	 * parent directory.  It is unused (undefined) in the root
-	 * directory.
-	 *
-	 * This attribute is protected with the global #db_mutex.
-	 * Read access in the update thread does not need protection.
-	 */
-	struct list_head siblings;
-
-	/**
-	 * A doubly linked list of child directories.
-	 *
-	 * This attribute is protected with the global #db_mutex.
-	 * Read access in the update thread does not need protection.
-	 */
-	struct list_head children;
-
-	/**
-	 * A doubly linked list of songs within this directory.
-	 *
-	 * This attribute is protected with the global #db_mutex.
-	 * Read access in the update thread does not need protection.
-	 */
-	struct list_head songs;
-
-	struct list_head playlists;
-
-	struct directory *parent;
-	time_t mtime;
-	ino_t inode;
-	dev_t device;
-	bool have_stat; /* not needed if ino_t == dev_t == 0 is impossible */
-	char path[sizeof(long)];
-};
-
-static inline bool
-isRootDirectory(const char *name)
-{
-	return name[0] == 0 || (name[0] == '/' && name[1] == 0);
-}
-
-/**
- * Generic constructor for #directory object.
- */
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
-struct directory *
-directory_new(const char *dirname, struct directory *parent);
-
-/**
- * Create a new root #directory object.
- */
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
-static inline struct directory *
-directory_new_root(void)
-{
-	return directory_new("", NULL);
-}
-
-/**
- * Free this #directory object (and the whole object tree within it),
- * assuming it was already removed from the parent.
- */
-void
-directory_free(struct directory *directory);
-
-/**
- * Remove this #directory object from its parent and free it.  This
- * must not be called with the root directory.
- *
- * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
- */
-void
-directory_delete(struct directory *directory);
-
-static inline bool
-directory_is_empty(const struct directory *directory)
-{
-	return list_empty(&directory->children) &&
-		list_empty(&directory->songs) &&
-		list_empty(&directory->playlists);
-}
-
-static inline const char *
-directory_get_path(const struct directory *directory)
-{
-	return directory->path;
-}
-
-/**
- * Is this the root directory of the music database?
- */
-static inline bool
-directory_is_root(const struct directory *directory)
-{
-	return directory->parent == NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns the base name of the directory.
- */
-G_GNUC_PURE
-const char *
-directory_get_name(const struct directory *directory);
-
-/**
- * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
- */
-G_GNUC_PURE
-struct directory *
-directory_get_child(const struct directory *directory, const char *name);
-
-/**
- * Create a new #directory object as a child of the given one.
- *
- * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
- *
- * @param parent the parent directory the new one will be added to
- * @param name_utf8 the UTF-8 encoded name of the new sub directory
- */
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
-struct directory *
-directory_new_child(struct directory *parent, const char *name_utf8);
-
-/**
- * Look up a sub directory, and create the object if it does not
- * exist.
- *
- * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
- */
-static inline struct directory *
-directory_make_child(struct directory *directory, const char *name_utf8)
-{
-	struct directory *child = directory_get_child(directory, name_utf8);
-	if (child == NULL)
-		child = directory_new_child(directory, name_utf8);
-	return child;
-}
-
-/**
- * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
- */
-void
-directory_prune_empty(struct directory *directory);
-
-/**
- * Looks up a directory by its relative URI.
- *
- * @param directory the parent (or grandparent, ...) directory
- * @param uri the relative URI
- * @return the directory, or NULL if none was found
- */
-struct directory *
-directory_lookup_directory(struct directory *directory, const char *uri);
-
-/**
- * Add a song object to this directory.  Its "parent" attribute must
- * be set already.
- */
-void
-directory_add_song(struct directory *directory, struct song *song);
-
-/**
- * Remove a song object from this directory (which effectively
- * invalidates the song object, because the "parent" attribute becomes
- * stale), but does not free it.
- */
-void
-directory_remove_song(struct directory *directory, struct song *song);
-
-/**
- * Look up a song in this directory by its name.
- *
- * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
- */
-G_GNUC_PURE
-struct song *
-directory_get_song(const struct directory *directory, const char *name_utf8);
-
-/**
- * Looks up a song by its relative URI.
- *
- * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
- *
- * @param directory the parent (or grandparent, ...) directory
- * @param uri the relative URI
- * @return the song, or NULL if none was found
- */
-struct song *
-directory_lookup_song(struct directory *directory, const char *uri);
-
-/**
- * Sort all directory entries recursively.
- *
- * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
- */
-void
-directory_sort(struct directory *directory);
-
-/**
- * Caller must lock #db_mutex.
- */
-bool
-directory_walk(const struct directory *directory, bool recursive,
-	       const struct db_visitor *visitor, void *ctx,
-	       GError **error_r);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/dsd2pcm/dsd2pcm.hpp b/src/dsd2pcm/dsd2pcm.hpp
index b1b2ae1c5..8f3f55197 100644
--- a/src/dsd2pcm/dsd2pcm.hpp
+++ b/src/dsd2pcm/dsd2pcm.hpp
@@ -13,11 +13,9 @@ class dxd
 {
 	dsd2pcm_ctx *handle;
 public:
-	dxd() : handle(dsd2pcm_init())
-	{ if (!handle) throw std::runtime_error("wtf?!"); }
+	dxd() : handle(dsd2pcm_init()) {}
 
-	dxd(dxd const& x) : handle(dsd2pcm_clone(x.handle))
-	{ if (!handle) throw std::runtime_error("wtf?!"); }
+	dxd(dxd const& x) : handle(dsd2pcm_clone(x.handle)) {}
 
 	~dxd() { dsd2pcm_destroy(handle); }
 
diff --git a/src/dsd2pcm/noiseshape.hpp b/src/dsd2pcm/noiseshape.hpp
index 726272f91..1fc698b36 100644
--- a/src/dsd2pcm/noiseshape.hpp
+++ b/src/dsd2pcm/noiseshape.hpp
@@ -14,14 +14,12 @@ class noise_shaper
 public:
 	noise_shaper(int sos_count, const float *bbaa)
 	{
-		if (noise_shape_init(&ctx,sos_count,bbaa))
-			throw std::runtime_error("noise shaper initialization failed");
+		noise_shape_init(&ctx, sos_count, bbaa);
 	}
 
 	noise_shaper(noise_shaper const& x)
 	{
-		if (noise_shape_clone(&x.ctx,&ctx))
-			throw std::runtime_error("noise shaper initialization failed");
+		noise_shape_clone(&x.ctx,&ctx);
 	}
 
 	~noise_shaper()
@@ -31,8 +29,7 @@ public:
 	{
 		if (this != &x) {
 			noise_shape_destroy(&ctx);
-			if (noise_shape_clone(&x.ctx,&ctx))
-				throw std::runtime_error("noise shaper initialization failed");
+			noise_shape_clone(&x.ctx,&ctx);
 		}
 		return *this;
 	}
diff --git a/src/encoder/OggStream.hxx b/src/encoder/OggStream.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ce847f491
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/encoder/OggStream.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_OGG_STREAM_HXX
+#define MPD_OGG_STREAM_HXX
+
+#include "check.h"
+
+#include <ogg/ogg.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+class OggStream {
+	ogg_stream_state state;
+
+	bool flush;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+	bool initialized;
+#endif
+
+public:
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+	OggStream():initialized(false) {}
+	~OggStream() {
+		assert(!initialized);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	void Initialize(int serialno) {
+		assert(!initialized);
+
+		ogg_stream_init(&state, serialno);
+
+		/* set "flush" to true, so the caller gets the full
+		   headers on the first read() */
+		flush = true;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+		initialized = true;
+#endif
+	}
+
+	void Reinitialize(int serialno) {
+		assert(initialized);
+
+		ogg_stream_reset_serialno(&state, serialno);
+
+		/* set "flush" to true, so the caller gets the full
+		   headers on the first read() */
+		flush = true;
+	}
+
+	void Deinitialize() {
+		assert(initialized);
+
+		ogg_stream_clear(&state);
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+		initialized = false;
+#endif
+	}
+
+	void Flush() {
+		assert(initialized);
+
+		flush = true;
+	}
+
+	void PacketIn(const ogg_packet &packet) {
+		assert(initialized);
+
+		ogg_stream_packetin(&state,
+				    const_cast<ogg_packet *>(&packet));
+	}
+
+	bool PageOut(ogg_page &page) {
+		int result = ogg_stream_pageout(&state, &page);
+		if (result == 0 && flush) {
+			flush = false;
+			result = ogg_stream_flush(&state, &page);
+		}
+
+		return result != 0;
+	}
+
+	size_t PageOut(void *_buffer, size_t size) {
+		ogg_page page;
+		if (!PageOut(page))
+			return 0;
+
+		assert(page.header_len > 0 || page.body_len > 0);
+
+		size_t header_len = (size_t)page.header_len;
+		size_t body_len = (size_t)page.body_len;
+		assert(header_len <= size);
+
+		if (header_len + body_len > size)
+			/* TODO: better overflow handling */
+			body_len = size - header_len;
+
+		uint8_t *buffer = (uint8_t *)_buffer;
+		memcpy(buffer, page.header, header_len);
+		memcpy(buffer + header_len, page.body, body_len);
+
+		return header_len + body_len;
+	}
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/encoder/OpusEncoderPlugin.cxx b/src/encoder/OpusEncoderPlugin.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f46e8681
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/encoder/OpusEncoderPlugin.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "OpusEncoderPlugin.hxx"
+#include "OggStream.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "encoder_api.h"
+}
+
+#include "encoder_plugin.h"
+#include "audio_format.h"
+#include "mpd_error.h"
+
+#include <opus.h>
+#include <ogg/ogg.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#undef G_LOG_DOMAIN
+#define G_LOG_DOMAIN "opus_encoder"
+
+struct opus_encoder {
+	/** the base class */
+	struct encoder encoder;
+
+	/* configuration */
+
+	opus_int32 bitrate;
+	int complexity;
+	int signal;
+
+	/* runtime information */
+
+	struct audio_format audio_format;
+
+	size_t frame_size;
+
+	size_t buffer_frames, buffer_size, buffer_position;
+	uint8_t *buffer;
+
+	OpusEncoder *enc;
+
+	unsigned char buffer2[1275 * 3 + 7];
+
+	OggStream stream;
+
+	int lookahead;
+
+	ogg_int64_t packetno;
+
+	ogg_int64_t granulepos;
+};
+
+gcc_const
+static inline GQuark
+opus_encoder_quark(void)
+{
+	return g_quark_from_static_string("opus_encoder");
+}
+
+static bool
+opus_encoder_configure(struct opus_encoder *encoder,
+		       const struct config_param *param, GError **error_r)
+{
+	const char *value = config_get_block_string(param, "bitrate", "auto");
+	if (strcmp(value, "auto") == 0)
+		encoder->bitrate = OPUS_AUTO;
+	else if (strcmp(value, "max") == 0)
+		encoder->bitrate = OPUS_BITRATE_MAX;
+	else {
+		char *endptr;
+		encoder->bitrate = strtoul(value, &endptr, 10);
+		if (endptr == value || *endptr != 0 ||
+		    encoder->bitrate < 500 || encoder->bitrate > 512000) {
+			g_set_error(error_r, opus_encoder_quark(), 0,
+				    "Invalid bit rate");
+			return false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	encoder->complexity = config_get_block_unsigned(param, "complexity",
+							10);
+	if (encoder->complexity > 10) {
+		g_set_error(error_r, opus_encoder_quark(), 0,
+			    "Invalid complexity");
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	value = config_get_block_string(param, "signal", "auto");
+	if (strcmp(value, "auto") == 0)
+		encoder->bitrate = OPUS_AUTO;
+	else if (strcmp(value, "voice") == 0)
+		encoder->bitrate = OPUS_SIGNAL_VOICE;
+	else if (strcmp(value, "music") == 0)
+		encoder->bitrate = OPUS_SIGNAL_MUSIC;
+	else {
+		g_set_error(error_r, opus_encoder_quark(), 0,
+			    "Invalid signal");
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+static struct encoder *
+opus_encoder_init(const struct config_param *param, GError **error)
+{
+	struct opus_encoder *encoder;
+
+	encoder = g_new(struct opus_encoder, 1);
+	encoder_struct_init(&encoder->encoder, &opus_encoder_plugin);
+
+	/* load configuration from "param" */
+	if (!opus_encoder_configure(encoder, param, error)) {
+		/* configuration has failed, roll back and return error */
+		g_free(encoder);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	return &encoder->encoder;
+}
+
+static void
+opus_encoder_finish(struct encoder *_encoder)
+{
+	struct opus_encoder *encoder = (struct opus_encoder *)_encoder;
+
+	/* the real libopus cleanup was already performed by
+	   opus_encoder_close(), so no real work here */
+	g_free(encoder);
+}
+
+static bool
+opus_encoder_open(struct encoder *_encoder,
+		  struct audio_format *audio_format,
+		  GError **error_r)
+{
+	struct opus_encoder *encoder = (struct opus_encoder *)_encoder;
+
+	/* libopus supports only 48 kHz */
+	audio_format->sample_rate = 48000;
+
+	if (audio_format->channels > 2)
+		audio_format->channels = 1;
+
+	switch ((enum sample_format)audio_format->format) {
+	case SAMPLE_FORMAT_S16:
+	case SAMPLE_FORMAT_FLOAT:
+		break;
+
+	case SAMPLE_FORMAT_S8:
+		audio_format->format = SAMPLE_FORMAT_S16;
+		break;
+
+	default:
+		audio_format->format = SAMPLE_FORMAT_FLOAT;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	encoder->audio_format = *audio_format;
+	encoder->frame_size = audio_format_frame_size(audio_format);
+
+	int error;
+	encoder->enc = opus_encoder_create(audio_format->sample_rate,
+					   audio_format->channels,
+					   OPUS_APPLICATION_AUDIO,
+					   &error);
+	if (encoder->enc == nullptr) {
+		g_set_error_literal(error_r, opus_encoder_quark(), error,
+				    opus_strerror(error));
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	opus_encoder_ctl(encoder->enc, OPUS_SET_BITRATE(encoder->bitrate));
+	opus_encoder_ctl(encoder->enc,
+			 OPUS_SET_COMPLEXITY(encoder->complexity));
+	opus_encoder_ctl(encoder->enc, OPUS_SET_SIGNAL(encoder->signal));
+
+	opus_encoder_ctl(encoder->enc, OPUS_GET_LOOKAHEAD(&encoder->lookahead));
+
+	encoder->buffer_frames = audio_format->sample_rate / 50;
+	encoder->buffer_size = encoder->frame_size * encoder->buffer_frames;
+	encoder->buffer_position = 0;
+	encoder->buffer = (unsigned char *)g_malloc(encoder->buffer_size);
+
+	encoder->stream.Initialize(g_random_int());
+	encoder->packetno = 0;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+static void
+opus_encoder_close(struct encoder *_encoder)
+{
+	struct opus_encoder *encoder = (struct opus_encoder *)_encoder;
+
+	encoder->stream.Deinitialize();
+	g_free(encoder->buffer);
+	opus_encoder_destroy(encoder->enc);
+}
+
+static bool
+opus_encoder_do_encode(struct opus_encoder *encoder, bool eos,
+		       GError **error_r)
+{
+	assert(encoder->buffer_position == encoder->buffer_size);
+
+	opus_int32 result =
+		encoder->audio_format.format == SAMPLE_FORMAT_S16
+		? opus_encode(encoder->enc,
+			      (const opus_int16 *)encoder->buffer,
+			      encoder->buffer_frames,
+			      encoder->buffer2,
+			      sizeof(encoder->buffer2))
+		: opus_encode_float(encoder->enc,
+				    (const float *)encoder->buffer,
+				    encoder->buffer_frames,
+				    encoder->buffer2,
+				    sizeof(encoder->buffer2));
+	if (result < 0) {
+		g_set_error_literal(error_r, opus_encoder_quark(), 0,
+				    "Opus encoder error");
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	encoder->granulepos += encoder->buffer_frames;
+
+	ogg_packet packet;
+	packet.packet = encoder->buffer2;
+	packet.bytes = result;
+	packet.b_o_s = false;
+	packet.e_o_s = eos;
+	packet.granulepos = encoder->granulepos;
+	packet.packetno = encoder->packetno++;
+	encoder->stream.PacketIn(packet);
+
+	encoder->buffer_position = 0;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+opus_encoder_end(struct encoder *_encoder, GError **error_r)
+{
+	struct opus_encoder *encoder = (struct opus_encoder *)_encoder;
+
+	encoder->stream.Flush();
+
+	memset(encoder->buffer + encoder->buffer_position, 0,
+	       encoder->buffer_size - encoder->buffer_position);
+	encoder->buffer_position = encoder->buffer_size;
+
+	return opus_encoder_do_encode(encoder, true, error_r);
+}
+
+static bool
+opus_encoder_flush(struct encoder *_encoder, G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error)
+{
+	struct opus_encoder *encoder = (struct opus_encoder *)_encoder;
+
+	encoder->stream.Flush();
+	return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+opus_encoder_write_silence(struct opus_encoder *encoder, unsigned fill_frames,
+			   GError **error_r)
+{
+	size_t fill_bytes = fill_frames * encoder->frame_size;
+
+	while (fill_bytes > 0) {
+		size_t nbytes =
+			encoder->buffer_size - encoder->buffer_position;
+		if (nbytes > fill_bytes)
+			nbytes = fill_bytes;
+
+		memset(encoder->buffer + encoder->buffer_position,
+		       0, nbytes);
+		encoder->buffer_position += nbytes;
+		fill_bytes -= nbytes;
+
+		if (encoder->buffer_position == encoder->buffer_size &&
+		    !opus_encoder_do_encode(encoder, false, error_r))
+			return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+opus_encoder_write(struct encoder *_encoder,
+		   const void *_data, size_t length,
+		   GError **error_r)
+{
+	struct opus_encoder *encoder = (struct opus_encoder *)_encoder;
+	const uint8_t *data = (const uint8_t *)_data;
+
+	if (encoder->lookahead > 0) {
+		/* generate some silence at the beginning of the
+		   stream */
+
+		assert(encoder->buffer_position == 0);
+
+		if (!opus_encoder_write_silence(encoder, encoder->lookahead,
+						error_r))
+			return false;
+
+		encoder->lookahead = 0;
+	}
+
+	while (length > 0) {
+		size_t nbytes =
+			encoder->buffer_size - encoder->buffer_position;
+		if (nbytes > length)
+			nbytes = length;
+
+		memcpy(encoder->buffer + encoder->buffer_position,
+		       data, nbytes);
+		data += nbytes;
+		length -= nbytes;
+		encoder->buffer_position += nbytes;
+
+		if (encoder->buffer_position == encoder->buffer_size &&
+		    !opus_encoder_do_encode(encoder, false, error_r))
+			return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+static void
+opus_encoder_generate_head(struct opus_encoder *encoder)
+{
+	unsigned char header[19];
+	memcpy(header, "OpusHead", 8);
+	header[8] = 1;
+	header[9] = encoder->audio_format.channels;
+	*(uint16_t *)(header + 10) = GUINT16_TO_LE(encoder->lookahead);
+	*(uint32_t *)(header + 12) =
+		GUINT32_TO_LE(encoder->audio_format.sample_rate);
+	header[16] = 0;
+	header[17] = 0;
+	header[18] = 0;
+
+	ogg_packet packet;
+	packet.packet = header;
+	packet.bytes = 19;
+	packet.b_o_s = true;
+	packet.e_o_s = false;
+	packet.granulepos = 0;
+	packet.packetno = encoder->packetno++;
+	encoder->stream.PacketIn(packet);
+	encoder->stream.Flush();
+}
+
+static void
+opus_encoder_generate_tags(struct opus_encoder *encoder)
+{
+	const char *version = opus_get_version_string();
+	size_t version_length = strlen(version);
+
+	size_t comments_size = 8 + 4 + version_length + 4;
+	unsigned char *comments = (unsigned char *)g_malloc(comments_size);
+	memcpy(comments, "OpusTags", 8);
+	*(uint32_t *)(comments + 8) = GUINT32_TO_LE(version_length);
+	memcpy(comments + 12, version, version_length);
+	*(uint32_t *)(comments + 12 + version_length) = GUINT32_TO_LE(0);
+
+	ogg_packet packet;
+	packet.packet = comments;
+	packet.bytes = comments_size;
+	packet.b_o_s = false;
+	packet.e_o_s = false;
+	packet.granulepos = 0;
+	packet.packetno = encoder->packetno++;
+	encoder->stream.PacketIn(packet);
+	encoder->stream.Flush();
+
+	g_free(comments);
+}
+
+static size_t
+opus_encoder_read(struct encoder *_encoder, void *dest, size_t length)
+{
+	struct opus_encoder *encoder = (struct opus_encoder *)_encoder;
+
+	if (encoder->packetno == 0)
+		opus_encoder_generate_head(encoder);
+	else if (encoder->packetno == 1)
+		opus_encoder_generate_tags(encoder);
+
+	return encoder->stream.PageOut(dest, length);
+}
+
+static const char *
+opus_encoder_get_mime_type(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct encoder *_encoder)
+{
+	return  "audio/ogg";
+}
+
+const struct encoder_plugin opus_encoder_plugin = {
+	"opus",
+	opus_encoder_init,
+	opus_encoder_finish,
+	opus_encoder_open,
+	opus_encoder_close,
+	opus_encoder_end,
+	opus_encoder_flush,
+	nullptr,
+	nullptr,
+	opus_encoder_write,
+	opus_encoder_read,
+	opus_encoder_get_mime_type,
+};
diff --git a/src/encoder/OpusEncoderPlugin.hxx b/src/encoder/OpusEncoderPlugin.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f54377202
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/encoder/OpusEncoderPlugin.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_ENCODER_OPUS_H
+#define MPD_ENCODER_OPUS_H
+
+extern const struct encoder_plugin opus_encoder_plugin;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/encoder/vorbis_encoder.c b/src/encoder/VorbisEncoderPlugin.cxx
index 468cf38ee..bc0f47fd0 100644
--- a/src/encoder/vorbis_encoder.c
+++ b/src/encoder/VorbisEncoderPlugin.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,7 +18,13 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
+#include "VorbisEncoderPlugin.hxx"
+#include "OggStream.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "encoder_api.h"
+}
+
 #include "encoder_plugin.h"
 #include "tag.h"
 #include "audio_format.h"
@@ -44,17 +50,13 @@ struct vorbis_encoder {
 
 	struct audio_format audio_format;
 
-	ogg_stream_state os;
-
 	vorbis_dsp_state vd;
 	vorbis_block vb;
 	vorbis_info vi;
 
-	bool flush;
+	OggStream stream;
 };
 
-extern const struct encoder_plugin vorbis_encoder_plugin;
-
 static inline GQuark
 vorbis_encoder_quark(void)
 {
@@ -65,8 +67,8 @@ static bool
 vorbis_encoder_configure(struct vorbis_encoder *encoder,
 			 const struct config_param *param, GError **error)
 {
-	const char *value = config_get_block_string(param, "quality", NULL);
-	if (value != NULL) {
+	const char *value = config_get_block_string(param, "quality", nullptr);
+	if (value != nullptr) {
 		/* a quality was configured (VBR) */
 
 		char *endptr;
@@ -81,7 +83,7 @@ vorbis_encoder_configure(struct vorbis_encoder *encoder,
 			return false;
 		}
 
-		if (config_get_block_string(param, "bitrate", NULL) != NULL) {
+		if (config_get_block_string(param, "bitrate", nullptr) != nullptr) {
 			g_set_error(error, vorbis_encoder_quark(), 0,
 				    "quality and bitrate are "
 				    "both defined (line %i)",
@@ -91,8 +93,8 @@ vorbis_encoder_configure(struct vorbis_encoder *encoder,
 	} else {
 		/* a bit rate was configured */
 
-		value = config_get_block_string(param, "bitrate", NULL);
-		if (value == NULL) {
+		value = config_get_block_string(param, "bitrate", nullptr);
+		if (value == nullptr) {
 			g_set_error(error, vorbis_encoder_quark(), 0,
 				    "neither bitrate nor quality defined "
 				    "at line %i",
@@ -125,7 +127,7 @@ vorbis_encoder_init(const struct config_param *param, GError **error)
 	if (!vorbis_encoder_configure(encoder, param, error)) {
 		/* configuration has failed, roll back and return error */
 		g_free(encoder);
-		return NULL;
+		return nullptr;
 	}
 
 	return &encoder->encoder;
@@ -174,7 +176,7 @@ vorbis_encoder_reinit(struct vorbis_encoder *encoder, GError **error)
 
 	vorbis_analysis_init(&encoder->vd, &encoder->vi);
 	vorbis_block_init(&encoder->vd, &encoder->vb);
-	ogg_stream_init(&encoder->os, g_random_int());
+	encoder->stream.Initialize(g_random_int());
 
 	return true;
 }
@@ -187,9 +189,9 @@ vorbis_encoder_headerout(struct vorbis_encoder *encoder, vorbis_comment *vc)
 	vorbis_analysis_headerout(&encoder->vd, vc,
 				  &packet, &comments, &codebooks);
 
-	ogg_stream_packetin(&encoder->os, &packet);
-	ogg_stream_packetin(&encoder->os, &comments);
-	ogg_stream_packetin(&encoder->os, &codebooks);
+	encoder->stream.PacketIn(packet);
+	encoder->stream.PacketIn(comments);
+	encoder->stream.PacketIn(codebooks);
 }
 
 static void
@@ -209,7 +211,7 @@ vorbis_encoder_open(struct encoder *_encoder,
 {
 	struct vorbis_encoder *encoder = (struct vorbis_encoder *)_encoder;
 
-	audio_format->format = SAMPLE_FORMAT_S16;
+	audio_format->format = SAMPLE_FORMAT_FLOAT;
 
 	encoder->audio_format = *audio_format;
 
@@ -218,17 +220,13 @@ vorbis_encoder_open(struct encoder *_encoder,
 
 	vorbis_encoder_send_header(encoder);
 
-	/* set "flush" to true, so the caller gets the full headers on
-	   the first read() */
-	encoder->flush = true;
-
 	return true;
 }
 
 static void
 vorbis_encoder_clear(struct vorbis_encoder *encoder)
 {
-	ogg_stream_clear(&encoder->os);
+	encoder->stream.Deinitialize();
 	vorbis_block_clear(&encoder->vb);
 	vorbis_dsp_clear(&encoder->vd);
 	vorbis_info_clear(&encoder->vi);
@@ -246,12 +244,12 @@ static void
 vorbis_encoder_blockout(struct vorbis_encoder *encoder)
 {
 	while (vorbis_analysis_blockout(&encoder->vd, &encoder->vb) == 1) {
-		vorbis_analysis(&encoder->vb, NULL);
+		vorbis_analysis(&encoder->vb, nullptr);
 		vorbis_bitrate_addblock(&encoder->vb);
 
 		ogg_packet packet;
 		while (vorbis_bitrate_flushpacket(&encoder->vd, &packet))
-			ogg_stream_packetin(&encoder->os, &packet);
+			encoder->stream.PacketIn(packet);
 	}
 }
 
@@ -260,7 +258,7 @@ vorbis_encoder_flush(struct encoder *_encoder, G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error)
 {
 	struct vorbis_encoder *encoder = (struct vorbis_encoder *)_encoder;
 
-	encoder->flush = true;
+	encoder->stream.Flush();
 	return true;
 }
 
@@ -279,7 +277,7 @@ vorbis_encoder_pre_tag(struct encoder *_encoder, G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error)
 	vorbis_analysis_init(&encoder->vd, &encoder->vi);
 	vorbis_block_init(&encoder->vd, &encoder->vb);
 
-	encoder->flush = true;
+	encoder->stream.Flush();
 	return true;
 }
 
@@ -308,28 +306,23 @@ vorbis_encoder_tag(struct encoder *_encoder, const struct tag *tag,
 
 	/* reset ogg_stream_state and begin a new stream */
 
-	ogg_stream_reset_serialno(&encoder->os, g_random_int());
+	encoder->stream.Reinitialize(g_random_int());
 
 	/* send that vorbis_comment to the ogg_stream_state */
 
 	vorbis_encoder_headerout(encoder, &comment);
 	vorbis_comment_clear(&comment);
 
-	/* the next vorbis_encoder_read() call should flush the
-	   ogg_stream_state */
-
-	encoder->flush = true;
-
 	return true;
 }
 
 static void
-pcm16_to_vorbis_buffer(float **dest, const int16_t *src,
-		       unsigned num_frames, unsigned num_channels)
+interleaved_to_vorbis_buffer(float **dest, const float *src,
+			     unsigned num_frames, unsigned num_channels)
 {
 	for (unsigned i = 0; i < num_frames; i++)
 		for (unsigned j = 0; j < num_channels; j++)
-			dest[j][i] = *src++ / 32768.0;
+			dest[j][i] = *src++;
 }
 
 static bool
@@ -344,10 +337,11 @@ vorbis_encoder_write(struct encoder *_encoder,
 
 	/* this is for only 16-bit audio */
 
-	pcm16_to_vorbis_buffer(vorbis_analysis_buffer(&encoder->vd,
-						      num_frames),
-			       (const int16_t *)data,
-			       num_frames, encoder->audio_format.channels);
+	interleaved_to_vorbis_buffer(vorbis_analysis_buffer(&encoder->vd,
+							    num_frames),
+				     (const float *)data,
+				     num_frames,
+				     encoder->audio_format.channels);
 
 	vorbis_analysis_wrote(&encoder->vd, num_frames);
 	vorbis_encoder_blockout(encoder);
@@ -355,34 +349,11 @@ vorbis_encoder_write(struct encoder *_encoder,
 }
 
 static size_t
-vorbis_encoder_read(struct encoder *_encoder, void *_dest, size_t length)
+vorbis_encoder_read(struct encoder *_encoder, void *dest, size_t length)
 {
 	struct vorbis_encoder *encoder = (struct vorbis_encoder *)_encoder;
-	unsigned char *dest = _dest;
-
-	ogg_page page;
-	int ret = ogg_stream_pageout(&encoder->os, &page);
-	if (ret == 0 && encoder->flush) {
-		encoder->flush = false;
-		ret = ogg_stream_flush(&encoder->os, &page);
-
-	}
-
-	if (ret == 0)
-		return 0;
-
-	assert(page.header_len > 0 || page.body_len > 0);
-
-	size_t nbytes = (size_t)page.header_len + (size_t)page.body_len;
-
-	if (nbytes > length)
-		/* XXX better error handling */
-		MPD_ERROR("buffer too small");
-
-	memcpy(dest, page.header, page.header_len);
-	memcpy(dest + page.header_len, page.body, page.body_len);
 
-	return nbytes;
+	return encoder->stream.PageOut(dest, length);
 }
 
 static const char *
@@ -392,16 +363,16 @@ vorbis_encoder_get_mime_type(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct encoder *_encoder)
 }
 
 const struct encoder_plugin vorbis_encoder_plugin = {
-	.name = "vorbis",
-	.init = vorbis_encoder_init,
-	.finish = vorbis_encoder_finish,
-	.open = vorbis_encoder_open,
-	.close = vorbis_encoder_close,
-	.end = vorbis_encoder_pre_tag,
-	.flush = vorbis_encoder_flush,
-	.pre_tag = vorbis_encoder_pre_tag,
-	.tag = vorbis_encoder_tag,
-	.write = vorbis_encoder_write,
-	.read = vorbis_encoder_read,
-	.get_mime_type = vorbis_encoder_get_mime_type,
+	"vorbis",
+	vorbis_encoder_init,
+	vorbis_encoder_finish,
+	vorbis_encoder_open,
+	vorbis_encoder_close,
+	vorbis_encoder_pre_tag,
+	vorbis_encoder_flush,
+	vorbis_encoder_pre_tag,
+	vorbis_encoder_tag,
+	vorbis_encoder_write,
+	vorbis_encoder_read,
+	vorbis_encoder_get_mime_type,
 };
diff --git a/src/encoder/VorbisEncoderPlugin.hxx b/src/encoder/VorbisEncoderPlugin.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4cddf1b11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/encoder/VorbisEncoderPlugin.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_ENCODER_VORBIS_H
+#define MPD_ENCODER_VORBIS_H
+
+extern const struct encoder_plugin vorbis_encoder_plugin;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/encoder/flac_encoder.c b/src/encoder/flac_encoder.c
index e32588e29..6b09bcd66 100644
--- a/src/encoder/flac_encoder.c
+++ b/src/encoder/flac_encoder.c
@@ -30,6 +30,10 @@
 
 #include <FLAC/stream_encoder.h>
 
+#if !defined(FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT) || FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT <= 7
+#error libFLAC is too old
+#endif
+
 struct flac_encoder {
 	struct encoder encoder;
 
@@ -98,8 +102,6 @@ static bool
 flac_encoder_setup(struct flac_encoder *encoder, unsigned bits_per_sample,
 		   GError **error)
 {
-#if !defined(FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT) || FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT <= 7
-#else
 	if ( !FLAC__stream_encoder_set_compression_level(encoder->fse,
 					encoder->compression)) {
 		g_set_error(error, flac_encoder_quark(), 0,
@@ -107,7 +109,7 @@ flac_encoder_setup(struct flac_encoder *encoder, unsigned bits_per_sample,
 			    encoder->compression);
 		return false;
 	}
-#endif
+
 	if ( !FLAC__stream_encoder_set_channels(encoder->fse,
 					encoder->audio_format.channels)) {
 		g_set_error(error, flac_encoder_quark(), 0,
@@ -135,11 +137,7 @@ flac_encoder_setup(struct flac_encoder *encoder, unsigned bits_per_sample,
 static FLAC__StreamEncoderWriteStatus
 flac_write_callback(G_GNUC_UNUSED const FLAC__StreamEncoder *fse,
 		    const FLAC__byte data[],
-#if !defined(FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT) || FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT <= 7
-		    unsigned bytes,
-#else
 		    size_t bytes,
-#endif
 		    G_GNUC_UNUSED unsigned samples,
 	G_GNUC_UNUSED unsigned current_frame, void *client_data)
 {
@@ -209,24 +207,6 @@ flac_encoder_open(struct encoder *_encoder, struct audio_format *audio_format,
 
 	/* this immediately outputs data through callback */
 
-#if !defined(FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT) || FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT <= 7
-	{
-		FLAC__StreamEncoderState init_status;
-
-		FLAC__stream_encoder_set_write_callback(encoder->fse,
-					    flac_write_callback);
-
-		init_status = FLAC__stream_encoder_init(encoder->fse);
-
-		if (init_status != FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_OK) {
-			g_set_error(error, flac_encoder_quark(), 0,
-			    "failed to initialize encoder: %s\n",
-			    FLAC__StreamEncoderStateString[init_status]);
-			flac_encoder_close(_encoder);
-			return false;
-		}
-	}
-#else
 	{
 		FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus init_status;
 
@@ -242,7 +222,6 @@ flac_encoder_open(struct encoder *_encoder, struct audio_format *audio_format,
 			return false;
 		}
 	}
-#endif
 
 	return true;
 }
diff --git a/src/encoder_list.c b/src/encoder_list.c
index 2326c1099..029b4be34 100644
--- a/src/encoder_list.c
+++ b/src/encoder_list.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -20,11 +20,12 @@
 #include "config.h"
 #include "encoder_list.h"
 #include "encoder_plugin.h"
+#include "encoder/VorbisEncoderPlugin.hxx"
+#include "encoder/OpusEncoderPlugin.hxx"
 
 #include <string.h>
 
 extern const struct encoder_plugin null_encoder_plugin;
-extern const struct encoder_plugin vorbis_encoder_plugin;
 extern const struct encoder_plugin lame_encoder_plugin;
 extern const struct encoder_plugin twolame_encoder_plugin;
 extern const struct encoder_plugin wave_encoder_plugin;
@@ -35,6 +36,9 @@ const struct encoder_plugin *const encoder_plugins[] = {
 #ifdef ENABLE_VORBIS_ENCODER
 	&vorbis_encoder_plugin,
 #endif
+#ifdef HAVE_OPUS
+	&opus_encoder_plugin,
+#endif
 #ifdef ENABLE_LAME_ENCODER
 	&lame_encoder_plugin,
 #endif
diff --git a/src/encoder_plugin.h b/src/encoder_plugin.h
index 3a42d79f4..e0748a136 100644
--- a/src/encoder_plugin.h
+++ b/src/encoder_plugin.h
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 #ifndef MPD_ENCODER_PLUGIN_H
 #define MPD_ENCODER_PLUGIN_H
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
 
 #include <assert.h>
 #include <stdbool.h>
diff --git a/src/event_pipe.h b/src/event_pipe.h
index 3734bb86c..3749ccf79 100644
--- a/src/event_pipe.h
+++ b/src/event_pipe.h
@@ -20,8 +20,6 @@
 #ifndef EVENT_PIPE_H
 #define EVENT_PIPE_H
 
-#include <glib.h>
-
 enum pipe_event {
 	/** database update was finished */
 	PIPE_EVENT_UPDATE,
diff --git a/src/fd_util.h b/src/fd_util.h
index dd4df7a13..c8a17c7ef 100644
--- a/src/fd_util.h
+++ b/src/fd_util.h
@@ -51,6 +51,10 @@
 
 struct sockaddr;
 
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
 /**
  * Wrapper for dup(), which sets the CLOEXEC flag on the new
  * descriptor.
@@ -146,4 +150,8 @@ inotify_init_cloexec(void);
 int
 close_socket(int fd);
 
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
 #endif
diff --git a/src/filter/null_filter_plugin.c b/src/filter/null_filter_plugin.c
index e7c998827..7728c55bf 100644
--- a/src/filter/null_filter_plugin.c
+++ b/src/filter/null_filter_plugin.c
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
 #include "filter_internal.h"
 #include "filter_registry.h"
 
+#include <glib.h>
 #include <assert.h>
 
 struct null_filter {
diff --git a/src/filter/replay_gain_filter_plugin.c b/src/filter/replay_gain_filter_plugin.c
index 583a09f90..9fd3cbc07 100644
--- a/src/filter/replay_gain_filter_plugin.c
+++ b/src/filter/replay_gain_filter_plugin.c
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ replay_gain_filter_init(G_GNUC_UNUSED const struct config_param *param,
 	filter_init(&filter->filter, &replay_gain_filter_plugin);
 	filter->mixer = NULL;
 
-	filter->mode = replay_gain_get_real_mode();
+	filter->mode = REPLAY_GAIN_OFF;
 	replay_gain_info_init(&filter->info);
 	filter->volume = PCM_VOLUME_1;
 
@@ -164,16 +164,6 @@ replay_gain_filter_filter(struct filter *_filter,
 		(struct replay_gain_filter *)_filter;
 	bool success;
 	void *dest;
-	enum replay_gain_mode rg_mode;
-
-	/* check if the mode has been changed since the last call */
-	rg_mode = replay_gain_get_real_mode();
-
-	if (filter->mode != rg_mode) {
-		g_debug("replay gain mode has changed %d->%d\n", filter->mode, rg_mode);
-		filter->mode = rg_mode;
-		replay_gain_filter_update(filter);
-	}
 
 	*dest_size_r = src_size;
 
@@ -243,3 +233,19 @@ replay_gain_filter_set_info(struct filter *_filter,
 
 	replay_gain_filter_update(filter);
 }
+
+void
+replay_gain_filter_set_mode(struct filter *_filter, enum replay_gain_mode mode)
+{
+	struct replay_gain_filter *filter =
+		(struct replay_gain_filter *)_filter;
+
+	if (mode == filter->mode)
+		/* no change */
+		return;
+
+	g_debug("replay gain mode has changed %d->%d\n", filter->mode, mode);
+
+	filter->mode = mode;
+	replay_gain_filter_update(filter);
+}
diff --git a/src/filter/replay_gain_filter_plugin.h b/src/filter/replay_gain_filter_plugin.h
index 45b738e40..da2df9d6a 100644
--- a/src/filter/replay_gain_filter_plugin.h
+++ b/src/filter/replay_gain_filter_plugin.h
@@ -47,4 +47,7 @@ void
 replay_gain_filter_set_info(struct filter *filter,
 			    const struct replay_gain_info *info);
 
+void
+replay_gain_filter_set_mode(struct filter *filter, enum replay_gain_mode mode);
+
 #endif
diff --git a/src/filter_plugin.h b/src/filter_plugin.h
index 58e34dfb2..d45faee1f 100644
--- a/src/filter_plugin.h
+++ b/src/filter_plugin.h
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 #ifndef MPD_FILTER_PLUGIN_H
 #define MPD_FILTER_PLUGIN_H
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stddef.h>
diff --git a/src/gcc.h b/src/gcc.h
index 45f7101f3..e921b4646 100644
--- a/src/gcc.h
+++ b/src/gcc.h
@@ -32,6 +32,9 @@
  */
 
 #if GCC_CHECK_VERSION(3,0)
+#  define gcc_const __attribute__((const))
+#  define gcc_pure __attribute__((pure))
+#  define gcc_malloc __attribute__((malloc))
 #  define gcc_must_check	__attribute__ ((warn_unused_result))
 #  define gcc_packed		__attribute__ ((packed))
 /* these are very useful for type checking */
@@ -41,11 +44,21 @@
 #  define gcc_fprintf__		__attribute__ ((format(printf,4,5)))
 #  define gcc_scanf		__attribute__ ((format(scanf,1,2)))
 #  define gcc_used		__attribute__ ((used))
+#  define gcc_unused __attribute__((unused))
+#  define gcc_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
 /* #  define inline	inline __attribute__ ((always_inline)) */
 #  define gcc_noinline		__attribute__ ((noinline))
 #  define gcc_nonnull(...) __attribute__((nonnull(__VA_ARGS__)))
 #  define gcc_nonnull_all __attribute__((nonnull))
+
+#  define gcc_likely(x) __builtin_expect (!!(x), 1)
+#  define gcc_unlikely(x) __builtin_expect (!!(x), 0)
+
 #else
+#  define gcc_unused
+#  define gcc_const
+#  define gcc_pure
+#  define gcc_malloc
 #  define gcc_must_check
 #  define gcc_packed
 #  define gcc_printf
@@ -54,10 +67,29 @@
 #  define gcc_fprintf__
 #  define gcc_scanf
 #  define gcc_used
+#  define gcc_unused
+#  define gcc_warn_unused_result
 /* #  define inline */
 #  define gcc_noinline
 #  define gcc_nonnull(...)
 #  define gcc_nonnull_all
+
+#  define gcc_likely(x) (x)
+#  define gcc_unlikely(x) (x)
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#if !defined(__clang__) && defined(__GNUC__) && !GCC_CHECK_VERSION(4,6)
+#error Your gcc version is too old.  MPD requires gcc 4.6 or newer.
+#endif
+
+/* support for C++11 "override" was added in gcc 4.7 */
+#if !defined(__clang__) && defined(__GNUC__) && !GCC_CHECK_VERSION(4,7)
+#define override
+#endif
+
 #endif
 
 #endif /* MPD_GCC_H */
diff --git a/src/decoder_print.h b/src/gerror.h
index 31713d5d8..fe4c54da9 100644
--- a/src/decoder_print.h
+++ b/src/gerror.h
@@ -17,12 +17,9 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_DECODER_PRINT_H
-#define MPD_DECODER_PRINT_H
+#ifndef MPD_GERROR_H
+#define MPD_GERROR_H
 
-struct client;
-
-void
-decoder_list_print(struct client *client);
+typedef struct _GError GError;
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/input/file_input_plugin.c b/src/input/file_input_plugin.c
index 5ee3f200b..e130230a7 100644
--- a/src/input/file_input_plugin.c
+++ b/src/input/file_input_plugin.c
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
 #include "input_plugin.h"
 #include "fd_util.h"
 #include "open.h"
+#include "io_error.h"
 
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
@@ -39,12 +40,6 @@ struct file_input_stream {
 	int fd;
 };
 
-static inline GQuark
-file_quark(void)
-{
-	return g_quark_from_static_string("file");
-}
-
 static struct input_stream *
 input_file_open(const char *filename,
 		GMutex *mutex, GCond *cond,
@@ -60,7 +55,7 @@ input_file_open(const char *filename,
 	fd = open_cloexec(filename, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
 	if (fd < 0) {
 		if (errno != ENOENT && errno != ENOTDIR)
-			g_set_error(error_r, file_quark(), errno,
+			g_set_error(error_r, errno_quark(), errno,
 				    "Failed to open \"%s\": %s",
 				    filename, g_strerror(errno));
 		return NULL;
@@ -68,7 +63,7 @@ input_file_open(const char *filename,
 
 	ret = fstat(fd, &st);
 	if (ret < 0) {
-		g_set_error(error_r, file_quark(), errno,
+		g_set_error(error_r, errno_quark(), errno,
 			    "Failed to stat \"%s\": %s",
 			    filename, g_strerror(errno));
 		close(fd);
@@ -76,7 +71,7 @@ input_file_open(const char *filename,
 	}
 
 	if (!S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) {
-		g_set_error(error_r, file_quark(), 0,
+		g_set_error(error_r, errno_quark(), 0,
 			    "Not a regular file: %s", filename);
 		close(fd);
 		return NULL;
@@ -107,7 +102,7 @@ input_file_seek(struct input_stream *is, goffset offset, int whence,
 
 	offset = (goffset)lseek(fis->fd, (off_t)offset, whence);
 	if (offset < 0) {
-		g_set_error(error_r, file_quark(), errno,
+		g_set_error(error_r, errno_quark(), errno,
 			    "Failed to seek: %s", g_strerror(errno));
 		return false;
 	}
@@ -125,7 +120,7 @@ input_file_read(struct input_stream *is, void *ptr, size_t size,
 
 	nbytes = read(fis->fd, ptr, size);
 	if (nbytes < 0) {
-		g_set_error(error_r, file_quark(), errno,
+		g_set_error(error_r, errno_quark(), errno,
 			    "Failed to read: %s", g_strerror(errno));
 		return 0;
 	}
diff --git a/src/input_init.h b/src/input_init.h
index ad92cda08..1a73e5ef9 100644
--- a/src/input_init.h
+++ b/src/input_init.h
@@ -20,9 +20,8 @@
 #ifndef MPD_INPUT_INIT_H
 #define MPD_INPUT_INIT_H
 
-#include "check.h"
+#include "gerror.h"
 
-#include <glib.h>
 #include <stdbool.h>
 
 /**
diff --git a/src/io_error.h b/src/io_error.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c89748360
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/io_error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_IO_ERROR_H
+#define MPD_IO_ERROR_H
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/**
+ * A GQuark for GError for I/O errors.  The code is an errno value.
+ */
+G_GNUC_CONST
+static inline GQuark
+errno_quark(void)
+{
+	return g_quark_from_static_string("errno");
+}
+
+static inline void
+set_error_errno(GError **error_r)
+{
+	g_set_error_literal(error_r, errno_quark(), errno,
+			    g_strerror(errno));
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/locate.c b/src/locate.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c9684d2b6..000000000
--- a/src/locate.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,239 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "locate.h"
-#include "path.h"
-#include "tag.h"
-#include "song.h"
-
-#include <glib.h>
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#define LOCATE_TAG_FILE_KEY     "file"
-#define LOCATE_TAG_FILE_KEY_OLD "filename"
-#define LOCATE_TAG_ANY_KEY      "any"
-
-int
-locate_parse_type(const char *str)
-{
-	if (0 == g_ascii_strcasecmp(str, LOCATE_TAG_FILE_KEY) ||
-	    0 == g_ascii_strcasecmp(str, LOCATE_TAG_FILE_KEY_OLD))
-		return LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE;
-
-	if (0 == g_ascii_strcasecmp(str, LOCATE_TAG_ANY_KEY))
-		return LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE;
-
-	enum tag_type i = tag_name_parse_i(str);
-	if (i != TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES)
-		return i;
-
-	return -1;
-}
-
-static bool
-locate_item_init(struct locate_item *item,
-		 const char *type_string, const char *needle)
-{
-	item->tag = locate_parse_type(type_string);
-
-	if (item->tag < 0)
-		return false;
-
-	item->needle = g_strdup(needle);
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-void
-locate_item_list_free(struct locate_item_list *list)
-{
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < list->length; ++i)
-		g_free(list->items[i].needle);
-
-	g_free(list);
-}
-
-struct locate_item_list *
-locate_item_list_new(unsigned length)
-{
-	struct locate_item_list *list =
-		g_malloc0(sizeof(*list) - sizeof(list->items[0]) +
-			  length * sizeof(list->items[0]));
-	list->length = length;
-
-	return list;
-}
-
-struct locate_item_list *
-locate_item_list_parse(char *argv[], int argc)
-{
-	if (argc % 2 != 0)
-		return NULL;
-
-	struct locate_item_list *list = locate_item_list_new(argc / 2);
-
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < list->length; ++i) {
-		if (!locate_item_init(&list->items[i], argv[i * 2],
-				      argv[i * 2 + 1])) {
-			locate_item_list_free(list);
-			return NULL;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return list;
-}
-
-struct locate_item_list *
-locate_item_list_casefold(const struct locate_item_list *list)
-{
-	struct locate_item_list *new_list = locate_item_list_new(list->length);
-
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < list->length; i++){
-		new_list->items[i].needle =
-			g_utf8_casefold(list->items[i].needle, -1);
-		new_list->items[i].tag = list->items[i].tag;
-	}
-
-	return new_list;
-}
-
-void
-locate_item_free(struct locate_item *item)
-{
-	g_free(item->needle);
-	g_free(item);
-}
-
-static bool
-locate_tag_search(const struct song *song, enum tag_type type, const char *str)
-{
-	bool ret = false;
-
-	if (type == LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE || (int)type == LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE) {
-		char *uri = song_get_uri(song);
-		char *p = g_utf8_casefold(uri, -1);
-		g_free(uri);
-
-		if (strstr(p, str))
-			ret = true;
-		g_free(p);
-		if (ret == 1 || type == LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE)
-			return ret;
-	}
-
-	if (!song->tag)
-		return false;
-
-	bool visited_types[TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES];
-	memset(visited_types, 0, sizeof(visited_types));
-
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < song->tag->num_items && !ret; i++) {
-		visited_types[song->tag->items[i]->type] = true;
-		if ((int)type != LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE &&
-		    song->tag->items[i]->type != type) {
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		char *duplicate = g_utf8_casefold(song->tag->items[i]->value, -1);
-		if (*str && strstr(duplicate, str))
-			ret = true;
-		g_free(duplicate);
-	}
-
-	/** If the search critieron was not visited during the sweep
-	 * through the song's tag, it means this field is absent from
-	 * the tag or empty. Thus, if the searched string is also
-	 *  empty (first char is a \0), then it's a match as well and
-	 *  we should return true.
-	 */
-	if (!*str && !visited_types[type])
-		return true;
-
-	return ret;
-}
-
-bool
-locate_song_search(const struct song *song,
-		   const struct locate_item_list *criteria)
-{
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < criteria->length; i++)
-		if (!locate_tag_search(song, criteria->items[i].tag,
-				       criteria->items[i].needle))
-			return false;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static bool
-locate_tag_match(const struct song *song, enum tag_type type, const char *str)
-{
-	if (type == LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE || (int)type == LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE) {
-		char *uri = song_get_uri(song);
-		bool matches = strcmp(str, uri) == 0;
-		g_free(uri);
-
-		if (matches)
-			return true;
-
-		if (type == LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE)
-			return false;
-	}
-
-	if (!song->tag)
-		return false;
-
-	bool visited_types[TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES];
-	memset(visited_types, 0, sizeof(visited_types));
-
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < song->tag->num_items; i++) {
-		visited_types[song->tag->items[i]->type] = true;
-		if ((int)type != LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE &&
-		    song->tag->items[i]->type != type) {
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		if (0 == strcmp(str, song->tag->items[i]->value))
-			return true;
-	}
-
-	/** If the search critieron was not visited during the sweep
-	 * through the song's tag, it means this field is absent from
-	 * the tag or empty. Thus, if the searched string is also
-	 *  empty (first char is a \0), then it's a match as well and
-	 *  we should return true.
-	 */
-	if (!*str && !visited_types[type])
-		return true;
-
-	return false;
-}
-
-bool
-locate_song_match(const struct song *song,
-		  const struct locate_item_list *criteria)
-{
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < criteria->length; i++)
-		if (!locate_tag_match(song, criteria->items[i].tag,
-				      criteria->items[i].needle))
-			return false;
-
-	return true;
-}
diff --git a/src/locate.h b/src/locate.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ec20ded24..000000000
--- a/src/locate.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MPD_LOCATE_H
-#define MPD_LOCATE_H
-
-#include "gcc.h"
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-#define LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE	TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES+10
-#define LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE     TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES+20
-
-struct song;
-
-/* struct used for search, find, list queries */
-struct locate_item {
-	int8_t tag;
-	/* what we are looking for */
-	char *needle;
-};
-
-/**
- * An array of struct locate_item objects.
- */
-struct locate_item_list {
-	/** number of items */
-	unsigned length;
-
-	/** this is a variable length array */
-	struct locate_item items[1];
-};
-
-int
-locate_parse_type(const char *str);
-
-/**
- * Allocates a new struct locate_item_list, and initializes all
- * members with zero bytes.
- */
-struct locate_item_list *
-locate_item_list_new(unsigned length);
-
-/* return number of items or -1 on error */
-gcc_nonnull(1)
-struct locate_item_list *
-locate_item_list_parse(char *argv[], int argc);
-
-/**
- * Duplicate the struct locate_item_list object and convert all
- * needles with g_utf8_casefold().
- */
-gcc_nonnull(1)
-struct locate_item_list *
-locate_item_list_casefold(const struct locate_item_list *list);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1)
-void
-locate_item_list_free(struct locate_item_list *list);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1)
-void
-locate_item_free(struct locate_item *item);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2)
-bool
-locate_song_search(const struct song *song,
-		   const struct locate_item_list *criteria);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2)
-bool
-locate_song_match(const struct song *song,
-		   const struct locate_item_list *criteria);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/ls.c b/src/ls.cxx
index 310c2d7b6..9bb56c898 100644
--- a/src/ls.c
+++ b/src/ls.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,9 +18,15 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "ls.h"
+#include "ls.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
 #include "uri.h"
-#include "client.h"
+}
+
+#include "Client.hxx"
+
+#include <glib.h>
 
 #include <assert.h>
 #include <string.h>
@@ -72,7 +78,7 @@ void print_supported_uri_schemes_to_fp(FILE *fp)
 	fprintf(fp,"\n");
 }
 
-void print_supported_uri_schemes(struct client *client)
+void print_supported_uri_schemes(Client *client)
 {
 	const char **prefixes = remoteUrlPrefixes;
 
diff --git a/src/ls.h b/src/ls.hxx
index 15cb01160..8ae5a58fd 100644
--- a/src/ls.h
+++ b/src/ls.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,13 +17,12 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_LS_H
-#define MPD_LS_H
+#ifndef MPD_LS_HXX
+#define MPD_LS_HXX
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 
-struct client;
+class Client;
 
 /**
  * Checks whether the scheme of the specified URI is supported by MPD.
@@ -36,7 +35,7 @@ bool uri_supported_scheme(const char *url);
  * Send a list of supported URI schemes to the client.  This is the
  * response to the "urlhandlers" command.
  */
-void print_supported_uri_schemes(struct client *client);
+void print_supported_uri_schemes(Client *client);
 
 /**
  * Send a list of supported URI schemes to a file pointer.
diff --git a/src/mixer_control.h b/src/mixer_control.h
index 6c3468aca..307298e47 100644
--- a/src/mixer_control.h
+++ b/src/mixer_control.h
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 #ifndef MPD_MIXER_CONTROL_H
 #define MPD_MIXER_CONTROL_H
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
 
diff --git a/src/mixer_plugin.h b/src/mixer_plugin.h
index 9532b95cb..2f3beed1d 100644
--- a/src/mixer_plugin.h
+++ b/src/mixer_plugin.h
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 #ifndef MPD_MIXER_PLUGIN_H
 #define MPD_MIXER_PLUGIN_H
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
 
diff --git a/src/mpd_error.h b/src/mpd_error.h
index 219738ced..e0b7d29a4 100644
--- a/src/mpd_error.h
+++ b/src/mpd_error.h
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@
 #ifndef MPD_ERROR_H
 #define MPD_ERROR_H
 
+#include <glib.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 /* This macro is used as an intermediate step to a proper error handling
diff --git a/src/output/httpd_client.h b/src/output/httpd_client.h
index 739163f42..f0df829db 100644
--- a/src/output/httpd_client.h
+++ b/src/output/httpd_client.h
@@ -20,9 +20,8 @@
 #ifndef MPD_OUTPUT_HTTPD_CLIENT_H
 #define MPD_OUTPUT_HTTPD_CLIENT_H
 
-#include <glib.h>
-
 #include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
 
 struct httpd_client;
 struct httpd_output;
diff --git a/src/output/pulse_output_plugin.h b/src/output/pulse_output_plugin.h
index 02a51f27b..b285b5e4d 100644
--- a/src/output/pulse_output_plugin.h
+++ b/src/output/pulse_output_plugin.h
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@
 #ifndef MPD_PULSE_OUTPUT_PLUGIN_H
 #define MPD_PULSE_OUTPUT_PLUGIN_H
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
 
 struct pulse_output;
 struct pulse_mixer;
diff --git a/src/output/shout_output_plugin.c b/src/output/shout_output_plugin.c
index 56456a0ea..8f9df2ccf 100644
--- a/src/output/shout_output_plugin.c
+++ b/src/output/shout_output_plugin.c
@@ -105,15 +105,10 @@ static void free_shout_data(struct shout_data *sd)
 		}							\
 	}
 
-static struct audio_output *
-my_shout_init_driver(const struct config_param *param,
-		     GError **error)
+static bool
+my_shout_configure(struct shout_data *sd, const struct config_param *param,
+		   GError **error)
 {
-	struct shout_data *sd = new_shout_data();
-	if (!ao_base_init(&sd->base, &shout_output_plugin, param, error)) {
-		free_shout_data(sd);
-		return NULL;
-	}
 
 	const struct audio_format *audio_format =
 		&sd->base.config_audio_format;
@@ -125,11 +120,6 @@ my_shout_init_driver(const struct config_param *param,
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	if (shout_init_count == 0)
-		shout_init();
-
-	shout_init_count++;
-
 	const struct block_param *block_param;
 	check_block_param("host");
 	char *host = block_param->value;
@@ -141,7 +131,7 @@ my_shout_init_driver(const struct config_param *param,
 	if (port == 0) {
 		g_set_error(error, shout_output_quark(), 0,
 			    "shout port must be configured");
-		goto failure;
+		return false;
 	}
 
 	check_block_param("password");
@@ -164,21 +154,21 @@ my_shout_init_driver(const struct config_param *param,
 				    "shout quality \"%s\" is not a number in the "
 				    "range -1 to 10, line %i",
 				    value, param->line);
-			goto failure;
+			return false;
 		}
 
 		if (config_get_block_string(param, "bitrate", NULL) != NULL) {
 			g_set_error(error, shout_output_quark(), 0,
 				    "quality and bitrate are "
 				    "both defined");
-			goto failure;
+			return false;
 		}
 	} else {
 		value = config_get_block_string(param, "bitrate", NULL);
 		if (value == NULL) {
 			g_set_error(error, shout_output_quark(), 0,
 				    "neither bitrate nor quality defined");
-			goto failure;
+			return false;
 		}
 
 		char *test;
@@ -187,7 +177,7 @@ my_shout_init_driver(const struct config_param *param,
 		if (*test != '\0' || sd->bitrate <= 0) {
 			g_set_error(error, shout_output_quark(), 0,
 				    "bitrate must be a positive integer");
-			goto failure;
+			return false;
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -199,12 +189,12 @@ my_shout_init_driver(const struct config_param *param,
 		g_set_error(error, shout_output_quark(), 0,
 			    "couldn't find shout encoder plugin \"%s\"",
 			    encoding);
-		goto failure;
+		return false;
 	}
 
 	sd->encoder = encoder_init(encoder_plugin, param, error);
 	if (sd->encoder == NULL)
-		goto failure;
+		return false;
 
 	unsigned shout_format;
 	if (strcmp(encoding, "mp3") == 0 || strcmp(encoding, "lame") == 0)
@@ -220,7 +210,7 @@ my_shout_init_driver(const struct config_param *param,
 			g_set_error(error, shout_output_quark(), 0,
 				    "you cannot stream \"%s\" to shoutcast, use mp3",
 				    encoding);
-			goto failure;
+			return false;
 		} else if (0 == strcmp(value, "shoutcast"))
 			protocol = SHOUT_PROTOCOL_ICY;
 		else if (0 == strcmp(value, "icecast1"))
@@ -232,7 +222,7 @@ my_shout_init_driver(const struct config_param *param,
 				    "shout protocol \"%s\" is not \"shoutcast\" or "
 				    "\"icecast1\"or \"icecast2\"",
 				    value);
-			goto failure;
+			return false;
 		}
 	} else {
 		protocol = SHOUT_PROTOCOL_HTTP;
@@ -251,7 +241,7 @@ my_shout_init_driver(const struct config_param *param,
 	    shout_set_agent(sd->shout_conn, "MPD") != SHOUTERR_SUCCESS) {
 		g_set_error(error, shout_output_quark(), 0,
 			    "%s", shout_get_error(sd->shout_conn));
-		goto failure;
+		return false;
 	}
 
 	/* optional paramters */
@@ -262,21 +252,21 @@ my_shout_init_driver(const struct config_param *param,
 	if (value != NULL && shout_set_genre(sd->shout_conn, value)) {
 		g_set_error(error, shout_output_quark(), 0,
 			    "%s", shout_get_error(sd->shout_conn));
-		goto failure;
+		return false;
 	}
 
 	value = config_get_block_string(param, "description", NULL);
 	if (value != NULL && shout_set_description(sd->shout_conn, value)) {
 		g_set_error(error, shout_output_quark(), 0,
 			    "%s", shout_get_error(sd->shout_conn));
-		goto failure;
+		return false;
 	}
 
 	value = config_get_block_string(param, "url", NULL);
 	if (value != NULL && shout_set_url(sd->shout_conn, value)) {
 		g_set_error(error, shout_output_quark(), 0,
 			    "%s", shout_get_error(sd->shout_conn));
-		goto failure;
+		return false;
 	}
 
 	{
@@ -301,12 +291,31 @@ my_shout_init_driver(const struct config_param *param,
 		}
 	}
 
-	return &sd->base;
+	return true;
+}
 
-failure:
-	ao_base_finish(&sd->base);
-	free_shout_data(sd);
-	return NULL;
+static struct audio_output *
+my_shout_init_driver(const struct config_param *param,
+		     GError **error)
+{
+	struct shout_data *sd = new_shout_data();
+	if (!ao_base_init(&sd->base, &shout_output_plugin, param, error)) {
+		free_shout_data(sd);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (!my_shout_configure(sd, param, error)) {
+		ao_base_finish(&sd->base);
+		free_shout_data(sd);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (shout_init_count == 0)
+		shout_init();
+
+	shout_init_count++;
+
+	return &sd->base;
 }
 
 static bool
diff --git a/src/output_all.h b/src/output_all.h
index 4eeb94f13..becf4b695 100644
--- a/src/output_all.h
+++ b/src/output_all.h
@@ -26,6 +26,9 @@
 #ifndef OUTPUT_ALL_H
 #define OUTPUT_ALL_H
 
+#include "replay_gain_info.h"
+#include "gerror.h"
+
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stddef.h>
 
@@ -84,7 +87,8 @@ audio_output_all_enable_disable(void);
  */
 bool
 audio_output_all_open(const struct audio_format *audio_format,
-		      struct music_buffer *buffer);
+		      struct music_buffer *buffer,
+		      GError **error_r);
 
 /**
  * Closes all audio outputs.
@@ -99,6 +103,9 @@ audio_output_all_close(void);
 void
 audio_output_all_release(void);
 
+void
+audio_output_all_set_replay_gain_mode(enum replay_gain_mode mode);
+
 /**
  * Enqueue a #music_chunk object for playing, i.e. pushes it to a
  * #music_pipe.
@@ -108,7 +115,7 @@ audio_output_all_release(void);
  * (all closed then)
  */
 bool
-audio_output_all_play(struct music_chunk *chunk);
+audio_output_all_play(struct music_chunk *chunk, GError **error_r);
 
 /**
  * Checks if the output devices have drained their music pipe, and
diff --git a/src/output_internal.h b/src/output_internal.h
index 9d975d789..1a3e8aa1f 100644
--- a/src/output_internal.h
+++ b/src/output_internal.h
@@ -73,6 +73,13 @@ struct audio_output {
 	struct mixer *mixer;
 
 	/**
+	 * Will this output receive tags from the decoder?  The
+	 * default is true, but it may be configured to false to
+	 * suppress sending tags to the output.
+	 */
+	bool tags;
+
+	/**
 	 * Shall this output always play something (i.e. silence),
 	 * even when playback is stopped?
 	 */
diff --git a/src/output_plugin.h b/src/output_plugin.h
index 209ca6221..a47296566 100644
--- a/src/output_plugin.h
+++ b/src/output_plugin.h
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@
 #ifndef MPD_OUTPUT_PLUGIN_H
 #define MPD_OUTPUT_PLUGIN_H
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
+#include "gerror.h"
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stddef.h>
@@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ ao_plugin_test_default_device(const struct audio_output_plugin *plugin)
 		: false;
 }
 
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
 struct audio_output *
 ao_plugin_init(const struct audio_output_plugin *plugin,
 	       const struct config_param *param,
@@ -187,7 +188,7 @@ ao_plugin_open(struct audio_output *ao, struct audio_format *audio_format,
 void
 ao_plugin_close(struct audio_output *ao);
 
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 unsigned
 ao_plugin_delay(struct audio_output *ao);
 
diff --git a/src/pcm_channels.c b/src/pcm_channels.c
index ec2bd69a5..9d166a437 100644
--- a/src/pcm_channels.c
+++ b/src/pcm_channels.c
@@ -244,3 +244,74 @@ pcm_convert_channels_32(struct pcm_buffer *buffer,
 
 	return dest;
 }
+
+static void
+pcm_convert_channels_float_1_to_2(float *dest, const float *src,
+			       const float *src_end)
+{
+	pcm_convert_channels_24_1_to_2((int32_t *)dest,
+				       (const int32_t *)src,
+				       (const int32_t *)src_end);
+}
+
+static void
+pcm_convert_channels_float_2_to_1(float *restrict dest,
+				  const float *restrict src,
+				  const float *restrict src_end)
+{
+	while (src < src_end) {
+		double a = *src++, b = *src++;
+
+		*dest++ = (a + b) / 2;
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+pcm_convert_channels_float_n_to_2(float *dest,
+				  unsigned src_channels, const float *src,
+				  const float *src_end)
+{
+	unsigned c;
+
+	assert(src_channels > 0);
+
+	while (src < src_end) {
+		double sum = 0;
+		float value;
+
+		for (c = 0; c < src_channels; ++c)
+			sum += *src++;
+		value = sum / (double)src_channels;
+
+		/* XXX this is actually only mono ... */
+		*dest++ = value;
+		*dest++ = value;
+	}
+}
+
+const float *
+pcm_convert_channels_float(struct pcm_buffer *buffer,
+			   unsigned dest_channels,
+			   unsigned src_channels, const float *src,
+			   size_t src_size, size_t *dest_size_r)
+{
+	assert(src_size % (sizeof(*src) * src_channels) == 0);
+
+	size_t dest_size = src_size / src_channels * dest_channels;
+	*dest_size_r = dest_size;
+
+	float *dest = pcm_buffer_get(buffer, dest_size);
+	const float *src_end = pcm_end_pointer(src, src_size);
+
+	if (src_channels == 1 && dest_channels == 2)
+		pcm_convert_channels_float_1_to_2(dest, src, src_end);
+	else if (src_channels == 2 && dest_channels == 1)
+		pcm_convert_channels_float_2_to_1(dest, src, src_end);
+	else if (dest_channels == 2)
+		pcm_convert_channels_float_n_to_2(dest, src_channels, src,
+						  src_end);
+	else
+		return NULL;
+
+	return dest;
+}
diff --git a/src/pcm_channels.h b/src/pcm_channels.h
index 1e4a0991f..6da00316d 100644
--- a/src/pcm_channels.h
+++ b/src/pcm_channels.h
@@ -77,4 +77,21 @@ pcm_convert_channels_32(struct pcm_buffer *buffer,
 			unsigned src_channels, const int32_t *src,
 			size_t src_size, size_t *dest_size_r);
 
+/**
+ * Changes the number of channels in 32 bit float PCM data.
+ *
+ * @param buffer the destination pcm_buffer object
+ * @param dest_channels the number of channels requested
+ * @param src_channels the number of channels in the source buffer
+ * @param src the source PCM buffer
+ * @param src_size the number of bytes in #src
+ * @param dest_size_r returns the number of bytes of the destination buffer
+ * @return the destination buffer
+ */
+const float *
+pcm_convert_channels_float(struct pcm_buffer *buffer,
+			   unsigned dest_channels,
+			   unsigned src_channels, const float *src,
+			   size_t src_size, size_t *dest_size_r);
+
 #endif
diff --git a/src/pcm_convert.c b/src/pcm_convert.c
index 63f9a1b98..32425143a 100644
--- a/src/pcm_convert.c
+++ b/src/pcm_convert.c
@@ -61,55 +61,6 @@ pcm_convert_reset(struct pcm_convert_state *state)
 	pcm_resample_reset(&state->resample);
 }
 
-static const void *
-pcm_convert_channels(struct pcm_buffer *buffer, enum sample_format format,
-		     uint8_t dest_channels,
-		     uint8_t src_channels, const void *src,
-		     size_t src_size, size_t *dest_size_r,
-		     GError **error_r)
-{
-	const void *dest = NULL;
-
-	switch (format) {
-	case SAMPLE_FORMAT_UNDEFINED:
-	case SAMPLE_FORMAT_S8:
-	case SAMPLE_FORMAT_FLOAT:
-	case SAMPLE_FORMAT_DSD:
-		g_set_error(error_r, pcm_convert_quark(), 0,
-			    "Channel conversion not implemented for format '%s'",
-			    sample_format_to_string(format));
-		return NULL;
-
-	case SAMPLE_FORMAT_S16:
-		dest = pcm_convert_channels_16(buffer, dest_channels,
-					       src_channels, src,
-					       src_size, dest_size_r);
-		break;
-
-	case SAMPLE_FORMAT_S24_P32:
-		dest = pcm_convert_channels_24(buffer, dest_channels,
-					       src_channels, src,
-					       src_size, dest_size_r);
-		break;
-
-	case SAMPLE_FORMAT_S32:
-		dest = pcm_convert_channels_32(buffer, dest_channels,
-					       src_channels, src,
-					       src_size, dest_size_r);
-		break;
-	}
-
-	if (dest == NULL) {
-		g_set_error(error_r, pcm_convert_quark(), 0,
-			    "Conversion from %u to %u channels "
-			    "is not implemented",
-			    src_channels, dest_channels);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	return dest;
-}
-
 static const int16_t *
 pcm_convert_16(struct pcm_convert_state *state,
 	       const struct audio_format *src_format,
@@ -273,19 +224,6 @@ pcm_convert_float(struct pcm_convert_state *state,
 
 	assert(dest_format->format == SAMPLE_FORMAT_FLOAT);
 
-	/* convert channels first, hoping the source format is
-	   supported (float is not) */
-
-	if (dest_format->channels != src_format->channels) {
-		buffer = pcm_convert_channels(&state->channels_buffer,
-					      src_format->format,
-					      dest_format->channels,
-					      src_format->channels,
-					      buffer, size, &size, error_r);
-		if (buffer == NULL)
-			return NULL;
-	}
-
 	/* convert to float now */
 
 	buffer = pcm_convert_to_float(&state->format_buffer,
@@ -298,6 +236,23 @@ pcm_convert_float(struct pcm_convert_state *state,
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
+	/* convert channels */
+
+	if (src_format->channels != dest_format->channels) {
+		buffer = pcm_convert_channels_float(&state->channels_buffer,
+						    dest_format->channels,
+						    src_format->channels,
+						    buffer, size, &size);
+		if (buffer == NULL) {
+			g_set_error(error_r, pcm_convert_quark(), 0,
+				    "Conversion from %u to %u channels "
+				    "is not implemented",
+				    src_format->channels,
+				    dest_format->channels);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
 	/* resample with float, because this is the best format for
 	   libsamplerate */
 
diff --git a/src/pcm_convert.h b/src/pcm_convert.h
index be11a6e41..0668a2b66 100644
--- a/src/pcm_convert.h
+++ b/src/pcm_convert.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -25,6 +25,8 @@
 #include "pcm_dither.h"
 #include "pcm_buffer.h"
 
+#include <glib.h>
+
 struct audio_format;
 
 /**
@@ -52,6 +54,8 @@ pcm_convert_quark(void)
 	return g_quark_from_static_string("pcm_convert");
 }
 
+G_BEGIN_DECLS
+
 /**
  * Initializes a pcm_convert_state object.
  */
@@ -91,4 +95,6 @@ pcm_convert(struct pcm_convert_state *state,
 	    size_t *dest_size_r,
 	    GError **error_r);
 
+G_END_DECLS
+
 #endif
diff --git a/src/pcm_mix.h b/src/pcm_mix.h
index 0e58d01ee..0cf557680 100644
--- a/src/pcm_mix.h
+++ b/src/pcm_mix.h
@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@
 #define PCM_MIX_H
 
 #include "audio_format.h"
+#include "gcc.h"
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stddef.h>
@@ -41,7 +42,7 @@
  *
  * @return true on success, false if the format is not supported
  */
-G_GNUC_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
+gcc_warn_unused_result
 bool
 pcm_mix(void *buffer1, const void *buffer2, size_t size,
 	enum sample_format format, float portion1);
diff --git a/src/pcm_volume.h b/src/pcm_volume.h
index 64e3c7641..4a4a4e45a 100644
--- a/src/pcm_volume.h
+++ b/src/pcm_volume.h
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@
 
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
 
 enum {
 	/** this value means "100% volume" */
diff --git a/src/playlist_vector.c b/src/playlist_vector.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 74c7bf089..000000000
--- a/src/playlist_vector.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "playlist_vector.h"
-#include "db_lock.h"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <glib.h>
-
-static struct playlist_metadata *
-playlist_metadata_new(const char *name, time_t mtime)
-{
-	assert(name != NULL);
-
-	struct playlist_metadata *pm = g_slice_new(struct playlist_metadata);
-	pm->name = g_strdup(name);
-	pm->mtime = mtime;
-	return pm;
-}
-
-static void
-playlist_metadata_free(struct playlist_metadata *pm)
-{
-	assert(pm != NULL);
-	assert(pm->name != NULL);
-
-	g_free(pm->name);
-	g_slice_free(struct playlist_metadata, pm);
-}
-
-void
-playlist_vector_deinit(struct list_head *pv)
-{
-	assert(pv != NULL);
-
-	struct playlist_metadata *pm, *n;
-	playlist_vector_for_each_safe(pm, n, pv)
-		playlist_metadata_free(pm);
-}
-
-struct playlist_metadata *
-playlist_vector_find(struct list_head *pv, const char *name)
-{
-	assert(holding_db_lock());
-	assert(pv != NULL);
-	assert(name != NULL);
-
-	struct playlist_metadata *pm;
-	playlist_vector_for_each(pm, pv)
-		if (strcmp(pm->name, name) == 0)
-			return pm;
-
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-void
-playlist_vector_add(struct list_head *pv,
-		    const char *name, time_t mtime)
-{
-	assert(holding_db_lock());
-
-	struct playlist_metadata *pm = playlist_metadata_new(name, mtime);
-	list_add_tail(&pm->siblings, pv);
-}
-
-bool
-playlist_vector_update_or_add(struct list_head *pv,
-			      const char *name, time_t mtime)
-{
-	assert(holding_db_lock());
-
-	struct playlist_metadata *pm = playlist_vector_find(pv, name);
-	if (pm != NULL) {
-		if (mtime == pm->mtime)
-			return false;
-
-		pm->mtime = mtime;
-	} else
-		playlist_vector_add(pv, name, mtime);
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-bool
-playlist_vector_remove(struct list_head *pv, const char *name)
-{
-	assert(holding_db_lock());
-
-	struct playlist_metadata *pm = playlist_vector_find(pv, name);
-	if (pm == NULL)
-		return false;
-
-	list_del(&pm->siblings);
-	playlist_metadata_free(pm);
-	return true;
-}
diff --git a/src/playlist_vector.h b/src/playlist_vector.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0af6df8b4..000000000
--- a/src/playlist_vector.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_VECTOR_H
-#define MPD_PLAYLIST_VECTOR_H
-
-#include "util/list.h"
-
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <sys/time.h>
-
-#define playlist_vector_for_each(pos, head) \
-	list_for_each_entry(pos, head, siblings)
-
-#define playlist_vector_for_each_safe(pos, n, head) \
-	list_for_each_entry_safe(pos, n, head, siblings)
-
-/**
- * A directory entry pointing to a playlist file.
- */
-struct playlist_metadata {
-	struct list_head siblings;
-
-	/**
-	 * The UTF-8 encoded name of the playlist file.
-	 */
-	char *name;
-
-	time_t mtime;
-};
-
-void
-playlist_vector_deinit(struct list_head *pv);
-
-/**
- * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
- */
-struct playlist_metadata *
-playlist_vector_find(struct list_head *pv, const char *name);
-
-/**
- * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
- */
-void
-playlist_vector_add(struct list_head *pv,
-		    const char *name, time_t mtime);
-
-/**
- * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
- *
- * @return true if the vector or one of its items was modified
- */
-bool
-playlist_vector_update_or_add(struct list_head *pv,
-			      const char *name, time_t mtime);
-
-/**
- * Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
- */
-bool
-playlist_vector_remove(struct list_head *pv, const char *name);
-
-#endif /* SONGVEC_H */
diff --git a/src/protocol/argparser.c b/src/protocol/ArgParser.cxx
index b21d4c53c..0ab19f7d4 100644
--- a/src/protocol/argparser.c
+++ b/src/protocol/ArgParser.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,14 +18,14 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "argparser.h"
-#include "result.h"
+#include "ArgParser.hxx"
+#include "Result.hxx"
 
 #include <glib.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
 bool
-check_uint32(struct client *client, uint32_t *dst, const char *s)
+check_uint32(Client *client, uint32_t *dst, const char *s)
 {
 	char *test;
 
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ check_uint32(struct client *client, uint32_t *dst, const char *s)
 }
 
 bool
-check_int(struct client *client, int *value_r, const char *s)
+check_int(Client *client, int *value_r, const char *s)
 {
 	char *test;
 	long value;
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ check_int(struct client *client, int *value_r, const char *s)
 }
 
 bool
-check_range(struct client *client, unsigned *value_r1, unsigned *value_r2,
+check_range(Client *client, unsigned *value_r1, unsigned *value_r2,
 	    const char *s)
 {
 	char *test, *test2;
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ check_range(struct client *client, unsigned *value_r1, unsigned *value_r2,
 }
 
 bool
-check_unsigned(struct client *client, unsigned *value_r, const char *s)
+check_unsigned(Client *client, unsigned *value_r, const char *s)
 {
 	unsigned long value;
 	char *endptr;
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ check_unsigned(struct client *client, unsigned *value_r, const char *s)
 }
 
 bool
-check_bool(struct client *client, bool *value_r, const char *s)
+check_bool(Client *client, bool *value_r, const char *s)
 {
 	long value;
 	char *endptr;
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ check_bool(struct client *client, bool *value_r, const char *s)
 }
 
 bool
-check_float(struct client *client, float *value_r, const char *s)
+check_float(Client *client, float *value_r, const char *s)
 {
 	float value;
 	char *endptr;
diff --git a/src/protocol/argparser.h b/src/protocol/ArgParser.hxx
index e88aea478..b6feb3e67 100644
--- a/src/protocol/argparser.h
+++ b/src/protocol/ArgParser.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,33 +17,33 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_PROTOCOL_ARGPARSER_H
-#define MPD_PROTOCOL_ARGPARSER_H
+#ifndef MPD_PROTOCOL_ARGPARSER_HXX
+#define MPD_PROTOCOL_ARGPARSER_HXX
 
 #include "check.h"
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stdint.h>
 
-struct client;
+class Client;
 
 bool
-check_uint32(struct client *client, uint32_t *dst, const char *s);
+check_uint32(Client *client, uint32_t *dst, const char *s);
 
 bool
-check_int(struct client *client, int *value_r, const char *s);
+check_int(Client *client, int *value_r, const char *s);
 
 bool
-check_range(struct client *client, unsigned *value_r1, unsigned *value_r2,
+check_range(Client *client, unsigned *value_r1, unsigned *value_r2,
 	    const char *s);
 
 bool
-check_unsigned(struct client *client, unsigned *value_r, const char *s);
+check_unsigned(Client *client, unsigned *value_r, const char *s);
 
 bool
-check_bool(struct client *client, bool *value_r, const char *s);
+check_bool(Client *client, bool *value_r, const char *s);
 
 bool
-check_float(struct client *client, float *value_r, const char *s);
+check_float(Client *client, float *value_r, const char *s);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/protocol/result.c b/src/protocol/Result.cxx
index 30cd0a266..e10a731cc 100644
--- a/src/protocol/result.c
+++ b/src/protocol/Result.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,8 +18,8 @@
  */
 
 #include "config.h"
-#include "result.h"
-#include "client.h"
+#include "Result.hxx"
+#include "Client.hxx"
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
@@ -27,13 +27,13 @@ const char *current_command;
 int command_list_num;
 
 void
-command_success(struct client *client)
+command_success(Client *client)
 {
 	client_puts(client, "OK\n");
 }
 
 void
-command_error_v(struct client *client, enum ack error,
+command_error_v(Client *client, enum ack error,
 		const char *fmt, va_list args)
 {
 	assert(client != NULL);
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ command_error_v(struct client *client, enum ack error,
 }
 
 void
-command_error(struct client *client, enum ack error, const char *fmt, ...)
+command_error(Client *client, enum ack error, const char *fmt, ...)
 {
 	va_list args;
 	va_start(args, fmt);
diff --git a/src/protocol/result.h b/src/protocol/Result.hxx
index 8b9e44bfd..99d9a2fa0 100644
--- a/src/protocol/result.h
+++ b/src/protocol/Result.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
  * http://www.musicpd.org
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,28 +17,27 @@
  * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
-#ifndef MPD_PROTOCOL_RESULT_H
-#define MPD_PROTOCOL_RESULT_H
+#ifndef MPD_PROTOCOL_RESULT_HXX
+#define MPD_PROTOCOL_RESULT_HXX
 
 #include "check.h"
+#include "gcc.h"
 #include "ack.h"
 
-#include <glib.h>
-
-struct client;
+class Client;
 
 extern const char *current_command;
 extern int command_list_num;
 
 void
-command_success(struct client *client);
+command_success(Client *client);
 
 void
-command_error_v(struct client *client, enum ack error,
+command_error_v(Client *client, enum ack error,
 		const char *fmt, va_list args);
 
-G_GNUC_PRINTF(3, 4)
+gcc_fprintf_
 void
-command_error(struct client *client, enum ack error, const char *fmt, ...);
+command_error(Client *client, enum ack error, const char *fmt, ...);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/queue.h b/src/queue.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e4bfcdffa..000000000
--- a/src/queue.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,379 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef QUEUE_H
-#define QUEUE_H
-
-#include <glib.h>
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-enum {
-	/**
-	 * reserve max_length * QUEUE_HASH_MULT elements in the id
-	 * number space
-	 */
-	QUEUE_HASH_MULT = 4,
-};
-
-/**
- * One element of the queue: basically a song plus some queue specific
- * information attached.
- */
-struct queue_item {
-	struct song *song;
-
-	/** the unique id of this item in the queue */
-	unsigned id;
-
-	/** when was this item last changed? */
-	uint32_t version;
-
-	/**
-	 * The priority of this item, between 0 and 255.  High
-	 * priority value means that this song gets played first in
-	 * "random" mode.
-	 */
-	uint8_t priority;
-};
-
-/**
- * A queue of songs.  This is the backend of the playlist: it contains
- * an ordered list of songs.
- *
- * Songs can be addressed in three possible ways:
- *
- * - the position in the queue
- * - the unique id (which stays the same, regardless of moves)
- * - the order number (which only differs from "position" in random mode)
- */
-struct queue {
-	/** configured maximum length of the queue */
-	unsigned max_length;
-
-	/** number of songs in the queue */
-	unsigned length;
-
-	/** the current version number */
-	uint32_t version;
-
-	/** all songs in "position" order */
-	struct queue_item *items;
-
-	/** map order numbers to positions */
-	unsigned *order;
-
-	/** map song ids to positions */
-	int *id_to_position;
-
-	/** repeat playback when the end of the queue has been
-	    reached? */
-	bool repeat;
-
-	/** play only current song. */
-	bool single;
-
-	/** remove each played files. */
-	bool consume;
-
-	/** play back songs in random order? */
-	bool random;
-
-	/** random number generator for shuffle and random mode */
-	GRand *rand;
-};
-
-static inline unsigned
-queue_length(const struct queue *queue)
-{
-	assert(queue->length <= queue->max_length);
-
-	return queue->length;
-}
-
-/**
- * Determine if the queue is empty, i.e. there are no songs.
- */
-static inline bool
-queue_is_empty(const struct queue *queue)
-{
-	return queue->length == 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * Determine if the maximum number of songs has been reached.
- */
-static inline bool
-queue_is_full(const struct queue *queue)
-{
-	assert(queue->length <= queue->max_length);
-
-	return queue->length >= queue->max_length;
-}
-
-/**
- * Is that a valid position number?
- */
-static inline bool
-queue_valid_position(const struct queue *queue, unsigned position)
-{
-	return position < queue->length;
-}
-
-/**
- * Is that a valid order number?
- */
-static inline bool
-queue_valid_order(const struct queue *queue, unsigned order)
-{
-	return order < queue->length;
-}
-
-static inline int
-queue_id_to_position(const struct queue *queue, unsigned id)
-{
-	if (id >= queue->max_length * QUEUE_HASH_MULT)
-		return -1;
-
-	assert(queue->id_to_position[id] >= -1);
-	assert(queue->id_to_position[id] < (int)queue->length);
-
-	return queue->id_to_position[id];
-}
-
-static inline int
-queue_position_to_id(const struct queue *queue, unsigned position)
-{
-	assert(position < queue->length);
-
-	return queue->items[position].id;
-}
-
-static inline unsigned
-queue_order_to_position(const struct queue *queue, unsigned order)
-{
-	assert(order < queue->length);
-
-	return queue->order[order];
-}
-
-static inline unsigned
-queue_position_to_order(const struct queue *queue, unsigned position)
-{
-	assert(position < queue->length);
-
-	for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i) {
-		assert(i < queue->length);
-
-		if (queue->order[i] == position)
-			return i;
-	}
-}
-
-G_GNUC_PURE
-static inline uint8_t
-queue_get_priority_at_position(const struct queue *queue, unsigned position)
-{
-	assert(position < queue->length);
-
-	return queue->items[position].priority;
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns the song at the specified position.
- */
-static inline struct song *
-queue_get(const struct queue *queue, unsigned position)
-{
-	assert(position < queue->length);
-
-	return queue->items[position].song;
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns the song at the specified order number.
- */
-static inline struct song *
-queue_get_order(const struct queue *queue, unsigned order)
-{
-	return queue_get(queue, queue_order_to_position(queue, order));
-}
-
-/**
- * Is the song at the specified position newer than the specified
- * version?
- */
-static inline bool
-queue_song_newer(const struct queue *queue, unsigned position,
-		 uint32_t version)
-{
-	assert(position < queue->length);
-
-	return version > queue->version ||
-		queue->items[position].version >= version ||
-		queue->items[position].version == 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * Initialize a queue object.
- */
-void
-queue_init(struct queue *queue, unsigned max_length);
-
-/**
- * Deinitializes a queue object.  It does not free the queue pointer
- * itself.
- */
-void
-queue_finish(struct queue *queue);
-
-/**
- * Returns the order number following the specified one.  This takes
- * end of queue and "repeat" mode into account.
- *
- * @return the next order number, or -1 to stop playback
- */
-int
-queue_next_order(const struct queue *queue, unsigned order);
-
-/**
- * Increments the queue's version number.  This handles integer
- * overflow well.
- */
-void
-queue_increment_version(struct queue *queue);
-
-/**
- * Marks the specified song as "modified" and increments the version
- * number.
- */
-void
-queue_modify(struct queue *queue, unsigned order);
-
-/**
- * Marks all songs as "modified" and increments the version number.
- */
-void
-queue_modify_all(struct queue *queue);
-
-/**
- * Appends a song to the queue and returns its position.  Prior to
- * that, the caller must check if the queue is already full.
- *
- * If a song is not in the database (determined by
- * song_in_database()), it is freed when removed from the queue.
- *
- * @param priority the priority of this new queue item
- */
-unsigned
-queue_append(struct queue *queue, struct song *song, uint8_t priority);
-
-/**
- * Swaps two songs, addressed by their position.
- */
-void
-queue_swap(struct queue *queue, unsigned position1, unsigned position2);
-
-/**
- * Swaps two songs, addressed by their order number.
- */
-static inline void
-queue_swap_order(struct queue *queue, unsigned order1, unsigned order2)
-{
-	unsigned tmp = queue->order[order1];
-	queue->order[order1] = queue->order[order2];
-	queue->order[order2] = tmp;
-}
-
-/**
- * Moves a song to a new position.
- */
-void
-queue_move(struct queue *queue, unsigned from, unsigned to);
-
-/**
- * Moves a range of songs to a new position.
- */
-void
-queue_move_range(struct queue *queue, unsigned start, unsigned end, unsigned to);
-
-/**
- * Removes a song from the playlist.
- */
-void
-queue_delete(struct queue *queue, unsigned position);
-
-/**
- * Removes all songs from the playlist.
- */
-void
-queue_clear(struct queue *queue);
-
-/**
- * Initializes the "order" array, and restores "normal" order.
- */
-static inline void
-queue_restore_order(struct queue *queue)
-{
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue->length; ++i)
-		queue->order[i] = i;
-}
-
-/**
- * Shuffle the order of items in the specified range, taking their
- * priorities into account.
- */
-void
-queue_shuffle_order_range_with_priority(struct queue *queue,
-					unsigned start, unsigned end);
-
-/**
- * Shuffles the virtual order of songs, but does not move them
- * physically.  This is used in random mode.
- */
-void
-queue_shuffle_order(struct queue *queue);
-
-/**
- * Shuffles the virtual order of the last song in the specified
- * (order) range.  This is used in random mode after a song has been
- * appended by queue_append().
- */
-void
-queue_shuffle_order_last(struct queue *queue, unsigned start, unsigned end);
-
-/**
- * Shuffles a (position) range in the queue.  The songs are physically
- * shuffled, not by using the "order" mapping.
- */
-void
-queue_shuffle_range(struct queue *queue, unsigned start, unsigned end);
-
-bool
-queue_set_priority(struct queue *queue, unsigned position,
-		   uint8_t priority, int after_order);
-
-bool
-queue_set_priority_range(struct queue *queue,
-			 unsigned start_position, unsigned end_position,
-			 uint8_t priority, int after_order);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/queue_print.c b/src/queue_print.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d149e8b6f..000000000
--- a/src/queue_print.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "queue_print.h"
-#include "queue.h"
-#include "song.h"
-#include "song_print.h"
-#include "locate.h"
-#include "client.h"
-#include "mapper.h"
-
-/**
- * Send detailed information about a range of songs in the queue to a
- * client.
- *
- * @param client the client which has requested information
- * @param start the index of the first song (including)
- * @param end the index of the last song (excluding)
- */
-static void
-queue_print_song_info(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
-		      unsigned position)
-{
-	song_print_info(client, queue_get(queue, position));
-	client_printf(client, "Pos: %u\nId: %u\n",
-		      position, queue_position_to_id(queue, position));
-
-	uint8_t priority = queue_get_priority_at_position(queue, position);
-	if (priority != 0)
-		client_printf(client, "Prio: %u\n", priority);
-}
-
-void
-queue_print_info(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
-		 unsigned start, unsigned end)
-{
-	assert(start <= end);
-	assert(end <= queue_length(queue));
-
-	for (unsigned i = start; i < end; ++i)
-		queue_print_song_info(client, queue, i);
-}
-
-void
-queue_print_uris(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
-		 unsigned start, unsigned end)
-{
-	assert(start <= end);
-	assert(end <= queue_length(queue));
-
-	for (unsigned i = start; i < end; ++i) {
-		client_printf(client, "%i:", i);
-		song_print_uri(client, queue_get(queue, i));
-	}
-}
-
-void
-queue_print_changes_info(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
-			 uint32_t version)
-{
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue_length(queue); i++) {
-		if (queue_song_newer(queue, i, version))
-			queue_print_song_info(client, queue, i);
-	}
-}
-
-void
-queue_print_changes_position(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
-			     uint32_t version)
-{
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue_length(queue); i++)
-		if (queue_song_newer(queue, i, version))
-			client_printf(client, "cpos: %i\nId: %i\n",
-				      i, queue_position_to_id(queue, i));
-}
-
-void
-queue_search(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
-	     const struct locate_item_list *criteria)
-{
-	unsigned i;
-	struct locate_item_list *new_list =
-		locate_item_list_casefold(criteria);
-
-	for (i = 0; i < queue_length(queue); i++) {
-		const struct song *song = queue_get(queue, i);
-
-		if (locate_song_search(song, new_list))
-			queue_print_song_info(client, queue, i);
-	}
-
-	locate_item_list_free(new_list);
-}
-
-void
-queue_find(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
-	   const struct locate_item_list *criteria)
-{
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue_length(queue); i++) {
-		const struct song *song = queue_get(queue, i);
-
-		if (locate_song_match(song, criteria))
-			queue_print_song_info(client, queue, i);
-	}
-}
diff --git a/src/replay_gain_config.h b/src/replay_gain_config.h
index 18747cef2..2bf4f32f2 100644
--- a/src/replay_gain_config.h
+++ b/src/replay_gain_config.h
@@ -50,6 +50,6 @@ replay_gain_set_mode_string(const char *p);
   * Returns the "real" mode according to the "auto" setting"
   */
 enum replay_gain_mode
-replay_gain_get_real_mode(void);
+replay_gain_get_real_mode(bool random_mode);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/resolver.h b/src/resolver.h
index e5ad06754..666b6d5b2 100644
--- a/src/resolver.h
+++ b/src/resolver.h
@@ -20,12 +20,14 @@
 #ifndef MPD_RESOLVER_H
 #define MPD_RESOLVER_H
 
+#include "gcc.h"
+
 #include <glib.h>
 
 struct sockaddr;
 struct addrinfo;
 
-G_GNUC_CONST
+gcc_const
 static inline GQuark
 resolver_quark(void)
 {
@@ -42,7 +44,7 @@ resolver_quark(void)
  * @param error location to store the error occurring, or NULL to
  * ignore errors
  */
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
 char *
 sockaddr_to_string(const struct sockaddr *sa, size_t length, GError **error);
 
diff --git a/src/server_socket.h b/src/server_socket.h
index 7caa4bbf2..f7e9aa4cf 100644
--- a/src/server_socket.h
+++ b/src/server_socket.h
@@ -20,9 +20,10 @@
 #ifndef MPD_SERVER_SOCKET_H
 #define MPD_SERVER_SOCKET_H
 
-#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
 
 struct sockaddr;
 
diff --git a/src/sig_handlers.c b/src/sig_handlers.c
index b23f9e778..eabca1997 100644
--- a/src/sig_handlers.c
+++ b/src/sig_handlers.c
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 #ifndef WIN32
 
 #include "log.h"
-#include "main.h"
+#include "Main.hxx"
 #include "event_pipe.h"
 #include "mpd_error.h"
 
diff --git a/src/socket_util.c b/src/socket_util.c
index a06a0cbd5..ee8bf7e1a 100644
--- a/src/socket_util.c
+++ b/src/socket_util.c
@@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
 #include "socket_util.h"
 #include "fd_util.h"
 
+#include <glib.h>
+
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 
diff --git a/src/socket_util.h b/src/socket_util.h
index 93bd27362..4cf845d8e 100644
--- a/src/socket_util.h
+++ b/src/socket_util.h
@@ -26,7 +26,9 @@
 #ifndef SOCKET_UTIL_H
 #define SOCKET_UTIL_H
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
 
 struct sockaddr;
 
diff --git a/src/song.h b/src/song.h
index 8b97d45d0..119d89ccd 100644
--- a/src/song.h
+++ b/src/song.h
@@ -21,7 +21,9 @@
 #define MPD_SONG_H
 
 #include "util/list.h"
+#include "gcc.h"
 
+#include <assert.h>
 #include <stddef.h>
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <sys/time.h>
@@ -41,7 +43,7 @@ struct song {
 	struct list_head siblings;
 
 	struct tag *tag;
-	struct directory *parent;
+	struct Directory *parent;
 	time_t mtime;
 
 	/**
@@ -58,13 +60,21 @@ struct song {
 	char uri[sizeof(int)];
 };
 
+/**
+ * A dummy #directory instance that is used for "detached" song
+ * copies.
+ */
+extern struct Directory detached_root;
+
+G_BEGIN_DECLS
+
 /** allocate a new song with a remote URL */
 struct song *
 song_remote_new(const char *uri);
 
 /** allocate a new song with a local file name */
 struct song *
-song_file_new(const char *path, struct directory *parent);
+song_file_new(const char *path, struct Directory *parent);
 
 /**
  * allocate a new song structure with a local file name and attempt to
@@ -72,7 +82,7 @@ song_file_new(const char *path, struct directory *parent);
  * data, NULL is returned.
  */
 struct song *
-song_file_load(const char *path, struct directory *parent);
+song_file_load(const char *path, struct Directory *parent);
 
 /**
  * Replaces the URI of a song object.  The given song object is
@@ -83,9 +93,52 @@ song_file_load(const char *path, struct directory *parent);
 struct song *
 song_replace_uri(struct song *song, const char *uri);
 
+/**
+ * Creates a "detached" song object.
+ */
+struct song *
+song_detached_new(const char *uri);
+
+/**
+ * Creates a duplicate of the song object.  If the object is in the
+ * database, it creates a "detached" copy of this song, see
+ * song_is_detached().
+ */
+gcc_malloc
+struct song *
+song_dup_detached(const struct song *src);
+
 void
 song_free(struct song *song);
 
+static inline bool
+song_in_database(const struct song *song)
+{
+	return song->parent != NULL;
+}
+
+static inline bool
+song_is_file(const struct song *song)
+{
+	return song_in_database(song) || song->uri[0] == '/';
+}
+
+static inline bool
+song_is_detached(const struct song *song)
+{
+	assert(song != NULL);
+	assert(song_in_database(song));
+
+	return song->parent == &detached_root;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns true if both objects refer to the same physical song.
+ */
+gcc_pure
+bool
+song_equals(const struct song *a, const struct song *b);
+
 bool
 song_file_update(struct song *song);
 
@@ -105,16 +158,6 @@ song_get_uri(const struct song *song);
 double
 song_get_duration(const struct song *song);
 
-static inline bool
-song_in_database(const struct song *song)
-{
-	return song->parent != NULL;
-}
-
-static inline bool
-song_is_file(const struct song *song)
-{
-	return song_in_database(song) || song->uri[0] == '/';
-}
+G_END_DECLS
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/stats.c b/src/stats.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fe6a064a6..000000000
--- a/src/stats.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "stats.h"
-#include "database.h"
-#include "db_visitor.h"
-#include "tag.h"
-#include "song.h"
-#include "client.h"
-#include "player_control.h"
-#include "strset.h"
-#include "client_internal.h"
-
-struct stats stats;
-
-void stats_global_init(void)
-{
-	stats.timer = g_timer_new();
-}
-
-void stats_global_finish(void)
-{
-	g_timer_destroy(stats.timer);
-}
-
-struct visit_data {
-	struct strset *artists;
-	struct strset *albums;
-};
-
-static void
-visit_tag(struct visit_data *data, const struct tag *tag)
-{
-	if (tag->time > 0)
-		stats.song_duration += tag->time;
-
-	for (unsigned i = 0; i < tag->num_items; ++i) {
-		const struct tag_item *item = tag->items[i];
-
-		switch (item->type) {
-		case TAG_ARTIST:
-			strset_add(data->artists, item->value);
-			break;
-
-		case TAG_ALBUM:
-			strset_add(data->albums, item->value);
-			break;
-
-		default:
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-static bool
-collect_stats_song(struct song *song, void *_data,
-		   G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
-	struct visit_data *data = _data;
-
-	++stats.song_count;
-
-	if (song->tag != NULL)
-		visit_tag(data, song->tag);
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor collect_stats_visitor = {
-	.song = collect_stats_song,
-};
-
-void stats_update(void)
-{
-	struct visit_data data;
-
-	stats.song_count = 0;
-	stats.song_duration = 0;
-	stats.artist_count = 0;
-
-	data.artists = strset_new();
-	data.albums = strset_new();
-
-	db_walk("", &collect_stats_visitor, &data, NULL);
-
-	stats.artist_count = strset_size(data.artists);
-	stats.album_count = strset_size(data.albums);
-
-	strset_free(data.artists);
-	strset_free(data.albums);
-}
-
-int stats_print(struct client *client)
-{
-	client_printf(client,
-		      "artists: %u\n"
-		      "albums: %u\n"
-		      "songs: %i\n"
-		      "uptime: %li\n"
-		      "playtime: %li\n"
-		      "db_playtime: %li\n"
-		      "db_update: %li\n",
-		      stats.artist_count,
-		      stats.album_count,
-		      stats.song_count,
-		      (long)g_timer_elapsed(stats.timer, NULL),
-		      (long)(pc_get_total_play_time(client->player_control) + 0.5),
-		      stats.song_duration,
-		      (long)db_get_mtime());
-	return 0;
-}
diff --git a/src/stats.h b/src/stats.h
index a686477de..eb723bcf3 100644
--- a/src/stats.h
+++ b/src/stats.h
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
-struct client;
+class Client;
 
 struct stats {
 	GTimer *timer;
@@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ void stats_global_finish(void);
 
 void stats_update(void);
 
-int stats_print(struct client *client);
+void
+stats_print(Client *client);
 
 #endif
diff --git a/src/string_util.h b/src/string_util.h
index dc80a46ef..c1d316f0c 100644
--- a/src/string_util.h
+++ b/src/string_util.h
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 #ifndef MPD_STRING_UTIL_H
 #define MPD_STRING_UTIL_H
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
 
@@ -28,10 +28,13 @@
  * Remove the "const" attribute from a string pointer.  This is a
  * dirty hack, don't use it unless you know what you're doing!
  */
-G_GNUC_CONST
+gcc_const
 static inline char *
 deconst_string(const char *p)
 {
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+	return const_cast<char *>(p);
+#else
 	union {
 		const char *in;
 		char *out;
@@ -40,6 +43,7 @@ deconst_string(const char *p)
 	};
 
 	return u.out;
+#endif
 }
 
 /**
@@ -49,14 +53,14 @@ deconst_string(const char *p)
  * This is a faster version of g_strchug(), because it does not move
  * data.
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 const char *
 strchug_fast_c(const char *p);
 
 /**
  * Same as strchug_fast_c(), but works with a writable pointer.
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 static inline char *
 strchug_fast(char *p)
 {
diff --git a/src/strset.c b/src/strset.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5862e4075..000000000
--- a/src/strset.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "strset.h"
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#define NUM_SLOTS 16384
-
-struct strset_slot {
-	struct strset_slot *next;
-	const char *value;
-};
-
-struct strset {
-	unsigned size;
-
-	struct strset_slot *current_slot;
-	unsigned next_slot;
-
-	struct strset_slot slots[NUM_SLOTS];
-};
-
-static unsigned calc_hash(const char *p) {
-	unsigned hash = 5381;
-
-	assert(p != NULL);
-
-	while (*p != 0)
-		hash = (hash << 5) + hash + *p++;
-
-	return hash;
-}
-
-G_GNUC_MALLOC struct strset *strset_new(void)
-{
-	struct strset *set = g_new0(struct strset, 1);
-	return set;
-}
-
-void strset_free(struct strset *set)
-{
-	unsigned i;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < NUM_SLOTS; ++i) {
-		struct strset_slot *slot = set->slots[i].next, *next;
-
-		while (slot != NULL) {
-			next = slot->next;
-			g_free(slot);
-			slot = next;
-		}
-	}
-
-	g_free(set);
-}
-
-void strset_add(struct strset *set, const char *value)
-{
-	struct strset_slot *base_slot
-		= &set->slots[calc_hash(value) % NUM_SLOTS];
-	struct strset_slot *slot = base_slot;
-
-	if (base_slot->value == NULL) {
-		/* empty slot - put into base_slot */
-		assert(base_slot->next == NULL);
-
-		base_slot->value = value;
-		++set->size;
-		return;
-	}
-
-	for (slot = base_slot; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next)
-		if (strcmp(slot->value, value) == 0)
-			/* found it - do nothing */
-			return;
-
-	/* insert it into the slot chain */
-	slot = g_new(struct strset_slot, 1);
-	slot->next = base_slot->next;
-	slot->value = value;
-	base_slot->next = slot;
-	++set->size;
-}
-
-int strset_get(const struct strset *set, const char *value)
-{
-	const struct strset_slot *slot = &set->slots[calc_hash(value)];
-
-	if (slot->value == NULL)
-		return 0;
-
-	for (slot = slot->next; slot != NULL; slot = slot->next)
-		if (strcmp(slot->value, value) == 0)
-			/* found it - do nothing */
-			return 1;
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-unsigned strset_size(const struct strset *set)
-{
-	return set->size;
-}
-
-void strset_rewind(struct strset *set)
-{
-	set->current_slot = NULL;
-	set->next_slot = 0;
-}
-
-const char *strset_next(struct strset *set)
-{
-	if (set->current_slot != NULL && set->current_slot->next != NULL) {
-		set->current_slot = set->current_slot->next;
-		return set->current_slot->value;
-	}
-
-	while (set->next_slot < NUM_SLOTS &&
-	       set->slots[set->next_slot].value == NULL)
-		++set->next_slot;
-
-	if (set->next_slot >= NUM_SLOTS)
-		return NULL;
-
-	set->current_slot = &set->slots[set->next_slot++];
-	return set->current_slot->value;
-}
-
diff --git a/src/strset.h b/src/strset.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5382e59b8..000000000
--- a/src/strset.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-/**
- * "struct strset" is a hashed string set: you can add strings to this
- * library, and it stores them as a set of unique strings.  You can
- * get the size of the set, and you can enumerate through all values.
- *
- * It is important to note that the strset does not copy the string
- * values - it stores the exact pointers it was given in strset_add().
- */
-
-#ifndef MPD_STRSET_H
-#define MPD_STRSET_H
-
-#include <glib.h>
-
-struct strset;
-
-G_GNUC_MALLOC struct strset *strset_new(void);
-
-void strset_free(struct strset *set);
-
-void strset_add(struct strset *set, const char *value);
-
-int strset_get(const struct strset *set, const char *value);
-
-unsigned strset_size(const struct strset *set);
-
-void strset_rewind(struct strset *set);
-
-const char *strset_next(struct strset *set);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/tag.c b/src/tag.c
index c0faa7ab2..b59c23b23 100644
--- a/src/tag.c
+++ b/src/tag.c
@@ -168,9 +168,9 @@ static void tag_delete_item(struct tag *tag, unsigned idx)
 	assert(idx < tag->num_items);
 	tag->num_items--;
 
-	g_mutex_lock(tag_pool_lock);
+	g_static_mutex_lock(&tag_pool_lock);
 	tag_pool_put_item(tag->items[idx]);
-	g_mutex_unlock(tag_pool_lock);
+	g_static_mutex_unlock(&tag_pool_lock);
 
 	if (tag->num_items - idx > 0) {
 		memmove(tag->items + idx, tag->items + idx + 1,
@@ -202,10 +202,10 @@ void tag_free(struct tag *tag)
 
 	assert(tag != NULL);
 
-	g_mutex_lock(tag_pool_lock);
+	g_static_mutex_lock(&tag_pool_lock);
 	for (i = tag->num_items; --i >= 0; )
 		tag_pool_put_item(tag->items[i]);
-	g_mutex_unlock(tag_pool_lock);
+	g_static_mutex_unlock(&tag_pool_lock);
 
 	if (tag->items == bulk.items) {
 #ifndef NDEBUG
@@ -231,10 +231,10 @@ struct tag *tag_dup(const struct tag *tag)
 	ret->num_items = tag->num_items;
 	ret->items = ret->num_items > 0 ? g_malloc(items_size(tag)) : NULL;
 
-	g_mutex_lock(tag_pool_lock);
+	g_static_mutex_lock(&tag_pool_lock);
 	for (unsigned i = 0; i < tag->num_items; i++)
 		ret->items[i] = tag_pool_dup_item(tag->items[i]);
-	g_mutex_unlock(tag_pool_lock);
+	g_static_mutex_unlock(&tag_pool_lock);
 
 	return ret;
 }
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ tag_merge(const struct tag *base, const struct tag *add)
 	ret->num_items = base->num_items + add->num_items;
 	ret->items = ret->num_items > 0 ? g_malloc(items_size(ret)) : NULL;
 
-	g_mutex_lock(tag_pool_lock);
+	g_static_mutex_lock(&tag_pool_lock);
 
 	/* copy all items from "add" */
 
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ tag_merge(const struct tag *base, const struct tag *add)
 		if (!tag_has_type(add, base->items[i]->type))
 			ret->items[n++] = tag_pool_dup_item(base->items[i]);
 
-	g_mutex_unlock(tag_pool_lock);
+	g_static_mutex_unlock(&tag_pool_lock);
 
 	assert(n <= ret->num_items);
 
@@ -502,9 +502,9 @@ tag_add_item_internal(struct tag *tag, enum tag_type type,
 		       items_size(tag) - sizeof(struct tag_item *));
 	}
 
-	g_mutex_lock(tag_pool_lock);
+	g_static_mutex_lock(&tag_pool_lock);
 	tag->items[i] = tag_pool_get_item(type, value, len);
-	g_mutex_unlock(tag_pool_lock);
+	g_static_mutex_unlock(&tag_pool_lock);
 
 	g_free(p);
 }
diff --git a/src/tag_id3.c b/src/tag_id3.c
index 0971829f0..5744e0e62 100644
--- a/src/tag_id3.c
+++ b/src/tag_id3.c
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@
 #include "riff.h"
 #include "aiff.h"
 #include "conf.h"
+#include "io_error.h"
 
 #include <glib.h>
 #include <id3tag.h>
@@ -343,7 +344,7 @@ tag_id3_import_ufid(struct id3_tag *id3_tag,
 	}
 }
 
-static void
+void
 scan_id3_tag(struct id3_tag *tag,
 	     const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx)
 {
@@ -546,7 +547,7 @@ tag_id3_load(const char *path_fs, GError **error_r)
 {
 	FILE *file = fopen(path_fs, "rb");
 	if (file == NULL) {
-		g_set_error(error_r, g_file_error_quark(), errno,
+		g_set_error(error_r, errno_quark(), errno,
 			    "Failed to open file %s: %s",
 			    path_fs, g_strerror(errno));
 		return NULL;
diff --git a/src/tag_id3.h b/src/tag_id3.h
index 049c53ad9..1907c13fc 100644
--- a/src/tag_id3.h
+++ b/src/tag_id3.h
@@ -21,8 +21,8 @@
 #define MPD_TAG_ID3_H
 
 #include "check.h"
-
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
+#include "gerror.h"
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
 
@@ -48,12 +48,20 @@ struct tag *tag_id3_import(struct id3_tag *);
 struct id3_tag *
 tag_id3_load(const char *path_fs, GError **error_r);
 
+/**
+ * Import all tags from the provided id3_tag *tag
+ *
+ */
+void
+scan_id3_tag(struct id3_tag *tag,
+	     const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx);
+
 #else
 
 static inline bool
-tag_id3_scan(G_GNUC_UNUSED const char *path_fs,
-	     G_GNUC_UNUSED const struct tag_handler *handler,
-	     G_GNUC_UNUSED void *handler_ctx)
+tag_id3_scan(gcc_unused const char *path_fs,
+	     gcc_unused const struct tag_handler *handler,
+	     gcc_unused void *handler_ctx)
 {
 	return false;
 }
diff --git a/src/tag_pool.c b/src/tag_pool.c
index eabf3e369..2f9b39486 100644
--- a/src/tag_pool.c
+++ b/src/tag_pool.c
@@ -22,7 +22,17 @@
 
 #include <assert.h>
 
-GMutex *tag_pool_lock = NULL;
+#if GCC_CHECK_VERSION(4, 2)
+/* workaround for a warning caused by G_STATIC_MUTEX_INIT */
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-field-initializers"
+#endif
+
+GStaticMutex tag_pool_lock = G_STATIC_MUTEX_INIT;
+
+#if GCC_CHECK_VERSION(4, 2)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
 
 #define NUM_SLOTS 4096
 
@@ -81,19 +91,6 @@ static struct slot *slot_alloc(struct slot *next,
 	return slot;
 }
 
-void tag_pool_init(void)
-{
-	g_assert(tag_pool_lock == NULL);
-	tag_pool_lock = g_mutex_new();
-}
-
-void tag_pool_deinit(void)
-{
-	g_assert(tag_pool_lock != NULL);
-	g_mutex_free(tag_pool_lock);
-	tag_pool_lock = NULL;
-}
-
 struct tag_item *
 tag_pool_get_item(enum tag_type type, const char *value, size_t length)
 {
diff --git a/src/tag_pool.h b/src/tag_pool.h
index a96c00d85..a717f704d 100644
--- a/src/tag_pool.h
+++ b/src/tag_pool.h
@@ -24,14 +24,10 @@
 
 #include <glib.h>
 
-extern GMutex *tag_pool_lock;
+extern GStaticMutex tag_pool_lock;
 
 struct tag_item;
 
-void tag_pool_init(void);
-
-void tag_pool_deinit(void);
-
 struct tag_item *
 tag_pool_get_item(enum tag_type type, const char *value, size_t length);
 
diff --git a/src/text_file.h b/src/text_file.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9dd810943..000000000
--- a/src/text_file.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MPD_TEXT_FILE_H
-#define MPD_TEXT_FILE_H
-
-#include <glib.h>
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/**
- * Reads a line from the input file, and strips trailing space.  There
- * is a reasonable maximum line length, only to prevent denial of
- * service.
- *
- * @param file the source file, opened in text mode
- * @param buffer an allocator for the buffer
- * @return a pointer to the line, or NULL on end-of-file or error
- */
-char *
-read_text_line(FILE *file, GString *buffer);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/thread/CriticalSection.hxx b/src/thread/CriticalSection.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f3faee943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/thread/CriticalSection.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Max Kellermann <max@duempel.org>
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ * distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+ * FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
+ * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_THREAD_CRITICAL_SECTION_HXX
+#define MPD_THREAD_CRITICAL_SECTION_HXX
+
+#include <windows.h>
+
+class CriticalSection {
+	CRITICAL_SECTION critical_section;
+
+public:
+	CriticalSection() {
+		::InitializeCriticalSection(&critical_section);
+	}
+
+	~CriticalSection() {
+		::DeleteCriticalSection(&critical_section);
+	}
+
+	CriticalSection(const CriticalSection &other) = delete;
+	CriticalSection &operator=(const CriticalSection &other) = delete;
+
+	void lock() {
+		::EnterCriticalSection(&critical_section);
+	};
+
+	bool try_lock() {
+		return ::TryEnterCriticalSection(&critical_section) != 0;
+	};
+
+	void unlock() {
+		::LeaveCriticalSection(&critical_section);
+	}
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/thread/Mutex.hxx b/src/thread/Mutex.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df8d140c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/thread/Mutex.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_THREAD_MUTEX_HXX
+#define MPD_THREAD_MUTEX_HXX
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+
+/* mingw-w64 4.6.3 lacks a std::mutex implementation */
+
+#include "CriticalSection.hxx"
+typedef CriticalSection Mutex;
+
+class ScopeLock {
+	Mutex &mutex;
+
+public:
+	ScopeLock(Mutex &_mutex):mutex(_mutex) {
+		mutex.lock();
+	};
+
+	~ScopeLock() {
+		mutex.unlock();
+	};
+
+	ScopeLock(const ScopeLock &other) = delete;
+	ScopeLock &operator=(const ScopeLock &other) = delete;
+};
+
+#else
+
+#include <mutex>
+typedef std::mutex Mutex;
+typedef std::lock_guard<std::mutex> ScopeLock;
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/tokenizer.c b/src/tokenizer.c
index bbb34e100..4a98e882f 100644
--- a/src/tokenizer.c
+++ b/src/tokenizer.c
@@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
 #include "tokenizer.h"
 #include "string_util.h"
 
+#include <glib.h>
+
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <assert.h>
 #include <string.h>
diff --git a/src/tokenizer.h b/src/tokenizer.h
index d55eb3ca6..2026e5ad6 100644
--- a/src/tokenizer.h
+++ b/src/tokenizer.h
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 #ifndef MPD_TOKENIZER_H
 #define MPD_TOKENIZER_H
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
 
 /**
  * Reads the next word from the input string.  This function modifies
diff --git a/src/uri.h b/src/uri.h
index 5a9b472f5..6713f1698 100644
--- a/src/uri.h
+++ b/src/uri.h
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 #ifndef MPD_URI_H
 #define MPD_URI_H
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
 
@@ -28,10 +28,10 @@
  * Checks whether the specified URI has a scheme in the form
  * "scheme://".
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 bool uri_has_scheme(const char *uri);
 
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 const char *
 uri_get_suffix(const char *uri);
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ uri_get_suffix(const char *uri);
  * - no double slashes
  * - no path component begins with a dot
  */
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
 bool
 uri_safe_local(const char *uri);
 
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ uri_safe_local(const char *uri);
  * NULL if nothing needs to be removed, or if the URI is not
  * recognized.
  */
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
 char *
 uri_remove_auth(const char *uri);
 
diff --git a/src/util/HugeAllocator.cxx b/src/util/HugeAllocator.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d1c55c965
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/util/HugeAllocator.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "HugeAllocator.hxx"
+
+#ifdef __linux__
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#else
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __linux__
+
+/**
+ * Round up the parameter, make it page-aligned.
+ */
+gcc_const
+static size_t
+AlignToPageSize(size_t size)
+{
+	static const long page_size = sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE);
+	if (page_size > 0)
+		return size;
+
+	size_t ps(page_size);
+	return (size + ps - 1) / ps * ps;
+}
+
+void *
+HugeAllocate(size_t size)
+{
+	size = AlignToPageSize(size);
+
+	constexpr int flags = MAP_ANONYMOUS|MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_NORESERVE;
+	void *p = mmap(nullptr, size,
+		       PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, flags,
+		       -1, 0);
+	if (p == (void *)-1)
+		return nullptr;
+
+#ifdef MADV_HUGEPAGE
+	/* allow the Linux kernel to use "Huge Pages", which reduces page
+	   table overhead for this big chunk of data */
+	madvise(p, size, MADV_HUGEPAGE);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MADV_DONTFORK
+	/* just in case MPD needs to fork, don't copy this allocation
+	   to the child process, to reduce overhead */
+	madvise(p, size, MADV_DONTFORK);
+#endif
+
+	return p;
+}
+
+void
+HugeFree(void *p, size_t size)
+{
+	munmap(p, AlignToPageSize(size));
+}
+
+void
+HugeDiscard(void *p, size_t size)
+{
+#ifdef MADV_DONTNEED
+	madvise(p, AlignToPageSize(size), MADV_DONTNEED);
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/util/HugeAllocator.hxx b/src/util/HugeAllocator.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..01c92cd43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/util/HugeAllocator.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_HUGE_ALLOCATOR_HXX
+#define MPD_HUGE_ALLOCATOR_HXX
+
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef __linux__
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a huge amount of memory.  This will be done in a way that
+ * allows giving the memory back to the kernel as soon as we don't
+ * need it anymore.  On the downside, this call is expensive.
+ */
+gcc_malloc
+void *
+HugeAllocate(size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * @param p an allocation returned by HugeAllocate()
+ * @param size the allocation's size as passed to HugeAllocate()
+ */
+void
+HugeFree(void *p, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Discard any data stored in the allocation and give the memory back
+ * to the kernel.  After returning, the allocation still exists and
+ * can be reused at any time, but its contents are undefined.
+ *
+ * @param p an allocation returned by HugeAllocate()
+ * @param size the allocation's size as passed to HugeAllocate()
+ */
+void
+HugeDiscard(void *p, size_t size);
+
+#else
+
+/* not Linux: fall back to standard C calls */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+gcc_malloc
+static inline void *
+HugeAllocate(size_t size)
+{
+	return malloc(size);
+}
+
+static inline void
+HugeFree(void *p, size_t)
+{
+	free(p);
+}
+
+static inline void
+HugeDiscard(void *, size_t)
+{
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/util/SliceBuffer.hxx b/src/util/SliceBuffer.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c61f164f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/util/SliceBuffer.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_SLICE_BUFFER_HXX
+#define MPD_SLICE_BUFFER_HXX
+
+#include "HugeAllocator.hxx"
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+#include <utility>
+#include <new>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/**
+ * This class pre-allocates a certain number of objects, and allows
+ * callers to allocate and free these objects ("slices").
+ */
+template<typename T>
+class SliceBuffer {
+	union Slice {
+		Slice *next;
+
+		T value;
+	};
+
+	/**
+	 * The maximum number of slices in this container.
+	 */
+	const unsigned n_max;
+
+	/**
+	 * The number of slices that are initialized.  This is used to
+	 * avoid page faulting on the new allocation, so the kernel
+	 * does not need to reserve physical memory pages.
+	 */
+	unsigned n_initialized;
+
+	/**
+	 * The number of slices currently allocated.
+	 */
+	unsigned n_allocated;
+
+	Slice *const data;
+
+	/**
+	 * Pointer to the first free element in the chain.
+	 */
+	Slice *available;
+
+	size_t CalcAllocationSize() const {
+		return n_max * sizeof(Slice);
+	}
+
+public:
+	SliceBuffer(unsigned _count)
+		:n_max(_count), n_initialized(0), n_allocated(0),
+		 data((Slice *)HugeAllocate(CalcAllocationSize())),
+		 available(nullptr) {
+		assert(n_max > 0);
+	}
+
+	~SliceBuffer() {
+		/* all slices must be freed explicitly, and this
+		   assertion checks for leaks */
+		assert(n_allocated == 0);
+
+		HugeFree(data, CalcAllocationSize());
+	}
+
+	SliceBuffer(const SliceBuffer &other) = delete;
+	SliceBuffer &operator=(const SliceBuffer &other) = delete;
+
+	/**
+	 * @return true if buffer allocation (by the constructor) has failed
+	 */
+	bool IsOOM() {
+		return data == nullptr;
+	}
+
+	unsigned GetCapacity() const {
+		return n_max;
+	}
+
+	bool IsEmpty() const {
+		return n_allocated == 0;
+	}
+
+	bool IsFull() const {
+		return n_allocated == n_max;
+	}
+
+	template<typename... Args>
+	T *Allocate(Args&&... args) {
+		assert(n_initialized <= n_max);
+		assert(n_allocated <= n_initialized);
+
+		if (available == nullptr) {
+			if (n_initialized == n_max) {
+				/* out of (internal) memory, buffer is full */
+				assert(n_allocated == n_max);
+				return nullptr;
+			}
+
+			available = &data[n_initialized++];
+			available->next = nullptr;
+		}
+
+		/* allocate a slice */
+		T *value = &available->value;
+		available = available->next;
+		++n_allocated;
+
+		/* construct the object */
+		return ::new((void *)value) T(std::forward<Args>(args)...);
+	}
+
+	void Free(T *value) {
+		assert(n_initialized <= n_max);
+		assert(n_allocated > 0);
+		assert(n_allocated <= n_initialized);
+
+		Slice *slice = reinterpret_cast<Slice *>(value);
+		assert(slice >= data && slice < data + n_max);
+
+		/* destruct the object */
+		value->~T();
+
+		/* insert the slice in the "available" linked list */
+		slice->next = available;
+		available = slice;
+		--n_allocated;
+
+		/* give memory back to the kernel when the last slice
+		   was freed */
+		if (n_allocated == 0) {
+			HugeDiscard(data, CalcAllocationSize());
+			n_initialized = 0;
+			available = nullptr;
+		}
+	}
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/util/bit_reverse.h b/src/util/bit_reverse.h
index e44693b1d..54cb789bb 100644
--- a/src/util/bit_reverse.h
+++ b/src/util/bit_reverse.h
@@ -20,12 +20,13 @@
 #ifndef MPD_BIT_REVERSE_H
 #define MPD_BIT_REVERSE_H
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
+
 #include <stdint.h>
 
 extern const uint8_t bit_reverse_table[256];
 
-G_GNUC_CONST
+gcc_const
 static inline uint8_t
 bit_reverse(uint8_t x)
 {
diff --git a/src/util/list.h b/src/util/list.h
index fdab47675..28c70954f 100644
--- a/src/util/list.h
+++ b/src/util/list.h
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
  * under normal circumstances, used to verify that nobody uses
  * non-initialized list entries.
  */
-#define LIST_POISON1  ((void *) 0x00100100)
-#define LIST_POISON2  ((void *) 0x00200200)
+#define LIST_POISON1  ((struct list_head *)(void *) 0x00100100)
+#define LIST_POISON2  ((struct list_head *)(void *) 0x00200200)
 
 /*
  * Simple doubly linked list implementation.
@@ -82,46 +82,47 @@ static inline void INIT_LIST_HEAD(struct list_head *list)
  * the prev/next entries already!
  */
 #ifndef CONFIG_DEBUG_LIST
-static inline void __list_add(struct list_head *new,
+static inline void __list_add(struct list_head *new_item,
 			      struct list_head *prev,
 			      struct list_head *next)
 {
-	next->prev = new;
-	new->next = next;
-	new->prev = prev;
-	prev->next = new;
+	next->prev = new_item;
+	new_item->next = next;
+	new_item->prev = prev;
+	prev->next = new_item;
 }
 #else
-extern void __list_add(struct list_head *new,
-			      struct list_head *prev,
-			      struct list_head *next);
+extern void __list_add(struct list_head *new_item,
+		       struct list_head *prev,
+		       struct list_head *next);
 #endif
 
 /**
  * list_add - add a new entry
- * @new: new entry to be added
+ * @new_item: new entry to be added
  * @head: list head to add it after
  *
  * Insert a new entry after the specified head.
  * This is good for implementing stacks.
  */
-static inline void list_add(struct list_head *new, struct list_head *head)
+static inline void list_add(struct list_head *new_item, struct list_head *head)
 {
-	__list_add(new, head, head->next);
+	__list_add(new_item, head, head->next);
 }
 
 
 /**
  * list_add_tail - add a new entry
- * @new: new entry to be added
+ * @new_item: new entry to be added
  * @head: list head to add it before
  *
  * Insert a new entry before the specified head.
  * This is useful for implementing queues.
  */
-static inline void list_add_tail(struct list_head *new, struct list_head *head)
+static inline void
+list_add_tail(struct list_head *new_item, struct list_head *head)
 {
-	__list_add(new, head->prev, head);
+	__list_add(new_item, head->prev, head);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -163,23 +164,23 @@ extern void list_del(struct list_head *entry);
 /**
  * list_replace - replace old entry by new one
  * @old : the element to be replaced
- * @new : the new element to insert
+ * @new_item : the new element to insert
  *
  * If @old was empty, it will be overwritten.
  */
 static inline void list_replace(struct list_head *old,
-				struct list_head *new)
+				struct list_head *new_item)
 {
-	new->next = old->next;
-	new->next->prev = new;
-	new->prev = old->prev;
-	new->prev->next = new;
+	new_item->next = old->next;
+	new_item->next->prev = new_item;
+	new_item->prev = old->prev;
+	new_item->prev->next = new_item;
 }
 
 static inline void list_replace_init(struct list_head *old,
-					struct list_head *new)
+				     struct list_head *new_item)
 {
-	list_replace(old, new);
+	list_replace(old, new_item);
 	INIT_LIST_HEAD(old);
 }
 
diff --git a/src/utils.h b/src/utils.h
index f8d6657f2..ba7307ded 100644
--- a/src/utils.h
+++ b/src/utils.h
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@
 #ifndef MPD_UTILS_H
 #define MPD_UTILS_H
 
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
+
 #include <stdbool.h>
 
 #ifndef assert_static
diff --git a/src/zeroconf-avahi.c b/src/zeroconf-avahi.c
index f2cc5359b..1f93ddb72 100644
--- a/src/zeroconf-avahi.c
+++ b/src/zeroconf-avahi.c
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 
 #include "config.h"
 #include "zeroconf-internal.h"
-#include "listen.h"
+#include "Listen.hxx"
 #include "mpd_error.h"
 
 #include <glib.h>
diff --git a/src/zeroconf.c b/src/zeroconf.c
index 4a399e4a2..a4611b67e 100644
--- a/src/zeroconf.c
+++ b/src/zeroconf.c
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 #include "zeroconf.h"
 #include "zeroconf-internal.h"
 #include "conf.h"
-#include "listen.h"
+#include "Listen.hxx"
 
 #include <glib.h>